Nissan 2013 Murano Owner's Manual Owners Pdf

User Manual: Nissan Owners manual Pdf 2013 Nissan Murano Owners manual Pdf | Owner's Manual Pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 507 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

2013 Nissan Murano
OM3E 0Z51U0
Table of Contents

Black plate (3,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-E7E6B9D7-70D5-46FD-8070-D86AD68B3005

Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN

owners. This vehicle is delivered to you with

confidence. It was produced using the latest

techniques and strict quality control.

This manual was prepared to help you under-

stand the operation and maintenance of your

vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of

driving pleasure. Please read through this

manual before operating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Booklet

explains details about the warranties cov-

ering your vehicle. The NISSAN Service

and Maintenance Guide explains details

about maintaining and servicing your ve-

hicle. Additionally, a separate Customer

Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will

explain how to resolve any concerns you

may have with your vehicle, as well as

clarify your rights under your state’s lemon

law.

In addition to factory installed options, your

vehicle may also be equipped with additional

accessories installed by NISSAN or by your

NISSAN dealer prior to delivery. It is important

that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures,

warnings, cautions and instructions concerning

proper use of such accessories prior to operat-

ing the vehicle and/or accessory. See a NISSAN

dealer for details concerning the particular

accessories with which your vehicle is

equipped.

Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best.

When you require any service or have any

questions, we will be glad to assist you with the

extensive resources available to us.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELY

GUID-E8CEB247-EE99-4DF1-B514-E4CF8D44A577

Before driving your vehicle, read your Owner’s

Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity with

controls and maintenance requirements, assist-

ing you in the safe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION

REMINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rules to

help ensure a safe and comfortable trip

for you and your passengers!

.NEVER drive under the influence of

alcohol or drugs.

.ALWAYS observe posted speed lim-

its and never drive too fast for

conditions.

.ALWAYS give your full attention to

driving and avoid using vehicle

features or taking other actions that

could distract you.

.ALWAYS use your seat belts and

appropriate child restraint systems.

Pre-teen children should be seated

in the rear seat.

.ALWAYS provide information about

the proper use of vehicle safety

features to all occupants of the

vehicle.

.ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man-

ual for important safety information.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD

DRIVING

This vehicle will handle and maneuver

differently from an ordinary passenger

car because it has a higher center of

gravity. As with other vehicles with fea-

tures of this type, failure to operate this

vehicle correctly may result in loss of

control or an accident. Be sure to read

“On-pavement and off-road driving pre-

cautions”, “Avoiding collision and roll-

over” and “Driving safety precautions” in

the “5. Starting and driving” section of

this manual.

Foreword

Condition:

Black plate (4,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHI-

CLE

This vehicle should not be modified.

Modification could affect its performance,

safety or durability, and may even violate

governmental regulations. In addition,

damage or performance problems result-

ing from modification may not be covered

under NISSAN warranties.

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

GUID-CB23972B-7971-4127-B62D-40CCA4B9E808

This manual includes information for all

options available on this model. Therefore,

you may find some information that does

not apply to your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustrations in

this manual are those in effect at the time of

printing. NISSAN reserves the right to change

specifications or design at any time without

notice.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT

THIS MANUAL

GUID-6AD293D0-4474-4333-B259-0836BB040D67

You will see various symbols in this manual. They

are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of

a hazard that could cause death or

serious personal injury. To avoid or

reduce the risk, the procedures must

be followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of

a hazard that could cause minor or

moderate personal injury or damage to

your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,

the procedures must be followed care-

fully.

SIC0697

If you see the symbol above, it means “Do not

do this” or “Do not let this happen”.

NOS1274

If you see a symbol similar to those above in an

illustration, it means the arrow points to the front

of the vehicle.

NOS1275

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those

above indicate movement or action.

NOS1276

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those

Condition:

Black plate (5,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

above call attention to an item in the illustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

WARNING GUID-2BB33B36-3AFC-416F-9AE2-CFC36E1C928F

WARNING

Engine exhaust, some of its constitu-

ents, and certain vehicle components

contain or emit chemicals known to the

State of California to cause cancer and

birth defects or other reproductive

harm. In addition, certain fluids con-

tained in vehicles and certain products

of component wear contain or emit

chemicals known to the State of Cali-

fornia to cause cancer and birth defects

or other reproductive harm.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI-

SORY GUID-99091439-C66E-435E-940E-FCA5DE8B559E

Some vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-

teries, may contain perchlorate material.

The following advisory is provided: “Per-

chlorate Material - special handling may

apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/

hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”

Bluetooth

is a trademark owned

by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and li-

senced to Visteon Corporation

and Clarion Co., Ltd.

Gracenote

is a registered tra-

demark of Gracenote, Inc. The

Gracenote logo and logo type,

and the “Powered by Gracenote”

logo are trademarks of Grace-

note.

SiriusXM Satellite Radio requires

subscription, sold separately.

Not available in Alaska, Hawaii or

Guam. For more information, visit

www.siriusxm.com.

*C2012 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.

Manual may be reproduced or stored in a

retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or

by any means, electronic, mechanical, photo-

copying, recording or otherwise, without the

prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co.,

Ltd.

Condition:

Black plate (6,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-180FB925-3DF8-475A-9F88-B86194155C87

NISSAN CARES ...

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are

our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.

However, if there is something that your

NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you

would like to provide NISSAN directly with

comments or questions, please contact the

NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using

our toll-free number:

For U.S. customers

1-800-NISSAN-1

(1-800-647-7261)

For Canadian customers

1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for

the following information:

.Your name, address, and telephone number

.Vehicle identification number (attached to

the top of the instrument panel on the

driver’s side)

.Date of purchase

.Current odometer reading

.Your NISSAN dealer’s name

.Your comments or questions

You can write to NISSAN with the information at:

For U.S. customers

Nissan North America, Inc.

Consumer Affairs Department

P.O. Box 685003

Franklin, TN 37068-5003

or via e-mail at:

nnaconsumeraffairs@nissan-usa.com

For Canadian customers

Nissan Canada Inc.

5290 Orbitor Drive

Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5

or via e-mail at:

information.centre@nissancanada.

com

If you prefer, visit us at:

www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) or

www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and

thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE

PROGRAM

Condition:

Black plate (2,1)

Black plate (1,1)

Condition:

Illustrated table of contents 0

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental

restraint system 1

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and

voice recognition systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical and consumer information

Index

Table of

Contents

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Black plate (2,1)

Black plate (7,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint

System (SRS) ............................................................................... 0-2

Hardtop models ...................................................................... 0-2

CrossCabriolet models ......................................................... 0-3

Exterior front .................................................................................. 0-4

Hardtop models ...................................................................... 0-4

CrossCabriolet models ......................................................... 0-5

Exterior rear ................................................................................... 0-6

Hardtop models ...................................................................... 0-6

CrossCabriolet models ......................................................... 0-7

Passenger compartment ............................................................ 0-8

Hardtop models .................................................................... 0-8

CrossCabriolet models ....................................................... 0-9

Cockpit ........................................................................................ 0-10

Instrument panel ....................................................................... 0-12

Meters and gauges .................................................................. 0-13

Engine compartment ............................................................... 0-14

VQ35DE engine ................................................................ 0-14

Warning and indicator lights ................................................. 0-15

Condition:

Black plate (8,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

GUID-F65304FF-4FEF-47A3-91E8-E248623FE3F9

JVO0063X

HARDTOP MODELS

GUID-AF63B3DB-D6FC-464B-85E2-0C7FD3C88CF1

1. Rear center seat belt (P.1-22)

2. Head restraints (P.1-11)

— Front-seat Active Head Restraints (P.1-14)

3. Seat belts (P.1-15)

4. Armrest (P.1-15)

5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover

supplemental air bags (P.1-45)

6. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.1-45)

7. Child restraint anchor points (for top tether strap

child restraint) (P.1-41)

8. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil-

dren) system (P.1-30)

9. Rear seats (P.1-9)

— Child restraints (P.1-28)

10. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental

air bags (P.1-45)

11. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-58)

12. Front seats (P.1-3)

13. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)

— Advanced Air Bag System (P.1-51)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT

SYSTEM (SRS)

Condition:

Black plate (9,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSI0834

CROSSCABRIOLET MODELS

GUID-0E8434A8-4BC2-4163-BDCF-16D45DCFAF34

1. Dual pop-up roll bar system (P.1-61)

2. Seat belts (P.1-15)

3. Head restraints (P.1-11)

— Front-seat Active Head Restraints (P.1-14)

4. Door-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover

supplemental air bags (P.1-45)

5. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.1-45)

6. LATCH (Lower Anchors for CHildren) system

(P.1-30)

7. Rear seats

— Child restraints (P.1-28)

8. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-58)

9. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental

air bags (P.1-45)

10. Front seats (P.1-3)

11. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)

— Advanced Air Bag System (P.1-51)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

Condition:

Black plate (10,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

0-4 Illustrated table of contents

GUID-ACAC74ED-4CE9-4346-84EA-C135DDC40621

JVO0040X

HARDTOP MODELS

GUID-45F5CB05-5240-4214-B1AF-9A6EAB41FB53

1. Hood (P.3-20)

2. Headlight and turn signal lights

— Switch operation (P.2-37)

— Bulb replacement (P.8-27)

3. Windshield wiper and washer

— Switch operation (P.2-32)

— Rain-sensing auto wiper system* (P.2-34)

— Blade replacement (P.8-18)

— Window washer fluid (P.8-13)

4. Roof rack (rail)* (P.2-54)

5. Moonroof* (P.2-58)

6. Power windows (P.2-55)

7. Recovery hook (P.6-22)

8. License plate installation (P.9-12)

9. Fog lights*

— Switch operation (P.2-41)

— Bulb replacement (P.8-29)

10. Tires

— Wheel and tires (P.8-32, P.9-7)

— Flat tire (P.6-3)

— Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

(P.2-14, P.5-4)

11. Outside mirrors (P.3-50)

12. Doors

— Keys (P.3-3)

— Door locks (P.3-5)

— Intelligent Key system (P.3-8)

— Security system (P.2-29)

13. Child safety rear door lock (P.3-8)

14. Fuel-filler door

— Operation (P.3-44)

— Fuel recommendation (P.9-3)

*: if so equipped

EXTERIOR FRONT

Condition:

Black plate (11,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSI0835

CROSSCABRIOLET MODELS

GUID-DF0D496F-8646-47E0-B4BF-8034FB00EB80

1. Hood (P.3-20)

2. Headlight and turn signal lights

— Switch operation (P.2-37)

— Bulb replacement (P.8-27)

3. Windshield wiper and washer

— Switch operation (P.2-32)

— Blade replacement (P.8-18)

— Window washer fluid (P.8-13)

4. Soft top (P.3-28)

5. Power windows (P.2-55)

6. Recovery hook (P.6-22)

7. License plate installation (P.9-12)

8. Fog lights

— Switch operation (P.2-41)

— Bulb replacement (P.8-29)

9. Tires

— Wheel and tires (P.8-32, P.9-7)

— Flat tire (P.6-3)

— Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

(P.2-14, P.5-4)

10. Outside mirrors (P.3-50)

11. Doors

— Keys (P.3-3)

— Door locks (P.3-5)

— Intelligent Key system (P.3-8)

— Security system (P.2-29)

12. Fuel-filler door

— Operation (P.3-44)

— Fuel recommendation (P.9-3)

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

Condition:

Black plate (12,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

0-6 Illustrated table of contents

GUID-B2A0C3DF-DA6E-4362-BE30-301154FA231D

SSI0813

HARDTOP MODELS

GUID-98A8E9ED-6064-4584-986D-7BB45FD520AB

1. Lift gate (P.3-20)

— Remote keyless entry system (P.3-16)

— Intelligent Key system (P.3-8)

2. Rear window wiper and washer

— Switch operation (P.2-35)

— Window washer fluid (P.8-13)

3. Rear window defroster (P.2-36)

4. High-mounted stop light (P.8-29)

5. Antenna (P.4-88)

— Satellite radio antenna* (P.4-47)

6. Rear view camera*

— RearView monitor* (P.4-23)

— Rear and rear-wide view monitor with Moving

Object Detection (MOD)* (P.4-30)

— Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system*

(P.5-20)

— Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system* (P.5-20)

7. Rear combination light

— Bulb replacement (P.8-29)

*: if so equipped

EXTERIOR REAR

Condition:

Black plate (13,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSI0836

CROSSCABRIOLET MODELS

GUID-6AA1108F-4E3C-4010-9EAE-A25163A23048

1. Antenna (P.4-88)

— Satellite radio antenna (P.4-47)

2. High-mounted stop light (P.8-29)

3. Rear window defroster (P.2-36)

4. Trunk (P.3-25)

— Remote keyless entry system (P.3-16)

— Intelligent Key system (P.3-8)

5. Rear view camera (P.4-23)

6. Rear combination light

— Bulb replacement (P.8-29)

Illustrated table of contents 0-7

Condition:

Black plate (14,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

0-8 Illustrated table of contents

GUID-898A5FAA-ACAF-45AC-AF7C-F2CDAFA957BC

SSI0815

HARDTOP MODELS

GUID-1D3BA59C-6D3E-4AA7-9A6F-1F494D6CD9FC

1. Cargo cover* (P.2-52)

2. Rear personal light (P.2-60)

3. Coat hooks (P.2-55)

4. Automatic drive positioner switch* (P.3-51)

5. Door armrest

— Power window switch (P.2-55)

— Power door lock switch (P.3-7)

— Outside mirror remote control switch

(P.3-50)

6. Sun visors (P.3-47)

7. Moonroof* (P.2-58)

8. Front map lights (P.2-60)

9. Mood light (P.2-62)

10. Sunglasses holder (P.2-48)

11. Inside rearview mirror (P.3-48)

— HomeLink

universal transceiver* (P.2-63)

— Compass* (P.2-8)

12. Cargo area

— Storages (P.2-50)

— Luggage hooks (P.2-53)

— Cargo light (P.2-63)

— Spare tire (P.6-5)

13. Rear cup holders (P.2-47)

14. Heated seat switch (rear)* (P.2-42)

15. Console box (P.2-49)

— Power outlet (P.2-45)

— Auxiliary input jacks* (P.4-84)

— iPod

connector* (P.4-82)

— USB connector* (P.4-73)

16. Front cup holders (P.2-47)

17. Storage box* (P.2-50) or Cigarette lighter/

Ashtray* (P.2-46)

*: if so equipped

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

Condition:

Black plate (15,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSI0837

CROSSCABRIOLET MODELS

GUID-62E8FEB0-3BDC-4FB2-AC71-097B4EB82FFF

1. Door armrest

— Power window switch (P.2-55)

— Power door lock switch (P.3-7)

— Outside mirror remote control switch

(P.3-50)

2. Automatic drive positioner switch (P.3-51)

3. Sun visors (P.3-47)

4. Front map lights (P.2-60)

5. Inside rearview mirror (P.3-48)

— HomeLink

universal transceiver (P.2-63)

— Compass* (P.2-8)

6. Rear cup holders (P.2-47)

7. Console box (P.2-49)

— Power outlet (P.2-45)

— Auxiliary input jacks (P.4-84)

— iPod

connector (P.4-82)

— USB connector (P.4-73)

8. Front cup holders (P.2-47)

9. Storage box (P.2-50)

*: if so equipped

Illustrated table of contents 0-9

Condition:

Black plate (16,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

0-10 Illustrated table of contents

GUID-32B6101A-1F0F-4AD4-AF3B-40C2CE7B8097

JVO0067X

1. Heated steering wheel switch* (P.2-41)

2. Power lift gate switch* (Hardtop models)

(P.3-20) or trunk lid release switch (Cross-

Cabriolet models) (P.3-25)

3. Warning systems switch* (P.2-43)

— Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system*

(P.5-20)

— Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system* (P.5-20)

4. Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-40)

5. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch

— Headlight (P.2-37)

— Turn signal light (P.2-40)

— Fog light* (P.2-41)

6. Trip computer switch (P.2-25)

7. TRIP/RESET switch (P.2-6)

8. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-32)

9. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch (P.

2-44, P.5-39)

10. Power lift gate main switch* (Hardtop models)

(P.3-20) or All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK

switch (CrossCabriolet models) (P.5-33)

11. Power rear seatback switch* (Hardtop models)

(P.1-9)

12. Power rear seatback switch* (Hardtop models)

(P.1-9) or Remote walk-in switch (CrossCabrio-

let models) (P.1-7)

13. Fuel-filler door opener switch (P.3-44)

14. Manual tilting/telescopic steering wheel lever*

(P.3-47)

15. Electric tilting/telescopic steering wheel switch*

(P.3-47)

16. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)*

— Audio control* (P.4-87)

— Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System con-

trol (models with navigation system)* (P.4-89)

— Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System con-

trol (models without navigation system)*

(P.4-100)

17. Steering wheel

— Horn (P.2-41)

— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-45)

— Power steering system (P.5-37)

18. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)

— Cruise control switches (P.5-30)

19. Center-console mounted controls

COCKPIT

Condition:

Black plate (17,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

— Heated seat switches* (P.2-42)

— All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch*

(Hardtop models) (P.5-33)

— Soft top operating switch (CrossCabriolet

models) (P.3-28)

*: if so equipped

Illustrated table of contents 0-11

Condition:

Black plate (18,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

0-12 Illustrated table of contents

GUID-D2FB24F0-4B17-402D-8429-41D9E163851B

SSI0839

1. Side ventilator (P.4-40)

2. Meters and gauges (P.2-5)

3. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-11)

4. Center ventilator (P.4-40)

5. Center display

— Center color display* (P.4-3)

— Navigation system**

6. Heater/air conditioner control (P.4-41) or Center

multi-function control panel* (P.4-3)

— Navigation system**

— Vehicle information and setting buttons*

(P.4-9)

— Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System

(models with navigation system)* (P.4-89)

— Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System

(models without navigation system)* (P.4-100)

7. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2)

8. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-45)

9. Hood release handle (P.3-20)

10. Fuse box cover (P.8-21)

11. Parking brake (P.5-19)

12. Intelligent Key port (P.5-14)

13. Audio system (P.4-46)

— Clock* (P.2-44)

14. Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-53)

15. Power outlet (P.2-45)

16. Rear window and outside mirror* defroster

switch (P.2-36)

17. Heater/air conditioner control (P.4-41) or Audio

system (P.4-46)

18. Trunk release power cancel switch (Cross-

Cabriolet models) (P.3-26)

19. Glove box (P.2-49)

*: if so equipped

**: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-

er’s Manual (if so equipped).

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Condition:

Black plate (19,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-8035B36E-5604-4EA6-AA6B-CA8C0BC1732D

JVO0043X

1. Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-40)

2. Tachometer (P.2-7)

3. Speedometer (P.2-6)

4. Fuel gauge (P.2-8)

5. Warning/indicator lights (P.2-11)

6. Trip computer switch (P.2-25)

7. Dot matrix liquid crystal display (P.2-20)

— Trip computer (P.2-40)

8. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-7)

9. Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-6)/Continu-

ously Variable Transmission (CVT) position

indicator (P.2-17)

10. RESET switch for trip odometer (P.2-6)

Illustrated table of contents 0-13

METERS AND GAUGES

Condition:

Black plate (20,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

0-14 Illustrated table of contents

GUID-907FC48F-D93C-457F-AEE4-15BFC27C6D55

SDI2172

VQ35DE ENGINE

GUID-E583ADB4-3DB5-4B36-96ED-07E29BF970D7

1. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-11)

2. Drive belt location (P.8-15)

3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-8)

4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-12)

5. Air cleaner (P.8-17)

6. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-20)

7. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-13)

8. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-7)

9. Radiator filler cap (P.8-7)

10. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-8)

11. Battery (P.8-13)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Condition:

Black plate (21,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-353409D4-8EDC-4D72-921B-F87CF9A54D49

Warning

light Name Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning

light (AWD models)* 2-12

Anti-lock Braking System

(ABS) warning light 2-12

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

light (orange)* 2-13

Brake warning light 2-13

Charge warning light 2-13

Engine oil pressure warning

light 2-14

Intelligent Key warning light 2-14

Lane Departure Warning

(LDW) light (orange)* 2-14

Low tire pressure warning light 2-14

Master warning light 2-16

Seat belt warning light 2-16

Supplemental air bag warning

light 2-16

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)

warning light 2-16

Indicator

light Name Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK

indicator light (AWD models)* 2-17

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

light (green)* 2-17

Continuously Variable Trans-

mission (CVT) position indicator

light

2-17

Cruise indicator light 2-17

Exterior light indicator 2-17

Front passenger air bag status

light 2-17

High beam indicator light 2-17

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)

light (green)* 2-18

Malfunction Indicator Light

(MIL) 2-18

Overdrive off indicator light 2-19

Soft top indicator light (Cross-

Cabriolet models)* 2-19

Turn signal/hazard indicator

lights 2-19

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)

off indicator light 2-19

*: if so equipped

Illustrated table of contents 0-15

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Condition:

Black plate (22,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

0-16 Illustrated table of contents

MEMO

Condition:

Black plate (23,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental

restraint system

Seats ............................................................................................... 1-2

Front seats ............................................................................... 1-3

Rear seats (Hardtop models) ............................................. 1-9

Head restraints .................................................................... 1-11

Armrest (Hardtop models) ................................................ 1-15

Seat belts .................................................................................... 1-15

Precautions on seat belt usage ....................................... 1-15

Pregnant women ................................................................. 1-18

Injured persons .................................................................... 1-18

Three-point type seat belt ................................................. 1-18

Seat belt extenders ............................................................. 1-25

Seat belt maintenance ....................................................... 1-26

Child safety ................................................................................. 1-26

Infants ..................................................................................... 1-27

Small children ....................................................................... 1-27

Larger children ..................................................................... 1-27

Child restraints ........................................................................... 1-28

Precautions on child restraints ........................................ 1-28

LATCH Lower Anchors System ....................................... 1-30

Rear-facing child restraint installation

using LATCH ........................................................................ 1-32

Rear-facing child restraint installation using the

seat belts ............................................................................... 1-34

Forward-facing child restraint installation using

LATCH (Hardtop models only) ...................................... 1-36

Forward-facing child restraint installation using the

seat belts ............................................................................. 1-38

Installing top tether strap (Hardtop models) ............. 1-41

Booster seats ..................................................................... 1-42

Supplemental restraint system .............................................. 1-45

Precautions on supplemental restraint system .......... 1-45

NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System

(front seats) ........................................................................ 1-51

Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental

air bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bag (Hardtop models) or

door-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover

supplemental air bag (CrossCabriolet

models) systems ............................................................... 1-57

Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats) ................ 1-58

Supplemental air bag warning labels .......................... 1-60

Supplemental air bag warning light ............................. 1-60

Repair and replacement procedure ............................. 1-60

Dual pop-up roll bar system

(CrossCabriolet models) ................................................. 1-61

Condition:

Black plate (24,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

GUID-2869D0FF-2DAC-47DC-BF36-8D864A5BD9A3

SSS0133

WARNING

.Do not ride in a moving vehicle

when the seatback is reclined. This

can be dangerous. The shoulder belt

will not be against your body. In an

accident, you could be thrown into it

and receive neck or other serious

injuries. You could also slide under

the lap belt and receive serious

internal injuries.

.For the most effective protection

when the vehicle is in motion, the

seat should be upright. Always sit

well back in the seat with both feet

on the floor and adjust the seat

properly. See “Precautions on seat

belt usage” later in this section.

.After adjustment, gently rock in the

seat to make sure it is securely

locked.

.Do not leave children unattended

inside the vehicle. They could un-

knowingly activate switches or con-

trols. Unattended children could

become involved in serious acci-

dents.

.The seatback should not be reclined

any more than needed for comfort.

Seat belts are most effective when

the passenger sits well back and

straight up in the seat. If the seat-

back is reclined, the risk of sliding

under the lap belt and being injured

is increased.

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, be

sure not to contact any moving parts to

avoid possible injuries and/or da-

mages.

SEATS

Condition:

Black plate (25,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0792

FRONT SEATS

GUID-589050CC-5D5C-4407-A4F0-CB0819F0ABAB

Manual seat adjustment

GUID-6BE5370B-3D84-4E0B-B0E0-081F8AF0F764

Forward and backward:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pull the lever *1up and hold it while you slide

the seat forward or backward to the desired

position. Release the lever to lock the seat in

position.

Reclining: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To recline the seatback, pull the lever *2up and

lean back. To bring the seatback forward, pull

the lever up and lean your body forward. Release

the lever to lock the seatback in position.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of the

seatback for occupants of different sizes for

added comfort and to help obtain proper seat

belt fit. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage”

later in this section.) Also, the seatback can be

reclined to allow occupants to rest when the

vehicle is stopped and the transmission in the P

(Park) position.

JVR0034X

Sliding front passenger seat (CrossCab-

riolet models):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To slide the front passenger seat from the front

most position to the rear most position, push the

bottom half of the seatback *Aor the front seat

cushion *B. If you push the top half of the

seatback *C, it will lock the seat in the front

most position.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Condition:

Black plate (26,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-4 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0793

Seat lifter (if so equipped):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to

adjust the seat height until the desired position

is achieved.

SSS0684

Lumbar support (if so equipped):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The lumbar support feature provides lower back

support to the driver.

Move the lever *1up or down to adjust the

seatback lumbar area.

Power seat adjustment

GUID-2155E48C-B77E-4502-84B7-2AF110D60DE4

Operating tips:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.The power seat motor has an auto-reset

overload protection circuit. If the motor

stops during operation, wait 30 seconds,

then reactivate the switch.

.Do not operate the power seat switch for a

long period of time when the engine is off.

This will discharge the battery.

See “Automatic drive positioner” in the “3. Pre-

driving checks and adjustments” section for the

seat position memory function (if so equipped).

Condition:

Black plate (27,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

JVR0038X

Forward and backward:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Moving the switch *Aforward or backward will

slide the seat forward or backward to the

desired position.

Pushing the front *1or back *2end of the

slide switch *Bwill slide the driver seat forward

or backward to the desired position (Cross-

Cabriolet models driver’s seat only).

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5

Condition:

Black plate (28,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-6 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

JVR0039X

Reclining: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Move the recline switch *Abackward until the

desired angle is obtained. To bring the seatback

forward again, move the switch *Aforward.

Push and hold the back *2end of the reclining

switch *Buntil the desired angle is obtained.

To bring the seatback forward again, push and

hold the front *1end of the switch (Cross-

Cabriolet models driver’s seat only).

The reclining feature allows adjustment of the

seatback for occupants of different sizes for

added comfort and to help obtain proper seat

belt fit. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage”

later in this section.) Also, the seatback can be

reclined to allow occupants to rest when the

vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the

P (Park) position.

SSS1027

Seat lifter (if so equipped):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the front or rear end of the switch up or

down to adjust the angle of the front portion or

height of the seat.

Condition:

Black plate (29,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS1028

Lumbar support (if so equipped):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The lumbar support feature provides lower back

support to the driver.

Push the front *1or back *2end of the switch

to adjust the seatback lumbar area.

SSS1172

Front passenger’s seatback switch

SSS1175

Remote walk-in switch

Walk-in function (front passenger seat,

CrossCabriolet models):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

CAUTION

.When operating the walk-in func-

tion, be sure not to contact any

moving parts to avoid possible in-

juries and/or damages.

.When operating the walk-in func-

tion, be sure that the front passen-

ger seat is not occupied by a

passenger and/or any objects to

avoid possible injuries and/or da-

mages.

.After operating the walk-in function,

be sure to return the seat to the

rearmost position and then tilt up

the seatback until it latches.

This feature makes it easier to get in and out of

the rear seat. Use the following procedure when

getting in and out of the rear seat on the

passenger’s side. If the sun visor is used, close it

to the original position before operating the

walk-in feature.

1. Push the front passenger’s seatback switch

to fold down the seatback and unlock the

seat position.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7

Condition:

Black plate (30,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-8 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Alternatively, you can push the remote walk-

in switch located on the instrument panel to

fold down the front passenger’s seatback

and unlock the seat position.

2. Slide the seat forward to the foremost

position manually.

3. Get in or out the vehicle.

4. Return the front passenger seat to the

rearmost position. To slide the front passen-

ger seat, see “Manual seat adjustment”

earlier in this section.

SSS1173

Driver’s seatback release (CrossCabrio-

let models) GUID-116F27BD-8437-47A9-8270-AD99D91FA75D

To exit the rear seat from the driver’s side, pull

the strap behind the driver’s seat to release the

driver’s seatback. The driver’s seatback will tilt

forward so that you can exit the vehicle.

NOTE:

Pulling the strap behind the driver’s seat

does not slide the driver’s seat forward.

You cannot slide the driver’s seat manu-

ally.

WARNING

Before using the driver’s seatback re-

lease, be sure that the driver’s seat is

not occupied by a driver and/or any

objects to avoid possible injuries and/

or damage.

Condition:

Black plate (31,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0569

REAR SEATS (Hardtop models)

GUID-42670C07-8DEA-4731-BDEC-1C3F2B7295A1

Folding GUID-8333E9E4-6111-43A4-8DC3-B860D3C64DA7

Before folding the rear seats:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Secure the seat belts on the seat belt hooks

on the side wall. (See “Seat belt hooks

(Hardtop models)” later in this section.)

.Disconnect and stow the center seat belt

and tongue into the retractor base. (See

“Rear center seat belt (Hardtop models)”

later in this section.)

.Always reconnect the center seat belt when

the seat is returned to the upright position.

.Remove drink containers from the rear cup

holder.

To fold down the seatbacks:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pull the strap on the rear seat *A. Pull the lever

*Bbeside the cargo area and fold the seat-

back.

SSS0821

To return the seatbacks:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Manual operation:

Lift up each seatback and push it to the upright

position until it is latched.

Power operation (if so equipped):

Push and hold the corresponding switch located

on the lower side of the instrument panel *Bor

the right or left side in the cargo area *A.

A beep sounds once and the seatback will be

returned automatically.

A beep sounds twice when the seatback is fully

returned to the seating position.

If the control unit detects any obstacle or

malfunctions while in the power operation, a

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9

Condition:

Black plate (32,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-10 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

beep sounds for 4 seconds and the seatback

will return to the folded position automatically.

Check if there are any obstacles caught that

prevent seats from returning to the folded

position. See a NISSAN dealer if the beep still

sounds.

CAUTION

When operating the rear power seat-

back return, make sure that the vehicle

is stopped and the transmission is in

the P (Park) position.

WARNING

.Never allow anyone to ride in the

cargo area or on the rear seats

when they are in the fold-down

position. In a collision, people riding

in these areas are more likely to be

seriously injured or killed.

.Do not allow people to ride in any

area of your vehicle that is not

equipped with seats and seat belts.

Be sure everyone in your vehicle is

in a seat and using a seat belt

properly.

.Do not fold down the rear seats

when occupants are in the rear seat

area or any luggage is on the rear

seats.

.When folding or returning the seat-

backs to the upright position, to

avoid injury to yourself and others:

— Make sure that the seat path is

clear before moving the seat.

— Be careful not to allow hands or

feet to get caught or pinched in

the seat.

.Properly secure all cargo to help

prevent it from sliding or shifting.

Do not place cargo higher than the

seatbacks. In a sudden stop or

collision, unsecured cargo could

cause personal injury.

.When returning the seatbacks, be

sure to attach the rear center seat

belt connector.

.Do not unfasten the rear center seat

belt connector except when folding

down the rear seat.

.When attaching the rear center seat

belt connector, be certain that the

seatbacks are completely secured in

the latched position and the rear

center seat belt connector is com-

pletely secured.

.If the rear center seat belt connector

and the seatbacks are not secured

in the correct position, serious per-

sonal injury may result in an acci-

dent or sudden stop.

Condition:

Black plate (33,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0227A

Reclining GUID-1BFE5C97-1FC3-4054-A6B3-17A9466D0C05

Pull the reclining strap *Aand position the

seatback at the desired angle. Release the

reclining strap after positioning the seat at the

desired angle.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of the

seatback for occupants of different sizes to help

obtain proper seat belt fit. (See “Precautions on

seat belt usage” later in this section.) The

seatback may also be reclined to allow occu-

pants to rest when the vehicle is parked.

WARNING

.Do not ride in a moving vehicle

when the seatback is reclined. This

can be dangerous. The shoulder belt

will not be against your body. In an

accident, you could be thrown into it

and receive neck or other serious

injuries. You could also slide under

the lap belt and receive serious

internal injuries.

.For the most effective protection

when the vehicle is in motion, the

seat should be upright. Always sit

well back in the seat with both feet

on the floor and adjust the seat belt

properly. See “Precautions on seat

belt usage” later in this section.

.After adjustment, check to be sure

the seat is securely locked.

HEAD RESTRAINTS

GUID-5E605952-D804-4293-B401-616CD7C38955

WARNING

Head restraints supplement the other

vehicle safety systems. They may pro-

vide additional protection against injury

in certain rear end collisions. Adjust the

head restraints properly, as specified in

this section. Check the adjustment after

someone else uses the seat. Do not

attach anything to the head restraint

stalks or remove the head restraint. Do

not use the seat if the head restraint

has been removed. If the head restraint

was removed, install and properly ad-

just the head restraint before an occu-

pant uses the seating position. Failure

to follow these instructions can reduce

the effectiveness of the head restraints.

This may increase the risk of serious

injury or death in a collision.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11

Condition:

Black plate (34,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-12 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

JVR0140X

The illustration shows the seating positions

equipped with head restraints and headrest.

For Hardtop models, the head restraints and the

headrest are adjustable.

For CrossCabriolet models, the front head

restraints are adjustable and the rear head

restraints are not removable or adjustable.

Indicates the seating position is equipped

with a head restraint.

Indicates the seating position is equipped

with an adjustable headrest (for Hardtop mod-

els).

SSS0992

Components

GUID-D58E33DF-16BC-41B1-B4C5-AA96E133EBC7

1. Head restraint

2. Adjustment notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

SSS0997

Adjustment GUID-ACB994E3-70CF-4004-BDD8-BB431714EC1E

Adjust the head restraint so the center is level

with the center of your ears.

Condition:

Black plate (35,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0993

To raise the head restraint, pull it up.

SSS0994

To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push

the head restraint down.

SSS0995

Removal GUID-FC0E7C18-BEC7-4083-8503-66512F55EE99

Use the following procedure to remove the

adjustable head restraints.

1. Pull the head restraint up to the highest

position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint from the seat.

4. Store the head restraint properly in a secure

place so it is not loose in the vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head

restraint before an occupant uses the

seating position.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13

Condition:

Black plate (36,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-14 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0996

Install GUID-10B7C451-D81D-4E42-9DB2-2C10EBE1FF75

1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holes

in the seat. Make sure that the head restraint

is facing the correct direction. The stalk with

the adjustment notches *1must be in-

stalled in the hole with the lock knob *2.

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the

head restraint down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint before an

occupant uses the seating position.

SSS0508

Front-seat Active Head Restraint

GUID-3164FE3F-22C1-4D05-B110-75CFEC562928

The Active Head Restraint moves forward

utilizing the force that the seatback receives

from the occupant in a rear-end collision. The

movement of the head restraint helps support

the occupant’s head by reducing its backward

movement and helping absorb some of the

forces that may lead to whiplash-type injuries.

Active Head Restraints are effective for colli-

sions at low to medium speeds in which it is said

that whiplash injury occurs most.

Active Head Restraints operate only in certain

rear-end collisions. After the collision, the head

restraints return to their original position.

Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as

described earlier in this section.

Condition:

Black plate (37,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0229A

ARMREST (Hardtop models)

GUID-38665920-E49E-4A44-96F5-25968146C89C

Rear armrest

GUID-9BC9B1A5-D55E-4C9C-A0C9-6CB62211A931

Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.

GUID-02C3DBF6-9D5A-47DE-B2F0-C98E0027F971

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT

USAGE GUID-0C8D3A44-10AF-48A1-A8CC-9A495B9121D7

If you are wearing your seat belt properly

adjusted, and you are sitting upright and well

back in your seat with both feet on the floor, your

chances of being injured or killed in an accident

and/or the severity of injury may be greatly

reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you and

all of your passengers to buckle up every time

you drive, even if your seating position includes a

supplemental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces

or territories specify that seat belts be

worn at all times when a vehicle is being

driven.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15

SEAT BELTS

Condition:

Black plate (38,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-16 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0136

SSS0134

SSS0016

SSS0014

Condition:

Black plate (39,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

WARNING

.Every person who drives or rides in

this vehicle should use a seat belt at

all times. Children should be prop-

erly restrained in the rear seat and,

if appropriate, in a child restraint.

.The seat belt should be properly

adjusted to a snug fit. Failure to do

so may reduce the effectiveness of

the entire restraint system and in-

crease the chance or severity of

injury in an accident. Serious injury

or death can occur if the seat belt is

not worn properly.

.Always route the shoulder belt over

your shoulder and across your

chest. Never put the belt behind

your back, under your arm or across

your neck. The belt should be away

from your face and neck, but not

falling off your shoulder.

.Position the lap belt as low and

snug as possible AROUND THE

HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt

worn too high could increase the

risk of internal injuries in an acci-

dent.

.Be sure the seat belt tongue is

securely fastened to the proper

buckle.

.Do not wear the seat belt inside out

or twisted. Doing so may reduce its

effectiveness.

.Do not allow more than one person

to use the same seat belt.

.Never carry more people in the

vehicle than there are seat belts.

.If the seat belt warning light glows

continuously while the ignition is

pushed to the ON position with all

doors closed and all seat belts

fastened, it may indicate a malfunc-

tion in the system. Have the system

checked by a NISSAN dealer.

.No changes should be made to the

seat belt system. For example, do

not modify the seat belt, add mate-

rial, or install devices that may

change the seat belt routing or

tension. Doing so may affect the

operation of the seat belt system.

Modifying or tampering with the

seat belt system may result in

serious personal injury.

.Once a seat belt pretensioner has

activated, it cannot be reused and

must be replaced together with the

retractor. See a NISSAN dealer.

.Removal and installation of the

pretensioner system components

should be done by a NISSAN dealer.

.All seat belt assemblies, including

retractors and attaching hardware,

should be inspected after any colli-

sion by a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN

recommends that all seat belt as-

semblies in use during a collision be

replaced unless the collision was

minor and the belts show no da-

mage and continue to operate prop-

erly. Seat belt assemblies not in use

during a collision should also be

inspected and replaced if either

damage or improper operation is

noted.

.All child restraints and attaching

hardware should be inspected after

any collision. Always follow the

restraint manufacturer’s inspection

instructions and replacement re-

commendations. The child restraints

should be replaced if they are

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17

Condition:

Black plate (40,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-18 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

damaged.

PREGNANT WOMEN

GUID-92E572E7-A7ED-4EC2-8824-E9C667CD8A35

NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use

seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug,

and always position the lap belt as low as

possible around the hips, not the waist. Place

the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across

your chest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt over

your abdominal area. Contact your doctor for

specific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONS

GUID-B47CCE32-408A-4E62-B891-7EBBE28DCC23

NISSAN recommends that injured persons use

seat belts. Check with your doctor for specific

recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT

GUID-F9647E3B-7CCB-4333-9D53-DBFEBA7433EC

WARNING

.Every person who drives or rides in

this vehicle should use a seat belt at

all times.

.Do not ride in a moving vehicle

when the seatback is reclined. This

can be dangerous. The shoulder belt

will not be against your body. In an

accident, you could be thrown into it

and receive neck or other serious

injuries. You could also slide under

the lap belt and receive serious

internal injuries.

.For the most effective protection

when the vehicle is in motion, the

seat should be upright. Always sit

well back in the seat with both feet

on the floor and adjust the seat belt

properly.

.Do not allow children to play with

the seat belts. Most seating posi-

tions are equipped with Automatic

Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat

belts. If the seat belt becomes

wrapped around a child’s neck with

the ALR mode activated, the child

can be seriously injured or killed if

the seat belt retracts and becomes

tight. This can occur even if the

vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat

belt to release the child. For the

center of the rear seat, the connec-

tor tongue may also be released.

Release the connector tongue by

inserting a suitable tool (such as a

key) into the connector buckle. If the

seat belt can not be unbuckled or is

already unbuckled, release the child

by cutting the seat belt with a

suitable tool (such as a knife or

scissors) to release the seat belt.

Condition:

Black plate (41,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0292

Fastening the seat belts

GUID-4C4C9056-82D7-4B6A-80A4-9DBA4C079A82

1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” earlier in this

section.)

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor

and insert the tongue into the buckle until

you hear and feel the latch engage.

.The retractor is designed to lock

during a sudden stop or on impact.

A slow pulling motion permits the

belt to move and allows you some

freedom of movement in the seat.

.If the seat belt cannot be pulled from

its fully retracted position, firmly pull

the belt and release it. Then

smoothly pull the belt out of the

retractor.

SSS0290

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug

on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the

retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the

shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder

and across your chest.

The front passenger seat and the rear seating

positions three-point seat belts have two modes

of operation:

.Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

.Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode

allows the seat belt to extend and retract to

allow the driver and passengers some freedom

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19

Condition:

Black plate (42,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-20 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

of movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seat

belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or

during certain impacts.

The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode

(child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for

child restraint installation.

When ALR mode is activated the seat belt

cannot be extended again until the seat belt

tongue is detached from the buckle and fully

retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode

after the seat belt fully retracts. For additional

information, see “Child restraints” later in this

section.

The ALR mode should be used only for

child restraint installation. During normal

seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR

mode should not be activated. If it is

activated, it may cause uncomfortable seat

belt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be

certain that seatbacks are completely

secured in the latched position. If they

are not completely secured, passengers

may be injured in an accident or sudden

stop.

SSS0326

Unfastening the seat belts

GUID-313FD5EC-9489-4699-B4F1-98B31FED4129

To unfasten the seat belt, push the button on the

buckle. The seat belt automatically retracts.

Checking seat belt operation

GUID-AED6BCDC-CBDB-4FCF-9DB2-9B060E99627A

Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat

belt movement by two separate methods:

.When the belt is pulled quickly from the

retractor.

.When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the seat belts,

check the operation as follows:

.Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward

quickly. The retractor should lock and

restrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this check or

if you have any question about seat belt

operation, see a NISSAN dealer.

Condition:

Black plate (43,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS1181

Seat belt guide (front seats, CrossCab-

riolet models)

GUID-3EF9ED5F-135A-43B1-8954-CAD684674E27

When the seat belt guide is used with the front

seat, the seat belt can easily be pulled out.

Release the seat belt guide, clip the seat belt

and install the seat belt guide again.

When using the seat belt guide, do not allow it

to twist.

WARNING

When using the seat belt guide, make

sure that the seat belt guide is securely

installed to the seat. Otherwise, the

seat belt may slip and result in personal

injury.

CAUTION

.When entering or exiting the rear

seat, or inserting or retrieving lug-

gage with the seatback folded

down, always release the seat belt

guide. Otherwise, the seat belt

guide may be damaged.

.Do not fold the seat forward or pull

it backward by holding the seat belt

guide in your hand. Doing so may

damage the seat belt guide.

SSS0351A

Shoulder belt height adjustment (Hard-

top models)GUID-E8DCDEEB-44E6-4A0A-B2D9-EB6DBF18146C

The shoulder belt anchor height should be

adjusted to the position best for you. (See

“Precautions on seat belt usage” earlier in this

section.)

To adjust, pull the adjustment button *1, and

then move the shoulder belt anchor to the

desired position *2, so that the belt passes

over the center of the shoulder. The belt should

be away from your face and neck, but not falling

off of your shoulder. Release the adjustment

button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into

position.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21

Condition:

Black plate (44,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-22 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WARNING

.After adjustment, release the ad-

justment button and try to move the

shoulder belt anchor up and down

to make sure it is securely fixed in

position.

.The shoulder belt anchor height

should be adjusted to the position

best for you. Failure to do so may

reduce the effectiveness of the

entire restraint system and increase

the chance or severity of injury in an

accident.

SSS0845

Seat belt hooks (Hardtop models)

GUID-0F6C8515-923F-4DA4-BED8-81B474353BA2

When the rear seat belts are not in use and

when folding down the rear seats, hook the rear

outer seat belts on the seat belt hooks.

SSS0846

Rear center seat belt (Hardtop models)

GUID-D2977525-73CC-440E-AC17-490B6791BECA

The rear center seat belt has a connector tongue

*1and a seat belt tongue *2. Both the

connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must

be securely latched for proper seat belt opera-

tion.

Condition:

Black plate (45,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0241

WARNING

.Always fasten the connector tongue

and the seat belt in the order shown.

.Always make sure both the connec-

tor tongue and the seat belt tongue

are secured when using the seat

belt or installing a child restraint. Do

not use the seat belt or child

restraint with only the seat belt

tongue attached. This could result

in serious personal injury in case of

an accident or a sudden stop.

SSS0703

The center seat belt buckle and the tongue are

identified by the CENTER mark. The center seat

belt tongue can be fastened only into the center

seat belt buckle.

SSS0225

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23

Condition:

Black plate (46,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-24 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Stowing rear center seat belt:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When folding down the rear seat, the rear center

seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position

as follows:

1. Hold the connector tongue *1so that the

seat belt does not retract suddenly when the

tongue is released from the connector

buckle. Release the connector tongue by

inserting a suitable tool such as key *Ainto

the connector buckle.

2. Insert the seat belt tongue into the retractor

base first *2.

3. Then secure the connector tongue into the

retractor base *3.

WARNING

.Do not unfasten the rear center seat

belt connector except when folding

down the rear seat.

.When attaching the rear center seat

belt connector, be certain that the

seatbacks are completely secured in

the latched position and the rear

center seat belt connector is com-

pletely secured.

.If the rear center seat belt connector

and the seatbacks are not secured

in the correct position, serious per-

sonal injury may result in an acci-

dent or sudden stop.

SSS0232

Condition:

Black plate (47,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Attaching rear center seat belt:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Always be sure the rear center seat belt

connector tongue and connector buckle are

attached. Disconnect only when folding down

the rear seat.

To connect the buckle:

1. Pull out the connector tongue from the

retractor base *1.

2. Pull out the seat belt tongue from the

retractor base *2.

3. Pull the seat belt and secure the connector

buckle until it clicks *3.

The center seat belt connector tongue and

buckle are indicated by the !and ~mark.

The center seat belt connector tongue can be

attached only into the rear center seat belt

connector buckle.

To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening the seat

belts” earlier in this section.

WARNING

.Do not unfasten the rear center seat

belt connector except when folding

down the rear seat.

.When attaching the rear center seat

belt connector, be certain that the

seatbacks are completely secured in

the latched position and the rear

center seat belt connector is com-

pletely secured.

.If the rear center seat belt connector

and the seatbacks are not secured

in the correct position, serious per-

sonal injury may result in an acci-

dent or sudden stop.

SSS0235

Storing rear seat belt buckles (Hardtop

models) GUID-34BA1AAF-B284-4222-A05C-7E212FF3C674

Before folding down the seat, put the buckles in

the storage of the seat cushion to avoid

dropping it under the seat cushion.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

GUID-798C755D-7740-4606-AB38-FAC398986CFA

If, because of body size or driving position, it is

not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt

and fasten it, an extender that is compatible with

the installed seat belts is available that can be

purchased. The extender adds approximately 8

in (200 mm) of length and may be used for either

the driver or front passenger seating position.

See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25

Condition:

Black plate (48,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-26 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

purchasing an extender if an extender is

required.

WARNING

.Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,

made by the same company which

made the original equipment seat

belts, should be used with NISSAN

seat belts.

.Adults and children who can use the

standard seat belt should not use an

extender. Such unnecessary use

could result in serious personal

injury in the event of an accident.

.Never use seat belt extenders to

install child restraints. If the child

restraint is not secured properly, the

child could be seriously injured in a

collision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

GUID-3D5EE851-7E10-4B7F-A02B-8BFBB0D4CCE6

.To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a

mild soap solution or any solution recom-

mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets.

Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat

belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the

seat belts to retract until they are completely

dry.

.If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt

guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat

belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder

belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

.Periodically check to see that the seat

belt and the metal components, such as

buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires

and anchors, work properly. If loose parts,

deterioration, cuts or other damage on the

webbing is found, the entire seat belt

assembly should be replaced.

GUID-26D16DBE-9A0E-4759-945D-C9D751725375

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with the

seat belts. Most seating positions are

equipped with Automatic Locking Re-

tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the

seat belt becomes wrapped around a

child’s neck with the ALR mode acti-

vated, the child can be seriously injured

or killed if the seat belt retracts and

becomes tight. This can occur even if

the vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat

belt to release the child. For the center

of the rear seat, the connector tongue

may also be released. Release the

connector tongue by inserting a suita-

ble tool (such as a key) into the

connector buckle. If the seat belt can

not be unbuckled or is already un-

buckled, release the child by cutting

the seat belt with a suitable tool (such

as a knife or scissors) to release the

seat belt.

Children need adults to help protect them.

They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information in this

manual, child safety information is available from

CHILD SAFETY

Condition:

Black plate (49,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

many other sources, including doctors, teachers,

government traffic safety offices, and community

organizations. Every child is different, so be sure

to learn the best way to transport your child.

There are three basic types of child restraint

systems:

.Rear-facing child restraint

.Forward-facing child restraint

.Booster seat

The proper restraint depends on the child’s size.

Generally, infants up to about 1 year and less

than 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placed in rear-

facing child restraints. Forward-facing child

restraints are available for children who outgrow

rear-facing child restraints and are at least 1

year old. Booster seats are used to help position

a vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no

longer use a forward-facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special pro-

tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may not

fit them properly. The shoulder belt may

come too close to the face or neck. The

lap belt may not fit over their small hip

bones. In an accident, an improperly

fitting seat belt could cause serious or

fatal injury. Always use appropriate

child restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or

territories require the use of approved child

restraints for infants and small children. See

“Child restraints” later in this section.

A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle

by using either the LATCH (Lower Anchor and

Tethers for CHildren) system or with the vehicle

seat belt. See “Child restraints” later in this

section for more information.

NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens

and children be restrained in the rear seat.

Studies show that children are safer when

properly restrained in the rear seat than in

the front seat.

This is especially important because your

vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys-

tem (Air bag system) for the front passen-

ger. See “Supplemental restraint system”

later in this section.

INFANTS GUID-0FA535EA-6323-4DB9-92F9-8B508130A6AC

Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed

in a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recom-

mends that infants be placed in child restraints

that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety

Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety

Standards. You should choose a child restraint

that fits your vehicle and always follow the

manufacturer’s instructions for installation and

use.

SMALL CHILDREN

GUID-927D047A-9A7C-4FEB-90C0-65CE234F2245

Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at

least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facing

child restraint as long as possible up to the

height or weight limit of the child restraint.

Children who outgrow the height or weight limit

of the rear-facing child restraint and are at least

1 year old should be secured in a forward-facing

child restraint with a harness. Refer to the

manufacturer’s instructions for minimum and

maximum weight and height recommendations.

NISSAN recommends that small children be

placed in child restraints that comply with

Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or

Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You

should choose a child restraint that fits your

vehicle and always follow the manufacturer’s

instructions for installation and use.

LARGER CHILDREN

GUID-EC196FE5-D487-4C51-9056-7FA7FF17ACB0

Children should remain in a forward-facing child

restraint with a harness until they reach the

maximum height or weight limit allowed by the

child restraint manufacturer.

Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit

of the harness-equipped forward-facing child

restraint, NISSAN recommends that the child be

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27

Condition:

Black plate (50,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-28 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

placed in a commercially available booster seat

to obtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit

properly, the booster seat should raise the child

so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned

across the chest and the top, middle portion of

the shoulder. The shoulder belt should not cross

the neck or face and should not fall off the

shoulder. The lap belt should lie snugly across

the lower hips or upper thighs, not the abdomen.

A booster seat can only be used in seating

positions that have a three-point type seat belt.

The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and

have a label certifying that it complies with

Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or

Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt

is no longer on or near the face and neck, and

the lap belt can be positioned properly across

the lower hips or upper thighs, use the seat belt

without the booster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on any

seat and do not allow a child in the

cargo area. The child could be seriously

injured or killed in a sudden stop or

collision.

GUID-D2F4DA62-62F0-46FA-BDC9-C09A7F684094

SSS0099

SSS0100

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE-

STRAINTS GUID-6A8C536A-DB98-4A79-B638-8ED4F6FB91BB

WARNING

.CrossCabriolet models are not

equipped with top tethers. A child

restraint system requiring a top

tether strap cannot be properly in-

stalled and should not be used in

your vehicle.

.Failure to follow the warnings and

instructions for proper use and in-

stallation of child restraints could

result in serious injury or death of a

child or other passengers in a

sudden stop or collision:

— The child restraint must be used

and installed properly. Always

follow all of the child restraint

manufacturer’s instructions for

installation and use.

— Infants and children should

never be held on anyone’s lap.

Even the strongest adult cannot

resist the forces of a collision.

— Do not put a seat belt around

both a child and another pas-

CHILD RESTRAINTS

Condition:

Black plate (51,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

senger.

— NISSAN recommends that all

child restraints be installed in

the rear seat. Studies show that

children are safer when properly

restrained in the rear seat than

in the front seat. If you must

install a forward-facing child

restraint in the front seat, see

“Forward-facing child restraint

installation using the seat belts”

later in this section.

— Even with the NISSAN Advanced

Air Bag System, never install a

rear-facing child restraint in the

front seat. An inflating air bag

could seriously injure or kill a

child. A rear-facing child re-

straint must only be used in the

rear seat.

— Be sure to purchase a child

restraint that will fit the child

and vehicle. Some child re-

straints may not fit properly in

your vehicle.

— Child restraint anchor points are

designed to withstand loads

from child restraints that are

properly fitted.

— Never use the anchor points for

adult seat belts or harnesses.

— A child restraint with a top tether

strap should not be used in the

front passenger seat.

— Keep seatbacks as upright as

possible after fitting the child

restraint.

— Infants and children should al-

ways be placed in an appropri-

ate child restraint while in the

vehicle.

.When the child restraint is not in

use, keep it secured with the LATCH

system or a seat belt. In a sudden

stop or collision, loose objects can

injure occupants or damage the

vehicle.

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle can

become very hot. Check the seating

surface and buckles before placing a

child in the child restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universal child

restraint anchor system, referred to as the

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil-

dren) system. Some child restraints include rigid

or webbing-mounted attachments that can be

connected to these anchors.

For details, see “LATCH Lower Anchors Sys-

tem” later in this section.

LATCH child restraints generally require the use

of a top tether strap. If your vehicle does not

have top tether anchor locations, do not install a

child restraint in your vehicle that requires the

use of a top tether strap.

If you do not have a LATCH compatible child

restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.

Several manufacturers offer child restraints for

infants and small children of various sizes. When

selecting any child restraint, keep the following

points in mind:

.Choose only a restraint with a label certifying

that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle

Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor

Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

.Check the child restraint in your vehicle to

be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s

seat and seat belt system.

.If the child restraint is compatible with your

vehicle, place your child in the child restraint

and check the various adjustments to be

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29

Condition:

Black plate (52,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-30 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

sure the child restraint is compatible with

your child. Choose a child restraint that is

designed for your child’s height and weight.

Always follow all recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or

territories require that infants and small

children be restrained in an approved child

restraint at all times while the vehicle is

being operated. Canadian law requires the

top tether strap on forward-facing child

restraints to be secured to the designated

anchor point on the vehicle.

SSS0419B

LATCH label location (Hardtop models)

SSS0933

LATCH label location (CrossCabriolet models)

LATCH Lower Anchors SYSTEM

GUID-5B0A4406-68B6-491C-B161-EC20158AB5AF

Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor

points that are used with the LATCH (Lower

Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system

compatible child restraints. This system may

also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX

compatible system. With this system, you do not

have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the

child restraint.

The LATCH anchor points are provided to install

child restraints in the rear outboard seating

positions only.

LATCH lower anchor

GUID-4797B6AD-EBE0-4886-9CA1-312C75CE0CF6

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and

instructions for proper use and installa-

tion of child restraints could result in

serious injury or death of a child or

other passengers in a sudden stop or

collision:

.Attach LATCH system compatible

child restraints only at the locations

shown in the illustration.

.Do not secure a child restraint in the

center rear seating position using

the LATCH lower anchors. The child

Condition:

Black plate (53,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

restraint will not be secured prop-

erly.

.Inspect the lower anchors by insert-

ing your fingers into the lower

anchor area. Feel to make sure

there are no obstructions over the

anchors such as seat belt webbing

or seat cushion material. The child

restraint will not be secured prop-

erly if the lower anchors are ob-

structed.

SSS0637

LATCH lower anchor location

GUID-94E9EDFE-3FEF-48B7-A3C5-82134F7A076B

The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of

the seat cushion near the seatback. A label is

attached to the seatback to help you locate the

LATCH anchors.

SSS0643

LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCH lower

anchor attachments

GUID-4BE9649D-8090-4388-B26D-DF734FBAADA5

LATCH compatible child restraints include two

rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can

be connected to two anchors located at certain

seating positions in your vehicle. With this

system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat

belt to secure the child restraint. Check your

child restraint for a label stating that it is

compatible with LATCH. This information may

also be in the instructions provided by the child

restraint manufacturer.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31

Condition:

Black plate (54,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-32 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0644

LATCH rigid-mounted attachment

If your vehicle is equipped with a top tether

anchor, it must be used when installing child

restraints with the LATCH lower anchor attach-

ments or seat belts. See “Top tether anchor

(Hardtop models)” later in this section for

installation instructions (Hardtop models).

When installing a child restraint, carefully read

and follow the instructions in this manual and

those supplied with the child restraint.

SSS0822

Top tether anchor (Hardtop models)

GUID-0CAD3BA9-2525-4BC2-BA48-40988918011E

WARNING

.If the cargo cover (if so equipped)

contacts the top tether strap when it

is attached to the top tether anchor,

remove the cargo cover from the

vehicle or secure it on the cargo

floor below its attachment location.

If the cargo cover is not removed, it

may damage the top tether strap

during a collision. Your child could

be seriously injured or killed in a

collision if the child restraint top

tether strap is damaged.

.Do not allow cargo to contact the

top tether strap when it is attached

to the top tether anchor. Properly

secure the cargo so it does not

contact the top tether strap. Cargo

that is not properly secured or cargo

that contacts the top tether strap

may damage the top tether strap

during a collision. Your child could

be seriously injured or killed in a

collision if the child restraint top

tether strap is damaged.

Top tether anchor point locations:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Anchor points are located on the back side of

the seatbacks.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN-

STALLATION USING LATCH

GUID-0637B231-098A-443B-BFD0-B842E89E11E5

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child

safety” and “Child restraints” sections before

installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child

restraint using the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.

Always follow the child restraint manufac-

turer’s instructions.

Condition:

Black plate (55,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0648

Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2

SSS0649

Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

SSS0639

Rear-facing — step 3

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-

ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check

to make sure the LATCH attachment is

properly attached to the lower anchors.

3. For child restraints that are equipped with

webbing-mounted attachments, remove any

additional slack from the anchor attach-

ments. Press downward and rearward firmly

in the center of the child restraint with your

hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion

and seatback while tightening the webbing

of the anchor attachments.

SSS0650

Rear-facing — step 4

4. After attaching the child restraint, test it

before you place the child in it. Push it from

side to side while holding the child restraint

near the LATCH attachment path. The child

restraint should not move more than 1 inch

(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it

forward and check to see if the LATCH

attachment holds the restraint in place. If the

restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH

attachment as necessary, or put the restraint

in another seat and test it again. You may

need to try a different child restraint or try

installing by using the vehicle seat belt (if

applicable). Not all child restraints fit in all

types of vehicles.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33

Condition:

Black plate (56,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-34 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

5. Check to make sure the child restraint is

properly secured prior to each use. If the

child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1

through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN-

STALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS

GUID-8DE8014C-18D8-487E-9787-117D005E68B6

WARNING

.The three-point seat belt with Auto-

matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must

be used when installing a child

restraint. Failure to use the ALR

mode will result in the child re-

straint not being properly secured.

The restraint could tip over or be

loose and cause injury to a child in a

sudden stop or collision. Also, it can

change the operation of the front

passenger air bag. See “Front pas-

senger air bag and status light”

later in this section.

.When installing a child restraint

system in the rear center position,

both the center seat belt connector

tongue and buckle tongue must be

secured. See “Rear center seat belt

(Hardtop models)” earlier in this

section. (Hardtop models)

SSS0100

Rear-facing — step 1

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child

safety” earlier in this section and “Child re-

straints” earlier in this section before installing a

child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child

restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear

seats:

1. Child restraints for infants must be

used in the rear-facing direction and

therefore must not be used in the front

seat. Position the child restraint on the seat.

Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s

instructions.

Condition:

Black plate (57,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0654

Rear-facing — step 2

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child

restraint and insert it into the buckle until you

hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to

follow the child restraint manufacturer’s

instructions for belt routing.

SSS0655

Rear-facing — step 3

3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully

extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor

is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to the

Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode

when the seat belt is fully retracted.

SSS0656

Rear-facing — step 4

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the

shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35

Condition:

Black plate (58,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-36 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0657

Rear-facing — step 5

5. Remove any additional slack from the seat

belt; press downward and rearward firmly in

the center of the child restraint to compress

the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while

pulling up on the seat belt.

SSS0658

Rear-facing — step 6

6. After attaching the child restraint, test it

before you place the child in it. Push it from

side to side while holding the child restraint

near the seat belt path. The child restraint

should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm),

from side to side. Try to tug it forward and

check to see if the belt holds the restraint in

place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten

the seat belt as necessary, or put the

restraint in another seat and test it again.

You may need to try a different child

restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all

types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is

properly secured prior to each use. If the

seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1

through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seat

belt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint

mode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-

STRAINT INSTALLATION USING

LATCH (Hardtop models only)

GUID-C0068E19-F4E9-4C59-AAD1-F67BC6381275

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child

safety” and “Child restraints” sections before

installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a forward-facing

child restraint using the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.

Always follow the child restraint manufac-

turer’s instructions.

Condition:

Black plate (59,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0645

Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-

ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check

to make sure the LATCH attachment is

properly attached to the lower anchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with a top

tether strap, route the top tether strap and

secure the tether strap to the tether anchor

point. See “Installing top tether strap (Hard-

top models)” later in this section. Do not

install child restraints that require the use of

a top tether strap in seating positions that do

not have a top tether anchor.

SSS0646

Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

3. The back of the child restraint should be

secured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the head

restraint to obtain the correct child restraint

fit. If the head restraint is removed, store it in

a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the

head restraint when the child restraint

is removed. See “Head restraints” earlier in

this section for head restraint adjustment

information.

If the seating position does not have an

adjustable head restraint and it is interfering

with the proper child restraint fit, try another

seating position or a different child restraint.

SSS0647

Forward-facing — step 4

4. For child restraints that are equipped with

webbing-mounted attachments, remove any

additional slack from the anchor attach-

ments. Press downward and rearward firmly

in the center of the child restraint with your

knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion

and seatback while tightening the webbing

of the anchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according to the

manufacturer’s instructions to remove any

slack.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37

Condition:

Black plate (60,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-38 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0638

Forward-facing — step 6

6. After attaching the child restraint, test it

before you place the child in it. Push it from

side to side while holding the child restraint

near the LATCH attachment path. The child

restraint should not move more than 1 inch

(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it

forward and check to see if the LATCH

attachment holds the restraint in place. If the

restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH

attachment as necessary, or put the restraint

in another seat and test it again. You may

need to try a different child restraint. Not all

child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint is

properly secured prior to each use. If the

child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1

through 6.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-

STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE

SEAT BELTS

GUID-D986E0DE-3F9D-4081-B625-7A6C59773877

WARNING

.The three-point seat belt with Auto-

matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must

be used when installing a child

restraint. Failure to use the ALR

mode will result in the child re-

straint not being properly secured.

The restraint could tip over or be

loose and cause injury to a child in a

sudden stop or collision. Also, it can

change the operation of the front

passenger air bag. See “Front pas-

senger air bag and status light”

later in this section.

.When installing a child restraint

system in the rear center position,

both the center seat belt connector

tongue and buckle tongue must be

secured. See “Rear center seat belt

(Hardtop models)” earlier in this

section. (for Hardtop models)

SSS0640

Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child

safety” and “Child restraints” sections before

installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a forward-facing

child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the

rear seats or in the front passenger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint in

the front seat, it should be placed in a

forward-facing direction only. Move the

seat to the rearmost position. Child

restraints for infants must be used in

the rear-facing direction and, therefore,

must not be used in the front seat.

Condition:

Black plate (61,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2. Position the child restraint on the seat.

Always follow the child restraint manufac-

turer’s instructions.

The back of the child restraint should be

secured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the head

restraint or headrest to obtain the correct

child restraint fit. If the head restraint or

headrest is removed, store it in a secure

place. Be sure to reinstall the head

restraint or headrest when the child

restraint is removed. See “Head re-

straints” earlier in this section for head

restraint or headrest adjustment, removal

and installation information.

If the seating position does not have an

adjustable head restraint or headrest and it

is interfering with the proper child restraint

fit, try another seating position or a different

child restraint.

SSS0360B

Forward-facing — step 3

3. Route the seat belt tongue through the child

restraint and insert it into the buckle until you

hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to

follow the child restraint manufacturer’s

instructions for belt routing.

If the child restraint is equipped with a top

tether strap, route the top tether strap and

secure the tether strap to the tether anchor

point (rear seat installation only, Hardtop

models). See “Installing top tether strap

(Hardtop models)” later in this section. Do

not install child restraints that require the

use of a top tether strap in seating positions

that do not have a top tether anchor.

SSS0651

Forward-facing — step 4

4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully

extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor

is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to

Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode

when the seat belt is fully retracted.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39

Condition:

Black plate (62,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-40 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0652

Forward-facing — step 5

5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the

shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

SSS0653

Forward-facing — step 6

6. Remove any additional slack from the seat

belt; press downward and rearward firmly in

the center of the child restraint with your

knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion

and seatback while pulling up on the seat

belt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according to the

manufacturer’s instructions to remove any

slack.

SSS0641

Forward-facing — step 8

8. After attaching the child restraint, test it

before you place the child in it. Push it from

side to side while holding the child restraint

near the seat belt path. The child restraint

should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm),

from side to side. Try to tug it forward and

check to see if the belt holds the restraint in

place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten

the seat belt as necessary, or put the

restraint in another seat and test it again.

You may need to try a different child

restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all

types of vehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraint is

properly secured prior to each use. If the

Condition:

Black plate (63,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2

through 8.

SSS0823

Forward-facing — step 10

10. If the child restraint is installed in the front

passenger seat, place the ignition switch in

the ON position. The front passenger air bag

status light should illuminate. If this light

is not illuminated, see “Front passenger air

bag and status light” later in this section.

Move the child restraint to another

seating position. Have the system

checked by a NISSAN dealer.

After the child restraint is removed and the seat

belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child

restraint mode) is canceled.

SSS0822

INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP

(Hardtop models)

GUID-10E4B72F-E871-4B10-A99B-9504B51D59C9

First, secure the child restraint with the LATCH

lower anchors (rear outboard seat positions

only) or the seat belt, as applicable.

1. If necessary, raise or remove the head

restraint or headrest to position the top

tether strap over the top of the seatback. If

the head restraint or headrest is removed,

store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall

the head restraint or headrest when the child

restraint is removed.

See “Head restraints” earlier in this section

for head restraint or headrest adjustment,

removal and installation information.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41

Condition:

Black plate (64,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-42 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Position the top tether strap over the top of

the seatback.

2. Secure the top tether strap to the tether

anchor point on the back of the seatback

behind the child restraint.

3. Refer to the appropriate child restraint

installation procedure steps in this section

before tightening the tether strap.

If you have any questions when installing a

top tether strap, consult your NISSAN

dealer for details.

BOOSTER SEATS

GUID-5C761715-A70E-4E74-8871-BE6A74AC0326

Precautions on booster seats

GUID-469816AF-C7E6-4180-AFB1-93AE88597A78

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are not

used properly, the risk of a child being

injured in a sudden stop or collision

greatly increases:

.Make sure the shoulder portion of

the belt is away from the child’s face

and neck and the lap portion of the

belt does not cross the stomach.

.Make sure the shoulder belt is not

behind the child or under the child’s

arm.

.A booster seat must only be in-

stalled in a seating position that has

a lap/shoulder belt.

LRS0455

Booster seats of various sizes are offered by

several manufacturers. When selecting any

booster seat, keep the following points in mind:

.Choose only a booster seat with a label

certifying that it complies with Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian

Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

.Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be

sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat

and seat belt system.

Condition:

Black plate (65,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

LRS0453

.Make sure the child’s head will be properly

supported by the booster seat or vehicle

seat. The seatback must be at or above the

center of the child’s ears. For example, if a

low back booster seat *1is chosen, the

vehicle seatback must be at or above the

center of the child’s ears. If the seatback is

lower than the center of the child’s ears, a

high back booster seat *2should be used.

.If the booster seat is compatible with your

vehicle, place your child in the booster seat

and check the various adjustments to be

sure the booster seat is compatible with

your child. Always follow all recommended

procedures.

LRS0464

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or

territories require that infants and small

children be restrained in an approved child

restraint at all times while the vehicle is

being operated.

The instructions in this section apply to booster

seat installation in the rear seats or the front

passenger seat.

Booster seat installation

GUID-DD7C3A91-D5DD-463D-A292-37C02FD6C0EF

CAUTION

Do not use the lap/shoulder belt Auto-

matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode

when using a booster seat with the

seat belts.

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child

safety” earlier in this section, “Child restraints”

earlier in this section and “Booster seats” earlier

in this section before installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the

rear seat or in the front passenger seat:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43

Condition:

Black plate (66,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-44 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0640

1. If you must install a booster seat in the

front seat, move the seat to the rear-

most position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only

place it in a forward-facing direction. Always

follow the booster seat manufacturer’s

instructions.

LRS0454

Front passenger position

3. The booster seat should be positioned on

the vehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the head

restraint or headrest to obtain the correct

booster seat fit. If the head restraint or

headrest is removed, store it in a secure

place. Be sure to reinstall the head

restraint or headrest when the booster

seat is removed. See “Head restraints”

earlier in this section for head restraint or

headrest adjustment, removal and installa-

tion information.

If the seating position does not have an

adjustable head restraint or headrest and it

is interfering with the proper booster seat fit,

try another seating position or a different

booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low

and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to

follow the booster seat manufacturer’s

instructions for adjusting the seat belt

routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt

toward the retractor to take up extra slack.

Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned

across the top, middle portion of the child’s

shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat

manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the

seat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc-

tions for properly fastening a seat belt

shown in “Seat belts” earlier in this section.

Condition:

Black plate (67,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0823

7. If the booster seat is installed in the front

passenger seat, place the ignition switch in

the ON position. The front passenger air bag

status light may or may not illuminate

depending on the size of the child and the

type of booster seat used. See “Front

passenger air bag and status light” later in

this section.

GUID-89C89C02-D98C-47EA-BD3E-60C2DD1787AC

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL

RESTRAINT SYSTEM

GUID-7DBBCDDD-81AC-4813-B231-7475F02B5DFA

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)

section contains important information concern-

ing the following systems:

.Driver and passenger supplemental front-

impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag

System)

.Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-

mental air bag

.Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-

over supplemental air bag (for Hardtop

models)

.Door-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-

over supplemental air bag (for CrossCabrio-

let models)

.Seat belt pretensioner

Supplemental front-impact air bag system:

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can

help cushion the impact force to the head and

chest of the driver and front passenger in certain

frontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-

mental air bag system: This system can help

cushion the impact force to the chest area of the

driver and front passenger in certain side impact

collisions. The side air bags are designed to

inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bag system (for

Hardtop models): This system can help

cushion the impact force to the head of

occupants in front and rear outboard seating

positions in certain side impact or rollover

collisions. In a side impact, the curtain and

rollover air bags are designed to inflate on the

side where the vehicle is impacted. In a rollover,

the curtain and rollover air bags on both sides

are designed to inflate. Under both side-impact

and rollover situations, the curtain air bags will

remain inflated for a short period of time.

Door-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bag system (for

CrossCabriolet models): This system can

help cushion the impact force to the heads of

the driver and front passenger in certain side-

impact or rollover collisions. In a side impact, the

curtain and rollover air bags are designed to

inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.

In a rollover, the curtain and rollover air bags on

both sides are designed to inflate. Under both

side-impact and rollover situations, the curtain

air bags will remain inflated for a short period of

time.

These supplemental restraint systems are de-

signed to supplement the crash protection

provided by the driver and passenger seat belts

and are not a substitute for them. Seat belts

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT

SYSTEM

Condition:

Black plate (68,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-46 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

should always be correctly worn and the

occupant seated a suitable distance away from

the steering wheel, instrument panel and door

finishers. (See “Seat belts” earlier in this section

for instructions and precautions on seat belt

usage.)

The supplemental air bags operate only

when the ignition switch is in the ON

position.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ON

position, the supplemental air bag warning

light illuminates. The supplemental air bag

warning light will turn off after about 7

seconds if the systems are operational. SSS0131

SSS0132

Condition:

Black plate (69,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

WARNING

.The front air bags ordinarily will not

inflate in the event of a side impact,

rear impact, rollover, or lower se-

verity frontal collision. Always wear

your seat belts to help reduce the

risk or severity of injury in various

kinds of accidents.

.The front passenger air bag will not

inflate if the passenger air bag

status light is lit or if the front

passenger seat is unoccupied. See

“Front passenger air bag and status

light” later in this section.

.The seat belts and the front air bags

are most effective when you are

sitting well back and upright in the

seat with both feet on the floor. The

front air bags inflate with great

force. Even with the NISSAN Ad-

vanced Air Bag System, if you are

unrestrained, leaning forward, sit-

ting sideways or out of position in

any way, you are at greater risk of

injury or death in a crash. You may

also receive serious or fatal injuries

from the front air bag if you are up

against it when it inflates. Always sit

back against the seatback and as

far-away as practical from the steer-

ing wheel or instrument panel. Al-

ways use the seat belts.

.The driver and front passenger seat

belt buckles are equipped with

sensors that detect if the seat belts

are fastened. The Advanced Air Bag

System monitors the severity of a

collision and seat belt usage then

inflates the air bags as needed.

Failure to properly wear seat belts

can increase the risk or severity of

injury in an accident.

.The front passenger seat is

equipped with an occupant classifi-

cation sensor (pattern sensor) that

turns the front passenger air bag

OFF under some conditions. This

sensor is only used in this seat.

Failure to be properly seated and

wearing the seat belt can increase

the risk or severity of injury in an

accident. See “Front passenger air

bag and status light” later in this

section.

.Keep hands on the outside of the

steering wheel. Placing them inside

the steering wheel rim could in-

crease the risk that they are injured

if the front air bag inflates.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47

Condition:

Black plate (70,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-48 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0007

SSS0006

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100

Condition:

Black plate (71,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

WARNING

.Never let children ride unrestrained

or extend their hands or face out of

the window. Do not attempt to hold

them in your lap or arms. Some

examples of dangerous riding posi-

tions are shown in the illustrations.

.Children may be severely injured or

killed when the front air bags, side

air bags or curtain and rollover air

bags inflate if they are not properly

restrained. Pre-teens and children

should be properly restrained in the

rear seat, if possible.

.Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air

Bag System, never install a rear-

facing child restraint in the front

seat. An inflating front air bag could

seriously injure or kill your child.

See “Child restraints” earlier in this

section for details.

SSS0059A

Do not lean against doors or windows.

SSS0188A

SSS0140

SSS0162

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49

Condition:

Black plate (72,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-50 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0159

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-

plemental air bags and roof-mounted

curtain side-impact and rollover supple-

mental air bags (Hardtop models) or

door-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bags (Cross-

Cabriolet models):

.The side air bags and curtain air

bags ordinarily will not inflate in the

event of a frontal impact, rear im-

pact or lower severity side collision.

Always wear your seat belts to help

reduce the risk or severity of injury

in various kinds of accidents.

.The seat belts and air bags are most

effective when you are sitting well

back and upright in the seat with

both feet on the floor. The air bags

inflate with great force. Do not allow

anyone to place their hand, leg or

face near the side air bag on the

side of the seatback of the front

seat, near the side roof rails (Hard-

top models), or near the top of the

door finisher (CrossCabriolet mod-

els). Do not allow anyone sitting in

the front seats or rear outboard

seats to extend their hand out of

the window or lean against the

door. Some examples of dangerous

riding positions are shown in the

previous illustrations.

.When sitting in the rear seat, do not

hold onto the seatback of the front

seat. If the side air bag inflates, you

may be seriously injured. Be espe-

cially careful with children, who

should always be properly re-

strained. Some examples of danger-

ous riding positions are shown in

the illustrations.

.Do not use seat covers on the front

seatbacks. They may interfere with

side air bag inflation.

Condition:

Black plate (73,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0847

Hardtop models

NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM (front seats)

GUID-62252794-B440-46E4-B4A3-195A0FB9B0EC

1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules

3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental

air bag modules

4. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)

5. Occupant classification system control unit

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover

supplemental air bags

7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover

supplemental air bag inflators

8. Seat belt pretensioners

9. Satellite sensors

10. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51

Condition:

Black plate (74,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-52 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS1174

CrossCabriolet models

1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules

3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental

air bags

4. Occupant classification system control unit

5. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)

6. Dual pop-up roll bars

7. Door-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover

supplemental air bag inflators

8. Door-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover

supplemental air bags

9. Satellite sensors

10. Seat belt pretensioners

11. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN

Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and

front passenger seats. This system is designed

to meet certification requirements under U.S.

regulations. It is also permitted in Canada.

However, all of the information, cautions

and warnings in this manual still apply and

must be followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact air bag is

located in the center of the steering wheel; the

passenger supplemental front-impact air bag is

mounted in the instrument panel above the glove

box. The front air bags are designed to inflate in

higher severity frontal collisions, although they

may inflate if the forces in another type of

collision are similar to those of a higher severity

frontal impact. They may not inflate in certain

frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is

not always an indication of proper front air bag

operation.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has

dual stage air bag inflators. The system monitors

information from the crash zone sensor, satellite

sensor, Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seat belt

buckle sensors and occupant classification

sensor (pattern sensor). Inflator operation is

based on the severity of a collision and seat belt

usage for the driver. For the front passenger, the

occupant classification sensor is also monitored.

Based on information from the sensors, only one

Condition:

Black plate (75,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

front air bag may inflate in a crash, depending on

the crash severity and whether the front

occupants are belted or unbelted. Additionally,

the front passenger air bag may be automatically

turned OFF under some conditions, depending

on the information provided by the occupant

classification sensor. If the front passenger air

bag is OFF, the passenger air bag status light

will be illuminated (if the seat is unoccupied, the

light will not be illuminated, but the air bag will

be off). (See “Front passenger air bag and

status light” later in this section for further

details.) One front air bag inflating does not

indicate improper performance of the system.

If you have any questions about your air bag

system, contact NISSAN or a NISSAN dealer. If

you are considering modification of your vehicle

due to a disability, you may also contact

NISSAN. Contact information is contained in

the front of this Owner’s Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise

may be heard, followed by release of smoke.

This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate

a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it

may cause irritation and choking. Those with a

history of a breathing condition should get fresh

air promptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts,

help to cushion the impact force on the head

and chest of the front occupants. They can help

save lives and reduce serious injuries. However,

an inflating front air bag may cause facial

abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags do

not provide restraint to the lower body.

Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat

belts should be correctly worn and the driver

and passenger seated upright as far as practical

away from the steering wheel or instrument

panel. The front air bags inflate quickly in order

to help protect the front occupants. Because of

this, the force of the front air bag inflating can

increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too

close to, or is against, the air bag module during

inflation.

The front air bags will deflate quickly after a

collision.

The front air bags operate only when the

ignition switch is in the ON position.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ON

position, the supplemental air bag warning

light illuminates. The supplemental air bag

warning light will turn off after about 7

seconds if the system is operational.

SSS0823

Front passenger air bag status light

Front passenger air bag and status light

GUID-3CBF7429-7AEE-4E17-9176-3C55CA8B9FB7

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designed

to automatically turn OFF under some

conditions. Read this section carefully

to learn how it operates. Proper use of

the seat, seat belt and child restraints is

necessary for most effective protection.

Failure to follow all instructions in this

manual concerning the use of seats,

seat belts and child restraints can

increase the risk or severity of injury in

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53

Condition:

Black plate (76,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-54 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

an accident.

Status light: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The front passenger air bag status light is

located on the instrument panel below the air

conditioner controls. After the ignition switch is

placed in the ON position, the front passenger

air bag status light illuminates for about 7

seconds and then turns off or illuminates

depending on the front passenger seat occu-

pied status. The light operates as follows:

.Unoccupied passenger seat: The

light is OFF and the front passenger air

bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash.

.Passenger’s seat occupied by a small adult,

child or child restraint as outlined in this

section: The light illuminates to

indicate that the front passenger air bag is

OFF and will not inflate in a crash.

.Occupied passenger seat and the passen-

ger meets the conditions outlined in this

section: The light is OFF to indicate

that the front passenger air bag is opera-

tional.

Front passenger air bag:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The front passenger air bag is designed to

automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is

operated under some conditions as described

below as permitted by U.S. regulations. If the

front passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate

in a crash. The driver air bag and other air bags

in your vehicle are not part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce

the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag

to certain front passenger seat occupants, such

as children, by requiring the air bag to be

automatically turned OFF.

The occupant classification sensor (pattern

sensor) is in the front passenger seat cushion

and is designed to detect an occupant and

objects on the seat. For example, if a child is in

the front passenger seat, the Advanced Air Bag

System is designed to turn the passenger air

bag OFF in accordance with the regulations.

Also, if a child restraint of the type specified in

the regulations is on the seat, the occupant

classification sensor can detect it and cause the

air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants who are

properly seated and using the seat belt as

outlined in this manual should not cause the

passenger air bag to be automatically turned

OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF,

however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat

properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by

sitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise

being out of position), this could cause the

sensor to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sure

to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly

for the most effective protection by the seat belt

and supplemental air bag.

NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil-

dren be properly restrained in a rear seat.

NISSAN also recommends that appropriate

child restraints and booster seats be properly

installed in a rear seat. If this is not possible, the

occupant classification sensor is designed to

operate as described above to turn the front

passenger air bag OFF for specified child

restraints. Failing to properly secure child

restrains and to use the Automatic Locking

Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode)

may allow the restraint to tip or move in an

accident or sudden stop. This can also result in

the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead

of being OFF. (See “Child restraints” earlier in

this section for proper use and installation.)

If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the

passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a

crash. However, heavy objects placed on the

seat could result in air bag inflation, because of

the object being detected by the occupant

classification sensor. Other conditions could

also result in air bag inflation, such as if a child is

standing on the seat, or if two children are on the

seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.

Always be sure that you and all vehicle

Condition:

Black plate (77,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

occupants are seated and restrained properly.

Using the passenger air bag status light, you can

monitor when the front passenger air bag is

automatically turned OFF with the seat occu-

pied. The light will not illuminate when the front

passenger seat is unoccupied.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but the

passenger air bag status light is illuminated

(indicating that the air bag is OFF), it could be

that the person is a small adult, or is not sitting

on the seat properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the front seat,

the passenger air bag status light may or may

not be illuminated, depending on the size of the

child and the type of child restraint being used. If

the air bag status light is not illuminated

(indicating that the air bag might inflate in a

crash), it could be that the child restraint or seat

belt is not being used properly. Make sure that

the child restraint is installed properly, the seat

belt is used properly and the occupant is

positioned properly. If the air bag status light is

not illuminated, reposition the occupant or child

restraint in a rear seat.

If the passenger air bag status light will not

illuminate even though you believe that the child

restraint, the seat belts and the occupant are

properly positioned, the system may be sensing

an unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag is

OFF). Your NISSAN dealer can check that the

system is OFF by using a special tool. However,

until you have confirmed with your dealer that

your air bag is working properly, reposition the

occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.

The air bag system and passenger air bag status

light will take a few seconds to register a change

in the passenger seat status. However, if the

seat becomes unoccupied, the air bag status

light will remain off.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air

bag system, the supplemental air bag warning

light , located in the meter and gauges area,

will blink. Have the system checked by a

NISSAN dealer.

Other supplemental front-impact air bag

precautions GUID-1331924B-CE23-4E8A-A024-69044301EFB8

WARNING

.Do not place any objects on the

steering wheel pad or on the instru-

ment panel. Also, do not place any

objects between any occupant and

the steering wheel or instrument

panel. Such objects may become

dangerous projectiles and cause

injury if the front air bags inflate.

.Do not place objects with sharp

edges on the seat. Also, do not

place heavy objects on the seat that

will leave permanent impressions in

the seat. Such objects can damage

the seat or occupant classification

sensor (pattern sensor). This can

affect the operation of the air bag

system and result in serious perso-

nal injury.

.Do not use water or acidic cleaners

(hot steam cleaners) on the seat.

This can damage the seat or occu-

pant classification sensor. This can

also affect the operation of the air

bag system and result in serious

personal injury.

.Immediately after inflation, several

front air bag system components

will be hot. Do not touch them; you

may severely burn yourself.

.No unauthorized changes should be

made to any components or wiring

of the supplemental air bag system.

This is to prevent accidental infla-

tion of the supplemental air bag or

damage to the supplemental air bag

system.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-55

Condition:

Black plate (78,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-56 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

.Do not make unauthorized changes

to your vehicle’s electrical system,

suspension system or front end

structure. This could affect proper

operation of the front air bag sys-

tem.

.Tampering with the supplemental

air bag system may result in serious

personal injury. Tampering includes

changes to the steering wheel and

the instrument panel assembly by

placing material over the steering

wheel pad and above the instrument

panel or by installing additional trim

material around the air bag system.

.Modifying or tampering with the

front passenger seat may result in

serious personal injury. For exam-

ple, do not change the front seats by

placing material on the seat cushion

or by installing additional trim ma-

terial, such as seat covers, on the

seat that is not specifically designed

to assure proper air bag operation.

Additionally, do not stow any ob-

jects under the front passenger seat

or the seat cushion and seatback.

Such objects may interfere with the

proper operation of the occupant

classification sensor.

.No unauthorized changes should be

made to any components or wiring

of the seat belt system. This may

affect the front air bag system.

Tampering with the seat belt system

may result in serious personal in-

jury.

.Work on and around the front air

bag system should be done by a

NISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-

trical equipment should also be

done by a NISSAN dealer. The

Supplemental Restraint System

(SRS) wiring harnesses* should not

be modified or disconnected. Un-

authorized electrical test equipment

and probing devices should not be

used on the air bag system.

.A cracked windshield should be

replaced immediately by a qualified

repair facility. A cracked windshield

could affect the function of the

supplemental air bag system.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors are

yellow and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that you

inform the buyer about the front air bag system

and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections

in this Owner’s Manual.

Condition:

Black plate (79,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0848

Hardtop models

SSS0982

CrossCabriolet moldels

FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IM-

PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND

ROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IM-

PACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMEN-

TAL AIR BAG (Hardtop models) OR

DOOR-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IM-

PACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMEN-

TAL AIR BAG (CrossCabriolet models)

SYSTEMS GUID-EB2F6895-6E81-4642-9F76-FC0B9A82DFD3

The side air bags are located in the outside of

the seatback of the front seats. The curtain air

bags are located in the side roof rails (Hardtop

models) or upper side of the door trim (Cross-

Cabriolet models). These systems are designed

to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the

risk of injury to out-of-position occupants.

However, all of the information, cautions

and warnings in this manual still apply and

must be followed. The side air bags and

curtain and rollover air bags are designed to

inflate in higher severity side collisions, although

they may inflate if the forces in another type of

collision are similar to those of a higher severity

side impact. They are designed to inflate on the

side where the vehicle is impacted. They may

not inflate in certain side collisions. Curtain and

rollover air bags are also designed to inflate in

certain types of rollover collisions or near

rollovers.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an

indication of proper side air bag and curtain and

rollover air bag operation.

When the side air bags and curtain and rollover

air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,

followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not

harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should

be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation

and choking. Those with a history of a breathing

condition should get fresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts,

help to cushion the impact force on the chest

and pelvic area of the front occupants. Curtain

and rollover air bags help to cushion the impact

force to the heads of occupants in the front and

rear outboard seating positions (Hardtop mod-

els) or the heads of the driver and front

passenger (CrossCabriolet models). They can

help save lives and reduce serious injuries.

However, side air bags and curtain and rollover

air bags may cause abrasions or other injuries.

Side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags

do not provide restraint to the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn and the

driver and passenger seated upright as far as

practical away from the side air bags. Rear seat

passengers should be seated as far away as

practical from the door finishers and side roof

rails. The side air bags and curtain and rollover

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-57

Condition:

Black plate (80,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-58 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect

the occupants. Because of this, the force of the

side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags

inflating can increase the risk of injury if the

occupant is too close to, or is against, these air

bag modules during inflation. In a rollover, the

curtain and rollover air bags on both sides are

designed to inflate. Under both side-impact and

rollover situations, the curtain air bags will

remain inflated for a short period of time.

The side air bags and curtain and rollover

air bags operate only when the ignition

switch is in the ON position.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ON

position, the supplemental air bag warning

light illuminates. The supplemental air bag

warning light will turn off after about 7

seconds if the systems are operational.

WARNING

.Do not place any objects near the

seatback of the front seats. Also, do

not place any objects (an umbrella,

bag, etc.) between the front door

finisher and the front seat. Such

objects may become dangerous

projectiles and cause injury if a side

air bag or door-mounted curtain air

bag (CrossCabriolet model) inflates.

.Right after inflation, several side air

bag and curtain and rollover air bag

system components will be hot. Do

not touch them; you may severely

burn yourself.

.No unauthorized changes should be

made to any components or wiring

of this side air bag and curtain and

rollover air bags. This is to prevent

damage to or accidental inflation of

the side-impact air bag and curtain

side-impact and rollover air bag

systems.

.Do not make unauthorized changes

to your vehicle’s electrical system,

suspension system, door panel,

door trim, or side panel. This could

affect proper operation of the side

air bag and curtain and rollover air

bag systems.

.Tampering with the supplemental

air bag system may result in serious

personal injury. For example, do not

change the front seats by placing

material near the seatbacks or by

installing additional trim material,

such as seat covers, around the side

air bag.

.Work around and on the side air bag

and curtain and rollover air bag

systems should be done by a

NISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-

trical equipment should also be

done by a NISSAN dealer. The

Supplemental Restraint System

(SRS) wiring harnesses* should not

be modified or disconnected. Un-

authorized electrical test equipment

and probing devices should not be

used on the side air bag and curtain

and rollover air bag systems.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors are

yellow and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that you

inform the buyer about the side air bag and

curtain and rollover air bag systems and guide

the buyer to the appropriate sections in this

Owner’s Manual.

SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS

(front seats) GUID-3B87B5A0-4336-4C99-89BF-22D756A42161

WARNING

.The pretensioners cannot be reused

after activation. They must be re-

Condition:

Black plate (81,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

placed together with the retractor

and buckle as a unit.

.If the vehicle becomes involved in a

collision but a pretensioner is not

activated, be sure to have the pre-

tensioner system checked and, if

necessary, replaced by a NISSAN

dealer.

.No unauthorized changes should be

made to any components or wiring

of the pretensioner system. This is

to prevent damage to or accidental

activation of the pretensioners.

Tampering with the pretensioner

system may result in serious perso-

nal injury.

.Work around and on the preten-

sioner system should be done by a

NISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-

trical equipment should also be

done by a NISSAN dealer. Un-

authorized electrical test equipment

and probing devices should not be

used on the pretensioner system.

.If you need to dispose of a preten-

sioner or scrap the vehicle, contact a

NISSAN dealer. Correct preten-

sioner disposal procedures are set

forth in the appropriate NISSAN

Service Manual. Incorrect disposal

procedures could cause personal

injury.

The pretensioner system may activate with the

supplemental air bag system in certain types of

collisions. Working with the seat belt retractor, it

helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle

becomes involved in certain types of collisions,

helping to restrain front seat occupants.

The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt

retractor. These seat belts are used the same

way as conventional seat belts.

When a pretensioner activates, smoke is re-

leased and a loud noise may be heard. The

smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a

fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it

may cause irritation and choking. Those with a

history of a breathing condition should get fresh

air promptly.

After pretensioner activation, load limiters allow

the seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) to

reduce forces against the chest.

The supplemental air bag warning light is

used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner

system. (See “Supplemental air bag warning

light” later in this section for more details.) If the

operation of the supplemental air bag warning

light indicates there is a malfunction, have the

system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

When selling your vehicle, we request that you

inform the buyer about the pretensioner system

and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections

in this Owner’s Manual.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-59

Condition:

Black plate (82,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-60 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS1016

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING

LABELS GUID-903148F5-C14E-43FA-AED1-8BBDAE796F82

Warning labels about the supplemental front-

impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle

as shown in the illustration.

SRS air bag GUID-7BC8FADF-7E78-40A4-B77A-006F326840B9

The warning labels *1are located on the

surface of the sun visors.

SPA1097

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING

LIGHT GUID-51E691C0-0E01-4640-9FB4-F2F56D4D2B94

The supplemental air bag warning light, display-

ing in the instrument panel, monitors the

circuits for the air bag systems, pretensioner

seat belt system and all related wiring.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,

the supplemental air bag warning light illumi-

nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off.

This means the SRS air bag systems are

operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the air

bags and/or pretensioner systems need servi-

cing:

.The supplemental air bag warning light

remains on after approximately 7 seconds.

.The supplemental air bag warning light

flashes intermittently.

.The supplemental air bag warning light does

not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the air bags and/or

pretensioner systems may not operate properly.

They must be checked and repaired. Take your

vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning

light is on, it could mean that the air

bags and/or pretensioner systems will

not operate in an accident. To help

avoid injury to yourself or others, have

your vehicle checked by a NISSAN

dealer as soon as possible.

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO-

CEDURE GUID-BE097191-F8D3-4AAC-850E-F3F16831D6C5

The front air bags, side air bags, curtain and

rollover air bags and pretensioners are designed

to activate on a one-time-only basis. As a

reminder, unless it is damaged, the supplemen-

tal air bag warning light will remain illuminated

after inflation has occurred. Repair and replace-

Condition:

Black plate (83,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

ment of these systems should be done only by a

NISSAN dealer.

When maintenance work is required on the

vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain

and rollover air bags and pretensioners and

related parts should be pointed out to the

person performing the maintenance. The ignition

switch should always be in the LOCK position

when working under the hood or inside the

vehicle.

WARNING

.Once a front air bag, side air bag or

curtain and rollover air bag has

inflated, the air bag module will

not function again and must be

replaced. Additionally, the activated

pretensioners must also be re-

placed. The air bag module and

pretensioner system should be re-

placed by a NISSAN dealer. The air

bag modules and pretensioner sys-

tem cannot be repaired.

.The front air bag, side air bag and

curtain and rollover air bag systems,

and pretensioner system should be

inspected by a NISSAN dealer if

there is any damage to the front

end or side portion of the vehicle.

.If you need to dispose of a supple-

mental air bag or pretensioner sys-

tems, or scrap the vehicle, contact a

NISSAN dealer. Correct supplemen-

tal air bag and pretensioner system

disposal procedures are set forth in

the appropriate NISSAN Service

Manual. Incorrect disposal proce-

dures could cause personal injury.

SSS1178

DUAL POP-UP ROLL BAR SYSTEM

(CrossCabriolet models)

GUID-94609B65-694A-4C47-A779-9B5BB5581CB7

The dual pop-up roll bars are designed to

deploy only during rollover collisions. The dual

pop-up roll bars are located behind the rear

seatback and deploy when the Air bag Control

Unit (ACU) judges that the vehicle will overturn.

The dual pop-up roll bars, with proper seat belt

usage, help preserve occupant headroom in a

rollover collision and can help reduce the risk of

occupant injury.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-61

Condition:

Black plate (84,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

1-62 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and

instructions in this section may result

in serious injury or death.

.The dual pop-up roll bars deploy

upward at a high speed when acti-

vated. Keep hands and other body

parts away from the dual pop-up roll

bars.

.Never place objects (such as um-

brellas or accessories) near the dual

pop-up roll bars, which deploy from

the top of rear seatback. Such

objects can become dangerous pro-

jectiles when dual pop-up roll bars

deploy.

.Tampering with the dual pop-up roll

bars may cause them to uninten-

tionally deploy or operate abnor-

mally.

.Never open the dual pop-up roll bar

covers or modify or disassemble the

dual pop-up roll bars.

.Do not sit, place a heavy object, or

apply a strong load on the dual pop-

up roll bar cover. Doing so could

cause damage to the cover or cause

the dual pop-up roll bar to not

operate properly.

.Never allow anyone other than a

NISSAN dealer to retract or repair

the dual pop-up roll bars. Always

contact a NISSAN dealer after dual

pop-up roll bars deploy.

Condition:

Black plate (85,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit ........................................................................................... 2-3

Instrument panel ........................................................................... 2-4

Meters and gauges ...................................................................... 2-5

Speedometer and odometer ............................................... 2-6

Tachometer .............................................................................. 2-7

Engine coolant temperature gauge ................................... 2-7

Fuel gauge ............................................................................... 2-8

Compass (if so equipped) ......................................................... 2-8

Zone variation change procedure ................................... 2-10

Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders ............... 2-11

Checking bulbs .................................................................... 2-12

Warning lights ...................................................................... 2-12

Indicator lights ...................................................................... 2-17

Audible reminders ............................................................... 2-20

Dot matrix liquid crystal display ............................................. 2-20

Operational indicators ........................................................ 2-21

Maintenance indicators ...................................................... 2-24

Trip computer ....................................................................... 2-25

Security systems ....................................................................... 2-29

Vehicle security system (if so equipped) ...................... 2-30

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ............................. 2-31

Windshield wiper and washer switch .................................. 2-32

Rain-sensing auto wiper system (if so equipped) ........ 2-34

Rear window wiper and washer switch

(Hardtop models) ...................................................................... 2-35

Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch .......... 2-36

Headlight and turn signal switch .......................................... 2-37

Xenon headlights (if so equipped) ............................... 2-37

Headlight switch ............................................................... 2-37

Turn signal switch ............................................................. 2-40

Fog light switch (if so equipped) ................................. 2-41

Horn ............................................................................................. 2-41

Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) ............................ 2-41

Heated seats (if so equipped) .............................................. 2-42

Warning systems switch (if so equipped) ......................... 2-43

Clock ........................................................................................... 2-44

Models with color display ............................................... 2-44

Models without color display ......................................... 2-44

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch .................... 2-44

Power outlet ............................................................................... 2-45

Cigarette lighter and ashtray (if so equipped) ................. 2-46

Storage ....................................................................................... 2-47

Cup holders ........................................................................ 2-47

Sunglasses holder (Hardtop models) .......................... 2-48

Glove box ............................................................................ 2-49

Console box ....................................................................... 2-49

Storage box (if so equipped) ......................................... 2-50

Cargo floor box (if so equipped for

Hardtop models) ............................................................... 2-50

Luggage side box (Hardtop models) ........................... 2-51

Condition:

Black plate (86,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Cargo cover (if so equipped for

Hardtop models) ................................................................. 2-52

Luggage hooks (Hardtop models) .................................. 2-53

Luggage cover (CrossCabriolet models) ...................... 2-53

Roof rack (if so equipped for Hardtop models) .......... 2-54

Coat hooks (Hardtop models) ......................................... 2-55

Windows ..................................................................................... 2-55

Power windows ................................................................... 2-55

Moonroof (if so equipped for Hardtop models) ................ 2-58

Automatic moonroof and sunshades ............................. 2-59

Interior lights ............................................................................... 2-60

Map lights .............................................................................. 2-60

Personal lights (Hardtop models) ................................... 2-61

Interior light control switch ............................................... 2-61

Mood lights (Hardtop models) ............................................. 2-62

Vanity mirror lights .................................................................... 2-62

Cargo lights (Hardtop models) ............................................. 2-63

Trunk light (CrossCabriolet models) ................................... 2-63

HomeLink

Universal Transceiver (if so equipped) ......... 2-63

Programming HomeLink

................................................ 2-64

Programming HomeLink

for Canadian customers

and gate openers .............................................................. 2-65

Operating the HomeLink

Universal Transceiver ....................................................... 2-66

Programming troubleshooting ........................................ 2-66

Clearing the programmed information ......................... 2-66

Reprogramming a single HomeLink

button ............. 2-66

If your vehicle is stolen .................................................... 2-67

Condition:

Black plate (87,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-06B56D4D-A0AA-4178-A121-A31F959AC846

JVO0067X

1. Heated steering wheel switch*

2. Power lift gate switch* (Hardtop models) or

trunk lid release switch (CrossCabriolet models)

3. Warning systems switch*

- Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system*

- Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system*

4. Instrument brightness control switch

5. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch

— Headlight

— Turn signal light

— Fog light*

6. Trip computer switch

7. TRIP/RESET switch

8. Wiper and washer switch

9. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch

10. Power lift gate main switch* (Hardtop models) or

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch (Cross-

Cabriolet models)

11. Power rear seatback switch* (Hardtop models)

12. Power rear seatback switch* (Hardtop models)

or Remote walk-in switch (CrossCabriolet mod-

els)

13. Fuel-filler door opener switch

14. Manual tilting/telescopic steering wheel lever*

15. Electric tilting/telescopic steering wheel switch*

16. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)*

— Audio control*

— Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System con-

trol (models with navigation system)*

— Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System con-

trol (models without navigation system)*

17. Steering wheel

— Horn

— Driver supplemental air bag

— Power steering system

18. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)

— Cruise control switches

19. Center-console mounted controls

— Heated seat switches*

— All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch*

(Hardtop models)

— Soft top operating switch (CrossCabriolet

models)

*: if so equipped

Instruments and controls 2-3

COCKPIT

Condition:

Black plate (88,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-4 Instruments and controls

GUID-73174318-E521-4B16-8B9D-A3A74ECB1262

SSI0839

1. Side ventilator

2. Meters and gauges

3. Push-button ignition switch

4. Center ventilator

5. Center display

— Center color display*

— Navigation system**

6. Heater/air conditioner control or Center multi-

function control panel*

— Navigation system**

— Vehicle information and setting buttons*

— Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System*

(models with navigation system)

— Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System*

(models without navigation system)

7. Hazard warning flasher switch

8. Front passenger supplemental air bag

9. Hood release handle

10. Fuse box cover

11. Parking brake

12. Intelligent Key port

13. Audio system

— Clock*

14. Front passenger air bag status light

15. Power outlet

16. Rear window and outside mirror* defroster

switch

17. Heater/air conditioner control or Audio system

18. Trunk release power cancel switch (Cross-

Cabriolet models)

19. Glove box

*: if so equipped

**: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-

er’s Manual (if so equipped).

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Condition:

Black plate (89,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-A68BAE6F-B6C6-458C-9E0C-28DA5D3B2890

JVO0043X

1. Instrument brightness control switch

2. Tachometer

3. Speedometer

4. Fuel gauge

5. Warning/indicator lights

6. Trip computer switch

7. Dot matrix liquid crystal display

— Trip computer

8. Engine coolant temperature gauge

9. Odometer/twin trip odometer/Continuously Vari-

able Transmission (CVT) position indicator

10. RESET switch for trip odometer

The needle indicators may move slightly

after the ignition switch is pushed to the

LOCK position. This is not a malfunction.

Instruments and controls 2-5

METERS AND GAUGES

Condition:

Black plate (90,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-6 Instruments and controls

JVI0252X

Speedometer

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

GUID-A5312850-B162-4691-B245-BFE52CFF92CD

Speedometer

GUID-6D108D90-F044-4A12-A5A1-80A313264F81

The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in

miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour

(km/h).

SIC4699

Odometer/twin trip odometer

GUID-8971DF72-32A1-467A-9B68-200871A5DCCC

The odometer *1and twin trip odometer *2

are displayed when the ignition switch is in the

ON position.

The odometer records the total distance the

vehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distance of

individual trips.

Changing the display:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pushing the TRIP RESET switch *3on the right

side of the combination meter panel changes

the display as follows:

TRIP A ?TRIP B ?TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pushing the TRIP RESET switch *3for more

than 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero.

Condition:

Black plate (91,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

JVI0253X

TACHOMETER

GUID-D6E06D01-68FC-46F3-83E0-465A7D80EEAA

The tachometer indicates engine speed in

revolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev the

engine into the red zone *1.

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the red

zone, shift to a higher gear or reduce

engine speed. Operating the engine in

the red zone may cause serious engine

damage.

SIC4690

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

GAUGE GUID-5D79A6DB-7B0E-48CD-B3D5-38EB0D89F9F4

The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem-

perature.

The engine coolant temperature is within the

normal range when the gauge needle points

within the zone *1shown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies with the

outside air temperature and driving conditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolant

temperature near the hot (H) end of the

normal range, reduce vehicle speed to

decrease temperature. If gauge is over

the normal range, stop the vehicle as

soon as safely possible and let the

engine idle. If the engine is overheated,

continued operation of the vehicle may

seriously damage the engine. See “If

your vehicle overheats” in the “6. In

case of emergency” section for immedi-

ate action required.

Instruments and controls 2-7

Condition:

Black plate (92,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-8 Instruments and controls

JVI0338X

FUEL GAUGE

GUID-7C88D297-60D4-4310-84BB-E1EC1735E409

The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level

in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,

turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.

The gauge needle returns to E (Empty) after the

ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position.

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge

registers “E” (Empty).

The low fuel warning appears on the dot

matrix liquid crystal display when the fuel level in

the tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is

convenient, preferably before the gauge reaches

“E”. There will be a small reserve of fuel in the

tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches “E”.

The indicates that the fuel-filler door is

located on the driver’s side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

.If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the

malfunction indicator light (MIL)

may come on. Refuel as soon as

possible. After a few driving trips,

the light should turn off. If the

light remains on after a few driving

trips, have the vehicle inspected by

a NISSAN dealer.

.For additional information, see

“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”

later in this section.

GUID-56AB49A5-E009-4FD9-864E-78F14A1329E1

SIC3181

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON

position, the compass display *Bwill indicate

the direction of the vehicle’s heading.

NOS1741

If the display reads “C”, calibrate the compass

by driving the vehicle in 3 complete circles at

less than 5 MPH (8 km/h). You can also

calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle

COMPASS (if so equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (93,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

on your everyday route. The compass will be

calibrated once it has tracked 3 complete

circles.

To turn on and off the compass manually, push

the switch *Awhile the ignition switch is in

the ON position.

SIC0611B

Zone map

Instruments and controls 2-9

Condition:

Black plate (94,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-10 Instruments and controls

ZONE VARIATION CHANGE PROCE-

DURE GUID-0E831674-32EA-49CF-AB30-0F9EEEB78E33

The difference between magnetic north and

geographical north is known as variance. In

some areas, this difference can sometimes be

great enough to cause false compass readings.

Follow these instructions to set the variance for

your particular location if this happens:

1. Push the switch for more than 3

seconds. The current zone number will

appear in the display.

2. Find your current location and variance

number on the zone map.

NOTE:

Use zone number 5 for Hawaii.

3. Push the switch repeatedly until the

new zone number appears in the display,

then release the switch. After you release

the switch, the display will show a compass

direction within a few seconds.

.If the compass deviates from the correct

indication soon after repeated adjust-

ment, have the compass checked at a

NISSAN dealer.

.The compass may not indicate the

correct compass point in tunnels or while

driving up or down a steep hill.

(The compass returns to the correct com-

pass point when the vehicle moves to an

area where the geomagnetism is stabilized.)

CAUTION

.Do not install a ski rack, antenna,

etc., which are attached to the

vehicle by means of a magnet. They

affect the operation of the compass.

.When cleaning the mirror, use a

paper towel or similar material

dampened with glass cleaner. Do

not spray glass cleaner directly on

the mirror as it may cause the liquid

cleaner to enter the mirror housing.

Condition:

Black plate (95,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-6AC4475F-D514-4474-861E-A33DFE4DFCFD

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light (AWD

models)* Low tire pressure warning light Exterior light indicator

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning

light

Master warning light Front passenger air bag status light

Seat belt warning light High beam indicator light

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) light (orange)* Supplemental air bag warning light Lane Departure Warning (LDW) light

(green)*

Brake warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning

light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Charge warning light All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicator light

(AWD models) Overdrive off indicator light

Engine oil pressure warning light Blind Spot Warning (BSW) light (green)* Soft top indicator light (CrossCabriolet

models)

Intelligent Key warning light Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)

position indicator light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) light (or-

ange)* Cruise indicator light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator

light

Instruments and controls 2-11

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS AND

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Condition:

Black plate (96,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-12 Instruments and controls

CHECKING BULBS

GUID-B5546604-D327-4511-B24A-C4F4615F5F1F

With all doors closed, apply the parking brake

and push the ignition switch to the ON position

without starting the engine. The following lights

will come on (if so equipped):

, or , , , , ,

The following lights come on briefly and then go

off (if so equipped):

, or , , , , , ,

, ,

If any light does not come on, it may indicate a

burned-out bulb or an open circuit in the

electrical system. Have the system checked by

a NISSAN dealer.

Some indicators and warnings are also dis-

played on the dot matrix crystal display on the

speedometer. (See “Dot matrix liquid crystal

display” later in this section.)

WARNING LIGHTS

GUID-39AE13E8-806F-40A7-8C69-3AF4A1790761

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning

light (AWD models)

GUID-2C7F9D36-036A-4856-8580-AE4D2A3CACAA

The light comes on when the ignition switch is

pushed to ON. It turns off soon after the engine

is started.

If the AWD system malfunctions, or the diameter

of the front and the rear wheels are different, the

warning light will either remain illuminated or

blink. (See “All-Wheel Drive (AWD)” in the “5.

Starting and driving” section.)

CAUTION

.If the warning light comes on while

driving there may be a malfunction

in the AWD system. Reduce the

vehicle speed and have your vehicle

checked by a NISSAN dealer as

soon as possible.

.If the AWD warning light blinks

when you are driving:

— blinks rapidly (about twice a

second):

Pull off the road in a safe area,

and idle the engine. The driving

mode will change to 2WD to

prevent the AWD system from

malfunctioning. If the warning

light turns off, you can drive

again.

— blinks slowly (about once every

2 seconds):

Pull off the road in a safe area,

and idle the engine. Check that

all tire sizes are the same, tire

pressure is correct and tires are

not worn.

.If the warning light is still on after

the above operations, have your

vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer

as soon as possible.

or Anti-lock Braking System

(ABS) warning light

GUID-06CAAC80-C465-4A21-9EB7-C024333BA100

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,

the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning

light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates

the ABS is operational.

If the ABS warning light illuminates while the

engine is running, or while driving, it may

indicate the ABS is not functioning properly.

Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock

function is turned off. The brake system then

operates normally, but without anti-lock assis-

Condition:

Black plate (97,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

tance. (See “Brake system” in the “5. Starting

and driving” section.)

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) light

(orange; if so equipped)

GUID-B39C25AE-4ABA-4768-B972-D7A8500E4C34

When the ignition switch is placed in the "ON"

position, the light will first illuminate in orange

and turn green. This indicates that the Blind

Spot Warning (BSW) system is operational.

If the light comes on in orange and remains on, it

may indicate that the BSW system is not

functioning properly. Have the system checked

by a NISSAN dealer. See “Blind Spot Warning

(BSW)/Lane Departure Warning (LDW) sys-

tems” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.

or Brake warning light

GUID-4A67DFC2-D59E-4197-BAD5-168A3CE40A7E

This light functions for both the parking brake

and the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,

the light comes on when the parking brake is

applied.

Low brake fluid warning light:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,

the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If the

light comes on while the engine is running with

the parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle

and perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluid

as necessary. (See “Brake fluid” in the “8.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the

warning system checked by a NISSAN

dealer.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning

indicator: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the parking brake is released and the

brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brake

warning light and the Anti-lock Braking System

(ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate

the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the

brake system checked, and if necessary re-

paired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See

“Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light”

earlier in this section.)

WARNING

.Your brake system may not be

working properly if the warning light

is on. Driving could be dangerous. If

you judge it to be safe, drive care-

fully to the nearest service station

for repairs. Otherwise, have your

vehicle towed because driving it

could be dangerous.

.Pressing the brake pedal with the

engine stopped and/or low brake

fluid level may increase your stop-

ping distance and braking will re-

quire greater pedal effort as well as

pedal travel.

.If the brake fluid level is below the

minimum or MIN mark on the brake

fluid reservoir, do not drive until the

brake system has been checked at a

NISSAN dealer.

Charge warning light

GUID-69B03338-0451-441C-B766-BECF7DE9BC90

If the light comes on while the engine is running,

it may indicate the charging system is not

functioning properly. Turn the engine off and

check the alternator belt. If the belt is loose,

broken, missing or if the light remains on, see a

NISSAN dealer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the alternator

belt is loose, broken or missing.

Instruments and controls 2-13

Condition:

Black plate (98,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-14 Instruments and controls

Engine oil pressure warning light

GUID-0AE5784C-961F-4FC8-BFAF-77A224D6D347

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If the

light flickers or comes on during normal driving,

pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engine

immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other

authorized repair shop.

The engine oil pressure warning light is

not designed to indicate a low oil level.

Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See

“Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-

yourself” section.)

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oil

pressure warning light on could cause

serious damage to the engine almost

immediately. Such damage is not cov-

ered by warranty. Turn off the engine as

soon as it is safe to do so.

Intelligent Key warning light

GUID-0700CAF3-DF55-4F0A-A342-324495D014C0

After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON

position, this light comes on for about 2 seconds

and then turns off.

This light warns of a malfunction with the

Intelligent Key system.

If the light comes on while the engine is

stopped, it may be impossible to start the

engine. If the light comes on while the engine

is running, you can drive the vehicle. However in

these cases, contact a NISSAN dealer for repair

as soon as possible.

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)

light (orange; if so equipped)

GUID-81D318A7-8F3C-436E-BEFA-B4243024E948

When the ignition switch is placed in the ON

position, the light will come on in orange and

turn green. This indicates that the Lane Depar-

ture Warning (LDW) system is operational.

While the LDW system is on, the light will blink

in orange and a warning chime will sound if the

vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the

right of a traveling lane with detectable lane

markers.

If the light comes on in orange and remains on, it

may indicate that the LDW system is not

functioning properly. Have the systems checked

by a NISSAN dealer.

See “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Lane Depar-

ture Warning (LDW) systems” in the “5. Starting

and driving” section.

Low tire pressure warning light

GUID-2FD87A32-C17B-42A1-B740-5A7539F98F4B

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure

Monitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tire

pressure of all tires except the spare.

The low tire pressure warning light warns of low

tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not

functioning properly.

After the ignition switch is pushed ON, this light

illuminates for about 1 second and turns off.

Low tire pressure warning:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

If the vehicle is being driven with low tire

pressure, the warning light will illuminate. A

CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning also appears

on the dot matrix liquid crystal display.

When the low tire pressure warning light

illuminates, you should stop and adjust the tire

pressure to the recommended COLD tire

pressure shown on the Tire and Loading

Information label. The low tire pressure warning

light does not automatically turn off when the tire

pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to

the recommended pressure, the vehicle must be

driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to

activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire

pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure

gauge to check the tire pressure.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears

each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON

Condition:

Black plate (99,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

position as long as the low tire pressure warning

light remains illuminated.

For additional information, see “Dot matrix liquid

crystal display” later in this section, “Tire

Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5.

Starting and driving” section and “Tire Pressure

Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “6. In case of

emergency” section.

TPMS malfunction:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low

tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi-

mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is

pushed ON. The light will remain on after the 1

minute. Have the system checked by a NISSAN

dealer. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning

does not appear if the low tire pressure warning

light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.

For additional information, see “Tire Pressure

Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting

and driving” section. For the CHECK TIRE

PRESSURE warning, see “Dot matrix liquid

crystal display” later in this section.

WARNING

.If the light does not illuminate with

the ignition switch pushed ON, have

the vehicle checked by a NISSAN

dealer as soon as possible.

.If the light illuminates while driving,

avoid sudden steering maneuvers or

abrupt braking, reduce vehicle

speed, pull off the road to a safe

location and stop the vehicle as

soon as possible. Driving with un-

der-inflated tires may permanently

damage the tires and increase the

likelihood of tire failure. Serious

vehicle damage could occur and

may lead to an accident and could

result in serious personal injury.

Check the tire pressure for all four

tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the

recommended COLD tire pressure

shown on the Tire and Loading

Information label to turn the low

tire pressure warning light OFF. If

the light still illuminates while driv-

ing after adjusting the tire pressure,

a tire may be flat. If you have a flat

tire, replace it with a spare tire as

soon as possible.

.When a spare tire is mounted or a

wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not

function and the low tire pressure

warning light will flash for approxi-

mately 1 minute. The light will

remain on after 1 minute. Contact

your NISSAN dealer as soon as

possible for tire replacement and/

or system resetting.

.Replacing tires with those not ori-

ginally specified by NISSAN could

affect the proper operation of the

TPMS.

CAUTION

.The TPMS is not a substitute for the

regular tire pressure check. Be sure

to check the tire pressure regularly.

.If the vehicle is being driven at

speeds of less than 16 MPH (25

km/h), the TPMS may not operate

correctly.

.Be sure to correctly install the

specified size of tires to the four

wheels.

Instruments and controls 2-15

Condition:

Black plate (100,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-16 Instruments and controls

Master warning light

GUID-6AB3A8A0-B446-4089-A66C-618A6659F580

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,

the master warning light illuminates if any of the

following are displayed on the dot matrix liquid

crystal display:

.No key warning

.Low fuel warning

.Low washer fluid warning

.Parking brake release warning

.Door/lift gate open warning (Hardtop mod-

els)

.Door/trunk open warning (CrossCabriolet

models)

.Loose fuel cap warning

.Check tire pressure warning

.Extended storage fuse warning

See “Dot matrix liquid crystal display” later in this

section.

Seat belt warning light

GUID-956FC59D-0351-472F-8CD0-3356E0A21318

The light and chime remind you to fasten seat

belts. The light illuminates whenever the ignition

switch is pushed to the ON position, and will

remain illuminated until the driver’s seat belt is

fastened.

The seat belt warning light for the front

passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not

fastened when the front passenger’s seat is

occupied. For approximately 5 seconds after the

ignition switch is in the ON position, the system

does not activate the warning light for the front

passenger.

See “Seat belts” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat

belts and supplemental restraint system” section

for precautions on seat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warning light

GUID-C47663FA-9971-432A-840C-6232303C8EC4

After pushing the ignition switch to the ON

position, the supplemental air bag warning light

will illuminate. The supplemental air bag warning

light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the

SRS air bag systems are operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the air

bags and/or pretensioner systems need servi-

cing and your vehicle must be taken to your

nearest NISSAN dealer.

.The supplemental air bag warning light

remains on after approximately 7 seconds.

.The supplemental air bag warning light

flashes intermittently.

.The supplemental air bag warning light does

not come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the Supplemental

Restraint Systems (air bag systems) and/or the

pretensioners may not function properly.

For additional information, see “Supplemental

restraint system” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat

belts and supplemental restraint system” sec-

tion.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning

light is on, it could mean that the air

bags and/or pretensioner systems will

not operate in an accident. To help

avoid injury to yourself or others, have

your vehicle checked by a NISSAN

dealer as soon as possible.

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC)

warning light

GUID-9CD9709D-A6B8-4177-B503-4BF50BC0F688

The light will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic

Control (VDC) system or the traction control

system is operating, thus alerting the driver that

the vehicle is nearing its traction limits. The road

surface may be slippery.

If the VDC warning light comes on and stays on

while the VDC system is on, this light alerts the

driver to the fact that the VDC system’s fail-safe

mode is operating, for example the VDC system

may not be functioning properly. Have the

system checked by a NISSAN dealer. If a

malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC

system function will be canceled but the vehicle

Condition:

Black plate (101,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

is still driveable. For additional information, see

“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” in the

“5. Starting and driving” section of this manual.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

GUID-BDD7DC61-68C7-435D-8B71-5F80E875AAAB

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK

indicator light (AWD models)

GUID-B333F845-9EFA-4E8B-A367-0BBBFF6CDC04

This light illuminates when the ignition switch is

placed in the ON position, and turns off within 1

second.

When selecting the LOCK mode while the

engine is running, this light will illuminate. (See

“All-Wheel Drive (AWD)” in the “5. Starting and

driving” section.)

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) light

(green; if so equipped)

GUID-8A539306-30AB-427D-B362-AEEB01FC0854

The Blind Spot Warning (BSW) light (green) will

illuminate when the BSW system is turned on.

The light turns off when the system is turned off.

(See “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Lane Depar-

ture Warning (LDW) systems” in the “5. Starting

and driving” section.)

NOTE:

This light is common with the Blind Spot

Warning (BSW) light (orange). (See “Blind

Spot Warning (BSW) light” earlier in this

section.)

Continuously Variable Transmis-

sion (CVT) position indicator light

GUID-0130F932-2380-4325-91F5-49DD5E3D8B5F

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON

position, the indicator shows the automatic

selector shift position. (See “Continuously Vari-

able Transmission (CVT)” in the “5. Starting and

driving” section.)

Cruise indicator light

GUID-C4011DB6-8909-4DF3-8C75-17ED51FCED58

Cruise main switch indicator:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

This light illuminates when the cruise control

main switch is pushed. The light turns off when

the main switch is pushed again. When the

cruise main switch indicator light illuminates, the

cruise control system is operational. (See

“Cruise control” in the “5. Starting and driving”

section.)

Cruise malfunction:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

If the cruise indicator light blinks while the

engine is running, it may indicate the cruise

control system is not functioning properly. Have

the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. (See

“Cruise control” in the “5. Starting and driving”

section.)

Exterior light indicator

GUID-31C3710D-82FC-41EC-AE8C-69D56A05CEF7

This indicator illuminates when the headlight

switch is turned to the AUTO (if so equipped),

or position and the front parking lights,

instrument panel lights, tail lights, license plate

lights or headlights are on. The indicator turns

off when these lights are turned off.

Front passenger air bag status light

GUID-1AD6EFB7-D318-4868-99B0-D18664F33C71

The front passenger air bag status light

will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be

OFF depending on how the front passenger

seat is being used.

For front passenger air bag status light opera-

tion, see “NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System

(front seats)” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat

belts and supplemental restraint system” section

of this manual.

High beam indicator light

GUID-4EECC9D2-4C62-4418-9FA3-CF0C228A1386

This light comes on when the headlight high

beam is on and goes out when the low beam is

selected.

Instruments and controls 2-17

Condition:

Black plate (102,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-18 Instruments and controls

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)

light (green; if so equipped)

GUID-E3C994B9-093A-4F82-BA6D-735ADC99A238

The Lane Departure Warning (LDW) light

(green) will illuminate when the LDW system is

turned on. The light turns off when the system is

turned off. (See “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) systems” in the

“5. Starting and driving” section.)

NOTE:

This light is common with the Lane Depar-

ture Warning (LDW) light (orange). (See

“Lane Departure Warning (LDW) light”

earlier in this section.)

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

GUID-6AF8662E-1DE1-45FE-852C-925D132DCE37

If the malfunction indicator light comes on

steady or blinks while the engine is running, it

may indicate a potential emission control and/or

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) mal-

function.

The malfunction indicator light may also come on

steady if the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, or

if the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make

sure the fuel-filler cap is installed and closed

tightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3 US

gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the light should

turn off if no other potential emission control

system malfunction exists.

If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds

and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine

is not running, it indicates that the vehicle is not

ready for an emission control system inspection/

maintenance test. (See “Readiness for Inspec-

tion/Maintenance (I/M) test” in the “9. Technical

and consumer information” section.)

Operation: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The malfunction indicator light will come on in

one of two ways:

.Malfunction indicator light on steady — An

emission control system and/or CVT mal-

function has been detected. Check the fuel-

filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning

appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal

display. If the fuel-filler cap is loose or

missing, tighten or install the cap and

continue to drive the vehicle. The light

should turn off after a few driving trips. If the

light does not turn off after a few driving

trips, have the vehicle inspected by a

NISSAN dealer. You do not need to have

your vehicle towed to the dealer.

.Malfunction indicator light blinking — An

engine misfire has been detected which may

damage the emission control system.

To reduce or avoid emission control system

damage:

— Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH

(72 km/h).

— Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.

— Avoid steep uphill grades.

— If possible, reduce the amount of cargo

being hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator light may stop

blinking and remain on.

Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN

dealer. You do not need to have your vehicle

towed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation without

having the emission control system

and/or CVT system checked and re-

paired as necessary could lead to poor

driveability, reduced fuel economy, and

possible damage to the emission con-

trol system.

Condition:

Black plate (103,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Overdrive off indicator light

GUID-A88B5A9D-E1E7-4ADD-B5C6-FE6EBACFA9C0

The overdrive off indicator light illuminates when

the overdrive off mode is selected.

For additional information, see “Continuously

Variable Transmission (CVT)” in the “5. Starting

and driving” section of this manual.

Soft top indicator light (Cross-

Cabriolet models)

GUID-387DFA5A-917F-4E6B-8A1D-1A0AD860A8FA

This light illuminates when the soft top is being

operated or it is stopped before reaching a full

open/close state. When the top is fully opened

or closed, the light will turn off.

The light blinks while the soft top is not fully

opened or closed under the following condi-

tions:

.When the vehicle is driven.

.When the selector lever is in the R (Reverse)

position.

Be sure to fully open or close the soft top when

driving the vehicle.

The soft top can be moved with the soft top

operating switch only under all of the following

conditions:

.When the vehicle is stopped.

.When the ignition switch is ON.

.When the trunk is closed.

.When the luggage cover is pulled out and

hooked so that the roof storage area is

separated from the trunk.

.When the selector lever is in a position other

than the R (Reverse) position.

CAUTION

Operate the soft top with the engine

running to prevent a discharged battery.

When the soft top is operating, if any of the

above conditions are discontinued or any of the

following conditions are met, the top will stop

operating.

.When the selector lever is in the R (Reverse)

position.

.When the vehicle moves at a speed of 3

MPH (5 km/h) or more.

.When the battery voltage is extremely low.

.When the temperature of the soft top

system becomes extremely high.

Release the operating switch, and push it again

under the above conditions until the top is fully

opened or closed. The soft top indicator light will

turn off when the top operation is completely

finished.

If the soft top indicator light illuminates with the

ignition switch ON, it may indicate the electric

soft top control unit is not functioning properly.

Have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer

as soon as possible.

For more details about the electric soft top

operation, see “Soft top (CrossCabriolet mod-

els)” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjust-

ments” section.

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

GUID-F77394DF-EFC3-4B65-ACF6-5E0E91264160

The light flashes when the turn signal switch

lever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off

indicator light

GUID-CE6E8B94-E3C1-4EDD-B5CC-1AA8B731382A

The light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic

Control (VDC) off switch is pushed to OFF. This

indicates that the VDC system is not operating.

For additional information, see “Vehicle Dynamic

Control (VDC) system” in the “5. Starting and

driving” section of this manual.

Instruments and controls 2-19

Condition:

Black plate (104,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-20 Instruments and controls

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

GUID-854CE725-BA1A-4800-8732-43382E89CE05

Key reminder chime

GUID-03B79EB0-07EF-4F48-9DFC-C531CF03B6F2

A chime will sound if the driver side door is

opened while the ignition switch is pushed to

the ACC position or pushed to the OFF or

LOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in the

Intelligent Key port. Make sure the ignition

switch is pushed to the OFF position, and take

the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the

vehicle.

Light reminder chime

GUID-7B425B53-6E2D-43C2-AE08-9F717545E029

A chime will sound when the driver side door is

opened with the light switch in the or

position and the ignition switch in the ACC

or OFF position.

Turn the light switch off when you leave the

vehicle.

Parking brake reminder chime

GUID-16CE9E88-5960-4CAA-845D-8ACC44A8DB19

The chime will sound if the vehicle is driven at

more than 4 MPH (7 km/h) with the parking

brake applied. Stop the vehicle and release the

parking brake.

Seat belt warning chime

GUID-6CB52CBC-6585-437E-BC4E-959C5BB57A7B

The chime will sound for about 6 seconds

unless the driver’s seat belt is securely fastened.

Brake pad wear warning

GUID-A531CD6C-63DF-4083-A7B6-FC8F79CA75A0

The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-

ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it

will make a high pitched scraping sound when

the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will

first occur only when the brake pedal is

depressed. After more wear of the brake pad,

the sound will always be heard even if the brake

pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes

checked as soon as possible if the warning

sound is heard.

GUID-8111787A-C29E-4E6F-9310-B498CC7E010D

JVI0254X

The dot matrix liquid crystal display *1is

located in the speedometer, and it displays,

the key operation information and other warn-

ings and information.

For the detail about the Intelligent Key System,

see “Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-

driving checks and adjustments” section.

DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL

DISPLAY

Condition:

Black plate (105,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

JVI0540X

OPERATIONAL INDICATORS

GUID-2BC84707-B5D6-420C-AF4E-599CBE87C0AA

1. Engine start operation indicator

GUID-D97EB6AE-486E-4B90-8447-B6FE87D4AD91

This indicator appears when the selector lever is

in the P (Park) position.

This indicator means that the engine will start by

pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal

depressed.

You can start the engine directly in any position.

2. Key insertion indicator

GUID-05110D15-ABEF-44EB-A8DB-34AB9197B4B8

This indicator appears when the key needs to be

inserted into the key port. (For example, the

Intelligent Key battery is discharged.)

If this indicator appears, insert the key into the

key port in the correct direction. (See “Push-

Instruments and controls 2-21

Condition:

Black plate (106,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-22 Instruments and controls

button ignition switch” in the “5. Starting and

driving” section.)

3. Key removal indicator

GUID-BB5416CE-8D01-47D1-8C3E-4F7E493AE6E1

This indicator appears when the driver’s door is

opened with the ignition switch in the OFF or

LOCK position and the key placed in the key

port. A key reminder chime also sounds.

If this indicator appears, remove the key from the

key port and take it with you when leaving the

vehicle.

4. NO KEY warning

GUID-F57235F8-65EC-43AC-9534-39FFBAF7DBAD

This warning appears in either of the following

conditions.

No key inside the vehicle:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The warning appears when the door is closed

with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle

and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON

position. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is

inside the vehicle.

Unregistered key:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The warning appears when the ignition switch is

pushed from the LOCK position and the key

cannot be recognized by the system. You cannot

start the engine with an unregistered key. Use

the registered key.

See “Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-

driving checks and adjustments” section for

more details.

5. SHIFT “P” warning

GUID-F63536DD-DDB8-49FB-8271-F811D25EC8A1

This warning appears when the ignition switch is

pushed to stop the engine with the selector lever

in any position except the P (Park) position.

If this warning appears, move the selector lever

to the P (Park) position or push the ignition

switch to the ON position.

An inside warning chime will also sound. (See

“Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-driving

checks and adjustments” section.)

6. “PUSH” warning

GUID-2B3DB981-A402-45B6-B5BB-474886B28E6A

This warning appears when the selector lever is

moved to the P (Park) position with the ignition

switch in the ACC position after the SHIFT “P”

warning appears.

To push the ignition switch to the OFF position,

perform the following procedure:

SHIFT “P” warning ?(Move the selector

lever to “P”) ?PUSH warning ?(Push the

ignition switch ?ignition switch position is

turned to ON) ?PUSH warning ?(Push the

ignition switch ?ignition switch position is

turned to OFF)

7. Key battery discharge indicator

GUID-4EDE548E-8FF0-4D46-ABCB-68B647C3999A

This indicator appears when the key battery is

running out of power.

If this indicator appears, replace the battery with

a new one. (See “Intelligent Key battery replace-

ment” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”

section.)

8. Clean Rear Camera warning (if so

equipped) GUID-68B781FF-FFC1-4365-8ABF-4F80FB874175

This warning appears if dirt, rain or snow

accumulates on the rear camera and cannot

be removed by the automatic washer and

blower. See “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Lane

Departure Warning (LDW) systems” in the “5.

Starting and driving” section.

9. Parking brake release warning

GUID-834CC27F-8812-483E-9320-C2D89C3E4B39

This warning appears when the vehicle speed is

above 4 MPH (7 km/h) and the parking brake is

applied. Stop the vehicle and release the

parking brake.

10. Low fuel warning

GUID-15EF772B-A9F6-4FC2-AB15-CABF1BB1DF48

This warning appears when the fuel level in the

tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is

convenient, preferably before the fuel gauge

reaches the empty (E) position.

There is a small reserve of fuel remaining

in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches

Condition:

Black plate (107,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

the empty (E) position.

11. Low washer fluid warning

GUID-75BFB25F-0C2B-423E-890D-9368CFA667DD

This warning appears when the washer tank fluid

is at a low level. Add washer fluid as necessary.

(See “Window washer fluid” in the “8. Main-

tenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

12. Door/lift gate open warning (ignition

switch is in the ON position) (Hardtop

models) GUID-E8BF5142-318A-41D5-8AB1-86843D59BCCF

This warning appears if any of the doors and/or

the lift gate are open or not closed securely. The

vehicle icon indicates which door is open on the

display.

13. Door/trunk open warning (ignition

switch is in the ON position) (Cross-

Cabriolet models)

GUID-CE5E7381-F4E7-4E9D-8BC1-5FDCD9D031B0

This warning appears if any of the doors and/or

the trunk are open or not closed securely. The

vehicle icon indicates which door is open on the

display.

14. Loose fuel cap warning

GUID-BF7DA770-AB4E-4465-8317-1B41831C3607

This warning appears when the fuel-filler cap is

not tightened correctly after the vehicle has

been refueled. (See “Fuel-filler cap” in the “3.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.)

15. Check tire pressure warning

GUID-0DD3569E-5223-4496-8B17-789648E1715D

This warning appears when the low tire pressure

warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire

pressure is detected. The warning appears each

time the ignition switch is placed in the ON

position as long as the low tire pressure warning

light remains illuminated. If this warning appears,

stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressure to

the recommended COLD tire pressure shown

on the Tire and Loading Information label. (See

“Low tire pressure warning light” earlier in this

section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.)

16. “TIMER” indicator

GUID-FF6A1FD2-B5C4-4083-B2CA-3E728C17C633

This indicator appears when the set “TIMER”

indicator activates. You can set the time for up to

6 hours. (See “Trip computer” later in this

section.)

17. Low outside temperature warning

GUID-84D86BBA-1B59-4DDE-9353-177DB0D95B81

This warning appears if the outside temperature

is below 378F (38C). The warning can be set not

to be displayed. (See “Trip computer” later in

this section.)

18. Extended storage fuse warning

GUID-2A83B50D-AAD9-4A8C-8305-E655D5991D17

This warning may appear if the extended storage

fuse switch is not pushed in (switched on).

When this warning appears, push in (switch on)

the extended storage fuse switch to turn off the

warning. For more information, see “Extended

storage fuse switch” in the “8. Maintenance and

do-it-yourself” section.

Instruments and controls 2-23

Condition:

Black plate (108,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-24 Instruments and controls

SIC4237

MAINTENANCE INDICATORS

GUID-0A851647-6BB2-4E92-AEB5-E04319FCA2E4

1. Engine oil replacement indicator

GUID-9CEF8B90-48A9-4FB5-BFD9-0CF43586EC4F

This indicator appears when the customer set

time comes for changing the engine oil. You can

set or reset the distance for changing the engine

oil. (See “Trip computer” later in this section.)

2. Oil filter replacement indicator

GUID-C344252D-B1CB-46F2-AEAD-7C37EC262221

This indicator appears when the customer set

time comes for replacing the oil filter. You can

set or reset the distance for replacing the oil

filter. (See “Trip computer” later in this section.)

3. Tire replacement indicator

GUID-1A74526D-9B7C-43A3-95CF-62EFC05FBC61

This indicator appears when the customer set

distance comes for replacing tires. You can set

or reset the distance for replacing tires. (See

“Trip computer” later in this section.)

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not a

substitute for regular tire checks, in-

cluding tire pressure checks. See

“Changing wheels and tires” in the “8.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-

tion. Many factors including tire infla-

tion, alignment, driving habits and road

conditions affect tire wear and when

tires should be replaced. Setting the

tire replacement indicator for a certain

driving distance does not mean your

tires will last that long. Use the tire

replacement indicator as a guide only

and always perform regular tire checks.

Failure to perform regular tire checks,

including tire pressure checks could

result in tire failure. Serious vehicle

damage could occur and may lead to a

collision, which could result in serious

personal injury or death.

4. “OTHER” indicator

GUID-17015DA7-2755-4CAC-AF46-619CAF47DE9D

This indicator appears when the customer set

time comes for replacing items other than the

engine oil, oil filter and tires. You can set or reset

the distance for replacing the items. (See “Trip

computer” later in this section.)

More maintenance reminders are also available

on the center display (if so equipped). (See

“How to use INFO button” in the “4. Monitor,

heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice

recognition systems” section.)

Condition:

Black plate (109,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SIC3580

TRIP COMPUTER

GUID-F63231D7-123A-4BC6-844C-BA3C14A5C066

Switches for the trip computer are located on

the right side of the combination meter panel. To

operate the trip computer, push the side or front

of the switches as shown above.

*Aswitch

*Bswitch

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON

position, modes of the trip computer can be

selected by pushing the switch *A.

Each time the switch *Ais pushed, the

display will change as follows:

Current and average fuel consumption ?

Average fuel consumption and speed ?

Elapsed time and trip odometer ?Distance to

empty (dte) ?Outside air temperature (ICY) ?

Setting ?Warning check

JVI0251X

Current and average fuel consumption

(MPG, l (liter)/100 km)

GUID-C03B6A5C-9ED7-43A7-9BC4-010DAD1E69BD

The current and average fuel consumption mode

shows the current and average fuel consump-

tion.

Instruments and controls 2-25

Condition:

Black plate (110,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-26 Instruments and controls

SIC3674

Average fuel consumption (MPG, l/100

km) and speed (MPH or km/h)

GUID-5567CAAC-37CB-49C0-8903-54489EC24183

Fuel consumption:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The average fuel consumption mode shows the

average fuel consumption since the last reset.

Resetting is done by pushing the switch *B

for longer than 1 second. (The average speed is

also reset at the same time.)

The display is updated every 30 seconds. At

about the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after a reset, the

display shows “——”.

Speed: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The average speed mode shows the average

vehicle speed since the last reset. Resetting is

done by pushing the switch *Bfor longer

than 1 second. (The average fuel consumption is

also reset at the same time.)

The display is updated every 30 seconds. The

first 30 seconds after a reset, the display shows

“——”.

SIC4701

Elapsed time and trip odometer (miles or

km) GUID-FEA80D52-9DA7-4A2D-BD49-7619EBBECCF9

Elapsed time: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The elapsed time mode shows the time since

the last reset. The displayed time can be reset

by pushing the switch *Bfor longer than 1

second. (The trip odometer is also reset at the

same time.)

Trip odometer:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The trip odometer mode shows the total

distance the vehicle has been driven since the

last reset. Resetting is done by pushing the

switch *Bfor longer than 1 second. (The

elapsed time is also reset at the same time.)

Condition:

Black plate (111,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SIC4702

Distance to empty (dte — miles or km)

GUID-6D35B21A-8E00-4687-AB2C-E21288A7467A

The distance to empty (dte) mode provides you

with an estimation of the distance that can be

driven before refueling. The dte is constantly

being calculated, based on the amount of fuel in

the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The dte mode includes a low range warning

feature. If the fuel level is low, the warning is

displayed on the screen.

When the fuel level drops even lower, the dte

display will change to “——”.

.If the amount of fuel added is small, the

display just before the ignition switch is

pushed to the OFF position may continue to

be displayed.

.When driving uphill or rounding curves, the

fuel in the tank shifts, which may momenta-

rily change the display.

SIC4703

Outside air temperature (ICY — 8F or 8C)

GUID-1F0F141E-7E24-493C-9ABE-8A75128A7804

The outside air temperature is displayed in 8F or

8C in the range of −22 to 1408F (−30 to 608C).

The outside air temperature mode includes a low

temperature warning feature. If the outside air

temperature is below 378F (38C), the warning is

displayed on the screen.

The outside temperature sensor is located in

front of the radiator. The sensor may be affected

by road or engine heat, wind directions and

other driving conditions. The display may differ

from the actual outside temperature or the

temperature displayed on various signs or bill-

boards.

Instruments and controls 2-27

Condition:

Black plate (112,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-28 Instruments and controls

SIC3678

Setting GUID-180A1674-9E9A-45F6-9ECF-354F636CDD00

Setting cannot be made while driving. A

message “Setting can only be operated

when stopped” is also displayed on the dot

matrix crystal display.

The switch *Aand switch *Bare

used in the setting mode to select and decide a

menu.

SKIP: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the switch *Ato move to the warning

check mode.

Push the switch *Bto select other menus.

ALERT: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Alert menu can be set to notify the following

items.

.TIMER

Select this submenu to specify when the

“TIMER” indicator activates.

.ICY

Select this submenu to display the low

outside temperature warning.

To return to the top page of the setting mode,

select “BACK”.

MAINTENANCE:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The maintenance intervals of the following items

can be set or reset for the reminders.

.OIL

Select this submenu to set or reset the

distance for changing the engine oil.

.FILTER

Select this submenu to set or reset the

distance for replacing the oil filter.

.TIRE

Select this submenu to set or reset the

distance for replacing tires.

.OTHER

Select this submenu and set or reset the

distance for replacing items other than the

engine oil, oil filter and tires.

To return to the top page of the setting mode,

select “BACK”.

OPTIONS: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The following option menus can be set to your

preference.

.LANGUAGE

Select this submenu to choose English,

French or Spanish for display.

.UNIT

Select this submenu to choose the unit from

MPG or l/100 km.

.EFFECTS

Select this menu to set the dial effects

described below to on or off.

— The indicator needles sweep in the

meters and the ring illumination will be

brightened gradually when the engine is

started.

To return to the top page of the setting mode,

select “BACK”.

Condition:

Black plate (113,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SIC3993

Warning check

GUID-FF3DCF80-E792-4B60-B3EB-0786D9710BD7

To see if there are any of the following warnings

and corresponding details, select this menu.

.No key warning

.Low fuel warning

.Low washer fluid warning

.Parking brake release warning

.Door/lift gate open warning (Hardtop mod-

els)

.Door/trunk open warning (CrossCabriolet

models)

.Loose fuel cap warning

.Check tire pressure warning

SKIP: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the switch *Ato exit the warning

check display.

Push the switch *Bto select DETAIL

menus.

DETAIL: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

This item is available only when a warning is

displayed.

Select this menu to see the details of warnings.

GUID-5B8EE3AC-B3AC-45D4-BF38-6AC7583B2D4C

SIC2133

Your vehicle has two types of security systems,

as follows:

.Vehicle security system (if so equipped)

.NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

The security condition will be shown by the

security indicator light.

Instruments and controls 2-29

SECURITY SYSTEMS

Condition:

Black plate (114,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-30 Instruments and controls

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM (if so

equipped) GUID-3A2129E5-3F98-44E7-8D33-56C1DC801E7A

The vehicle security system provides visual and

audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors

or lift gate/trunk when the system is armed. It is

not, however, a motion detection type system

that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a

vibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot

prevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior

or exterior vehicle components in all situations.

Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a

brief period. Never leave your keys in the vehicle,

and always lock it when unattended. Be aware

of your surroundings, and park in secure, well-lit

areas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protection,

such as component locks, identification markers,

and tracking systems, are available at auto

supply stores and specialty shops. Your

NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment.

Check with your insurance company to see if

you may be eligible for discounts for various

theft protection features.

SIC1699A

How to arm the vehicle security system

GUID-E45D0EB0-DDEE-43F9-BCF5-4FFD6F801B10

1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if the

windows are open.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.

3. Carry the Intelligent Key.

4. Close all doors and lift gate/trunk. Lock all

door. The doors can be locked with:

.the lock button on the Intelligent Key

.any request switch

.the power door lock switch

.the key — master or mechanical

5. Confirm that the security indicator light *A

comes on. The security indicator light stays

on for about 30 seconds. The vehicle

security system is now pre-armed. After

about 30 seconds the vehicle security

system automatically shifts into the armed

phase. The security light begins to flash

once every approximately 3 seconds. If,

during this 30-second pre-arm time period,

the door is unlocked, or the ignition switch is

pushed to ACC or ON, the system will not

arm.

Even when the driver and/or passengers

are in the vehicle, the system will activate

with all doors and lift gate/trunk locked

with the ignition switch in the LOCK

position. When pushing the ignition switch

to the ACC or ON position, the system will

be released.

Vehicle security system activation

GUID-D932FA41-7646-4669-AA61-035AB796F12C

The vehicle security system will give the follow-

ing alarm:

.The headlights blink and the horn sounds

intermittently.

.The alarm automatically turns off after

approximately 1 minute. However, the alarm

reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with

again.

Condition:

Black plate (115,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

The alarm is activated by:

.Unlocking the door or opening the lift gate/

trunk without using the button on the

Intelligent Key, the request switch or the

key. (Even if the door is opened by releasing

the door inside lock knob, the alarm will

activate.)

How to stop an activated alarm

GUID-3A47058D-D66F-43FA-8D5B-CE27C3B3E4A6

The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by

pushing the unlock button on the Intelligent

Key, pushing the request switch or using the key.

The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is

placed in the ACC or ON position.

If the system does not operate as de-

scribed above, have it checked by a

NISSAN dealer.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS-

TEM GUID-140A6D7E-5E78-4398-9FB4-FDC469E689FE

The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not

allow the engine to start without the use of the

registered key. Never leave these keys in the

vehicle.

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of the

FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the

following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful

interference, and (2) this device must

accept any interference received, including

interference that may cause undesired

operation.

Note: Changes or modifications not ex-

pressly approved by the party responsible

for compliance could void the user’s

authority to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with RSS-210 of

Industry Canada. Operation is subject to

the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference,

and (2) this device must accept any inter-

ference, including interference that may

cause undesired operation of the device.

SIC1699A

Security indicator light

GUID-DBC33161-BF46-4EE3-8435-AB868C640CC4

The security indicator light *Aindicates the

status of the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer

System.

The light blinks after the ignition switch was in

the ACC, OFF and LOCK position. This function

indicates the security systems equipped on the

vehicle are operational.

If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is

malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the

ignition switch is in the ON position.

If the light still remains on and/or the

engine will not start, see a NISSAN dealer

for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

Instruments and controls 2-31

Condition:

Black plate (116,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-32 Instruments and controls

service as soon as possible. Please bring

all registered keys that you have when

visiting a NISSAN dealer for service.

GUID-15F1CDB4-078A-4D01-A331-3BCB3082F46B

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer

solution may freeze on the windshield

and obscure your vision which may lead

to an accident. Warm windshield with

the defroster before you wash the

windshield.

CAUTION

.Do not operate the washer continu-

ously for more than 30 seconds.

.Do not operate the washer if the

reservoir tank is empty.

.Do not fill the window washer

reservoir tank with washer fluid

concentrates at full strength. Some

methyl alcohol based washer fluid

concentrates may permanently stain

the grille if spilled while filling the

window washer reservoir tank.

.Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates

with water to the manufacturer’s

recommended levels before pouring

the fluid into the window washer

reservoir tank. Do not use the

window washer reservoir tank to

mix the washer fluid concentrate

and water.

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER

SWITCH

Condition:

Black plate (117,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SIC3664

Type A

SIC4395

Type B

SIC3922

Type C

The windshield wiper and washer operates

when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the

following speed:

*1INT (Type A or Type C) — intermittent operation

can be adjusted by turning the knob toward *A

(Slower) or *B(Faster).

*1AUTO (Type B) — For models with the rain-

sensing auto wiper system, see “Rain-sensing

auto wiper system” later in this section.

*2LO — continuous low speed operation

*3HI — continuous high speed operation

Push the lever up *4(MIST) to have one sweep

operation of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you *5to operate the

washer. Then the wiper will also operate several

times.

Instruments and controls 2-33

Condition:

Black plate (118,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-34 Instruments and controls

SIC4017

RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPER SYS-

TEM (if so equipped)

GUID-05A0C0C8-F56A-4E1F-90FD-7DD9CB5E2B3F

The rain-sensing auto wiper system can auto-

matically turn on the wipers and adjust the wiper

speed depending on the rainfall and the vehicle

speed by using the rain sensor located on the

upper part of the windshield.

To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system, push

the lever down to the AUTO position *1. The

wiper will sweep once while the ignition switch

is in the ON position.

The rain sensor sensitivity level can be adjusted

by turning the knob toward the front *2(High)

or toward the rear *3(Low).

.High — High sensitive operation

.Low — Low sensitive operation

To turn the rain-sensing auto wiper system off,

push up the lever to the OFF position, or pull

down the lever to the LO or HI position.

CAUTION

Do not touch the rain sensor and

around it when the wiper switch is in

the AUTO position and the ignition

switch is in the ON position. The wipers

may operate unexpectedly and cause to

an injury or a wiper damage.

.The rain-sensing auto wipers are in-

tended for use during rain. If the switch

is left in the AUTO position, the wipers

may operate unexpectedly when dirt,

fingerprints, oil film or insects are stuck

on or around the sensor. The wipers

may also operate when exhaust gas or

moisture affect the rain sensor.

.When the windshield glass is coated

with water repellent, the speed of the

rain-sensing auto wipers may be higher

even though the amount of the rainfall

is small.

.Be sure to turn off the rain-sensing

auto wiper system when you use a car

wash.

.The rain-sensing auto wipers may not

operate if rain does not hit the rain

sensor even if it is raining.

.Using genuine wiper blades is recom-

mended for proper operation of the

rain-sensing auto wiper system. (See

“Windshield wiper blades” in the “8.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-

tion for wiper blade replacement.)

Condition:

Black plate (119,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-E9B01D50-BAE9-400D-AF33-89486215C486

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer

solution may freeze on the rear window

glass and obscure your vision. Warm

the rear window with the defroster

before you wash the rear window.

CAUTION

.Do not operate the washer continu-

ously for more than 30 seconds.

.Do not operate the washer if the

reservoir tank is empty.

.Do not fill the window washer

reservoir tank with washer fluid

concentrates at full strength. Some

methyl alcohol based washer fluid

concentrates may permanently stain

the grille if spilled while filling the

window washer reservoir tank.

.Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates

with water to the manufacturer’s

recommended levels before pouring

the fluid into the window washer

reservoir tank. Do not use the

window washer reservoir tank to

mix the washer fluid concentrate

and water.

If the rear window wiper operation is

interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may

stop moving to protect its motor. If this

occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF

position and remove the snow or ice that is

on and around the wiper arms. In approxi-

mately 1 minute, turn the switch on again

to operate the wiper.

SIC3666

Type A

SIC4019

Type B

Instruments and controls 2-35

REAR WINDOW WIPER AND

WASHER SWITCH (Hardtop models)

Condition:

Black plate (120,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-36 Instruments and controls

The rear window wiper and washer operate

when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position

to operate the wiper.

*1Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation (not

adjustable)

*2Low (ON) — continuous low speed operation

Push the switch forward *3to operate the

washer. Then the wiper will also operate several

times.

GUID-6A8EA538-4B5A-4260-A4F9-59AA6EEC9D6A

SIC3584

Type A

SIC3667

Type B

To defog/defrost the rear window glass and

outside mirrors (if so equipped), start the engine

and push the switch *1on. The indicator light

*2will come on. Push the switch again to turn

the defroster off.

It will automatically turn off in approximately 15

minutes.

CAUTION

.When cleaning the inner side of the

rear window, be careful not to

scratch or damage the rear window

defroster.

.Do not use the rear window defros-

ter switch while the soft top is being

operated or fully opened. The heat

may damage the soft top material

and/or components (CrossCabriolet

models).

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE

MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH

Condition:

Black plate (121,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-2E72A4A0-1386-460B-B497-869BC1657D74

XENON HEADLIGHTS (if so equipped)

GUID-DDA42A0C-5BBE-4E9D-9B84-A8C6395E4D9F

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

.When xenon headlights are on, they

produce a high voltage. To prevent

an electric shock, never attempt to

modify or disassemble. Always have

your xenon headlights replaced at a

NISSAN dealer.

.Xenon headlights provide consider-

ably more light than conventional

headlights. If they are not correctly

aimed, they might temporarily blind

an oncoming driver or the driver

ahead of you and cause a serious

accident. If headlights are not aimed

correctly, immediately take your ve-

hicle to a NISSAN dealer and have

the headlights adjusted correctly.

When the xenon headlight is initially turned on,

its brightness or color varies slightly. However,

the color and brightness will soon stabilize.

.The life of xenon headlights will be

shortened by frequent on-off opera-

tion. It is generally desirable not to turn

off the headlights for short intervals

(for example, when the vehicle stops at

a traffic signal).

.If the xenon headlight bulb is close to

burning out, the brightness will drasti-

cally decrease, the light will start

blinking, or the color of the light will

become reddish. If one or more of the

above signs appear, contact a NISSAN

dealer.

SIC3668

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

GUID-996522C0-4578-43C8-83E0-51BB0ADB49B2

Lighting GUID-C1692F98-2EF5-42BF-980D-AA54247F5578

*1Turn the switch to the position.

The front parking, side marker, tail, license plate

and instrument lights will come on.

*2Turn the switch to the position.

Headlights will come on and all the other lights

remain on.

Instruments and controls 2-37

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL

SWITCH

Condition:

Black plate (122,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-38 Instruments and controls

SIC3669

Autolight system (if so equipped)

GUID-8905665A-6EF0-4112-A643-8A502F17847E

The autolight system allows the headlights to be

set so they turn on and off automatically.

To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the

AUTO position *1.

2. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.

3. The autolight system automatically turns the

headlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch

to the OFF, or position.

The autolight system can turn on the headlights

automatically when it is dark and turn off the

headlights when it is light.

If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF

position and one of the doors is opened and this

condition is continued, the headlights remain on

for a period of time.

SAA0642A

Be sure not to put anything on top of the

photo sensor *Alocated on the top of the

instrument panel. The photo sensor con-

trols the autolight; if it is covered, the

photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the

headlights will illuminate.

Automatic headlights off delay:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

You can keep the headlights on for up to 180

seconds after you push the ignition switch to

OFF and open any door then close all the doors.

You can adjust the period of the automatic

headlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to

180 seconds. The factory default setting is 45

seconds.

Condition:

Black plate (123,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

For automatic headlights off delay setting, see

“Vehicle information and settings” in the “4.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone

and voice recognition systems” section.

SIC3670

Headlight beam select

GUID-2ADBA756-362E-41D6-9A9B-2AF1DAC13669

*1To select the low beam, put the lever in the

neutral position as shown.

*2To select the high beam, push the lever forward

while the switch is in the position. Pull it

back to select the low beam.

*3Pulling the lever toward you will flash the

headlight high beam even when the headlight

switch is in the OFF position.

Battery saver system

GUID-A19290B7-AD6C-4095-AB12-FAB3BC8E2D05

A chime will sound when the driver side door is

opened with the light switch in the or

position and the ignition switch in the

ACC, OFF or LOCK position.

When the headlight switch is in the or

position while the ignition switch is in the ON

position, the lights will automatically turn off

within a period of time after the ignition switch

has been pushed to the OFF position.

When the headlight switch remains in the

or position after the lights automatically turn

off, the lights will turn on when the ignition

switch is pushed to the ON position.

CAUTION

.When you turn on the headlight

switch again after the lights auto-

matically turn off, the lights will not

turn off automatically. Be sure to

turn the light switch to the OFF

position when you leave the vehicle

for extended periods of time, other-

wise the battery will be discharged.

.Never leave the light switch on

when the engine is not running for

extended periods of time even if the

Instruments and controls 2-39

Condition:

Black plate (124,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-40 Instruments and controls

headlights turn off automatically.

Daytime running light system (Canada

only) GUID-297966B1-EC0F-457B-84B2-00A3EEA09CA5

The daytime running lights automatically illumi-

nate when the engine is started with the parking

brake released. The daytime running lights

operate with the headlight switch in the OFF

position or in the position. Turn the head-

light switch to the position for full illumina-

tion when driving at night.

If the parking brake is applied before the engine

is started, the daytime running lights do not

illuminate. The daytime running lights illuminate

once the parking brake is released. The daytime

running lights will remain on until the ignition

switch is pushed to the OFF position.

WARNING

When the daytime running light system

is active, tail lights on your vehicle are

not on. It is necessary at dusk to turn on

your headlights. Failure to do so could

cause an accident injuring yourself and

others.

SIC3585

Instrument brightness control

GUID-AE1AD09A-C607-43AF-A5FF-F011B28EA715

The instrument brightness control operates

when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

To adjust the brightness of instrument panel

lights, push the control switches. Pushing the

upper switch *Awill brighten the lights. When

the brightness reaches the maximum level, a

beep will sound. The lower switch *Bdims the

lights. Repeatedly pushing the lower switch will

turn the lights off and a beep will sound.

SIC3671

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

GUID-05BFC159-21E8-4470-8F9F-A8F1315EF7D5

*1Turn signal

GUID-B3C07939-E89F-428A-BA7C-0BA5D82E2BAF

Move the lever up or down to signal the turning

direction. When the turn is completed, the turn

signals cancel automatically.

*2Lane change signal

GUID-8FD0B298-53B2-4596-8590-D033172CF1AF

To indicate a lane change, move the lever up or

down to the point where lights begin flashing.

Condition:

Black plate (125,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SIC3672

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped)

GUID-B77E006A-B448-42A0-B9EB-E9953893F221

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight

switch to the position, then turn the switch

to the position. To turn them off, turn the

switch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on for the fog lights to

operate.

GUID-76AEBFE4-FB9E-4225-A909-4F10E8A5C7A6

SIC3586

To sound the horn, push the pad area *Aof the

steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so

could affect proper operation of the

supplemental front air bag system.

Tampering with the supplemental front

air bag system may result in serious

personal injury.

GUID-158A9409-77D0-4867-8A63-D9F0D56BF7B6

SIC4401

The heated steering wheel system is designed

to operate only when the surface temperature of

the steering wheel is below 688F (208C).

Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm

the steering wheel after the engine starts. The

indicator light *1on the switch will illuminate.

If the surface temperature of the steering wheel

is below 688F (208C), the system will heat the

steering wheel and cycle off and on to maintain a

temperature above 688F (208C). The indicator

light will remain on as long as the system is on.

Push the switch again to turn the heated

steering wheel system off manually. The indica-

tor light will turn off.

Instruments and controls 2-41

HORN HEATED STEERING WHEEL (if so

equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (126,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-42 Instruments and controls

NOTE:

If the surface temperature of the steering

wheel is above 688F (208C) when the switch

is turned on, the system will not heat the

steering wheel. This is not a malfunction.

GUID-633E2177-1D7D-44F5-94F5-0C74D026B322

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use

the seat heater if you or the occupants

cannot monitor elevated seat tempera-

tures or have an inability to feel pain in

body parts that contact the seat. Use of

the seat heater by such people could

result in serious injury.

CAUTION

.The battery could run down if the

seat heater is operated while the

engine is not running.

.Do not use the seat heater for

extended periods or when no one

is using the seat.

.Do not put anything on the seat

which insulates heat, such as a

blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.

Otherwise, the seat may become

overheated.

.Do not place anything hard or heavy

on the seat or pierce it with a pin or

similar object. This may result in

damage to the heater.

.Any liquid spilled on the heated seat

should be removed immediately

with a dry cloth.

.When cleaning the seat, never use

gasoline, thinner, or any similar

materials.

.If any malfunctions are found or the

heated seat does not operate, turn

the switch off and have the system

checked by a NISSAN dealer.

HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (127,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SIC2770

The seats are warmed by built-in heaters. The

switches located on the center console and rear

doors (if so equipped for rear seats) can be

operated independently of each other.

1. Start the engine.

2. Select heat range.

*1For high heat, push the HI (High) side of

the switch.

*2For low heat, push the LO (Low) side of

the switch.

The indicator light in the switch *3will

illuminate when the heater is on.

3. To turn off the heater, return the switch to

the level position. Make sure the indicator

light goes off.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,

automatically turning the heater on and off.

The indicator light will remain on as long as

the switch is on.

When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, or

before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn

off the switch.

GUID-F89AABEA-1D6F-4266-9295-A728292F5BCF

SSD1156

The warning systems switch is used to tem-

porarily turn off the warning systems (Lane

Departure Warning (LDW) and Blind Spot

Warning (BSW) systems) that are activated on

the center display.

When the warning systems switch is turned off,

the indicator *1on the switch is off. The

indicator will also be off if all of the warning

systems are deactivated using the center dis-

play.

The BSW system will turn on the Blind Spot

Indicator lights, located inside the outside

mirrors, if a vehicle is located in the detection

zone. If the turn signal is activated in the

direction of the detected vehicle, a chime

Instruments and controls 2-43

WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH (if so

equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (128,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-44 Instruments and controls

sounds twice and the Blind Spot Indicator light

will flash. For additional information, see “Blind

Spot Warning (BSW)/Lane Departure Warning

(LDW) systems” in the “5. Starting and driving”

section.

The LDW system will sound a warning chime

and the LDW light (orange) in the instrument

panel blinks to alert the driver if the vehicle is

traveling close to either the left or the right of a

traveling lane when detected by the camera unit.

For additional information, see “Blind Spot

Warning (BSW)/Lane Departure Warning

(LDW) systems” in the “5. Starting and driving”

section.

GUID-53AD618D-9089-48A6-866B-1B418BEC8B62

MODELS WITH COLOR DISPLAY

GUID-9BC2B067-0CB2-4D68-A1A5-7BFFBFAD895C

To adjust the clock on the front color display, use

the SETTING button on the center multi-

function control panel. See “How to use

SETTING button” in the “4. Monitor, heater, air

conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition

systems” section.

The clock settings display cannot be operated

while driving. Stop the vehicle in a safe place

and apply the parking brake before setting the

clock.

MODELS WITHOUT COLOR DISPLAY

GUID-8DDA095F-EC3A-4CDC-BF15-CE4DA0C40D53

The digital clock (in the audio unit) displays the

time when the ignition switch is in the ACC or

ON position.

To adjust the clock, see “FM-AM radio with

Compact Disc (CD) changer” in the “4. Monitor,

heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice

recognition systems” section.

GUID-6C21F80D-D0C6-473F-BAEB-444C091BCCDE

SSD1153

The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle

Dynamic Control (VDC) system on for most

driving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDC

system reduces the engine output to reduce

wheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced

even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor.

If maximum engine power is needed to free a

stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFF

switch. The indicator will illuminate.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the

engine to turn on the system. (See “Vehicle

Dynamic Control (VDC) system” in the “5.

Starting and driving” section.)

CLOCK VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)

OFF SWITCH

Condition:

Black plate (129,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-6E6BB70A-A5D0-4C05-9E0F-176C7AC9D46F

SIC3587

Center console

SIC3651

Cargo area (Hardtop models)

SIC3652

Console box — Type A

SIC3653

Console box — Type B

To use the power outlet, pull the cover as

illustrated.

CAUTION

.The outlet and plug may be hot

during or immediately after use.

.Do not use with accessories that

exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power

draw. Do not use double adapters or

more than one electrical accessory.

.Use power outlet with the engine

running to avoid discharging the

vehicle battery.

.Avoid using power outlet when the

air conditioner, headlights or rear

window defroster is on.

.This power outlet is not designed

for use with a cigarette lighter unit.

.Push the plug in as far as it will go.

If good contact is not made, the plug

may overheat or the internal tem-

perature fuse may open.

.Before inserting or disconnecting a

plug, be sure the electrical acces-

sory being used is turned OFF.

Instruments and controls 2-45

POWER OUTLET

Condition:

Black plate (130,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-46 Instruments and controls

.When not in use, be sure to close

the cap. Do not allow water or any

liquid to contact the outlet.

GUID-4C7EBD79-5E6D-4E92-9577-71A7BEE6B260

SIC3588

To open the ashtray lid, push the lid down and

release it *1.

To empty the ashtray, pull out *2.

The cigarette lighter operates when the ignition

switch is in the ON position.

Push the lighter in all the way *3, then release

it. When the lighter is heated, it will spring out.

Return the lighter to its original position after

use.

CAUTION

.The cigarette lighter socket is a

power source for the cigarette light-

er element only. The use of the

cigarette lighter socket as a power

source for any other accessory is

not recommended.

.Do not use any other power outlet

for an accessory lighter.

CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND

ASHTRAY (if so equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (131,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-86E3CA2B-BC40-4857-A4C1-B3487E3BB786

CUP HOLDERS

GUID-4F3D35E7-AF46-473C-BC0C-F0EE7C53FAAC

CAUTION

.Avoid abrupt starting and braking

when the cup holder is being used

to prevent spilling the drink. If the

liquid is hot, it can scald you or your

passenger.

.Use only soft cups in the cup holder.

Hard objects can injure you in an

accident.

SIC3118

Front

Front GUID-B482EF25-AADD-4164-87B3-E8C8642A9631

To open the cup holder, push the lid *1.

To remove the inner tray for cleaning, pull it up as

illustrated *2.

SIC3042

Hardtop models

Rear GUID-D403F1AF-3B46-4568-9E5A-F5957C8699C4

Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.

Instruments and controls 2-47

STORAGE

Condition:

Black plate (132,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-48 Instruments and controls

SIC4742

CrossCabriolet models

The cup holders are located on the center of

rear seat.

SIC3589

SUNGLASSES HOLDER (Hardtop

models) GUID-53F668A0-3562-4634-B37B-CFE15C4C94BD

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closed

while driving to prevent an accident.

To open the sunglasses holder, push *1.

CAUTION

.Do not use for anything other than

glasses.

.Do not leave glasses in the sun-

glasses holder while parking in

direct sunlight. The heat may da-

mage the glasses.

Condition:

Black plate (133,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SIC3590

GLOVE BOX

GUID-D5755917-EFBF-415E-AE59-B43411F701B6

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while driving

to help prevent injury in an accident or a

sudden stop.

To open the glove box, pull the handle *1.

To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.

To lock *2/unlock *3the glove box, use the

mechanical key. For the mechanical key usage,

see “Keys” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and

adjustments” section.

SIC3654

Front

CONSOLE BOX

GUID-5C4739C0-4DF5-44A9-B5FD-FBFAAABBD011

Front GUID-DD4ABB5A-EB54-4D5E-B3ED-627D92BFD082

When the lever *A(driver’s seat side) is pulled,

the upper case is available for storing some

small items. When the lever *B(front passen-

ger’s seat side) is pulled, the bottom case is

available for storing some larger ones.

Instruments and controls 2-49

Condition:

Black plate (134,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-50 Instruments and controls

SIC3591

Rear

Rear (Hardtop models)

GUID-92205B1E-0645-4A20-A11C-FD29D6989A28

To open, push the knob *1and pull out *2.

SIC3593

STORAGE BOX (if so equipped)

GUID-A2B41DF3-66C9-4356-B69B-5EF4B1E23F3B

To open, push the storage box lid *1as

illustrated.

The inner tray can be removed *2as illustrated.

Do not place valuable items in the storage

box.

Do not use the storage box as an ashtray.

SIC3655

Type A

CARGO FLOOR BOX (if so equipped

for Hardtop models)

GUID-22855E8F-5045-4BAA-A462-88723F2D13B2

Type A GUID-D8151D1B-506A-40B8-A864-5F630B4E8E0B

1. To open the cargo floor box, pull the strap

*A.

2. Remove the strap *Bfrom the back side of

the board and hang it on the lip of the lift

gate.

Condition:

Black plate (135,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SIC3656

Type B

Type B GUID-4B77D327-C009-48B6-8B7B-1FC4BF4CC444

To open the cargo floor box, push *A. To close,

push the lid until the lock latches.

The net partitions can be removed *Bto make

a larger storage space.

The cargo floor box needs to be removed when

you need a spare tire. (See “Flat tire” in the “6. In

case of emergency” section.)

CAUTION

To avoid damage, do not load more

than 22 lbs (10 kg) of cargo into the

cargo floor box.

SIC3594

LUGGAGE SIDE BOX (Hardtop mod-

els) GUID-9D068CD2-3E85-4F54-A788-DBF041E5F1B2

To open the luggage side box, pull up the strap.

Instruments and controls 2-51

Condition:

Black plate (136,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-52 Instruments and controls

SIC3595

CARGO COVER (if so equipped for

Hardtop models)

GUID-3641C44E-8123-4F91-B5B7-07B068F6D402

The cargo cover keeps the contents in the cargo

area hidden from the outside.

To use the cargo cover, pull it out and hang both

sides on the hooks *1.

To use the sub cover, hang the straps on the

back of the head restraint *2.

To stow the cargo cover, remove it from the

hooks and hold until it is retracted.

To remove the cargo cover, stow the cover and

pull the left side of the holder to the opposite

side *3.

WARNING

.Never put anything on the cargo

cover, no matter how small. Any

object on it could cause an injury

in an accident or sudden stop.

.Close the cargo cover when folding

the rear seat.

.Do not leave the cargo cover in the

vehicle with it disengaged from the

holder.

.Properly secure all cargo with ropes

or straps to help prevent it from

sliding or shifting. Do not place

cargo higher than the seatbacks. In

a sudden stop or collision, unse-

cured cargo could cause personal

injury.

.Your child could be seriously injured

or killed in a collision if the child

restraint top tether strap is da-

maged.

— If the cargo cover contacts the

top tether strap when it is at-

tached to the top tether anchor,

remove the cargo cover from the

vehicle or secure it on the cargo

floor below its attachment loca-

tion. If the cargo cover is not

removed, it may damage the top

tether strap during a collision.

— Do not allow cargo to contact

the top tether strap when it is

attached to the top tether an-

chor. Properly secure the cargo

so it does not contact the top

tether strap. Cargo that is not

properly secured or that con-

tacts the top tether strap may

damage the top tether strap

during a collision.

Condition:

Black plate (137,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SIC3596

LUGGAGE HOOKS (Hardtop models)

GUID-A76D431E-5514-466D-8503-9352D8CBD662

WARNING

.Always make sure that the cargo is

properly secured. Use the suitable

ropes and hooks.

.Unsecured cargo can become dan-

gerous in an accident or sudden

stop.

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than

22 lb (10 kg) *Aor 7 lb (3 kg) *Bto a

single hook.

SIC4744

LUGGAGE COVER (CrossCabriolet

models) GUID-6FCB585A-E72B-4BA2-A8FD-8ADDC214EFA2

A luggage cover is used to separate the trunk

and the top storage area.

To use the luggage cover, pull it out and hang

both sides on the hooks *1.

To stow the luggage cover, remove it from the

hooks and hold it until it is retracted.

The luggage cover must be pulled out and hung

on hooks *1for the soft top to oparate. (See

“Soft top (CrossCabriolet models)” in the “3.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.)

Instruments and controls 2-53

Condition:

Black plate (138,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-54 Instruments and controls

WARNING

.Do not place anything over the

luggage cover during soft top op-

eration.

.Do not place or leave objects under

the cover that may push the cover

up.

.Do not place items on sides that

intrude into luggage cover area.

SIC3597

ROOF RACK (if so equipped for Hard-

top models) GUID-75E038EF-E93A-4F7C-AC23-5CF5D424F222

Always distribute the luggage evenly on the roof

rack. Do not load more than 165 lb (75 kg)

(black) or 220 lb (100 kg) (silver) on the roof

rails. Observe the maximum load limit shown on

the crossbars or roof carriers when you attach

them on the roof rails. Contact a NISSAN dealer

for crossbar or other equipment information. Be

careful that your vehicle does not exceed the

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or its

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR front and

rear). The GVWR and GAWR are located on the

F.M.V.S.S. or C.V.M.S.S. certification label (lo-

cated on the driver’s door pillar). For more

information regarding GVWR and GAWR, see

“Vehicle loading information” in the “9. Technical

and consumer information” section.

WARNING

.Drive extra carefully when the vehi-

cle is loaded at or near the cargo

carrying capacity, especially if the

significant portion of that load is

carried on the roof rack.

.Heavy loading of the roof rack has

the potential to affect the vehicle

stability and handling during sud-

den or unusual handling maneuvers.

.Roof rack load should be evenly

distributed.

.Do not exceed maximum roof rack

load weight capacity.

.Properly secure all cargo with ropes

or straps to help prevent it from

sliding or shifting. In a sudden stop

or collision, unsecured cargo could

cause personal injury.

Condition:

Black plate (139,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

CAUTION

Use care when placing or removing

items from the roof rack. If you cannot

comfortably lift the items onto the roof

rack from the ground, use a ladder or

stool.

SIC3505

COAT HOOKS (Hardtop models)

GUID-81FB43A8-33F0-4D0C-8696-020589E0AB14

The coat hooks are equipped beside the rear

personal lights.

CAUTION

Do not place items which are more than

2 lb (1 kg) on the hook.

GUID-F440431D-2466-4C69-98F0-4066DC360F6E

POWER WINDOWS

GUID-B224B039-2B26-4B2E-990E-61770AE48A00

WARNING

.Make sure that all passengers have

their hands, etc. inside the vehicle

while it is in motion and before

closing the windows. Use the win-

dow lock switch to prevent unex-

pected use of the power windows.

.Do not leave children unattended

inside the vehicle. They could un-

knowingly activate switches or con-

trols and become trapped in the

window. Unattended children could

become involved in serious acci-

dents.

The power windows operate when the ignition

switch is in the ON position or for about 45

seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to

the OFF position. If the driver’s or front

passenger’s door is opened during this period

of about 45 seconds, power to the windows is

canceled.

The power window switches will be deactivated

during soft top operation (CrossCabriolet mod-

els).

Instruments and controls 2-55

WINDOWS

Condition:

Black plate (140,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-56 Instruments and controls

SIC3283A

1. Driver side window

2. Front passenger side window

3. Rear left passenger side window

4. Rear right passenger side window

5. Window lock button

Main power window switch (driver’s

side) GUID-26DFB0BE-6989-43F9-8167-0F6C3694B624

To open or close the window, push down *Aor

pull up *Bthe switch and hold it. The main

switch (driver side switches) will open or close

all the windows.

Locking passengers’ windows

GUID-16F0A2BC-0A92-4EBF-AEF9-3903882D9E1D

When the lock button *Cis pushed in, only the

driver side window can be opened or closed.

Push it in again to cancel.

SIC3336

Passenger side power window switch

GUID-4D77BC1E-53A2-4A38-9A39-222E83528CCC

The passenger side switch will open or close

only the corresponding window. To open or

close the window, push down or pull up the

switch and hold it.

Condition:

Black plate (141,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SIC3285

Hardtop models

SIC4743

CrossCabriolet models

Automatic operation

GUID-3B0158AA-9687-4021-B3A8-12225F5D2198

The automatic function is available for the switch

that has an mark on its surface.

To fully open or close the window, completely

push down or pull up the switch and release it; it

need not be held. The window will automatically

open or close all the way. To stop the window,

just push or lift the switch in the opposite

direction.

A light push or pull on the switch will cause the

window to open or close until the switch is

released.

The rear window automatic operation is for the

opening function only (CrossCabriolet models).

Simultaneous operation of all four win-

dows (CrossCabriolet models)

GUID-F3222C8C-2BD6-4165-85A5-6DEB6C706AF6

WARNING

Make sure that all passengers have

their hands, etc. inside the vehicle

before closing the windows.

When the driver’s and passenger’s door window

switches (driver’s side) are pushed down or

pulled up simultaneously, all four windows are

opened or closed.

Auto reverse function

GUID-19580295-1D80-4877-93A6-203373FD0AB2

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-

diately before the closed position which

cannot be detected. Make sure that all

passengers have their hands, etc., in-

side the vehicle before closing the

window.

If the control unit detects something caught in

the window as it is closing, the window will be

immediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activated when

the window is closed by automatic operation

when the ignition switch is in the ON position or

for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is

pushed to the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or driving

conditions, the auto reverse function may

be activated if an impact or load similar to

something being caught in the window

occurs.

Instruments and controls 2-57

Condition:

Black plate (142,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-58 Instruments and controls

Automatic window lowering (CrossCab-

riolet models)

GUID-68431D2A-45C1-4082-9602-DC8E37328739

When the soft top operating switch is pressed,

the power windows will automatically be low-

ered completely. The windows do not rise

automatically after the soft top open/close

operation is completed. Use the power window

switches to raise them.

Automatic adjusting function (Cross-

Cabriolet models)

GUID-2A57D8B8-D2B5-4017-A2B4-5D5758878B3A

CAUTION

When the battery cable is removed from

the battery terminal, do not close either

of the front doors. The automatic win-

dow adjusting function will not work

and the side roof panel may be da-

maged.

The power window has an automatic adjusting

function. When the door is being opened, the

window is automatically lowered slightly to avoid

contact between the window and the top side

rail. When the door is closed, the window is

automatically raised slightly.

While the automatic adjusting function does not

work, the window will be controlled as follows:

.When the door is opened, the window

lowers for approximately 0.39 in (10 mm).

.While the door is open, the window cannot

be raised.

If the windows do not close automatically

GUID-4DA9302E-1FB0-4884-925F-1A056E33BC0E

If the power window automatic function (closing

only) does not operate properly, perform the

following procedure to initialize the power

window system.

1. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.

2. Close the door and soft top (CrossCabriolet

models).

3. Open the window completely by operating

the power window switch.

4. Pull the power window switch and hold it to

close the window, and then hold the switch

more than 3 seconds after the window is

closed completely.

5. Release the power window switch. Operate

the window by the automatic function to

confirm the initialization is complete.

6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above for other

windows.

If the power window automatic function does

not operate properly after performing the pro-

cedure above, have your vehicle checked by a

NISSAN dealer.

GUID-B46D76D1-C71E-43ED-8E5B-5188E0D125CB

WARNING

.In an accident you could be thrown

from the vehicle through an open

moonroof. Always use seat belts

and child restraints.

.Do not allow anyone to stand up or

extend any portion of their body out

of the moonroof opening while the

vehicle is in motion or while the

moonroof is closing.

CAUTION

.Remove water drops, snow, ice or

sand from the moonroof before

opening.

.Do not place any heavy object on

the moonroof or surrounding area.

.Do not push or pull on the sun-

shade. Doing so can damage the

sunshade.

MOONROOF (if so equipped for

Hardtop models)

Condition:

Black plate (143,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

AUTOMATIC MOONROOF AND SUN-

SHADES GUID-3349AE79-1AF5-473F-9AB7-69A7957FBC85

The moonroof and sunshades only operates

when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

The automatic moonroof and sunshades are

operational for about 45 seconds, even if the

ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position. If

the driver’s door or the passenger’s door is

opened during this period of about 45 seconds,

power to the moonroof and sunshades is

canceled.

SIC3801

Sliding sunshade and moonroof

GUID-35ECC1C1-78E5-4B3C-860F-E718E2CD552D

When the moonroof switch is pushed to the

OPEN position *1, the front and rear sun-

shades will fully open. When the switch is

pushed again, the moonroof will fully open.

When the moonroof switch is pushed to the

CLOSE position *2, the moonroof will auto-

matically close. Push the switch again, and the

front and rear sunshades will close.

When the moonroof switch is pushed to the

second detent to the OPEN *3or CLOSE *4

position, both the sunshade and moonroof will

open or close.

To stop the sunshades or moonroof during the

operation, push the moonroof switch to either of

the OPEN *1, CLOSE *2or UP *5position.

Tilting moonroof

GUID-5BCB6B6D-1017-4E94-B105-E837913634C6

To tilt up the moonroof, push the moonroof

switch to the UP position *5.

To tilt down the moonroof, push the switch to the

UP position *5or push the switch to the

CLOSE position *2.

When the moonroof is tilted up, push the

moonroof switch to the second detent to the

CLOSE position *4. The moonroof will tilt down

and the sunshades will close.

Auto reverse function

GUID-07736A6E-057D-4405-B60A-86505A7F3C58

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-

diately before the closed position which

cannot be detected. Make sure that all

passengers have their hands, etc., in-

side the vehicle before closing the

moonroof.

If the control unit detects something caught in

the moonroof and sunshades when they are

closing, the moonroof will be immediately

opened.

Instruments and controls 2-59

Condition:

Black plate (144,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-60 Instruments and controls

The auto reverse function can be activated when

the moonroof and sunshades are closed by

automatic operation when the ignition switch is

in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after

the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF

position.

If the moonroof and sunshades cannot be

closed automatically when the auto reverse

function activates due to a malfunction, push

and hold the switch to the CLOSE position *2.

Depending on the environment or driving

conditions, the auto reverse function may

be activated if an impact or load similar to

something being caught in the moonroof

occurs.

If the moonroof does not operate

GUID-55D929EA-1A05-47B0-9DBB-75466D80DB38

If the moonroof does not operate properly,

perform the following procedure to initialize the

moonroof operation system.

1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully by

pushing the switch to the CLOSE position

*2.

2. Push and hold the switch to the CLOSE

position *2.

3. Release the moonroof switch after the

moonroof or sunshade moves slightly to

the closed position.

4. Push and hold the switch to the CLOSE

position *2for 10 seconds.

5. The moonroof and sunshades will fully open

and then close.

6. Check if the moonroof switch operates

normally.

If the moonroof does not operate properly after

performing the procedure above, have your

vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.

GUID-396974CF-8D5C-4223-9393-BF5087FE27B2

SIC4238

MAP LIGHTS

GUID-EACC0B68-0B00-4B4C-B7BA-2C1E9F1879FC

Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on

or off.

INTERIOR LIGHTS

Condition:

Black plate (145,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SIC3250

PERSONAL LIGHTS (Hardtop models)

GUID-649CAF7C-2CCF-4E76-A1BD-9F34B3E94A95

Rear GUID-0958BB58-F974-4165-8A79-D4E6DD15AACD

Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on

or off.

SIC4239

INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH

GUID-2A6055BA-7B37-4FE4-B397-77EF5A05A796

The interior light control switch has three

positions: ON, DOOR and OFF.

ON position GUID-7462AA90-5FAE-4F84-925A-24F0133E09B3

When the switch is in the ON position *1the

map lights and rear personal lights will illumi-

nate.

DOOR position

GUID-2534F567-EC7E-4D89-9E58-CCFFC0DDC2B3

When the switch is in the DOOR position *2,

the map lights and rear personal lights will

illuminate under the following conditions:

.ignition switch is switched to the LOCK

position

— remain on for about 15 seconds.

.doors are unlocked by pushing the UN-

LOCK button on the Intelligent Key or door

handle request switch with the ignition

switch in the LOCK position

— remain on for about 15 seconds.

.any door is opened and then closed with the

ignition switch in the LOCK position

— remain on for about 15 seconds.

.any door is opened with the ignition switch

in the ACC or ON position

— remain on while the door is opened.

When the door is closed, the lights go

off.

The lights will also turn off after a period of

time when the lights remain illuminated

after the ignition switch has been pushed

to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the

battery from becoming discharged.

Models with color display:

When the auto interior illumination is set to the

OFF position (see “Vehicle information and

settings” in the “4. Monitor, heater, air condi-

tioner, audio, phone and voice recognition

systems” section), the lights will illuminate under

the following condition:

.any door is opened with the ignition switch

in any position

Instruments and controls 2-61

Condition:

Black plate (146,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-62 Instruments and controls

— remain on while the door is opened.

When the door is closed, the lights go

off.

OFF positionGUID-2E9E6196-2FCF-4993-83DD-8C4EF8E70D73

When the switch is in the OFF position *3, the

lights will not illuminate, regardless of the

condition.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of time

with the engine stopped. This could

result in a discharged battery.

GUID-010F00F5-89B1-468A-B28C-562B74BD8B74

SIC3599

Map lights

The mood lights *Alocated in the following

positions will illuminate whenever the headlight

switch is in the or position.

.next to the map lights

.under the instrument panel

.under the driver’s power window switch

The brightness of the mood lights can be

adjusted with the illumination control buttons.

See “Instrument brightness control” earlier in

this section.

GUID-6E431C2A-BCAB-4ED8-9FA7-03F14AE124F0

SIC2064

The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when

the cover on the vanity mirror is opened.

When the cover is closed, the light will turn off.

The lights will turn off after a period of

time when the lights remain illuminated to

prevent the battery from becoming dis-

charged.

MOOD LIGHTS (Hardtop models) VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS

Condition:

Black plate (147,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-AC16BAD8-F320-4304-996B-A0D05319728A

SIC2131A

When the switch is in the ON position *1, the

light illuminates while the lift gate is opened.

When the lift gate is closed, the light will turn off.

When the switch is in the OFF position *2, the

light will turn off.

The lights will turn off after a period of

time when the light remain illuminated to

prevent the battery from becoming dis-

charged.

GUID-F7665349-183E-4013-AA39-F31226267085

The light illuminates when the trunk lid is

opened. When the trunk lid is closed, the light

will turn off.

The light will also turn off after a period of

time when the light remains illuminated

after the ignition switch has been pushed

to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the

battery from becoming discharged.

GUID-55E56F2F-00B7-4A2E-969B-A4422F852328

The HomeLink

Universal Transceiver provides a

convenient way to consolidate the functions of

up to three individual hand-held transmitters into

one built-in device.

HomeLink

Universal Transceiver:

.Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)

devices such as garage doors, gates, home

and office lighting, entry door locks and

security systems.

.Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. No

separate batteries are required. If the

vehicle’s battery is discharged or is dis-

connected, HomeLink

will retain all pro-

gramming.

When the HomeLink

Universal Transcei-

ver is programmed, retain the original

transmitter for future programming proce-

dures (Example: new vehicle purchases).

Upon sale of the vehicle, the programmed

HomeLink

Universal Transceiver buttons

should be erased for security purposes.

For additional information, refer to “Pro-

gramming HomeLink

” later in this sec-

tion.

Instruments and controls 2-63

CARGO LIGHTS (Hardtop models) TRUNK LIGHT (CrossCabriolet

models)

HomeLink

UNIVERSAL

TRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (148,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-64 Instruments and controls

WARNING

.Do not use the HomeLink

Universal

Transceiver with any garage door

opener that lacks safety stop and

reverse features as required by

federal safety standards. (These

standards became effective for

opener models manufactured after

April 1, 1982). A garage door opener

which cannot detect an object in the

path of a closing garage door and

then automatically stop and reverse,

does not meet current federal safety

standards. Using a garage door

opener without these features in-

creases the risk of serious injury or

death.

.During the programming procedure

your garage door or security gate

will open and close (if the transmit-

ter is within range). Make sure that

people or objects are clear of the

garage door, gate, etc. that you are

programming.

.Your vehicle’s engine should be

turned off while programming the

HomeLink

Universal Transceiver.

Do not breathe exhaust gases; they

contain colorless and odorless car-

bon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is

dangerous. It can cause uncon-

sciousness or death.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink

GUID-D8C5E61E-41B3-4673-B29E-956822CDD882

If you have any questions or are having difficulty

programming your HomeLink

buttons, refer to

the HomeLink

web site at: www.homelink.com

or call 1-800-355-3515.

NOTE:

It is also recommended that a new battery

be placed in the hand-held transmitter of

the device being programmed to

HomeLink

for quicker programming and

accurate transmission of the radio-fre-

quency.

1. Position the end of your hand-held transmit-

ter 1-3 in (26-76 mm) away from the

HomeLink

surface, keeping the HomeLink

indicator light *1in view.

JVI0428X

2. Using both hands, simultaneously press and

hold the desired HomeLink

button and

handheld transmitter button. DO NOT re-

lease until the HomeLink

indicator light *1

flashes slowly and then rapidly. When the

indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons

may be released. (The rapid flashing indi-

cates successful programming.)

NOTE:

Some devices to be programmed may

require you to replace Step 2 with the

cycling procedure noted in the “Pro-

gramming HomeLink

for Canadian

customers and gate openers”.

Condition:

Black plate (149,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

JVI0429X

3. Press and hold the programmed HomeLink

button and observe the indicator light.

.If the indicator light *1is solid/contin-

uous, programming is complete and your

device should activate when the

HomeLink

button is pressed and re-

leased.

.If the indicator light *1blinks rapidly for

two seconds and then turns to a solid/

continuous light, continue with Steps 4-6

for a rolling code device. A second

person may make the following steps

easier. Use a ladder or other device. Do

not stand on your vehicle to perform the

next steps.

4. At the receiver located on the garage door

opener motor in the garage, locate the

“learn” or “smart” button (the name and

color of the button may vary by manufacturer

but it is usually located near where the

hanging antenna wire is attached to the

unit). If there is difficulty locating the button,

reference the garage door opener’s manual.

5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart”

button.

NOTE:

Once the button is pressed, you have

approximately 30 seconds to initiate

the next step.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and

hold the programmed HomeLink

button for

two seconds and release. Repeat the

“press/hold/release” sequence up to 3

times to complete the programming pro-

cess. HomeLink

should now activate your

rolling code equipped device.

7. If you have any questions or are having

difficulty programming your HomeLink

but-

tons, refer to the HomeLink

web site at:

www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-

3515.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink

FOR CA-

NADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE

OPENERS GUID-8263D00C-5505-4CBD-9B5E-CB372155C17A

Canadian radio-frequency laws require trans-

mitter signals to “time-out” (or quit) after several

seconds of transmission – which may not be

long enough for HomeLink

to pick up the signal

during programming. Similar to this Canadian

law, some U.S. gate operators are designed to

“time-out” in the same manner.

If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties

programming a gate operator or garage door

opener by using the “Programming HomeLink

”

procedures, replace “Programming HomeLink

”

Step 2 with the following:

NOTE:

When programming a garage door opener,

etc., unplug the device during the “cycling”

process to prevent possible damage to the

garage door opener components.

Step 2: Using both hands, simultaneously press

and hold the desired HomeLink

button and the

hand-held transmitter button. During program-

ming, your hand-held transmitter may automati-

cally stop transmitting. Continue to press and

hold the desired HomeLink

button while you

press and re-press (“cycle”) your hand-held

transmitter every two seconds until the fre-

quency signal has been learned. The HomeLink

Instruments and controls 2-65

Condition:

Black plate (150,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-66 Instruments and controls

indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly

after several seconds upon successful program-

ming. DO NOT release until the HomeLink

indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly.

When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both

buttons may be released. The rapid flashing

indicates successful programming.

Proceed with “Programming HomeLink

” step 3

to complete.

Remember to plug the device back in when

programming is completed.

OPERATING THE HomeLink

UNIVER-

SAL TRANSCEIVER

GUID-19BE850B-BBDC-470B-9850-DE6B57FF6B98

The HomeLink

Universal Transceiver, after it is

programmed, can be used to activate the

programmed device. To operate, simply press

and release the appropriate programmed

HomeLink

Universal Transceiver button. The

amber indicator light will illuminate while the

signal is being transmitted.

For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of

the device may also be used at any time.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLESHOOT-

ING GUID-0B904713-E37A-46A3-9A90-63FADE14E79C

If the HomeLink

does not quickly learn the

hand-held transmitter information:

.replace the hand-held transmitter batteries

with new batteries.

.position the hand-held transmitter with its

battery area facing away from the

HomeLink

surface.

.press and hold both the HomeLink

and

hand-held transmitter buttons without inter-

ruption.

.position the hand-held transmitter 1-3 in

(26-76 mm) away from the HomeLink

surface. Hold the transmitter in that position

for up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink

is not

programmed within that time, try holding the

transmitter in another position - keeping the

indicator light in view at all times.

If you have any questions or are having difficulty

programming your HomeLink

buttons, refer to

the HomeLink

web site at: www.homelink.com

or 1-800-355-3515.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN-

FORMATION

GUID-8C1871E3-C252-465F-A399-47B1EB58E018

The following procedure clears the programmed

information from both buttons. Individual buttons

cannot be cleared. However, individual buttons

can be reprogrammed, see “Reprogramming a

single HomeLink

button” later in this section.

To clear all programming

GUID-A8FB6BA7-7DB6-4CE5-B9B3-E2187D21C0EE

1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLink

buttons until the indicator light begins to

flash in approximately 10 seconds. Do not

hold for longer than 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

HomeLink

is now in the programming mode

and can be programmed at any time beginning

with “Programming HomeLink

” - Step 1.

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE

HomeLink

BUTTON

GUID-2BF52974-A0FA-4080-821F-2E188B5DC58B

To reprogram a HomeLink

Universal Transcei-

ver button, complete the following.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink

button. DO NOT release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20

seconds. Without releasing the HomeLink

button, proceed with “Programming

HomeLink

” - Step 1.

For questions or comments, contact HomeLink

Condition:

Black plate (151,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

at: www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

The HomeLink

Universal Transceiver button

has now been reprogrammed. The new device

can be activated by pushing the HomeLink

button that was just programmed. This proce-

dure will not affect any other programmed

HomeLink

buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN

GUID-464C8E7D-4693-445C-BEED-4B9B07479827

If your vehicle is stolen, you should change the

codes of any non-rolling code device that has

been programmed into HomeLink

. Consult the

Owner’s Manual of each device or call the

manufacturer or retailer of those devices for

additional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you will

need to reprogram the HomeLink

Univer-

sal Transceiver with your new transmitter

information.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of the

FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the

following two conditions: (1) This device

may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interference that

may cause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expressly

approved by the party responsible for

compliance could void the user’s authority

to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with RSS-210 of

Industry Canada. Operation is subject to

the following two conditions: (1) this

device may not cause interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interfer-

ence, including interference that may

cause undesired operation of the device.

Instruments and controls 2-67

Condition:

Black plate (152,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

2-68 Instruments and controls

MEMO

Condition:

Black plate (153,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys ................................................................................................. 3-3

Intelligent Key system ............................................................ 3-3

Mechanical key ....................................................................... 3-4

Valet hand-off .......................................................................... 3-5

Doors ............................................................................................... 3-5

Locking with mechanical key ............................................... 3-5

Opening and closing windows with the

mechanical key ........................................................................ 3-6

Locking with inside lock knob ............................................. 3-6

Locking with power door lock switch ............................... 3-7

Automatic door locks ............................................................ 3-7

Child safety rear door lock (Hardtop models) ................ 3-8

Intelligent Key system ................................................................. 3-8

Intelligent Key operating range ........................................ 3-10

Door locks/unlocks precaution ........................................ 3-10

Intelligent Key operation .................................................... 3-11

Battery saver system .......................................................... 3-14

Warning signals ................................................................... 3-14

Troubleshooting guide ........................................................ 3-15

Remote keyless entry system ................................................ 3-16

How to use remote keyless entry system ..................... 3-17

Hood ............................................................................................. 3-20

Lift gate (Hardtop models) ..................................................... 3-20

Operating manual lift gate ................................................ 3-21

Operating power lift gate (if so equipped) .................. 3-21

Auto closure ....................................................................... 3-24

Lift gate release ................................................................. 3-25

Trunk lid (CrossCabriolet models) ....................................... 3-25

Trunk lid release switch ................................................... 3-25

Trunk open request switch ............................................. 3-26

Trunk button ....................................................................... 3-26

Opening with key .............................................................. 3-26

Trunk release power cancel switch .............................. 3-26

Interior trunk lid release ................................................... 3-27

Soft top (CrossCabriolet models) ....................................... 3-28

Before operating the top ................................................. 3-28

When operating the top .................................................. 3-32

Luggage cover ................................................................... 3-33

Soft top indicator light ..................................................... 3-33

Automatic window lowering ........................................... 3-34

Opening the top ................................................................ 3-34

Closing the top .................................................................. 3-35

Opening the top using the intelligent key .................. 3-35

Troubleshooting guide ..................................................... 3-37

If the top does not open or close electrically ............ 3-38

Care of the soft top and the vehicle body ................. 3-43

Fuel-filler door ........................................................................... 3-44

Opening fuel-filler door ................................................... 3-44

Fuel-filler cap ..................................................................... 3-44

Condition:

Black plate (154,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Tilt/telescopic steering ............................................................. 3-46

Manual operation ................................................................. 3-47

Electric operation ................................................................ 3-47

Sun visors ................................................................................... 3-47

Hardtop models ................................................................... 3-48

CrossCabriolet models ...................................................... 3-48

Mirrors .......................................................................................... 3-48

Inside mirror .......................................................................... 3-48

Outside mirrors .................................................................. 3-50

Vanity mirror ........................................................................ 3-51

Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) ...................... 3-51

Entry/exit function (for Hardtop models) .................... 3-51

Memory storage ................................................................. 3-52

System operation .............................................................. 3-53

Condition:

Black plate (155,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-32E91F93-1BF6-407D-9C4D-E11C706B93DC

A key number plate is supplied with your keys.

Record the key number and keep it in a safe

place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If

you lose your keys, see a NISSAN dealer for

duplicates by using the key number. NISSAN

does not record any key numbers so it is very

important to keep track of your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when you have

lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate

from. If you still have a key, this key can be

duplicated by a NISSAN dealer.

SPA2406

Type A

SPA2431

Type B

SPA2865

Type C

1. Intelligent Key (2)

2. Mechanical key (inside the key) (2)

3. Key number plate (1)

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

GUID-64550E60-3C68-49DC-B450-6EF37FA5B9C2

Your vehicle can only be driven with the

Intelligent Keys which are registered to your

vehicle’s Intelligent Key system components and

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo-

nents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be

registered and used with one vehicle. The new

keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer

prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your

vehicle. Since the registration process requires

erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo-

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

KEYS

Condition:

Black plate (156,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

nents when registering new keys, be sure to take

all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN

dealer.

CAUTION

.Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key

with you when driving. The Intelli-

gent Key is a precision device with a

built-in transmitter. To avoid dama-

ging it, please note the following.

— The Intelligent Key is water

resistant; however, wetting may

damage the Intelligent Key. If

the Intelligent Key gets wet,

immediately wipe until it is com-

pletely dry.

— Do not bend, drop or strike it

against another object.

— If the outside temperature is

below 148F (−108C), the battery

of the Intelligent Key may not

function properly.

— Do not place the Intelligent Key

for an extended period in a

place where temperatures ex-

ceed 1408F (608C).

— Do not change or modify the

Intelligent Key.

— Do not use a magnet key holder.

— Do not place the Intelligent Key

near an electric appliance such

as a television set, personal

computer or cellular phone.

— Do not allow the Intelligent Key

to come into contact with water

or salt water, and do not wash it

in a washing machine. This

could affect the system function.

.If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,

NISSAN recommends erasing the ID

code of that Intelligent Key. This will

prevent the Intelligent Key from

unauthorized use to unlock the

vehicle. For information regarding

the erasing procedure, please con-

tact a NISSAN dealer.

SPA2033

MECHANICAL KEY

GUID-3D9FF77C-98B0-40A3-93C5-048839219F68

To remove the mechanical key, release the lock

knob at the back of the key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into

the key until the lock knob returns to the lock

position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the

doors and glove box, if they are equipped with a

key cylinder.

See “Doors” later in this section and “Storage”

in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.

Condition:

Black plate (157,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key in-

stalled in the key.

VALET HAND-OFF

GUID-EFC63B4C-0F15-4531-AA8B-ACA78CB96860

When you have to leave a key with a valet, give

them the Intelligent Key itself after removing the

mechanical key to protect your belongings.

To prevent the glove box or the trunk (Cross-

Cabriolet models) from being opened during

valet hand-off, follow the procedures below.

1. Push the trunk release power cancel switch

to the OFF side (CrossCabriolet models).

2. Remove the mechanical key from the In-

telligent Key.

3. Lock the glove box with the mechanical key.

4. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet, keeping

the mechanical key in your pocket or bag.

Insert the mechanical key into the Intelligent

Key when you retrieve your vehicle.

See glove box and “Storage” in the “2. Instru-

ments and controls” section and “Trunk lid

(CrossCabriolet models)” later in this section.

GUID-A6EDA02E-9855-47C0-A2E8-46DEBDFFD06C

WARNING

.Always have the doors locked while

driving. Along with the use of seat

belts, this provides greater safety in

the event of an accident by helping

to prevent persons from being

thrown from the vehicle. This also

helps keep children and others from

unintentionally opening the doors,

and will help keep out intruders.

.Before opening any door, always

look for and avoid oncoming traffic.

.Do not leave children unattended

inside the vehicle. They could un-

knowingly activate switches or con-

trols. Unattended children could

become involved in serious acci-

dents.

SPA2432

LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY

GUID-E8E0764D-7E38-467C-AB80-1609CF8DDD47

The power door lock system allows you to lock

or unlock all doors simultaneously using the

mechanical key.

Hardtop models

GUID-0BFF314E-455C-4A8A-9BCF-B9DF3F2390B1

.Turning the driver’s door key cylinder to the

front of the vehicle *1will lock all doors.

.Turning the driver’s door key cylinder once

to the rear of the vehicle *2will unlock the

driver’s door. After returning the key to the

neutral position *3, turning it to the rear

again within 5 seconds will unlock all doors.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5

DOORS

Condition:

Black plate (158,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Crosscabriolet models

GUID-E42A3CA3-AD22-4044-A8E7-1CE5A91D11A8

.Turning the driver’s door key cylinder to the

rear of the vehicle *2will lock all doors.

.Turning the driver’s door key cylinder once

to the front of the vehicle *1will unlock the

driver’s door. After returning the key to the

neutral position *3, turning it to the front

again within 5 seconds will unlock all doors.

Models with color display:

You can switch the lock system to the mode that

allows you to open all the doors when the key is

turned once. (See “How to use SETTING

button” in the “4. Monitor, heater, air conditioner,

audio, phone and voice recognition systems”

section.)

OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS

WITH THE MECHANICAL KEY

GUID-5CA6B107-CCEF-4728-83E6-1D0247152077

The driver’s door key operation also allows you

to open and close the window that is equipped

with the automatic open/close function. (See

“Power windows” in the “2. Instruments and

controls” section).

To open the windows, turn the driver’s door key

cylinder to unlock for longer than 1 second.

The door is unlocked and the window keeps

opening while turning the key.

This function can also be performed by pushing

and holding the door UNLOCK button of the

key. (See “Remote keyless entry system” later in

this section.)

To close the windows, turn the driver’s door key

cylinder to lock for longer than 1 second. The

door is locked and the window keeps closing

while turning the key.

SPA2465

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB

GUID-280B5B43-891E-4CBE-9845-1698016E3BD4

To lock the door individually, move the inside

lock knob to the lock position *1then close the

door.

To unlock, move the inside lock knob to the

unlock position *2.

When locking the door without Intelligent

Key, be sure not to leave the Intelligent

Key inside the vehicle.

Condition:

Black plate (159,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SPA2300

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK

SWITCH GUID-DB03598A-E334-478D-9F87-2864156F8581

Operating the power door lock switch will lock

or unlock all the doors. The switches are located

on the driver’s and front passenger’s door

armrests.

To lock the doors, push the power door lock

switch to the lock position *1with the driver’s

or front passenger’s door open, then close the

door.

When locking the door this way, be certain

not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the

vehicle.

To unlock the doors, push the power door lock

switch to the unlock position *2.

Lockout protection

GUID-BB47EDF9-3384-43BF-9799-EA35B33C1506

When the power door lock switch (driver or front

passenger) is moved to the lock position with

the Intelligent Key in the port and any door open,

all doors will lock and unlock automatically. With

the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle (not in the

Intelligent Key port) and any door open, all doors

will unlock automatically and a chime will sound

after the door is closed.

These functions help to prevent the Intelligent

Key from being accidentally locked inside the

vehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS

GUID-FC92C800-B665-49FF-9CDE-4A1CBC7A147B

.All doors will be locked automatically when

the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24

km/h).

.All doors will be unlocked automatically

when the ignition switch is placed in the

OFF position.

The automatic unlock function can be

deactivated or activated. To deactivate or

activate the automatic door unlock system,

perform the following procedure:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.

3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2,

push and hold the power door lock switch to

the position (UNLOCK) for more than 5

seconds.

4. When activated, the hazard indicator will

flash twice. When deactivated, the hazard

indicator will flash once.

5. The ignition switch must be placed in the

OFF and ON position again between each

setting change.

When the automatic door unlock system is

deactivated, the doors do not unlock when the

ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. To

unlock the door manually, use the inside lock

knob or the power door lock switch (driver’s or

front passenger’s side).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7

Condition:

Black plate (160,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

SPA2433

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK

(Hardtop models)

GUID-02E4EA0C-4602-4E41-993C-FC56ED415767

The child safety rear door locks help prevent

doors from being opened accidentally, espe-

cially when small children are in the vehicle.

When the levers are in the lock position

*1, the rear doors can be opened only

from the outside.

To disengage, move the levers to the unlock

position *2.

GUID-A26B93CD-32CF-44F2-8707-5F0887B9E015

WARNING

.Radio waves could adversely affect

electric medical equipment. Those

who use a pacemaker should con-

tact the electric medical equipment

manufacturer for the possible influ-

ences before use.

.The Intelligent Key transmits radio

waves when the buttons are

pushed. The FAA advises that radio

waves may affect aircraft navigation

and communication systems. Do not

operate the Intelligent Key while on

an airplane. Make sure the buttons

are not operated unintentionally

when the unit is stored for a flight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate all the

door (including the lift gate) and the trunk lid

locks using the remote keyless function or

pushing the request switch on the vehicle

without taking the key out from a pocket or

purse. The operating environment and/or condi-

tions may affect the Intelligent Key system

operation.

Be sure to read the following before using the

Intelligent Key system.

CAUTION

.Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key

with you when operating the vehi-

cle.

.Never leave the Intelligent Key in

the vehicle when you leave the

vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicating with

the vehicle as it receives radio waves. The

Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio

waves. Environmental conditions may interfere

with the operation of the Intelligent Key system

under the following operating conditions.

.When operating near a location where

strong radio waves are transmitted, such

as a TV tower, power station and broad-

casting station.

.When in possession of wireless equipment,

such as a cellular telephone, transceiver,

and CB radio.

.When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or

covered by metallic materials.

.When any type of radio wave remote control

is used nearby.

.When the Intelligent Key is placed near an

electric appliance such as a personal

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Condition:

Black plate (161,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

computer.

.When the vehicle is parked near a parking

meter.

In such cases, correct the operating conditions

before using the Intelligent Key function or use

the mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies depending

on the operating conditions, the battery’s life is

approximately 2 years. If the battery is dis-

charged, replace it with a new one.

When the Intelligent Key battery is almost

discharged, insert the Intelligent Key into the

Intelligent Key port to start the engine. Replace

the discharged battery with a new one as soon

as possible. For more details, see “Push-button

ignition switch” in the “5. Starting and driving”

section.

Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv-

ing radio waves, if the key is left near equipment

which transmits strong radio waves, such as

signals from a TV and personal computer, the

battery life may become shorter.

For information regarding replacement of a

battery, see “Intelligent Key battery replacement”

in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”

section.

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered

and used with one vehicle. For information about

the purchase and use of additional Intelligent

Keys, contact a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

.Do not allow the Intelligent Key,

which contains electrical compo-

nents, to come into contact with

water or salt water. This could affect

the system function.

.Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

.Do not strike the Intelligent Key

sharply against another object.

.Do not change or modify the Intel-

ligent Key.

.Wetting may damage the Intelligent

Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,

immediately wipe until it is comple-

tely dry.

.If the outside temperature is below

148F (−108C), the battery of the

Intelligent Key may not function

properly.

.Do not place the Intelligent Key for

an extended period in an area where

temperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

.Do not attach the Intelligent Key

with a key holder that contains a

magnet.

.Do not place the Intelligent Key near

equipment that produces a mag-

netic field, such as a TV, audio

equipment, personal computer or

cellular phone.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN

recommends erasing the ID code of that

Intelligent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent

the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to

operate the vehicle. For information regarding

the erasing procedure, contact a NISSAN deal-

er.

The Intelligent Key function can be disabled. For

information about disabling the Intelligent Key

function, contact a NISSAN dealer.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9

Condition:

Black plate (162,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

SPA2074

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING

RANGE GUID-88C8AC60-C35F-4257-BFE7-BFFE13458197

The Intelligent Key functions can only be used

when the Intelligent Key is within the specified

operating range from the request switch *1.

When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or

strong radio waves are present near the operat-

ing location, the Intelligent Key system’s operat-

ing range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent

Key may not function properly.

The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm)

from each request switch *1.

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door

glass, handle or rear bumper the request

switches may not function.

When the Intelligent Key is within the operating

range, it is possible for anyone who does not

carry the Intelligent Key to push the request

switch to lock/unlock the doors including the lift

gate and open the trunk lid.

SPA2407

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU-

TION GUID-F886F6E8-EB74-4F3A-823E-A3D70ED7F320

.Do not push the door handle request switch

with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as

illustrated. The close distance to the door

handle will cause the Intelligent Key system

to have difficulty recognizing that the In-

telligent Key is outside the vehicle.

.After locking with the door handle request

switch, verify the doors are securely locked

by testing them.

.When locking the doors using the door

handle request switch, make sure to have

the Intelligent Key in your possession before

operating the door handle request switch to

Condition:

Black plate (163,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in

the vehicle.

.The door handle request switch is opera-

tional only when the Intelligent Key has been

detected by the Intelligent Key system.

.To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left

inside the vehicle or the trunk, make sure you

carry the key with you and then lock the

doors or the trunk.

.Do not pull the door handle before pushing

the door handle request switch. The door

will be unlocked but will not open. Release

the door handle once and pull it again to

open the door.

.The Intelligent Key system (opening/closing

doors with the door handle request switch)

can be set to remain inactive on the center

display (if so equipped). (See “Vehicle

information and settings” in the “4. Monitor,

heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and

voice recognition systems” section.)

SPA2408

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION

GUID-11F409E1-2083-4E3E-98C3-276AB17A6B02

You can lock or unlock the doors without taking

the key out from your pocket or bag.

SPA2779

SPA2780

Hardtop models

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11

Condition:

Black plate (164,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you

can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door

handle request switch *A(driver’s or front

passenger’s) or the lift gate request switch *B

within the range of operation.

When you lock or unlock the doors or the lift

gate/trunk lid, the hazard indicator will flash and

the horn (or the outside chime) will sound as a

confirmation. For details, see “Setting hazard

indicator and horn mode” later in this section.

Locking doors

GUID-131EB795-ADF4-4035-8A9F-3856D80189ED

1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)

position, push the ignition switch to the OFF

position and make sure you carry the

Intelligent Key with you.*1

2. Close all the doors and the lift gate.*2

3. Push the door handle request switch *Aor

lift gate request switch *Bwhile carrying

the Intelligent Key with you.*3

4. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the

outside chime sounds twice.

*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the

ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

*2: Doors will not lock by pushing the door handle

request switch while any door (including the lift

gate) is open.

*3: Doors will not lock by pushing the door handle

request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the

vehicle.

However, when an Intelligent Key is inside the

vehicle, doors can be locked with another

registered Intelligent Key.

CAUTION

.After locking the doors using the

request switch, make sure that the

doors have been securely locked by

operating the door handles.

.When locking the doors using the

request switch, make sure to have

the Intelligent Key in your posses-

sion before operating the request

switch to prevent the Intelligent Key

from being left in the vehicle.

.The request switch is operational

only when the Intelligent Key has

been detected by the Intelligent Key

system.

Lockout protection:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To prevent the Intelligent Key from being

accidentally locked in the vehicle, lockout

protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key

system.

When the driver’s side door is open, the doors

are locked, and then the Intelligent Key is put

inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed;

the lock will automatically unlock and the door

buzzer sounds.

NOTE:

The doors may not lock when the Intelli-

gent Key is in the same hand that is

operating the request switch to lock the

door. Put the intelligent key in a purse,

pocket or your other hand.

CAUTION

The lockout protection may not function

under the following conditions:

.When the Intelligent Key is placed

on top of the instrument panel.

.When the Intelligent Key is placed

inside the glove box or a storage

bin.

.When the Intelligent Key is placed

inside the door pockets.

.When the Intelligent Key is placed

on or under the spare tire area.

.When the Intelligent Key is placed

on the outer side of trunk area.

Condition:

Black plate (165,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

.When the Intelligent Key is placed

inside or near metallic materials.

Unlocking doors

GUID-E389B864-2ED4-43A0-A072-CBA801BA714E

1. Push the door handle request switch *Aor

the lift gate request switch *Bonce while

carrying the Intelligent Key with you.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once and the

outside chime sounds once. The corre-

sponding door or the lift gate will unlock.

3. Push the request switch again within 1

minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once and the

outside chime sounds once again. All the

doors and the lift gate will unlock.

All doors will be locked automatically unless one

of the following operations is performed within 1

minute after pushing the request switch while

the doors are locked. If during this 1-minute time

period, the request switch is pushed, all doors

will be locked automatically after another 1

minute.

.Opening any door (including the lift gate)

.Pushing the ignition switch

.Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelli-

gent Key port

During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCK

button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all

doors will be locked automatically after another

1 minute.

Power lift gate open (if so equipped)

GUID-C4223880-DBCA-4D91-ABF0-AFAF15DD1400

1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Push the power lift gate opener switch *C.

3. The lift gate will unlock and automatically

open.

4. The hazard indicator flashes 4 times and the

outside chime sounds.

To close the lift gate, push the power lift gate

button on the key, or power lift gate switch on

the instrument panel or lower part of the lift gate.

(See “Lift gate (Hardtop models)” in the “3. Pre-

driving checks and adjustments” section.)

SPA2866

CrossCabriolet models

Opening trunk lid (CrossCabriolet mod-

els) GUID-A3A52D7E-A3C5-486E-B4E3-60918ECC8F87

1. Push the trunk open request switch *Dfor

more than 1 second.

2. The trunk will unlatch. An outside chime will

sound four times.

3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.

Lockout protection:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To prevent the Intelligent Key from being

accidentally locked in the trunk, lockout protec-

tion is equipped with the Intelligent Key system.

When the trunk lid is closed with the Intelligent

Key inside the trunk, the outside buzzer will

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13

Condition:

Black plate (166,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

sound and the trunk will open.

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM

GUID-20E66BAB-355C-4A3F-B30F-61C4E89141BD

When all the following conditions are met for a

period of time, the battery saver system will cut

off the power supply to prevent battery dis-

charge.

.The ignition switch is in the ACC position,

and

.All doors are closed, and

.The selector lever is in the P (Park) position.

WARNING SIGNALS

GUID-737B9BCC-17DA-4349-B877-AC71EFB1D933

To help prevent the vehicle from moving

unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the

Intelligent Key listed on the following chart or

to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen,

chime or beep sounds inside and outside the

vehicle and a warning displays in the dot matrix

liquid crystal display.

When a chime or beep sounds or the warning

displays, be sure to check the vehicle and

Intelligent Key.

See “Troubleshooting guide” later in this section

and “Dot matrix liquid crystal display” in the “2.

Instruments and controls” section.

Condition:

Black plate (167,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

GUID-E1D6756A-F1B8-472A-887B-B4B6682D8BDF

Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignition switch

to stop the engine

The SHIFT P warning appears on the display

and the inside warning chime sounds con-

tinuously.

The selector lever is not in the P (Park)

position.

Shift the selector lever to the P (Park)

position.

When shifting the selector lever

to the P (Park) position. The inside warning chime sounds continuously. The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON

position.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi-

tion.

When opening the driver’s door

to get out of the vehicle The inside warning chime sounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC

position.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi-

tion.

The Intelligent Key is in the Intelligent

Key port.

Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelli-

gent Key port.

When closing the door after get-

ting out of the vehicle

The NO KEY warning appears on the display,

the outside chime sounds 3 times and the

inside warning chime sounds for a few

seconds.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON

position.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi-

tion.

The SHIFT P warning appears on the display

and the outside chime sounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF

position and the selector lever is not in

the P (Park) position.

Move the selector lever to the P (Park)

position and push the ignition switch to the

OFF position.

When closing the door with the

inside lock knob turned to LOCK

The outside chime sounds for a few seconds

and all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle

or cargo/trunk room area. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the request switch

or the LOCK button on the

Intelligent Key to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for a few seconds.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle

or cargo/trunk room area. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.

When closing the trunk lid

(CrossCabriolet models)

The outside chime sounds for approximately 10

seconds and the trunk lid opens. The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15

Condition:

Black plate (168,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

GUID-2CA37571-0169-4EEF-8C1B-5C2849855720

WARNING

The Intelligent Key transmits radio

waves when the buttons are pushed.

The FAA advises that radio waves may

affect aircraft navigation and commu-

nication systems. Do not operate the

Intelligent Key while on an airplane.

Make sure the buttons are not operated

unintentionally when the unit is stored

for a flight.

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors and the lift

gate/trunk lid, activate the panic alarm and open

the windows and lift gate/trunk lid (if so

equipped) by pushing the buttons on the

Intelligent Key from outside the vehicle.

Before locking the doors, make sure the

Intelligent Key is not left in the vehicle.

The LOCK/UNLOCK button on the Intelligent

Key can operate at a distance of approximately

33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The effective

distance depends upon the conditions around

the vehicle.) As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can

be used with one vehicle. For information

concerning the purchase and use of additional

Intelligent Keys, contact a NISSAN dealer.

The lock and unlock buttons will not operate

when:

.the distance between the Intelligent Key and

the vehicle is over 33 ft (10 m).

.the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.

After locking with the remote keyless entry

function, pull the door handle to make sure the

doors are securely locked.

The LOCK/UNLOCK operating range varies

depending on the environment. To securely

operate the lock and unlock buttons, approach

the vehicle to about 3 ft (1 m) from the door.

SPA2252A

Type A

SPA2436

Type B

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

Condition:

Black plate (169,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SPA2867

Type C

*1LOCK button

*2UNLOCK button

*3Power lift gate button (if so equipped)

*4PANIC button

*5TRUNK button (CrossCabriolet models)

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS

ENTRY SYSTEM

GUID-C6C8F65F-3152-4763-BF0F-A4447FDA547F

When you lock or unlock the doors or the lift

gate/trunk lid, the hazard indicator will flash and

the horn (or the outside chime) will sound as a

confirmation. For details, see “Setting hazard

indicator and horn mode” later in this section.

Locking doors

GUID-8CBF74EB-4EC8-465A-B09B-2CA410A11EC0

1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)

position and push the ignition switch to the

OFF position. Make sure you carry the

Intelligent Key with you.*

2. Close all the doors and lift gate.

3. Push the LOCK button *1.

4. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the

horn chirps once.

*: Doors will lock while the ignition switch is in the

ACC or ON position.

Unlocking doors

GUID-07D2F8A3-E183-47DE-B2BB-5F0B2765BABE

1. Push the UNLOCK button *2once.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The

driver’s door will unlock.

3. Push the UNLOCK button *2again

within 1 minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once again. All

the doors and the lift gate will unlock.

All doors will be locked automatically unless one

of the following operations is performed within 1

minute after pushing the UNLOCK button

*2while the doors are locked. If during this 1-

minute time period, the UNLOCK button *2

is pushed, all doors will be locked automatically

after another 1 minute.

.Opening any door (including the lift gate) or

trunk

.Pushing the ignition switch

Opening windows

GUID-A6DE3912-EF46-4CEA-887C-286260C70F8F

The UNLOCK button *2operation also

allows you to open the window that is equipped

with the automatic open/close function. (See

“Power windows” in the “2. Instruments and

controls” section).

To open the windows, push the door UNLOCK

button *2for about 3 seconds after the

door is unlocked.

To stop opening, release the UNLOCK

button *2.

Windows cannot be closed using the button on

the Intelligent Key.

If the window open operation is stopped in mid-

operation while pushing the UNLOCK

button *2, release and push the UNLOCK

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17

Condition:

Black plate (170,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

button *2again until the window opens

completely.

The door windows can be opened or closed by

turning the mechanical key in a door lock. (See

“Doors” earlier in this section.)

Opening/closing lift gate (if so equipped)

GUID-7A0EC3F3-A0FF-43A5-983C-6F30EE025AB4

1. Push the power lift gate button *3

for more than 1 second.

2. The lift gate will automatically open.

The hazard indicator flashes 4 times and the

outside chime sounds for approximately 3

seconds.

To close the lift gate, push the power lift gate

button *3.

The lift gate will automatically close.

If the power lift gate button *3is pushed

while the lift gate is being opened or closed, the

lift gate will reverse.

The power lift gate button *3cannot be

operated when the ignition switch is in the ON

position.

Using panic alarm

GUID-0EEA2C46-8F73-4264-8914-B8CE095E8B5C

If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,

you can activate the alarm according to the

following procedure to call attention.

1. Push the PANIC button *4for more

than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm will sound and the

headlights will flash for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops under either of the

following conditions.

.It has run for 25 seconds, or

.Any of the buttons is pushed. (Note: the

PANIC button *4should be

pushed for more than 1 second.)

Opening trunk lid (CrossCabriolet mod-

els) GUID-87B7F82C-E682-4BF3-BE6B-52CC949856EB

1. Push the TRUNK button *5on the

Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.

2. The trunk will unlatch.

3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.

Setting hazard indicator and horn mode

GUID-0B7C4602-8422-4E4E-A11F-E789553B0A3D

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn

mode when you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when the

LOCK button *1is pushed, the hazard

indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.

When the UNLOCK button *2is pushed,

the hazard indicator flashes once.

If horns are not necessary, the system can be

switched to the hazard indicator mode.

In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK

button *1is pushed, the hazard indicator

flashes twice. When the UNLOCK button

*2is pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor

the horn operates.

Condition:

Black plate (171,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Hazard indicator and horn mode:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system

(Using door handle or lift gate/

trunk request switch)

HAZARD - twice

OUTSIDE CHIME -

twice

HAZARD - once

OUTSIDE CHIME -

once

HAZARD - none

OUTSIDE CHIME - 4

times

Remote keyless entry sys-

tem

(Using , or button)

HAZARD - twice

HORN - once

HAZARD - once

HORN - none

HAZARD - none

HORN - none

Hazard indicator mode:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system

(Using door handle or lift gate/

trunk request switch)

HAZARD - twice

OUTSIDE CHIME -

none

HAZARD - none

OUTSIDE CHIME -

none

HAZARD - none

OUTSIDE CHIME -

none

Remote keyless entry sys-

tem

(Using , or button)

HAZARD - twice

HORN - none

HAZARD - none

HORN - none

HAZARD - none

HORN - none

Switching procedure:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the LOCK *1and UNLOCK *2

buttons simultaneously for more than 2 seconds

to switch the mode from one to the other.

When pushing the buttons to set the hazard

indicator mode, the hazard indicator flashes 3

times.

When pushing the buttons to set the hazard

indicator and horn mode, the hazard indicator

flashes once and the horn chirps once.

NOS1695

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19

Condition:

Black plate (172,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

GUID-EFCA6993-4C66-4840-8CB7-A8AB3D34E97F

SPA2437

1. Pull the hood lock release handle *1

located below the instrument panel; the

hood will then spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever *2up at the front of the hood

with your fingertips and raise the hood.

3. When closing the hood, slowly close the

hood down and make sure it locks into

place.

WARNING

.Make sure the hood is completely

closed and latched before driving.

Failure to do so could cause the

hood to fly open and result in an

accident.

.If you see steam or smoke coming

from the engine compartment, to

avoid injury do not open the hood.

GUID-4BA01BDD-7B7E-4674-BC74-CD9F5511DABB

WARNING

.Always be sure the lift gate has

been closed securely to prevent it

from opening while driving.

.Do not drive with the lift gate open.

This could allow dangerous exhaust

gases to be drawn into the vehicle.

See “Exhaust gas (carbon monox-

ide)” in the “5. Starting and driving”

section of this manual.

.Do not leave children unattended

inside the vehicle. They could un-

knowingly activate switches or con-

trols. Unattended children could

become involved in serious acci-

dents.

.Always be sure that hands and feet

are clear of the door frame to avoid

injury while closing the lift gate.

HOOD LIFT GATE (Hardtop models)

Condition:

Black plate (173,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SPA2438

OPERATING MANUAL LIFT GATE

GUID-61A6DC11-5EF1-41BC-B25F-AD72BB5A5897

To open the lift gate, unlock it and push the

opener switch *A. Pull up the lift gate to open.

The lift gate can be unlocked by:

.pushing the unlock button on the

Intelligent Key twice.

.pushing the lift gate request switch (if so

equipped).

.pushing the door handle request switch

twice (if so equipped).

.pushing the power door lock switch to the

unlock position.

.inserting the mechanical key into the driver’s

door key cylinder and turning it to the rear of

the vehicle twice.

To close the lift gate, pull down until it securely

locks.

OPERATING POWER LIFT GATE (if so

equipped) GUID-8341353C-675A-42F8-BB11-F9F93D73F7A6

To operate the power lift gate, the selector lever

must be in the P (Park) position.

The power lift gate will not operate if the battery

voltage is low.

SPA2461

Power lift gate main switch

GUID-F5D61AAE-138A-4E73-8934-59B0837383B1

The power lift gate operation can be turned on

or off by the power lift gate main switch on the

instrument panel.

When the power lift gate main switch is pushed

to the “OFF” position, the power operation is not

available by the power lift gate switch on the lift

gate and lift gate opener switch.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21

Condition:

Black plate (174,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

SPA2439

SPA2462

SPA2463

SPA2440

Power open GUID-4B6F9483-D240-461C-8F75-22A08D5716EE

When the lift gate is fully closed, the lift gate will

fully open automatically by:

.pushing the power lift gate switch *Aon

the instrument panel

.pushing the lift gate opener switch *B

.pushing the power lift gate button *Con

the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second

The hazard flashes 4 times and the outside

chime sounds when the lift gate starts opening.

NOTE:

The lift gate can be opened by the power

lift gate switch *Aor the lift gate button

*Ceven if the lift gate is locked.

The lift gate will individually unlock and

open. Once the lift gate is closed, its lock

will align to the vehicle’s lock or unlock

status.

Power close

GUID-E888CA90-E984-4CE2-975D-16E18CC2BCC1

When the lift gate is fully opened, the lift gate

will fully close automatically by:

.pushing the power lift gate switch *Aon

the instrument panel

.pushing the power lift gate switch *Don

the lower part of the lift gate

.pushing the lift gate release button *Con

the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second

Condition:

Black plate (175,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

The hazard flashes 4 times and the outside

chime sounds when the lift gate starts closing.

Reverse function

GUID-28EE2E95-2E6D-4231-A853-225C012F131B

The power lift gate will reverse immediately if

one of the following actions is performed during

power open or power close.

.pushing the power lift gate switch *Aon

the instrument panel

.pushing the lift gate switch *Don the lower

part of the lift gate

.pushing the lift gate button *Con

the Intelligent Key.

The outside chime sounds when the lift gate

starts to reverse.

The power lift gate button *Con the

Intelligent Key cannot be operated when the

ignition switch is in the ON position.

Auto reverse function

GUID-588A601D-27B2-48E9-8FDE-883DF425CE62

The auto-reverse function enables the lift gate to

automatically reverse when something is caught

in the lift gate as it is opening or closing. When

the control unit detects an obstacle, the lift gate

will reverse and return to the full open or full

close position.

If a second obstacle is detected, the lift gate

motion will stop and the drive motor will

disengage. The lift gate will enter the manual

mode.

A pinch sensor is mounted on each side of the

lift gate. If an obstacle is detected by the pinch

sensor during power close, the lift gate will

reverse and return to the full open position

immediately.

NOTE:

If the pinch sensor is damaged or removed,

the power close function will not operate.

WARNING

There is a small distance immediately

before the closed position that cannot

be detected. Make sure that all passen-

gers keep their hands, etc., clear from

the lift gate opening before closing the

lift gate.

Manual mode

GUID-2D066900-C91C-4239-8B7E-587EF875F5E6

If power operation is not available, the lift gate

can be operated manually. Power operation may

not be available if multiple obstacles have been

detected in a single power cycle or if the battery

voltage is low. When the power lift gate main

switch is in the OFF position, the lift gate can be

opened manually by pushing the lift gate opener

switch. If the power lift gate opener switch is

pushed during power open or close, the power

operation will be canceled and the lift gate can

be operated manually.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23

Condition:

Black plate (176,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

SPA2464

Safe Mode GUID-9161D00E-0361-4406-9899-CE4F57ECAF0B

If the gas stays of the lift gate *1lose pressure,

the power lift gate safe mode is activated. When

the safe mode is activated, the lift gate

intermittently closes. Then the lift gate will be

pulled to the closed and latched position by a

motor.

The power lift gate cannot be opened using the

switches at any time in the safe mode.

Do not operate the lift gate again until it is

checked by a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

.If the power lift gate does not stay

open or if the lift gate unexpectedly

closes at any time, do not operate

the lift gate. There may be a pres-

sure loss in one or both of the lift

gate gas stays. Have the lift gate

inspected by a NISSAN dealer.

.Do not activate the power lift gate if

one or both of the lift gate gas stays

are removed. Damage to the lift

gate or power lift gate mechanisms

may occur.

AUTO CLOSURE

GUID-7AD58A51-23F5-4099-B091-E857EB67A8A8

If the lift gate is pulled down to a partly open

position, the lift gate will pull itself to the closed

position.

Do not apply excessive force when the

auto closure is operating. Excessive force

applied may cause the mechanism to

malfunction.

CAUTION

.The lift gate will automatically close

from a partly open position. To avoid

pinching, keep hands and fingers

away from lift gate opening.

.Do not let children operate the lift

gate.

Condition:

Black plate (177,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SPA1915

LIFT GATE RELEASE

GUID-1D614743-17EC-4673-B778-F929F5E10CB9

If the lift gate cannot be opened due to a

discharged battery, follow these steps.

1. Remove the cover inside of the lift gate with

a suitable tool.

2. Move the lever toward the direction *Aas

illustrated to open the lift gate.

Have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.

GUID-2C264EE5-CF00-4D99-8287-BE0FA9532E1E

WARNING

.Do not drive with the trunk lid open.

This could allow dangerous exhaust

gases to be drawn into the vehicle.

See “Exhaust gas (carbon monox-

ide)” in the “5. Starting and driving”

section of this manual.

.Closely supervise children when

they are around cars to prevent

them from playing and becoming

locked in the trunk where they could

be seriously injured. Keep the car

locked, with the trunk closed, when

not in use, and prevent children’s

access to Intelligent Keys.

SPA2868

TRUNK LID RELEASE SWITCH

GUID-3E3F75C6-3DEC-4CB3-AB7F-5D7232A3354C

The trunk lid release switch *Ais located on

the instrument panel.

To open the trunk lid, push the release switch

down as illustrated. To close, push the trunk lid

down.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25

TRUNK LID (CrossCabriolet models)

Condition:

Black plate (178,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

SPA2866-A

TRUNK OPEN REQUEST SWITCH

GUID-B01B03F7-E6F4-4880-AF56-804BF02D2CC4

The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the

trunk open request switch *Awhen the

Intelligent Key is within the operating range of

the trunk lock/unlock function regardless of the

inside lock knob position. (See “Intelligent Key

system” earlier in this section.)

TRUNK BUTTON

GUID-BBA61B35-8253-481A-BABD-2C8031AD5525

The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the

TRUNK button on the Intelligent Key for

more than 1 second.

SPA2871

OPENING WITH KEY

GUID-A6A5B4FC-5FBC-4C5F-8A27-A149CEEDAF32

To open the trunk lid, insert the mechanical key

to the trunk key cylinder and turn the key to the

right side of the vehicle. To close, remove the

key and push the trunk lid down.

SPA2869

TRUNK RELEASE POWER CANCEL

SWITCH GUID-4D40CB74-0EE0-44CF-9D72-61FB52259054

When the switch located inside the glove box is

in the OFF position *A, the power to the trunk

lid will be canceled and the trunk lid cannot be

opened by the trunk lid release switch, the trunk

open request switch with the Intelligent Key

carried with you or the TRUNK button on the

Intelligent Key.

When you have to leave the vehicle with a valet

and want to keep your belongings safe in the

glove box and the trunk, push this switch to OFF

and lock the glove box with the mechanical key.

Then leave the vehicle and the Intelligent Key

with the valet and keep the mechanical key with

Condition:

Black plate (179,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

you.

See “Keys” earlier in this section.

To connect the power to the trunk lid, push the

switch to the ON *Bposition.

SPA2870

INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE

GUID-76617E49-69A3-42A3-B4CE-6BA318A11DE5

WARNING

Closely supervise children when they

are around cars to prevent them from

playing and becoming locked in the

trunk where they could be seriously

injured. Keep the car locked, with the

trunk lid securely latched, when not in

use, and prevent children’s access to

Intelligent Keys.

The interior trunk lid release mechanism allows

opening of the trunk lid in the event that people

become locked inside the trunk or in the event of

the loss of electrical power such as a dis-

charged battery.

Releasing inside the trunk

GUID-AF4D5EDF-174E-4F6F-B198-B456683E28BD

To open the trunk lid from the inside, pull the

release handle *1until the lock releases and

push up on the trunk lid. The release lever is

made of a material that glows in the dark after a

brief exposure to ambient light.

The handle is located on the back of the trunk lid

as illustrated.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27

Condition:

Black plate (180,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

GUID-4E386DA4-547C-4A5A-BC6A-9C85B5A124D5

SPA2872

Interior/exterior view

1. Soft top indicator light (on the combination

meter)

2. Soft top operating switch

3. Top lock hole

4. Soft top

5. Rear parcel shelf

6. Skylight glass

7. Rear window

8. Top storage lid

9. Trunk lid

BEFORE OPERATING THE TOP

GUID-B5A72515-20E3-4BF7-986E-50FBF5D603CE

The soft top of this vehicle is electrically

operated. You can fully open or close the top

only by pressing the operating switch located on

the center console.

Only operate the soft top operating switch under

all of the following conditions:

.When the trunk is closed.

.When the vehicle is stopped.

.When the engine is running or when the

ignition switch is in the ON position.

.When the luggage cover is pulled out and

hooked so that the roof storage area is

separated from the trunk.

(See “Luggage cover (CrossCabriolet mod-

els)” in the “2. Instruments and controls”

section).

.When the selector lever is in a position other

than the R (Reverse) position.

CAUTION

Always keep the engine running while

operating the soft top. The top will also

operate when the ignition switch is in

the ON position, but run the engine to

prevent a discharged battery.

SOFT TOP (CrossCabriolet models)

Condition:

Black plate (181,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Be sure to follow the operating instructions, and

all the warnings and cautions in this section.

Improper operation of the top could cause

a system malfunction, damage, or dete-

rioration of the top material and related

parts.

SPA2873

WARNING

.Do not operate the top when there

is not enough clearance behind the

vehicle. Someone could become

trapped between the top storage

lid and another object (for example

a wall) which could result in serious

injury.

.Park the vehicle in a safe and level

place and apply the parking brake.

.Do not operate the top in a strong

wind. It could be blown by the wind,

striking someone or damaging the

top.

.Do not allow anyone to stand up or

extend any portion of their body out

of the opening while the vehicle is in

motion or while the top is being

operated.

.In an accident you could be thrown

from the vehicle with an open top.

Always use seat belts and proper

child restraints.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-29

Condition:

Black plate (182,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-30 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

JVP0094X

CAUTION

.Make sure the parking area is clear

of obstacles and there is enough

clearance over the top (for example,

in a garage or a covered area). More

than approximately 10 ft (3 m) from

the ground *A, more than approxi-

mately 5.5 ft (1.7 m) from the top of

the roof *Band more than approxi-

mately 4.9 ft (1.5 m) from the rear of

the vehicle *Cis required to open

or close the top safely. Otherwise,

the top may damage any objects

above it while moving. The top

operating system could also be

damaged.

Condition:

Black plate (183,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

JVP0045X

WARNING

.Never install a cover or film (for

example window tint) on the sky-

light glass. This may cause the dual

pop-up roll bars to operate impro-

perly and could result in serious

injury or death in the event of a

rollover. (see “Dual pop-up roll bar

system (CrossCabriolet models)” in

the “1. Safety — Seats, seat belts

and supplemental restraint system”

section.)

CAUTION

.Do not operate the top when the

temperature is below 328F (08C).

This may result in damage to the

top material or operating system.

.Remove water drops, snow, ice or

sand from the top, and dry the

surface of the top completely before

opening it.

.Do not open the top when it is wet

or damp. This may cause interior

water damage, stains or mildew on

the top material.

.Be sure to turn off the rear window

defroster switch. Never turn it on

while the top is being operated or

fully opened. The heat may damage

the top material.

SPA2691

CAUTION

.Do not place any objects between

the top cloth and the structure.

Doing so could interfere with top

operation and cause damage to the

top operating system or the objects.

.Do not place anything on the top,

rear parcel shelf, inner flaps and

trunk lid. Even small items may

interfere with the top operation

and could cause damage to the top

or the vehicle body.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-31

Condition:

Black plate (184,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-32 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

.Do not place anything in the top

storage area. The top will not fit

there properly, and this could da-

mage the top and/or the vehicle

body.

.Do not sit or place anything on the

top, rear parcel shelf, inner flaps,

storage lid and trunk lid, especially

when the top is being operated. The

top may be damaged.

.Do not drive the vehicle with the top

partially opened. Always make sure

the top is either fully opened or

closed before driving.

.Secure items so that they cannot be

blown from the vehicle while driving

with the top open.

.Do not operate the top manually

except for emergency cases. Manual

operation may damage the top.

.Be sure to fully open or fully close

the top. Do not release the switch

half way through the roof opening

or closing process. If the top is only

partially opened, significant da-

mage to the top could occur.

.Do not operate the top if the dual

pop-up roll bars have been acti-

vated. Extended dual pop-up roll

bars may interfere with top opera-

tion and could cause damage to the

top or the vehicle body.

Make sure the trunk lid is securely closed before

operating the top.

SPA2874

WHEN OPERATING THE TOP

GUID-9783AAEB-D9EE-4150-9CAA-F03901BE51C6

WARNING

Keep hands and other parts of the body

away from moving parts such as the

top, storage lid, inner flap *Aand

power windows.

Condition:

Black plate (185,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SPA2875

CAUTION

.Keep all parts of the top linkage

clear of obstructions, or the top

latch may not be securely locked.

.Do not place anything in the top

storage area. Cargo that contacts

the top could damage the top and/

or the vehicle body. See Caution

label *Battached in the trunk.

NOTE:

.In case of low battery or low tempera-

ture, the top may temporarily stop

moving during the operation. This func-

tions to protect the top control me-

chanism, and it is not a malfunction.

.The top operation may be automati-

cally stopped to protect the system

under the following conditions:

—Immediately after the engine is

started.

—If the top or power windows are

operated repeatedly in a short per-

iod of time.

—If the top is left partially open for a

long period of time before the top is

fully opened.

Wait for approximately 5 minutes be-

fore operating the top again.

LUGGAGE COVER

GUID-B26A5118-9345-47A5-9852-69A71FF769AB

The soft top can be operated only when the

trunk is separated by the luggage cover. The

luggage cover must be pulled out and hung on

the hooks or the top will not operate.

(See “Luggage cover (CrossCabriolet models)”

in the “2. Instruments and controls” section).

SPA1691

SOFT TOP INDICATOR LIGHT

GUID-AC0A62DC-CB4D-48FD-9A3A-3C2535153F4E

The soft top indicator light in the instrument

panel shows the conditions of top operation.

The light illuminates when the soft top is being

operated or if it is stopped before reaching the

fully opened or closed position. When the top is

fully opened or closed, the light will turn off.

The light blinks while the soft top is not fully

opened or closed under the following condi-

tions:

.When the vehicle is driven.

.When the selector lever is in the R (Reverse)

position.

Only drive the vehicle when the soft top is in the

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-33

Condition:

Black plate (186,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-34 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

fully opened or fully closed position.

When the soft top is operating, and any of the

following conditions occur, the top will stop

operating.

.When the selector lever is in the R (Reverse)

position.

.When the vehicle moves at a speed of 3

MPH (5 km/h) or more.

.When the battery voltage is extremely low.

.When the temperature of the soft top

system becomes extremely high.

Release the soft top operating switch, and push

the switch again to move the top to the fully

opened or closed position. The soft top indicator

light will turn off when the top operation is

completely finished.

If the soft top indicator light illuminates with the

ignition switch ON (whether the top is operated

or not, and when the top is engaged), it may

indicate the top operating system is not

functioning properly. Have your vehicle checked

by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.

AUTOMATIC WINDOW LOWERING

GUID-53158076-5049-419E-B46E-60FF9661FC5C

When the soft top operating switch is pressed,

the power windows will automatically be low-

ered completely. The windows do not rise

automatically after the top operation is com-

pleted. Use the power window switches to raise

them.

SPA2632

OPENING THE TOP

GUID-A212C8E0-E684-4914-9C6A-29123B5D454E

1. Start the engine.

2. Push OPEN on the soft top operating switch

and hold it until the top is fully opened.

.The soft top indicator light will illuminate

while the top is in motion. (In about 20

seconds, the opening movement will

finish and the indicator light turns off.)

.Windows will automatically be fully

opened.

3. Release the switch when the top is fully

opened. (The indicator light turns off.)

Condition:

Black plate (187,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

NOTE:

If you release the switch and press it again

while the top is being opened, the top will

slightly move to the closing direction, then

start moving to the opening direction

again. The top is designed to move in this

way. It is not a malfunction.

SPA2633

CLOSING THE TOP

GUID-DAD80567-3F61-4CBF-86B1-D92B657E227A

1. Start the engine.

2. Push CLOSE on the soft top operating

switch and hold it until the top is fully closed.

.The soft top indicator light will illuminate

while the top is in motion. (In about 20

seconds, the closing movement will

finish.)

.Windows will automatically be fully

opened.

3. Release the switch when the top is fully

closed. (The indicator light will turn off.)

OPENING THE TOP USING THE IN-

TELLIGENT KEY

GUID-49044D36-3539-45EB-A570-6E07681CB5C9

The soft top can be opened using the door

handle request switch.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-35

Condition:

Black plate (188,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-36 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

JVP0049X

Opening the soft top

GUID-4C7A2A7D-B19A-4092-923C-63EC90103CB4

Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and

make sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you.

Make sure that the trunk luggage cover is pulled

out and hung on the hooks. Push the door

handle request switch (driver’s or passenger’s)

*Aand hold it until the soft top is fully open.

Condition:

Black plate (189,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

GUID-2D51144E-87AE-4042-BCCA-A9F63DED76ED

If the soft top stops halfway during operation or does not operate normally, follow the procedures shown in the following table. If the procedures in the

following table do not solve the symptom, immediately contact a NISSAN dealer for the inspection.

Symptom Beep Possible cause Possible solution

The OPEN side of the soft top operating

switch is pushed, but the soft top does not

operate.

Sounds twice

The OPEN side of the soft top operating switch is

pushed while the soft top is fully open, or the

CLOSE side of the soft top operating switch is

pushed while the soft top is fully closed.

Push the CLOSE side of the soft top operating

switch when the soft top is fully open. Push the

OPEN side of the soft top operating switch when the

soft top is fully closed.

Sounds twice The selector lever is in the R (Reverse) position. Shift the selector lever to the P (Park) or N (Neutral)

position, and then operate the soft top.

Sounds twice The trunk lid is opened. Fully close the trunk lid.

Does not sound The battery voltage is low. Start the engine again and operate the soft top.

Does not sound The operation stops to protect the system. Wait for approximately 5 minutes.

The soft top stops halfway during opera-

tion.

Sounds twice Objects are trapped in the moving structure of the

soft top.

Check that an object is not trapped inside the rear

parcel shelf, inner flap and soft top. After the check,

turn the ignition switch to the OFF position, start the

engine again and then operate the soft top.

Sounds twice The battery voltage is low. Start the engine again and operate the soft top.

When the vehicle is being driven, the beep

sounds.

Sounds continu-

ously The soft top is partially opened. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe location and

fully open or fully close the soft top.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-37

Condition:

Black plate (190,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-38 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

IF THE TOP DOES NOT OPEN OR

CLOSE ELECTRICALLY

GUID-17B75AAD-7BCD-4553-9A36-FB3FA5E49CAF

If you cannot operate the soft top with the

operating switch, first check whether all the

following operating conditions are met.

.Vehicle is stopped

.Ignition switch is ON (Run the engine when

operating the top.)

.The trunk is closed

.The selector lever is in a position other than

the R (Reverse) position

.The luggage cover is pulled out and hooked

so that the roof storage area is separated

from the trunk.

If the top still does not move under the above

conditions or has any system malfunction, see a

NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. When you

must close the top by yourself, in the event of

emergency or when an immediate dealer service

is not available, close the top manually accord-

ing to the procedures shown in this section.

When closing the soft top manually:

.Move the vehicle to a safe place, away from

traffic.

.Two people should perform this procedure,

as some of the top parts are extremely

heavy.

The top cannot be opened manually.

WARNING

.Do not drive with the top partially

opened.

.If the top cannot be operated prop-

erly, see a NISSAN dealer as soon

as possible to have your vehicle

checked.

CAUTION

The storage lid is extremely heavy. The

storage lid should be manually opened

or closed by two people.

1. Open the trunk lid. In the event of a

discharged battery, the secondary trunk

release mechanism should be operated.

(See “Trunk lid (CrossCabriolet models)”

earlier in this section.)

2. Open the top storage lid.

JVP0036X

a. Remove the trunk light *1.

b. Remove the lower trim clips *3and

remove the upper and lower trim pieces

*2.

c. Remove the two luggage cover hooks *4

on the left and right side of the trunk.

Then disconnect the connector *5on

the left side luggage cover hook.

d. Remove the clips *6behind the luggage

cover hooks.

Condition:

Black plate (191,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

JVP0037X

Type A

JVP0097X

Type B

e. Release the storage lid locks.

Type A (models with cables): Pull back

the left and right side trim in the trunk room.

Pull the left and right cables *Ain the

direction of the arrow using the wheel nut

wrench or suitable tool, and release the

storage lid locks *B.

Type B (models without cables): Pull

back the left and right side trim in the trunk

room. Push linkage *Aon the left and right

using the wheel nut wrench or suitable tool

to release the storage lid locks *B.

CAUTION

Use gloves or a cloth to protect your

hands when releasing the storage lid

locks.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-39

Condition:

Black plate (192,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-40 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

JVP0098X

Make sure that both the left and right locks

*Bare moved to the released position as

shown.

JVP0038X

f. Push and hold the lever *Ctoward the

front of the vehicle to release the storage

lid.

g. Close the trunk lid.

CAUTION

Make sure to close the trunk lid before

opening the storage lid. The storage lid

may contact the trunk lid and damage it.

JVP0039X

h. With two people, manually lift the storage

lid by hand on the left and right side of

the vehicle at lid edge *D.

Condition:

Black plate (193,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

JVP0040X

i. Move the storage lid in the direction

marked by the arrow to open it.

j. Move the inner flap *Eand *Fin the

direction of the arrows, then secure the

flaps with tape or string.

3. Close the soft top.

JVP0041X

a. Pull up the soft top simultaneously from

the right and left side of the vehicle.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-41

Condition:

Black plate (194,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-42 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

JVP0042X

b. Lift the rear side of the soft top *Auntil it

is out of the storage area, then open the

soft top forward all the way.

JVP0043X

c. Close the storage lid.

CAUTION

Make sure to close the storage lid

completely. The storage lid may contact

the soft top and damage it.

Condition:

Black plate (195,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

JVP0044X

d. Close the front and rear parts of the soft

top at the same time as illustrated.

SPA2689

4. Lock the front part of the soft top.

a. Remove the cap *1as illustrated.

b. Insert tool *2(located in the trunk) into

the hole and turn clockwise.

CAUTION

.After closing the top manually, have

the system checked and/or repaired

by a NISSAN dealer as soon as

possible.

.Avoid leaving the vehicle outside for

long periods or driving at high

speeds. The rear of the top is not

locked completely, and this may

allow wind and rain to get into your

vehicle.

CARE OF THE SOFT TOP AND THE

VEHICLE BODY

GUID-85248970-F9FC-4037-98ED-B29AF18639F5

To use your CrossCabriolet safely and comfor-

tably, you need to observe all the warnings and

cautions shown in the previous pages. Also, to

maintain a good appearance of the soft top and

the vehicle body, you need to care for them by

cleaning and/or washing properly.

CAUTION

.Do not use an automatic car wash or

a high-pressure car wash to clean

your vehicle. The top may be da-

maged and water may leak into the

inside of the vehicle.

.Store the vehicle with the top closed

if it is not to be used for long

periods. Keeping the top stowed

for long periods may cause wrinkles

on the surface of the top.

See “Cleaning exterior” in the “7. Appearance

and care” section for detailed instructions.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-43

Condition:

Black plate (196,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-44 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

.A protective clear tape is applied to the top

storage lid painted surface where the soft

top contacts the surface. When the top is

fully closed, the tape may transmit some

light, visible from the inside of the vehicle.

This does not affect the water and air

tightness of the seal.

.The inner surface of the trunk and top

storage lids may show a fibrous, or marbled

pattern. This is the normal appearance of the

material used in these parts.

GUID-58F03607-9C0E-45A3-A739-6F6533CBE06D

SPA2441

OPENING FUEL-FILLER DOOR

GUID-C2164B1B-2157-4717-902B-A3E94EF3F4D7

To open the fuel-filler door, push the opener

switch located below the instrument panel. To

lock, close the fuel-filler door securely.

FUEL-FILLER CAP

GUID-45E9B200-5266-43FB-B114-5A04EF6FA26A

WARNING

.Gasoline is extremely flammable

and highly explosive under certain

conditions. You could be burned or

seriously injured if it is misused or

mishandled. Always stop engine

and do not smoke or allow open

flames or sparks near the vehicle

when refueling.

.Do not attempt to top off the fuel

tank after the fuel pump nozzle

shuts off automatically. Continued

refueling may cause fuel overflow,

resulting in fuel spray and possibly

a fire.

.Use only an original equipment type

fuel-filler cap as a replacement. It

has a built-in safety valve needed

for proper operation of the fuel

system and emission control sys-

tem. An incorrect cap can result in a

serious malfunction and possible

injury. It could also cause the mal-

function indicator light to come on.

FUEL-FILLER DOOR

Condition:

Black plate (197,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

.Never pour fuel into the throttle

body to attempt to start your vehi-

cle.

.Do not fill a portable fuel container

in the vehicle or trailer. Static elec-

tricity can cause an explosion of

flammable liquid, vapor or gas in

any vehicle or trailer. To reduce the

risk of serious injury or death when

filling portable fuel containers:

— Always place the container on

the ground when filling.

— Do not use electronic devices

when filling.

— Keep the pump nozzle in contact

with the container while you are

filling it.

— Use only approved portable fuel

containers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

.If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,

flush it away with water to avoid

paint damage.

.Insert the cap straight into the fuel-

filler tube, then tighten the fuel-filler

cap until a single click is heard.

Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap

properly may cause the mal-

function indicator light (MIL) to

illuminate. If the light illumi-

nates because the fuel-filler cap is

loose or missing, tighten or install

the cap and continue to drive the

vehicle. The light should turn off

after a few driving trips. If the

light does not turn off after a few

driving trips, have the vehicle in-

spected by a NISSAN dealer.

For additional information, see

“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”

in the “2. Instruments and controls”

section.

.The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will

appear if the fuel-filler cap is not

properly tightened. It may take a few

driving trips for the message to be

displayed. Failure to tighten the

fuel-filler cap properly after the

LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears

may cause the Malfunction

Indicator Light (MIL) to illuminate.

SPA2442

To remove the fuel-filler cap:

1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise to

remove.

2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder *A

while refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:

1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into the fuel-

filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until a

single click is heard.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-45

Condition:

Black plate (198,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-46 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

SPA2833

LOOSE FUEL CAP warning

GUID-A04C09C8-3C53-423B-AC70-189E634F9E83

The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears on the

dot matrix liquid crystal display when the fuel-

filler cap is not tightened correctly after the

vehicle has been refueled. It may take a few

driving trips for the message to be displayed. To

turn off the warning, perform the following steps:

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap as soon

as possible. (See “Fuel-filler cap” earlier in

this section.)

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until a single click

is heard.

3. Push the reset switch *Aon the right side

of the combination meter for about 1 second

to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning

after tightening the fuel cap.

GUID-24FBE4B2-4508-4AC7-A4F2-026DF692853E

WARNING

.Do not adjust the steering wheel

while driving. You could lose control

of your vehicle and cause an acci-

dent.

.Do not adjust the steering wheel

any closer to you than is necessary

for proper steering operation and

comfort. The driver’s air bag inflates

with great force. If you are unrest-

rained, leaning forward, sitting side-

ways or out of position in any way,

you are at greater risk of injury or

death in a crash. You may also

receive serious or fatal injuries from

the air bag if you are up against it

when it inflates. Always sit back

against the seatback and as far

away as practical from the steering

wheel. Always use the seat belts.

TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING

Condition:

Black plate (199,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SPA2443

MANUAL OPERATION

GUID-20C3E099-AD1B-4DFF-97DD-6AF9D7373A42

Manual operation

GUID-69ADA9CB-3148-41B8-8BFC-2FD888E82F39

Pull the lock lever *1down and adjust the

steering wheel forward or rearward to the

desired position.

Push the lock lever up securely to lock the

steering wheel in place.

Pull the lock lever *2and adjust the steering

wheel up or down to the desired position.

Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheel

in place.

SPA2444A

ELECTRIC OPERATION

GUID-27257F1D-DB84-47F2-83F2-B6F7CC1D700D

Tilt or telescopic operation

GUID-0F8A0E36-72D5-4F58-A543-110128462B2D

Move the lever to adjust the steering wheel up or

down, forward or rearward to the desired

position.

Entry/Exit function operation (if so

equipped): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The automatic drive positioner system will make

the steering wheel move up automatically when

the driver’s door is opened with the ignition

switch in the LOCK position. This lets the driver

get into and out of the seat more easily.

For more information, see “Automatic drive

positioner” later in this section.

GUID-E95255EA-C17D-4F05-8E11-DD566D7FB686

SIC3451

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-47

SUN VISORS

Condition:

Black plate (200,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-48 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

HARDTOP MODELS

GUID-ACCBC1FC-4BB4-4873-BB24-EFB9F2B19183

CAUTION

.Do not store the main sun visor

before storing the extension sun

visor.

.Do not pull the extension sun visor

forcedly downward.

1. To block out glare from the front, swing

down the main sun visor *1.

2. To block glare from the side, remove the

main sun visor from the center mount and

swing it to the side *2.

3. Draw out the extension sun visor *3from

the main sun visor to block from further

glare.

SIC2872

CROSSCABRIOLET MODELS

GUID-638F4A62-05CB-4943-BF6B-4E76A2BF9AB2

1. To block out glare from the front, swing

down the sun visor *1.

2. To block glare from the side, remove the sun

visor from the center mount and swing it to

the side *2.

GUID-18188D7A-64F7-4D74-BFF2-8A606EDED136

SPA2447

INSIDE MIRROR

GUID-333780B7-50C0-4562-BBC4-FEC53134867A

Adjust the height and the angle of the inside

mirror to the desired position.

MIRRORS

Condition:

Black plate (201,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SPA2143

Manual anti-glare type

GUID-F100EFA2-76F3-450F-8CD1-FA039540B2A2

The night position *1will reduce glare from the

headlights of vehicles behind you at night.

Use the day position *2when driving in daylight

hours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when ne-

cessary, because it reduces rear view

clarity.

SPA2422A

Type A

SPA2450

Type B

Automatic anti-glare type

GUID-75561106-D8BE-4E21-A23B-64B84E0A7AC5

The inside mirror is designed so that it

automatically changes reflection according to

the intensity of the headlights of the following

vehicle.

The anti-glare system will be automatically

turned on when the ignition switch is pushed

to the ON position.

When the anti-glare system is turned on, the

indicator light *Awill illuminate and excessive

glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind

you will be reduced.

Type A: Push the switch *Bto make the

inside rearview mirror operate normally and the

indicator light will turn off. Push the switch

again to turn the system on.

Type B: Push the “*” switch *Cto make the

inside rearview mirror operate normally. The

indicator light will turn off. Push the “I” switch

*Dto turn the system on.

Do not allow any object to cover the

sensors *Eor apply glass cleaner on

them. Doing so will reduce the sensitivity

of the sensor, resulting in improper opera-

tion.

For the compass (if so equipped) operation, see

“Compass” in the “2. Instruments and controls”

section.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-49

Condition:

Black plate (202,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-50 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

For the HomeLink

Universal Transceiver opera-

tion, see “HomeLink

Universal Transceiver” in

the “2. Instruments and controls” section.

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

GUID-EA0119F9-F39F-4DB3-A112-568766B0ECF6

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror on

the passenger side are closer than they

appear. Be careful when moving to the

right. Using only this mirror could cause

an accident. Use the inside mirror or

glance over your shoulder to properly

judge distances to other objects.

SPA2319

Adjusting outside mirrors

GUID-BDFF896E-E842-4BF3-8D64-FADE035BD4D5

The outside mirror control switch is located on

the armrest.

The outside mirror will operate only when the

ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Turn the switch right or left to select the right or

left side mirror *1, then adjust using the control

switch *2.

Defrosting outside mirrors (if so

equipped) GUID-68C28473-B796-47E1-911F-00D0EEF293DB

The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear

window defroster switch is operated.

Condition:

Black plate (203,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SPA1829

Foldable outside mirrors

GUID-820E720A-12E0-455E-87A1-9AB90C7B54F2

Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the

rear of the vehicle.

SIC2064

VANITY MIRROR

GUID-67A0AA3C-5897-4AD3-A960-33D20860995E

To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sun

visor and pull up the cover.

GUID-851FDA9C-62A3-4F94-9BB3-456D0780664E

The automatic drive positioner system has two

features:

.Entry/exit function (for Hardtop models)

.Memory storage

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION (for Hardtop

models) GUID-B20D2394-0488-4194-B222-ACBB971CCC5C

This system is designed so that the driver’s seat

and steering column will automatically move

when the selector lever is in the P (Park)

position. This allows the driver to get into and

out of the driver’s seat more easily.

The driver’s seat will slide backward and the

steering wheel will move up when the driver’s

door is opened with the ignition switch in the

LOCK position and the Intelligent Key not

inserted in the Intelligent Key port.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel will return

to the previous positions when the ignition

switch is pushed to the ACC position.

The driver’s seat will not return to the previous

positions if the seat or steering adjusting switch

is operated when the seat is at the exit position.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-51

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (if

so equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (204,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-52 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Cancel or activate entry/exit function

GUID-58D4463D-3833-4D6F-AB39-9C380DA99AC9

The selector lever must be in the P (Park)

position with the ignition switch in the OFF

position.

The entry/exit function can be activated or

canceled by pressing and holding the SET

switch for more than 10 seconds.

The indicator lights on the memory switches (1

and 2) will blink once when the function is

canceled, and the indicator lights will blink twice

when the function is activated. Note that the

indicator lights may illuminate after 5 seconds

while holding the SET switch. This indicates

readiness for linking the Intelligent Key to a

stored memory position. Keep the SET switch

pressed for more than 10 seconds to turn on or

off the entry/exit function.

The entry/exit function can also be activated or

canceled if the “Lift Steering Wheel on Exit” key

or “Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit” key is turned

to ON or OFF in the “Comfort” settings. (See

“Vehicle information and settings” in the “4.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone

and voice recognition systems” section.)

Initialize entry/exit function

GUID-3B7D11F0-51D7-4A5F-B078-9C3A3C24A746

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse

opens, the entry/exit function will not work

though this function was set on before. In such

a case, after connecting the battery or replacing

with a new fuse, open and close the driver’s

door more than two times after the ignition

switch is placed in the LOCK position from the

ON position. The entry/exit function will be

activated.

SPA2756

MEMORY STORAGE

GUID-1645D943-6DDE-4A8E-B347-C359AF16FEDF

Two positions for the driver’s seat, steering

column and outside mirrors can be stored in the

automatic drive positioner memory. Follow these

procedures to use the memory system.

1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)

position.

2. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.

3. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering column and

outside mirrors to the desired positions by

manually operating each adjusting switch.

For additional information, see “Seats” in the

“1. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple-

mental restraint system” section and “Tilt/

Condition:

Black plate (205,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

telescopic steering” earlier in this section

and “Outside mirrors” earlier in this section.

4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds,

push the memory switch (1 or 2).

The indicator light for the pushed memory

switch will stay on for approximately 5

seconds after pushing the switch.

If memory is stored in the same memory

switch, the previous memory will be deleted.

Linking Intelligent Key to a stored mem-

ory position GUID-83DABFB4-1BAC-4D52-AAD9-89B23BBFA840

The Intelligent Key can be linked to a stored

memory position with the following procedure.

1. Follow one of the steps for storing a memory

position.

.While the indicator light for the memory

switch being set is illuminated for 5 sec-

onds, push the button on the Intelligent

Key.

.Push the ignition switch to the OFF position,

and then push the SET switch. Push the

button while pushing the memory button

while the indicator light stays on for approxi-

mately 5 seconds.

If the indicator light blinks, the Intelligent Key is

linked to that memory setting.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF position, and

then push the button on the Intelligent Key.

The driver’s seat, steering wheel and outside

mirrors will move to the memorized position.

Confirming memory storage

GUID-C42E9A63-7C42-464C-ABAE-3B9C731E9AA0

.Push the ignition switch to the ON position

and push the SET switch. If the main

memory has not been stored, the indicator

light will come on for approximately 0.5

second. When the memory has stored in

position, the indicator light will stay on for

approximately 5 seconds.

.If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the

fuse opens, the memory will be canceled. In

this case, reset the desired position using

the previous procedure.

.If optional keys are added to your vehicle,

the memory storage procedure to switch 1

or 2 and linking Intelligent Key procedure to

a stored memory position should be per-

formed again for each Intelligent Key. For

additional Intelligent Key information, see

“Keys” earlier in this section.

Selecting the memorized position

GUID-1B13DD82-31E7-4920-83B1-6D7C94FBAB3E

1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)

position.

2. Use one of the following methods to move

the driver’s seat, the outside mirrors and the

steering wheel.

.Push the ignition switch to the ON

position and push the memory switch (1

or 2).

.Within 45 seconds of opening the

driver’s door, push the memory switch

(1 or 2).

The driver’s seat, steering column and

outside mirrors will move to the memorized

position with the indicator light flashing, and

then the light will stay on for approximately 5

seconds.

SYSTEM OPERATION

GUID-6E092FC2-4164-461D-8930-0184862E613A

The automatic drive positioner system will not

work or will stop operating under the following

conditions:

.When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7

km/h) (entry/exit function).

.When the vehicle is driven (memory sto-

rage).

.When the adjusting switch for the driver’s

seat and steering column is turned on while

the automatic drive positioner is operating.

.When the seat, steering column and outside

mirrors have already been moved to the

memorized position.

.When no position is stored in the memory

switch.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-53

Condition:

Black plate (206,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

3-54 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

.When the engine is started while moving the

automatic drive positioner.

.When the selector lever is moved from the P

(Park) position to any other position. (How-

ever, it will not be canceled while the seat

and steering column are returning to the

previous positions (entry/exit function).)

.When the driver’s door remains open for

more than 45 seconds and the ignition

switch is not in the ON position.

Condition:

Black plate (207,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone

and voice recognition systems

Safety note ..................................................................................... 4-3

Center multi-function control panel (models with color

display screen) ............................................................................. 4-3

How to use multi-function controller ................................. 4-5

How to use touch screen (models with

navigation system) ................................................................. 4-5

Menu options (models with navigation system) ............. 4-7

How to select menus on the screen ................................. 4-8

Vehicle information and settings (if so equipped) ............... 4-9

How to use STATUS button ................................................ 4-9

How to use brightness control and display

ON/OFF button ...................................................................... 4-9

How to use INFO button ..................................................... 4-9

How to use SETTING button .......................................... 4-13

RearView monitor (if so equipped) ...................................... 4-23

How to read the displayed lines ..................................... 4-24

How to park with predictive course lines ..................... 4-24

Difference between predictive and

actual distances ................................................................... 4-26

Predictive course line settings ....................................... 4-28

How to adjust the screen ................................................ 4-28

Operating tips ...................................................................... 4-29

Rear and rear-wide view monitor with Moving Object

Detection (MOD) (if so equipped) ...................................... 4-30

How to switch the display .............................................. 4-31

How to park with predictive course lines ................... 4-33

How to adjust the screen ............................................... 4-37

Operating tips .................................................................... 4-37

Moving Object Detection (MOD) function ................. 4-37

Ventilators ................................................................................... 4-40

Heater and air conditioner ..................................................... 4-41

Automatic operation ......................................................... 4-43

Manual operation ............................................................... 4-44

To turn the system ON/OFF .......................................... 4-45

Operating tips .................................................................... 4-45

In-cabin microfilter ............................................................ 4-45

Servicing air conditioner ................................................. 4-45

Audio system ............................................................................. 4-46

Audio operation precautions .......................................... 4-46

FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) changer ........ 4-61

FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc

(CD) player ......................................................................... 4-66

DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) player operation

(models with navigation system) ................................... 4-70

Condition:

Black plate (208,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

USB memory operation (if so equipped) ...................... 4-73

Bluetooth

streaming audio (models with

navigation system) .............................................................. 4-77

iPod

player operation (if so equipped) ....................... 4-82

Auxiliary input jacks (if so equipped) ............................. 4-84

CD/DVD/USB memory care and cleaning ................... 4-85

Steering-wheel-mounted controls for audio

(if so equipped) ................................................................... 4-87

Antenna .................................................................................. 4-88

Car phone or CB radio ........................................................... 4-89

Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System (models with

navigation system) .................................................................... 4-89

Regulatory information ....................................................... 4-91

Voice commands ................................................................. 4-91

Control buttons .................................................................... 4-91

Connecting procedure ....................................................... 4-92

Phone selection ................................................................... 4-92

Vehicle phonebook ............................................................. 4-92

Making a call ........................................................................ 4-95

Receiving a call .................................................................... 4-96

During a call ......................................................................... 4-97

Phone setting ....................................................................... 4-97

Troubleshooting guide ........................................................ 4-99

Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System (models

without navigation system) (if so equipped) .................. 4-100

Regulatory information .................................................. 4-101

Control buttons ............................................................... 4-102

Voice recognition system ............................................. 4-102

Pairing procedure .......................................................... 4-106

Phonebook registration ................................................. 4-107

Making a call ................................................................... 4-107

Receiving a call .............................................................. 4-108

During a call .................................................................... 4-108

Phone settings ................................................................ 4-109

Voice adaptation mode ................................................. 4-112

NISSAN voice recognition system (models with

navigation system) ................................................................ 4-113

NISSAN voice recognition Standard Mode ............ 4-113

Using the system ........................................................... 4-116

NISSAN voice recognition Alternate

Command Mode ............................................................ 4-125

Using the system ........................................................... 4-134

Troubleshooting guide .................................................. 4-139

Condition:

Black plate (209,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-A29CC705-3846-4072-9454-906E5A6C79AE

WARNING

.Do not disassemble or modify this

system. If you do, it may result in

accidents, fire, or electric shock.

.Do not use this system if you notice

any abnormality, such as a frozen

screen or lack of sound. Continued

use of the system may result in

accident, fire or electric shock.

.In case you notice any foreign

object in the system hardware, spill

liquid on it, or notice smoke or smell

coming from it, stop using the

system immediately and contact

your nearest NISSAN dealer. Ignor-

ing such conditions may lead to

accidents, fire, or electric shock.

.Park the vehicle in a safe location

and apply the parking brake to view

the images on the front center dis-

play screen.

Do not attempt to operate the system in

extreme temperature conditions [below

−48F (−208C) and above 1588F (708C)].

Operating this system under these condi-

tions may result in system malfunctions.

GUID-7D2F9E4D-2C59-48D4-9F90-610254DECE2C

SAA1845

With navigation system

1. “STATUS” status display button (P.4-9)

2, 6, 7, 8, 9.

For navigation system control buttons (Refer to

the separate Navigation System Owner’s Man-

ual.)

3. Multi-function controller (P.4-5)

4. “PHONE” Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone Sys-

tem button (P.4-89)

5. “ OFF” brightness control and display ON/

OFF button (P.4-9)

10. “INFO” vehicle and navigation information but-

ton (P.4-9)

11. “SETTING” button (P.4-13)

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

SAFETY NOTE

CENTER MULTI-FUNCTION

CONTROL PANEL (models with

color display screen)

Condition:

Black plate (210,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA2268

Without navigation system

1. “INFO” vehicle and navigation information but-

ton (P.4-9)

2. “STATUS” status display button (P.4-9)

3. Multi-function controller (P.4-5)

4. “ OFF” brightness control and display ON/

OFF button (P.4-9)

5. “SETTING” button (P.4-13)

When you use this system, make sure the

engine is running.

If you use the system with the engine not

running (ignition ON or ACC) for a long

time, it will discharge the battery and the

engine may not start.

SAA1847

With navigation system

JVH0386X

Without navigation system

Condition:

Black plate (211,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

HOW TO USE MULTI-FUNCTION

CONTROLLER

GUID-7F44560C-BAE2-4507-9B21-C095BC715247

Choose an item on the display using the main

directional buttons *2(or additional directional

buttons *6with navigation system) or center

dial *3, and push the ENTER button *1for

operation.

If you push the BACK button *4before the

setup is completed, the setup will be canceled

and/or the display will return to the previous

screen. This button can also be used to delete

characters that have been input.

After the setup is completed, push the BACK

button *4and return to the previous screen.

For the VOICE button *5functions, refer to the

separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.

HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN

(models with navigation system)

GUID-7F7FEA0F-A05C-4196-A97B-C46AEB320545

CAUTION

.The glass screen on the liquid

crystal display may break if it is hit

with a hard or sharp object. If the

glass screen breaks, do not touch it.

Doing so could result in an injury.

.To clean the display, use a soft, dry

cloth. If additional cleaning is ne-

cessary, use a small amount of

neutral detergent with a soft cloth.

Never use a rough cloth, alcohol,

benzine, thinner or any kind of

solvent or paper towel with a che-

mical cleaning agent. They will

scratch or deteriorate the panel.

.Do not splash any liquid such as

water or car fragrance on the dis-

play. Contact with liquid will cause

the system to malfunction.

To ensure safe driving, some functions cannot

be operated while driving.

The on-screen functions that are not available

while driving will be “grayed out” or muted.

Park the vehicle in a safe location and then

operate the navigation system.

WARNING

.ALWAYS give your full attention to

driving.

.Avoid using vehicle features that

could distract you. If distracted,

you could lose control of your

vehicle and cause an accident.

Touch screen operation

GUID-DF032376-F40E-4BD2-BC76-F4734CD72B3A

With this system, the same operations as those

for the multi-function controller are possible

using the touch screen operation.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-5

Condition:

Black plate (212,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-6 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA2473

Selecting the item:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Touch an item to select it. To select the “Audio”

settings, touch the “Audio” area *1on the

screen.

Touch the BACK *2button to return to the

previous screen.

SAA2474

Adjusting an item:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Touch the +*1or −*2button to adjust the

settings.

Touch the *3or *4button to move

to the previous or next item.

Touch the *5or *6button to move

to the previous or next page.

SAA2475

Inputting characters:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Touch the letter or number *1.

There are some options available when inputting

characters.

.Uppercase:

Shows uppercase characters.

.Lowercase:

Shows lowercase characters.

.Symbols:

Shows symbols such as the question mark

(?).

.Space:

Inserts a space.

Condition:

Black plate (213,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

.Delete:

Deletes the last character that has been

input with one touch. Push and hold the

button to delete all of the characters.

.OK:

Completes character inputs.

Touch screen maintenance

GUID-9BDEC9F0-A002-4A31-B490-824690F05315

If you clean the display screen, use a dry, soft

cloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use a

small amount of neutral detergent with a soft

cloth. Never spray the screen with water or

detergent. Dampen the cloth first, and then wipe

the screen. SAA1860

MENU OPTIONS (models with naviga-

tion system) GUID-0F759577-9CF1-4316-ADAF-030CA74FECD1

The start menu can be displayed using the menu

control switch on the steering-wheel-mounted

controls.

1. While the MAP or STATUS screen is

displayed, push and hold the menu control

switch until the “Menu Options” screen

appears.

2. Highlight the preferred item by tilting the

menu control switch up or down, and then

push the menu control switch to select it.

SAA2476

Available items

GUID-DD1ABDE8-C666-47D1-AC16-753794FDC7CE

Destination/Route:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

These items are for the navigation system. See

the separate Navigation System Owner’s Man-

ual for details.

Info: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Displays the information screen. It is the same

screen that appears when you push the INFO

button.

Settings: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Displays the settings screen. It is the same

screen that appears when you push the

SETTING button.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-7

Condition:

Black plate (214,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-8 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA2477

Models with navigation system

JVH0179M

Models without navigation system

HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THE

SCREEN GUID-A99F09D5-163A-4999-B026-01C6F0DE8FF4

Vehicle functions are viewed on the display

screen in menus. To select each key item,

highlight the preferred item using the multi-

function controller and push the ENTER button.

Whenever a menu selection is made or menu

item is highlighted, different areas on the screen

provide you with important information. See the

following for details.

1. Header:

Shows the path used to get to the current

screen. (for example, push SETTING button

> choose “Comfort” menu item.)

2. Menu Selections:

Shows the options to choose within that

menu screen.

3. UP/DOWN Movement indicator:

Shows that the multi-function controller may

be used to move UP/DOWN on the screen

and select more options.

4. Menu Items Counter:

Shows the total number of items listed

across all pages for the current menu (for

example, 3/7).

5. Footer/Information Line:

Provides more information (if available)

about the menu selection currently high-

lighted. (for example, adjust head lamp on

time after shut-off.)

Condition:

Black plate (215,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-F7A83021-C912-4027-83E7-B46D245829BB

HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON

GUID-D4F24C59-0F9C-4A00-8AA6-B66EB05996C3

You can check information related to the audio,

climate control system, fuel consumption and

navigation system (if so equipped) by pushing

the STATUS button repeatedly.

HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON-

TROL AND DISPLAY ON/OFF BUTTON

GUID-7FB036B7-899E-4665-B680-D4CAC31DB0AE

Push the “ OFF” button to switch the display

brightness to the daytime mode or the nighttime

mode, and to adjust the display brightness using

the multi-function controller while the indicator is

displayed at the bottom of the screen.

The display brightness can also be adjusted

using the brightness UP button (+) or bright-

ness DOWN button (−).

Push and hold the “ OFF” button for more

than 2 seconds to turn the display off. Push the

button again to turn the display on.

HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON

GUID-2E5EFAA6-DA33-4957-BB56-8D40C15FCE06

The display screen shows vehicle and navigation

information for your convenience.

The information shown on the screen should be

a guide to determine the condition of the vehicle.

See the following for details.

SAA2478

Models with navigation system

SAA1511

Models without navigation system

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-9

VEHICLE INFORMATION AND

SETTINGS (if so equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (216,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-10 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Vehicle information display

GUID-32C5A8DD-621C-4FF7-86BB-D0600EE0817B

1. Push the INFO button on the control panel.

2. Select an item from the INFO menu.

3. After viewing or adjusting the information on

the following screens, push the BACK

button to return to the INFO menu.

See the separate Navigation System Owner’s

Manual for the following items:

.Where am I?

.Traffic Info

.Weather Info

.Map Update

.Navigation Version

*When the ignition switch is in the ON position,

the “Navigation Version” key is displayed after

selecting the “Others” key.

SAA2479

Models with navigation system

JVH0180M

Models without navigation system

SAA2480

Models with navigation system

JVH0181M

Models without navigation system

Condition:

Black plate (217,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Fuel Economy information

GUID-D6FC79E8-7233-412E-95F9-9C2F07165942

The approximate distance to empty, average fuel

economy and current fuel economy will be

displayed for reference.

To reset the average fuel economy (Avg Fuel

Econ or Average Fuel Economy), select the

“Reset Fuel Eco” or “Reset” key.

If the “Fuel Eco History” or “View” key is

selected, the average fuel consumption history

will be displayed in graph form along with the

average for the previous Reset-to-Reset period.

The unit can be converted between “US” and

“Metric”. (See “How to use SETTING button”

later in this section.)

The fuel economy information may differ from the

information displayed on the dot matrix liquid

crystal display. This is due to the timing

difference in updating the information and does

not indicate a malfunction.

SAA2481

Models with navigation system

JVH0183M

Models without navigation system

Maintenance information

GUID-2AEB012A-B058-44C5-AED3-71B7ACFDA0B8

The maintenance intervals can be displayed for

the engine oil, oil filter, tire and other reminders.

To set a maintenance interval, select a preferred

item from the list.

You can also set to display a message to remind

you that the maintenance needs to be per-

formed.

The following example shows how to set the

engine oil maintenance information. Use the

same steps to set the other maintenance

information.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-11

Condition:

Black plate (218,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-12 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA2482

Models with navigation system

JVH0184M

Models without navigation system

1. Set the interval (mileage) of the maintenance

schedule. To determine the recommended

maintenance interval, refer to your “NISSAN

Service and Maintenance Guide”.

2. To display the reminder automatically when

the desired distance is reached, select the

“Reminder” key.

3. Reset the driving distance to the new

maintenance schedule.

4. To return to the previous screen, push the

BACK button.

The unit can be converted between “US” and

“Metric”. (See “How to use SETTING button”

later in this section.)

SAA3003

Example

The Reminder will be automatically displayed

when the specified distance has been driven

and every time the ignition switch is pushed to

the ACC or ON position. The reminder will not

appear while driving.

Select the “OK” key to hide the reminder for the

rest of the current drive.

To stop the reminder from appearing, perform

one of the following actions:

.Select the “Reset Distance”.

.Deactivate the “Reminder”.

.Increase the “Interval” distance to be more

than the current distance being tracked.

Condition:

Black plate (219,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2483

Others information (models with naviga-

tion system) GUID-19CFE7FD-4EB2-4F83-99BE-96E545E703BF

The Others information display will appear when

pushing the INFO button and selecting the

“Others” key.

GPS Position:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

For the details of this item, see the separate

Navigation System Owner’s Manual.

Voice Recognition:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

For the details of this item, see “NISSAN voice

recognition system (models with navigation

system)” later in this section.

JVH0365X

Models with navigation system

SAA1514

Models without navigation system

HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON

GUID-C60F65D8-DC71-49BA-A445-C03B312665B8

The display as illustrated will appear when the

SETTING button is pushed.

Items displayed on the screen may vary depend-

ing on the model.

For navigation settings, refer to the separate

Navigation System Owner’s Manual.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-13

Condition:

Black plate (220,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-14 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA2485

Models with navigation system

SAA2740

Models without navigation system

Audio settings

GUID-67095D9E-D601-4AF8-AB86-556CAD5A6C31

The display as illustrated will appear when

pushing the SETTING button and selecting the

“Audio” key.

Bass/Treble/Balance/Fade:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust the speaker tone quality and sound

balance, select the “Bass”, “Treble”, “Balance”

or “Fade” key and adjust it with the multi-

function controller.

These items can also be adjusted by pushing

and turning the AUDIO knob.

Speed Sensitive Vol.:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The audio system’s volume is increased with the

vehicle speed. Select the “Speed Sensitive Vol.”

and adjust the effect level with the multi-function

controller. The Speed Sensitive Volume function

is turned off when the level is set to “OFF”.

Increasing the value will cause the volume to

increase faster with vehicle speed.

DivX

Registration Code (models with

navigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The registration code for a device that is used to

download DivX

files will be displayed on the

screen. If a disc is loaded or a USB memory is

connected to the audio system, this function will

not be activated.

Display Album Cover Art (models with

navigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, the album cover

image is displayed when playing iPod

or MP3

music files through a CD, DVD or USB memory.

When the image is not properly embedded in

the file or device, the image will not be

displayed.

Phone settings (models with navigation

system) GUID-B41718AF-2D4C-42E3-B4B5-02E747E29603

For details of the “Phone” settings, see “Blue-

tooth

Hands-Free Phone System (models with

navigation system)” later in this section.

Bluetooth

settings (models with navi-

gation system)

GUID-6622418E-D21C-439C-A2D1-B530D582A150

For details of the “Bluetooth” settings, see

“Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System (models

with navigation system)” later in this section or

“Bluetooth

streaming audio (models with navi-

gation system)” later in this section.

Condition:

Black plate (221,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2554

Example

Volume and Beeps settings (models with

navigation system)

GUID-DE566CBB-6649-444D-AEE4-25644D29C89A

The display as illustrated will appear when

pushing the SETTING button, selecting the

“Volume & Beeps” key.

Audio Volume:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To increase or decrease the audio volume,

select the “Audio Volume” and adjust it with

the multi-function controller. You can also adjust

the audio volume by turning the VOLUME

control knob.

Guidance Volume:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust the guidance voice volume, select the

“Guidance Volume” and adjust it with the multi-

function controller.

You can also adjust the guidance voice volume

by turning the VOLUME control knob while voice

guidance is being announced.

Ringtone/Incoming Call/Outgoing Call:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

For the details of these items, see “Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System (models with navi-

gation system)” later in this section.

Switch Beeps:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, you will hear a

beep sound when you use a button.

Guidance Voice:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, you will hear

voice guidance in the navigation operation or in

other operations.

NOTE:

When the voice guidance is being an-

nounced during audio playback, turning

the volume knob does not adjust the music

level; it adjusts the guidance volume level.

If voice guidance is not being heard,

please check the Guidance Volume level.

JVH0176M

Switch Beeps settings (models without

navigation system)

GUID-F5E6FA6C-24DE-4338-88B7-518E84B2FB30

The “Switch Beeps” screen will appear when

pushing the SETTING button, selecting the

“Switch Beeps” key with the multi-function

controller and pushing the ENTER button.

Switch Beeps:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, you will hear a

beep sound when you use a button.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-15

Condition:

Black plate (222,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-16 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Driver Assistance settings (if so

equipped) GUID-66CC477D-BCCA-49A1-91E3-D0DC449350BA

For the details of the “Driver Assistance”

settings, see the following items:

.“BSW system operation” in the “5. Starting

and driving” section.

.“LDW system operation” in the “5. Starting

and driving” section.

.“Moving Object Detection (MOD) function”

later in this section.

SAA2486

Display settings (models with navigation

system) GUID-6B97F069-D0A2-4D56-88B1-70E630F6D857

The display as illustrated will appear when

pushing the SETTING button and selecting the

“Display” key.

Display Adjustment:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust the display settings, select the “Dis-

play Adjustment” key. The following settings are

available.

.Display

To turn off the screen, push the ENTER button

and turn the “Display” indicator off. The other

method is to push and hold the “ OFF”

button for more than 2 seconds.

When any mode button is pushed with the

screen off, the screen turns on for further

operation. The screen will turn off automatically

5 seconds after the operation is finished.

To turn on the screen, set this item to the ON

position, or push and hold the “ OFF”

button.

.Brightness/Contrast/Background Color

To adjust the brightness and contrast of the

screen, select the “Brightness” or “Contrast”

key.

Then, you can adjust the brightness and the

contrast using the multi-function controller.

For information on the “Background Color” key,

refer to the separate Navigation System Own-

er’s Manual.

For CrossCabriolet models:

Depending on the driver’s seat position, the

display could be hard to read. Adjust the

brightness and contrast of the display on the

setting screen.

Color Theme: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Choose the theme color of the menu screen

from “Black”, “Blue” or “Red”.

Condition:

Black plate (223,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2115

Display settings (models without navi-

gation system)

GUID-681B4660-8EE5-421B-8DE5-F74AD37100DF

The “Display” screen will appear when pushing

the SETTING button on the control panel.

Display: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To turn off the screen, push the ENTER button

and turn the “ON” indicator off.

When any mode button is pushed with the

screen off, the screen turns on for further

operation. The screen will turn off automatically

5 seconds after the operation is finished.

To turn on the screen, set this item to the “ON”

position or push the “ OFF” button.

Brightness/Contrast/Background Color:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust the brightness, contrast and back-

ground color of the screen, select the appro-

priate “Brightness”, “Contrast” or “Background

Color” key and push the ENTER button.

You can then adjust the brightness and contrast

using the multi-function controller. Switch the

background color to the daytime mode or the

nighttime mode by pushing the ENTER button.

JVH0383M

Others settings (models with navigation

system) GUID-AA194879-4CE8-4800-B439-5CDB3557F9CB

The Others settings display will appear when

pushing the SETTING button and selecting the

“Others” key.

The following items are available:

.Comfort

.Clock

.Language & Units

.Voice Recognition

.Camera

.Image Viewer

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-17

Condition:

Black plate (224,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-18 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA3151

Models with navigation system

Comfort settings

GUID-3DDC93FC-D89B-4259-BE03-63BADC7525EC

The display as illustrated will appear when

pushing the SETTING button, selecting the

“Others” key and then selecting the “Comfort”

key. This key does not appear on the display until

the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position.

SAA3150

Models without navigation system

The display as illustrated will appear when

pushing the SETTING button and selecting the

“Comfort” key. This key does not appear on the

display until the ignition switch is pushed to the

ON position.

Auto Interior Illumination:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, the interior

lights will illuminate if any door is unlocked.

Light Sensitivity:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlights

higher (right) or lower (left).

Lift Steering Wheel on Exit (if so

equipped): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, the steering

wheel moves upward for easy exit if the ignition

switch is in the LOCK position and the driver’s

door is opened. After getting into the vehicle and

pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position,

the steering wheel moves to the previous

position.

Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit (if so

equipped): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, the driver’s seat

moves backward for easy exit if the ignition

switch is in the OFF position and the driver’s

door is opened. After getting into the vehicle and

pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position,

the driver’s seat moves to the previous position.

Light Off Delay:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Choose the duration of the automatic headlight

off timer from 0, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 150 and

180 second periods.

Selective Door Unlock:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, only the driver’s

door is unlocked first after the door unlock

operation. When the door handle request switch

on the driver’s or front passenger’s side door is

pushed to be unlocked, only the corresponding

door is unlocked first. All the doors can be

Condition:

Black plate (225,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

unlocked if the door unlock operation is per-

formed again within 60 seconds.

When this item is turned to OFF, all the doors

will be unlocked after the door unlock operation

is performed once.

Intelligent Key Lock/Unlock:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, door lock/

unlock function by pushing the door handle

request switch will be activated.

Return All Settings to Default:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select this item and then select “YES” to return

all settings to the default. SAA2487

Models with navigation system

Clock settings

GUID-0F9705E3-F855-40A9-BBEF-68E09DD66282

The clock settings display cannot be operated

while driving. Stop the vehicle in a safe place

and apply the parking brake before setting the

clock.

The display as illustrated will appear when

pushing the SETTING button and selecting the

“Others” key, and then selecting the “Clock” key.

SAA3675

Models without navigation system

The display as illustrated will appear when

pushing the SETTING button and selecting the

“Clock” key.

On-screen Clock:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, a clock is

always displayed in the upper right corner of the

screen.

This clock will indicate the time almost exactly

because it is always adjusted by the GPS

system (models with navigation system).

Clock Format (24h):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, the 24-hour

clock is displayed. When this item is not turned

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-19

Condition:

Black plate (226,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-20 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

to ON, the 12-hour clock is displayed.

Offset (hour)/(min) (models with naviga-

tion system)/Clock Adjust (models without

navigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing per

hour or per minute.

Daylight Saving Time:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Turn this item to ON for daylight saving time

application.

Time Zone: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Choose the time zone from the following

Models with navigation system

.Pacific

.Mountain

.Central

.Eastern

.Atlantic

.Newfoundland

.Hawaii

.Alaska

Models without navigation system

.Eniwetok, Kwajalein

.Midway Island, Samoa

.Hawaii

.Alaska

.Pacific

SAA2490

Models with navigation system

Language & Units settings

GUID-EF26B33E-A713-4102-B9CC-DF01C1C05358

The Language & Units settings display will

appear when pushing the SETTING button,

selecting the “Others” key, and then selecting

the “Language & Units” key.

Condition:

Black plate (227,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA1092

Models without navigation system

The display illustrated will appear when pushing

the SETTING button and selecting the “Lan-

guage & Units” key.

Select Language:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “Select Language” key. Choose

“English”, “Franc¸ais” or “Espan

˜ol” for your

favorite display appearance.

If you select the “Franc¸ ais” key, the French

language will be displayed, so please use the

French Owner’s Manual. To obtain a French

Owner’s Manual, see “Owner’s Manual/Service

Manual order information” in the “9. Technical

and consumer information” section.

Select Units: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “Select Units” key. Choose “US”

(Mile, 8F, MPG) or “Metric” (km, 8C, L/100 km)

for your favorite display appearance.

Voice Recognition settings (models with

navigation system)

GUID-BB674004-CBDC-4642-8A46-25DB1E9D9CB9

For details about the “Voice Recognition”

settings, see “NISSAN voice recognition system

(models with navigation system)” later in this

section.

CAMERA settings (if so equipped)

GUID-15D319A3-6638-481A-9569-E90D877250BB

The “CAMERA” screen will appear when select-

ing the “Camera” key.

For the details about the camera system

operation, see “RearView monitor” later in this

section.

SAA2491

Image Viewer (models with navigation

system) GUID-349708DE-A253-43D9-BE87-82FEAD504FB9

The image files in the USB memory will be

displayed. To display the Image Viewer, push the

SETTING button, select the “Other” key and

then select the “Image Viewer” key. The image of

the selected file is displayed on the right side of

the screen.

When a number of folders are included in the

USB memory, select a folder from the list to

display the file list.

Images will not be shown on the display while

the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce

driver distraction. To view images, stop the

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-21

Condition:

Black plate (228,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-22 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking

brake.

SAA2492

Full Screen Display:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The full screen display will appear when select-

ing the “Full Screen Display” key.

To operate the Image Viewer or to change the

settings, select the desired key using the multi-

function controller.

.(Start)

Select the “ ” key to start playing the

slideshow.

.(Stop)

Select the “ ” key to stop the slideshow.

.(Next)

Select the “ ” key to display the next file.

.(Previous)

Select the “ ” key to display the previous

file.

Setting the Image Viewer:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The Image Viewer setting display will appear

when selecting the “Settings” key on the full

screen display. The following settings are

available for the full screen display.

.Slideshow Speed

Select the “Slideshow Speed” key. From the

following display, select the changing time

from 5, 10, 30, 60 seconds or “No Auto

Change”.

.Slideshow Order

Select the “Slideshow Order” key. From the

following display, select “Random” or “Order

List”. For “Order List”, the image order is the

order of the files as stored on the USB

memory.

Operating tips:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Only files that meet the following conditions

will be displayed.

— Image type: JPEG

— File Extensions: *.jpg, *jpeg

— Maximum Resolution: 2048 61536

pixels

Condition:

Black plate (229,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

— Maximum Size: 2-MB

— Colors: 32768 (15-bit)

— Maximum File Name lengths: 253-Bytes

— Maximum Folders: 500

— Maximum Images per Folder: 1024

.If an electronic device (such as a digital

camera) is directly connected to the vehicle

using a USB cable, no image will be

displayed on the screen.

.If the file name is too long, some file names

may not be entirely displayed.

.When the total number of characters in the

file name exceeds 100 or if 1 file name in a

directory exceeds 100 characters, all files

will show a shortened 8-character version.

The image will still be displayed when

selected.

GUID-0DD20D16-8E9A-4618-974A-1790E9A356D9

The system isdesigned as an aid to the driver in

situations such as slot parking or parallel

parking.

When the selector lever is shifted into the R

(Reverse) position, the monitor display shows a

rearward view from the vehicle.

WARNING

.The RearView Monitor is a conve-

nience but it is not a substitute to

check behind the vehicle when

backing up.

.The driver is always responsible for

safety during parking and other

maneuvers.

.Objects viewed in the RearView

Monitor differ from actual distance

because a wide-angle lens is used.

Objects in the RearView Monitor

will appear visually opposite than

when viewed in the rearview and

outside mirrors.

.Make sure that the lift gate or trunk

is securely closed when backing up.

.Underneath the bumper and the

corner areas of the bumper cannot

be viewed on the RearView Monitor

because of its monitoring range

limitation.

.Do not put anything on the Rear-

View camera. The RearView camera

is installed above the license plate.

.When washing the vehicle with

high-pressure water, be sure not to

spray it around the camera. Other-

wise, water may enter the camera

unit causing water condensation on

the lens, a malfunction, fire or an

electric shock.

.Do not strike the camera. It is a

precision instrument. Otherwise, it

may malfunction or cause damage

resulting in a fire or an electric

shock.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens when

cleaning dirt or snow from the lens.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-23

REARVIEW MONITOR (if so

equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (230,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-24 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA1896

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED

LINES GUID-A59A3275-24D0-4869-9185-75830F165CE3

Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width

and distances to objects with reference to the

vehicle body line *Aare displayed on the

monitor.

Distance guide lines:

Indicate distances from the bumper.

.Red line *1: approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

.Yellow line *2: approx. 3 ft (1 m)

.Green line *3: approx. 7 ft (2 m)

.Green line *4: approx. 10 ft (3 m)

Vehicle width guide lines *5:

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

Predictive course lines *6:

Indicate the predictive course when backing up.

The predictive course lines will be displayed on

the monitor when the selector lever is in the R

(Reverse) position and the steering wheel is

turned. The predictive course lines will move

depending on how much the steering wheel is

turned and will not be displayed while the

steering wheel is in the neutral position.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE

COURSE LINES

GUID-7197099F-6724-4863-82D4-E0646631D861

WARNING

.Always turn and check that it is safe

to do so before backing up. Always

back up slowly.

.Use the displayed lines as a refer-

ence. The lines are highly affected

by the number of occupants, fuel

level, vehicle position, road condi-

tion and road grade.

.If the tires are replaced with differ-

ent sized tires, the predictive course

line may be displayed incorrectly.

.On a snow-covered or slippery road,

there may be a difference between

the predictive course line and the

actual course line.

.The displayed lines will appear

slightly off to the right because the

RearView camera is not installed in

the rear center of the vehicle.

.The distance guide line and the

vehicle width line should be used

as a reference only when the vehicle

is on a level paved surface. The

distance viewed on the monitor is

for reference only and may be

different than the actual distance

between the vehicle and displayed

objects.

.When backing-up the vehicle up a

hill objects viewed in the monitor

are further than they appear. When

backing-up the vehicle down a hill,

objects viewed in the monitor are

closer than they appear. Use the

inside mirror or glance over your

shoulder to properly judge dis-

tances to other objects.

The vehicle width and predictive course

lines are wider than the actual width and

course.

Condition:

Black plate (231,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA1897

1. Visually check that the parking space is safe

before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on

the screen *Awhen the selector lever is

moved to the R (Reverse) position.

SAA1898

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the

steering wheel so that the predictive course

lines *Benter the parking space *C.

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make the

vehicle width guide lines *Dparallel to the

parking space *Cwhile referring to the

predictive course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the space

completely, move the selector lever to the P

(Park) position and apply the parking brake.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-25

Condition:

Black plate (232,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-26 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA1978

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE

AND ACTUAL DISTANCES

GUID-302A28CA-AC28-4AE5-B064-524507B0E06E

Backing up on a steep uphill

GUID-9D4C9AE0-331F-46DC-A0F9-BCC442E7A25A

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the

distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide

lines are shown closer than the actual distance.

For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to the

place *A, but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance on

the hill is the place *B. Note that any object on

the hill is viewed in the monitor further than it

appears.

SAA1979

Backing up on a steep downhill

GUID-70852630-5DC4-4BC9-A562-6761DFD00801

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the

distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide

lines are shown further than the actual distance.

For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to the

place *A, but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance on

the hill is the place *B. Note that any object on

Condition:

Black plate (233,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

the hill is viewed in the monitor closer than it

appears.

SAA1923

Backing up near a projecting object

GUID-9D6EBC33-935D-46A4-ACB3-53A6D833AE98

The predictive course lines *Ado not touch the

object in the display. However, the vehicle may

hit the object if it projects over the actual

backing up course.

SAA1980

Backing up behind a projecting object

GUID-38876F5B-3001-41F9-8E1A-F9AAB88DE919

The position *Cis shown further than the

position *Bin the display. However, the

position *Cis actually at the same distance

as the position *A. The vehicle may hit the

object when backing up to the position *Aif

the object projects over the actual backing up

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-27

Condition:

Black plate (234,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-28 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

course.

SAA2404

Models with navigation system

SAA2606

Models without navigation system

PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE SETTINGS

GUID-68450C56-3780-4314-A535-6365AA7D2D8D

To turn ON or OFF the predictive course line

display, push the SETTING button, select the

“Camera” key and push the ENTER button.

.Predictive Course Lines

When this item is turned to ON, the predictive

course lines will be displayed on the monitor

when the selector lever is in the “R” (Reverse)

position.

HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN

GUID-EBE73AC0-2CFE-45F5-99BC-42FE5D8343D2

To adjust the Display ON/OFF, Brightness, Tint,

Color, Contrast and Black Level of the RearView

Monitor, push the SETTING button with the

RearView Monitor on, select the item key and

adjust the level using the multi-function con-

troller.

Do not adjust the Brightness, Tint, Color,

Contrast and Black Level of the RearView

Monitor while the vehicle is moving. Make sure

the parking brake is firmly applied.

Condition:

Black plate (235,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

OPERATING TIPS

GUID-2C7B18A8-765F-48EB-81F4-4527DA0D3E26

.When the selector lever is shifted to the R

(Reverse) position, the monitor screen auto-

matically changes to the RearView Monitor

mode. However, the radio can be heard.

.When the view is switched, the display

images on the screen may be displayed with

some delay.

.When the temperature is extremely high or

low, the screen may not clearly display

objects. This is not a malfunction.

.When strong light is directly coming on the

camera, objects may not be displayed

clearly. This is not a malfunction.

.Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the

screen. This is due to strong reflected light

from the bumper. This is not a malfunction.

.The screen may flicker under fluorescent

light. This is not a malfunction.

.The colors of objects on the RearView

Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual

color of objects. This is not a malfunction.

.Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a

dark environment. This is not a malfunction.

.If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the

camera, the RearView Monitor may not

display object clearly. Clean the camera.

.Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to

clean the camera. This will cause discolora-

tion. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloth

dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent

and then wipe with a dry cloth.

.Do not damage the camera as the monitor

screen may be adversely affected.

.Do not use wax on the camera window.

Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth

dampened with mild detergent diluted with

water.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-29

Condition:

Black plate (236,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-30 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

GUID-A5D5DA48-B530-4B9F-B496-6C708E6183AD

When the selector lever is shifted into the R

(Reverse) position, the monitor display shows

view to the rear of the vehicle.

The system is designed as an aid to the driver in

detecting large stationary objects to help avoid

damaging the vehicle. The system will not detect

small objects below the bumper and may not

detect objects close to the bumper or on the

ground.

Available views:

.Rear View

An approximately 150-degree view of the

rear of the vehicle.

.Rear-Wide View

An approximately 180-degree view of the

rear of the vehicle.

WARNING

.The RearView Monitor is a conve-

nience but it is not a substitute for

proper backing up. Always turn and

check that it is safe to do so before

backing up. Always back up slowly.

.Objects viewed in the RearView

Monitor differ from actual distance

because a wide-angle lens is used.

Objects viewed in the RearView

Monitor appear visually opposite,

just like ones viewed in the inside

and outside rearview mirrors.

.Make sure that the lift gate is

securely closed when backing up.

.Underneath the bumper and the

corner areas of the bumper cannot

be viewed on the RearView Monitor

because of its monitoring range

limitation.

.Do not put anything on the Rear-

View camera. The RearView camera

is installed above the license plate.

.When washing the vehicle with

high-pressure water, be sure not to

spray it around the camera. Other-

wise, water may enter the camera

unit causing water condensation on

the lens, a malfunction, fire or an

electric shock.

.Do not strike the camera. It is a

precision instrument. Otherwise, it

may malfunction or cause damage

resulting in a fire or an electric

shock.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens when

cleaning dirt or snow from the camera

lens.

REAR AND REAR-WIDE VIEW

MONITOR WITH MOVING OBJECT

DETECTION (MOD) (if so equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (237,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

JVH0364X

HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY

GUID-56F2AC44-586C-41C3-BB3D-E9CA84EEBBA1

*A: Original screen before the RearView

Monitor is operated

*B: Rear-wide view screen

*C: Rear view screen

*1: Selector lever is moved into the R(Reverse)

position

*2: Selector lever is moved out of the R

(Reverse) position

*3: Select the “View” key on the screen

.When the selector lever is moved into the R

(Reverse) position *1while another screen

*Ais displayed, RearView Monitor oper-

ates and the rear-wide view *Bis dis-

played.

.When selecting the “View” key on the

screen using the multi-function controller

and pushing the ENTER button *3, the

view on the screen will change to the

rearview screen *C. When the “View” key

is pushed again *3, the rear-wide view *B

is displayed.

.The rear-wide view screen and/or rear view

screen switches to another screen *A

when the selector lever is moved out of the

R (Reverse) position *2.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-31

Condition:

Black plate (238,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-32 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA1896

Rear view GUID-13659AA8-05DC-480B-BA52-07DE39566B70

Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width

and distances to objects with reference to the

bumper line *Aare displayed on the monitor.

Distance guide lines:

Indicate distances from the bumper.

.Red line *1: approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

.Yellow line *2: approx. 3 ft (1 m)

.Green line *3: approx. 7 ft (2 m)

.Green line *4: approx. 10 ft (3 m)

Vehicle width guide lines *5:

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

Predictive course lines *6(Rear view

only):

Indicate the predictive course when backing up.

The predictive course lines will be displayed on

the monitor when the selector lever is in the R

(Reverse) position and the steering wheel is

turned. The predictive course lines will move

depending on how much the steering wheel is

turned and will not be displayed while the

steering wheel is in the neutral position.

JVH0371X

Rear-wide view

GUID-BCABBC8B-3F45-405F-9A7D-23F90D2BBA8A

The rear-wide view displays an approximately

180-degree area. The predictive course lines

are not displayed on the rear-wide view.

Distance guide lines:

Indicates distances from the bumper.

.Red line *1: approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

.Yellow line *2: approx. 3 ft (1 m)

.Green line *3: approx. 7 ft (2 m)

.Green line *4: approx. 10 ft (3 m)

Vehicle width guide lines *5:

Indicates the vehicle width when backing up.

Condition:

Black plate (239,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE

COURSE LINES

GUID-00EEBEC4-5143-4CCB-86B1-A271E0BA8673

WARNING

.Always turn and check that it is safe

to park your car before backing up.

Always back up slowly.

.Use the displayed lines as a refer-

ence. The lines are highly affected

by the number of occupants, fuel

level, vehicle position, road condi-

tion and road grade.

.If the tires are replaced with differ-

ent sized tires, the predictive course

line may not be displayed correctly.

.On a snow-covered or slippery road,

there may be a difference between

the predictive course line and the

actual course line.

.If the battery is disconnected or

becomes discharged, the predictive

course lines may not be displayed

correctly. If this occurs, perform the

following procedures.

— Drive the vehicle on a straight

road for more than 5 minutes.

.When the steering wheel is turned

with the ignition switch in the “ACC”

position, the predictive course lines

may not be displayed correctly.

.The displayed lines will appear

slightly off to the right because the

RearView camera is not installed in

the rear center of the vehicle.

.The distance guide line and the

vehicle width guide line should be

used as a reference only when the

vehicle is on a level paved surface.

The distance viewed on the monitor

is for reference only and may be

different than the actual distance

between the vehicle and displayed

objects.

.When backing up the vehicle up a

hill, objects viewed in the monitor

are further than they appear. When

backing up the vehicle down a hill,

objects viewed in the monitor are

closer than they appear. Use the

inside mirror or glance over your

shoulder to properly judge dis-

tances to other objects.

The vehicle width and predictive course

lines are wider than the actual width and

course.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-33

Condition:

Black plate (240,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-34 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA1897

1. Visually check that the parking space is safe

before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on

the screen *Aas illustrated when the

selector lever is moved to the R (Reverse)

position.

SAA1898

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the

steering wheel so that the predictive course

lines *Benter the parking space *C.

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make the

vehicle width guide lines *Dparallel to the

parking space *Cwhile referring to the

predictive course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the space

completely, move the selector lever to the P

(Park) position and apply the parking brake.

Condition:

Black plate (241,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA1978

Difference between predictive and actual

distances GUID-B23DB747-73AB-40B0-A401-6731AEBFF5E1

Backing up on a steep uphill:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the

distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide

lines are shown closer than the actual distance.

For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to the

place *A, but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance on

the hill is the place *B. Note that any object on

the hill is viewed in the monitor further than it

appears.

SAA1979

Backing up on a steep downhill:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the

distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide

lines are shown further than the actual distance.

For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to the

place *A, but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance on

the hill is the place *B. Note that any object on

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-35

Condition:

Black plate (242,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-36 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

the hill is viewed in the monitor closer than it

appears.

SAA1923

Backing up near a projecting object:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The predictive course lines *Ado not touch the

object in the display. However, the vehicle may

hit the object if it projects over the actual

backing up course.

SAA1980

Backing up behind a projecting object:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The position *Cis shown further than the

position *Bin the display. However, the

position *Cis actually at the same distance

as the position *A. The vehicle may hit the

object when backing up to the position *Aif

the object projects over the actual backing up

Condition:

Black plate (243,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

course.

HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN

GUID-676089A8-8409-437E-AF8B-BB7CEF8236C5

To adjust the Display ON/OFF, Brightness, Tint,

Color, Contrast and Black Level of the RearView

Monitor, push the SETTING button with the

RearView Monitor on, select the item key and

adjust the level using the multi-function con-

troller.

Do not adjust the Brightness, Tint, Color,

Contrast and Black Level of the RearView

Monitor while the vehicle is moving. Make sure

the parking brake is firmly applied.

OPERATING TIPS

GUID-8F6C8715-08BF-4B5F-BC87-114E3BD955AA

.When the selector lever is shifted to the R

(Reverse) position, the monitor screen auto-

matically changes to the RearView Monitor

mode. However, the radio can be heard.

.When the temperature is extremely high or

low, the screen may not clearly display

objects. This is not a malfunction.

.When strong light directly enters the cam-

era, objects may not be displayed clearly.

This is not a malfunction.

.Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the

screen. This is due to strong reflected light

from the bumper. This is not a malfunction.

.The screen may flicker under fluorescent

light. This is not a malfunction.

.The colors of objects on the RearView

Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual

color of objects. This is not a malfunction.

.Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a

dark environment. This is not a malfunction.

.If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the

camera, the RearView Monitor may not

display object clearly. Clean the camera.

.Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to

clean the camera. This will cause discolora-

tion. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloth

dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent

and then wipe with a dry cloth.

.Do not damage the camera as the monitor

screen may be adversely affected.

.Do not use wax on the camera window.

Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth

dampened with mild detergent diluted with

water.

.The MOD system will not operate if the

washer fluid is at a low level. Refill the

washer fluid if the level is low. (See

“Window washer fluid” in the “8. Mainte-

nance and do-it-yourself” section.)

MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD)

FUNCTION GUID-AEEBBBF8-0266-4DE4-9FF1-58ED071056E6

The Moving Object Detection (MOD) system

can inform the driver of moving objects when

driving out of garages, maneuvering into parking

lots and in other such instances.

The MOD system detects moving objects by

using image processing technology on the

image shown in the display. The RearView

camera is equipped with the automatic washer

function using window washer fluid.

When the shift selector is in the R (Reverse)

position and the vehicle speed is approximately

5 MPH (8 km/h) or less, the MOD system

detects moving objects in the RearView Monitor.

The MOD system will not operate if the lift gate/

trunk is open or the washer fluid is at a low level.

WARNING

.The MOD system is not a substitute

for proper vehicle operation and

does not prevent contact with the

objects surrounding the vehicle.

When maneuvering, always use the

outside mirror and RearView mirror

and turn and look to check the

surroundings to make sure it is safe

to maneuver.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-37

Condition:

Black plate (244,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-38 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

.The MOD system is not designed to

detect surrounding stationary ob-

jects.

If the MOD system detects moving objects

behind the vehicle, a yellow frame will be

displayed on the camera image and a chime

sounds.

When the MOD system detects a moving object

behind the vehicle, the yellow frame will be

displayed on the view where the objects are

detected and a chime will sound once. While the

MOD system continues to detect moving

objects, the yellow frame continues to be

displayed.

When dirt is detected on the camera during

driving, a camera washer operates automatically.

The washer will stop operation after a period of

time.

WARNING

.Do not use the MOD system when

towing a trailer. The system may not

function properly.

.Excessive noise (for example, audio

system volume or open vehicle

window) will interfere with the

chime sound, and it may not be

heard.

.The MOD system performance will

be limited according to environmen-

tal conditions and surrounding ob-

jects such as:

— When there is low contrast be-

tween background and the mov-

ing objects

— When there is blinking source of

light.

— When strong light such as an-

other vehicle’s headlight or sun-

light is present.

— When there is dirt, water drops

or snow on the camera lens.

— When the position of the moving

objects in the display is not

changed.

.The MOD system might detect

something like flowing water dro-

plets on the camera lens, white

smoke from the muffler, moving

shadows, etc.

.The MOD system may not function

properly depending on the speed,

direction, distance or shape of the

moving objects.

.If your vehicle sustains damage to

the parts where the camera is

installed, leaving it misaligned or

bent, the sensing zone may be

altered and the MOD system may

not detect objects properly.

Condition:

Black plate (245,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

JVH0365X

Turning the MOD system on or off

GUID-6FFC799C-38DE-47D7-9694-F22E33AA88F3

1. Push the SETTING button, select the “Driver

Assistance” key and push the ENTER

button.

JVH0345X

2. Then select the “Moving Object Detection

(MOD)” key and push the ENTER button.

JVH0344X

When the MOD system is turned on, the MOD

icon *1is displayed.

MOD malfunction

GUID-9253042E-52DF-4D2C-9CC8-EB45D6EC9B51

When the yellow MOD icon is displayed in the

view, the system is not functioning properly. This

will not hinder normal driving operation but the

system should be inspected by a NISSAN

dealer.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-39

Condition:

Black plate (246,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-40 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Camera maintenance

GUID-D122E1B9-F1F3-4CC4-AB1D-AEAA63E13D58

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera,

the MOD system may not operate properly.

Clean the camera.

The camera washer operates automatically

when dirt is detected on the camera during

driving. The washer then stops operation after a

period of time.

GUID-5620F45C-95A1-4691-9F0B-E47071C3B894

SAA1991

Center ventilators

SAA1990

Side ventilators

SAA1066

Rear ventilators (for Hardtop models)

SAA0564B

Rear ventilators (for CrossCabriolet models)

VENTILATORS

Condition:

Black plate (247,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Open or close, and adjust the air flow direction

of ventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the ventilators are

closed.

: This symbol indicates that the ventilators are

open.

GUID-FC7D28D6-FA80-42E2-A3B4-6CF8ABD33B6A

WARNING

.The air conditioner cooling function

operates only when the engine is

running.

.Do not leave children or adults who

would normally require the support

of others alone in your vehicle. Pets

should not be left alone either. On

hot, sunny days, temperatures in a

closed vehicle could quickly become

high enough to cause severe or

possibly fatal injuries to people or

animals.

.Do not use the recirculation mode

for long periods as it may cause the

interior air to become stale and the

windows to fog up.

Start the engine and operate the heater and air

conditioner system.

You can individually set the driver and front

passenger side temperature using each tem-

perature control buttons.

SAA2723

Models with navigation system

SAA1520

Models without navigation system

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-41

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

Condition:

Black plate (248,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-42 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

For the models with the color display screen,

push the “STATUS” button to display the heater

and air conditioner status screen. (See “How to

use STATUS button” earlier in this section.)

SAA2040

Type A

1. Temperature control button (driver side)

2. “AUTO” automatic air conditioner ON button

3. “ ” front defroster button

4. “ ” fan speed control dial/OFF button

5. “ ” intake air control button

6. “MODE” manual air flow control button

7. Temperature control button (passenger side)

8. “A/C” air conditioner ON/OFF button

9. “ ” rear window defroster button (See “Rear

window and outside mirror defroster switch” in

the “2. Instruments and controls” section.)

10. “ ” upper vent system button

11. “DUAL” zone control ON/OFF button

Condition:

Black plate (249,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2834

Type B

1. “AUTO” automatic air conditioner ON button/

Temperature control dial (driver side)

2. “A/C” air conditioner ON/OFF button

3. “ ” intake air control button

4. “ ” fan speed control dial/ON/OFF button

5. “ ” upper vent system button

6. “DUAL” zone control ON/OFF button/Tempera-

ture control dial (passenger side)

7. “ ” front defroster button

8. “ ” rear window defroster button (See “Rear

window and outside mirror defroster switch” in

the “2. Instruments and controls” section.)

9. “MODE” manual air flow control button

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

GUID-0FE56354-85D2-43F0-AEA7-6DFAE35EC270

Cooling and/or dehumidified heating

(AUTO) GUID-501AABAA-75ED-4A8C-BDC5-F83D84729E33

This mode may be used all year round. The

system works automatically to control the inside

temperature, air flow distribution and fan speed

after the preferred temperature is set manually.

1. Push the “AUTO” button on. (The indicator

on the button will illuminate and AUTO will

be displayed.)

2. Operate the driver side temperature control

buttons (type A) or dial (type B) to set the

desired temperature.

Adjust the temperature to about 758F

(248C) for normal operation.

.The temperature of the passenger com-

partment will be maintained automati-

cally. Air flow distribution and fan speed

will also be controlled automatically.

3. You can individually set driver and front

passenger side temperature using each

temperature control buttons (type A) or dial

(type B). When the “DUAL” button is pushed

or the passenger side temperature control

buttons (type A) or dial (type B) is/are

operated, the DUAL indicator will come on.

To turn off the passenger side temperature

control, push the “DUAL” button.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-43

Condition:

Black plate (250,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-44 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

A visible mist may be seen coming from the

ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is

cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a mal-

function.

Heating (A/C OFF)

GUID-C4D96DF4-D0D2-4751-8F78-451CD5632566

The air conditioner does not activate in this

mode. When you need to heat only, use this

mode.

1. Push the “A/C” button. (The A/C indicator

will turn off.)

2. Operate the temperature control buttons

(type A) or dial (type B) to set the desired

temperature.

.The temperature of the passenger compart-

ment will be maintained automatically. Air

flow distribution and fan speed are also

controlled automatically.

.Do not set the temperature lower than the

outside air temperature. Otherwise the

system may not work properly.

.Not recommended if windows fog up.

Dehumidified defrosting or defogging

GUID-6430F809-96AC-4582-A1F2-907A1F44D1CF

1. Push the “ ” front defroster button. (The

indicator light on the button will come on.)

2. Operate the temperature control buttons

(type A) or dial (type B) to set the desired

temperature.

.To quickly remove ice from the outside of the

windows, turn the “ ” fan speed control

dial and set it to the maximum position.

.As soon as possible after the windshield is

clean, push the “AUTO” button to return to

the auto mode.

.When the “ ” front defroster button is

pushed, the air conditioner will automatically

be turned on at outside temperatures above

238F (−58C) to defog the windshield, and

the air recirculate mode will automatically be

turned off.

Outside air is drawn into the passenger

compartment to improve the defogging

performance.

MANUAL OPERATION

GUID-DD9F85E6-993D-4D0F-AA81-0E42CFEE8E18

Fan speed control

GUID-A47CE066-351F-4CC8-AC17-7FC4FC991E14

Turn the “ ” fan speed control dial to

manually control the fan speed.

Push the “AUTO” button to return to automatic

control of the fan speed.

Air recirculation

GUID-2B823F0D-0272-430E-975F-993BF534048A

Push the intake air control button “ ” to

recirculate interior air inside the vehicle. The

indicator light “ ” will come on.

The air recirculation mode cannot be activated

when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting

mode “ ”.

Outside air circulation

GUID-E6DC013B-AF1A-40A2-93FA-8FF729A446D3

Push the intake air control button “ ” to

change the air circulation from the intake air to

the outside air. The indicator light “ ” will turn

off.

Automatic air intake control

GUID-8618E9EF-436B-4EE2-BD6B-EF915C7F0650

In the AUTO mode, the intake air will be

controlled automatically. To manually control

the intake air, push the intake air control button

“”. To return to the automatic control mode,

push the intake air control button “ ” for

about 2 seconds. The indicator lights will flash

twice, and then the intake air will be controlled

automatically.

Air flow control

GUID-C19D08E9-C968-405F-8023-0A5995635CB9

Pushing the “MODE” manual air flow control

button selects the air outlet to:

: Air flows from center and side ventilators.

: Air flows from center and side ventilators

and foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

: Air flows from defroster and foot outlets.

Condition:

Black plate (251,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Upper vent system

GUID-19867573-E52A-4FE3-A98D-EAD52DA785CD

When the “ ” upper vent system button is

pushed, the air flow against the driver’s or

passenger’s upper body becomes gentle. The

indicator light on the button will come on.

In this mode, air from the center ventilators flows

both straight and upward in order to control the

cabin temperature without blowing air directly

on the occupants.

If you want strong air flow against your upper

body, push the “ ” button to turn the indicator

light off.

TO TURN THE SYSTEM ON/OFF

GUID-47724BF7-EA71-42CD-B9E2-1924EE973459

Push the “OFF” or “ON·OFF” button when the

heater and air conditioner is off. The system will

turn on with the settings that were used

immediately before the system was turned off.

SAA1989

OPERATING TIPS

GUID-7630774E-D2E9-4A30-80CE-5991156106D5

The sunload sensor *Aon the instrument panel

helps maintain a constant temperature. Do not

put anything on or around this sensor.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER

GUID-2A733D05-72A8-4084-85C6-C44B8D240310

The air conditioning system is equipped with an

in-cabin microfilter which collects dirt, pollen,

dust, etc. To make sure the air conditioner heats,

defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace the

filter in accordance with the maintenance

schedule in the NISSAN Service and Mainte-

nance Guide. To replace the filter, contact a

NISSAN dealer.

The filter should be replaced if air flow is

extremely decreased or when windows fog

up easily when operating heater or air

conditioning system.

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER

GUID-50FE276B-3951-41D5-85EB-DF3E3DB9E09D

The air conditioning system in your NISSAN is

charged with a refrigerant designed with the

environment in mind. This refrigerant will not

harm the earth’s ozone layer. However,

special charging equipment and lubricant are

required when servicing your NISSAN air con-

ditioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubri-

cants will cause severe damage to your air

conditioning system. (See “Capacities and

recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Techni-

cal and consumer information” section for air

conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant

recommendations.)

Your NISSAN dealer will be able to service your

environmentally friendly air conditioning system.

WARNING

The system contains refrigerant under

high pressure. To avoid personal injury,

any air conditioner service should be

done only by an experienced technician

with the proper equipment.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-45

Condition:

Black plate (252,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-46 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

GUID-E954533A-76AC-41A8-828A-6CCF73E0885C

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS

GUID-E2189C1D-321B-4738-BF15-C7924AA9611C

Radio GUID-96801352-B989-4EC4-990B-A07BD4F970BB

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON

position and push the radio band select button

to turn on the radio. If you listen to the radio with

the engine not running, the ignition switch

should be pushed to the ACC position.

Radio reception is affected by station signal

strength, distance from radio transmitter, build-

ings, bridges, mountains and other external

influences. Intermittent changes in reception

quality normally are caused by these external

influences.

Using a cellular phone in or near the

vehicle may influence radio reception

quality.

Radio reception:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with

state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance

radio reception. These circuits are designed to

extend reception range, and to enhance the

quality of that reception.

However there are some general characteristics

of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect

radio reception quality in a moving vehicle, even

when the finest equipment is used. These

characteristics are completely normal in a given

reception area, and do not indicate any mal-

function in your NISSAN radio system.

Reception conditions will constantly change

because of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,

signal distance and interference from other

vehicles can work against ideal reception.

Described below are some of the factors that

can affect your radio reception.

Some cellular phones or other devices may

cause interference or a buzzing noise to come

from the audio system speakers. Storing the

device in a different location may reduce or

eliminate the noise.

SAA0306

FM radio reception:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30

miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (single

channel) FM having slightly more range than

stereo FM. External influences may sometimes

interfere with FM station reception even if the

FM station is within 25 miles (40 km). The

strength of the FM signal is directly related to the

distance between the transmitter and receiver.

FM signals follow a line-of-sight path, exhibiting

many of the same characteristics as light. For

example they will reflect off objects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away from

a station transmitter, the signals will tend to fade

and/or drift.

AUDIO SYSTEM

Condition:

Black plate (253,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Static and flutter: During signal interference from

buildings, large hills or due to antenna position,

usually in conjunction with increased distance

from the station transmitter, static or flutter can

be heard. This can be reduced by lowering the

treble setting to reduce the treble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflective

characteristics of FM signals, direct and re-

flected signals reach the receiver at the same

time. The signals may cancel each other,

resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound.

AM radio reception:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

AM signals, because of their low frequency, can

bend around objects and skip along the ground.

In addition, the signals can be bounced off the

ionosphere and bent back to earth. Because of

these characteristics. AM signals are also

subject to interference as they travel from

transmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passing

through freeway underpasses or in areas with

many tall buildings. It can also occur for several

seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in

areas where no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical

power lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.

Satellite radio reception (if so equipped):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the satellite radio is used for the first time

or the battery has been replaced, the satellite

radio may not work properly. This is not a

malfunction. Wait more than 10 minutes with the

satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any

metal or large building for the satellite radio to

receive all of the necessary data.

The satellite radio mode requires an active

SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. The sa-

tellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and

Guam.

A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna

can affect satellite radio performance. Remove

the ice to restore satellite radio reception.

For Hardtop models: The satellite radio perfor-

mance may be affected if cargo carried on the

roof blocks the satellite radio signal. If possible,

do not put cargo near the satellite antenna.

SAA0480

Compact Disc (CD) player

GUID-9B39164F-B68F-48E3-B2A0-AD541CFA7507

.Do not force a compact disc into the CD

insert slot. This could damage the CD and/

or CD changer/player.

.Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed

could damage the CD and/or CD changer.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-47

Condition:

Black plate (254,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-48 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

.During cold weather or rainy days, the player

may malfunction due to the humidity. If this

occurs, remove the CD and dehumidify or

ventilate the player completely.

.The player may skip while driving on rough

roads.

.The CD player sometimes cannot function

when the passenger compartment tempera-

ture is extremely high. Decrease the tem-

perature before use.

.Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) round

discs that have the “COMPACT disc DIGI-

TAL AUDIO” logo on the disc or packaging.

.Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.

.CDs that are of poor quality, dirty, scratched,

covered with fingerprints, or that have pin

holes may not work properly.

.The following CDs may not work properly:

— Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

— Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

.Do not use the following CDs as they may

cause the CD player to malfunction.

— 3.1 in (8 cm) discs

— CDs that are not round

— CDs with a paper label

— CDs that are warped, scratched, or have

abnormal edges

.This audio system can only play prerecorded

CDs. It has no capabilities to record or burn

CDs.

.If the CD cannot be played, one of the

following messages will be displayed.

CHECK DISC:

— Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly

(the label side is facing up, etc.).

— Confirm that the CD is not bent or

warped and it is free of scratches.

PUSH EJECT:

This is an error due to the temperature inside

the player is too high. Remove the CD by

pushing the EJECT button, and after a short

time reinsert the CD. The CD can be played

when the temperature of the player returns

to normal.

UNPLAYABLE:

The file is unplayable in this audio system

(only MP3 or WMA CD).

Gracenote (if so equipped):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

NOTE:

.The information contained in the

Gracenote Database is not fully guar-

anteed.

.The service of the Gracenote Database

on the Internet may be stopped without

prior notice for maintenance.

NOS1898

End-User License Agreement

USE OF THIS PRODUCT IMPLIES ACCEP-

TANCE OF THE TERMS BELOW.

Gracenote

MusicID Terms of Use

This application or device contains software

from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California

(“Gracenote”). The software from Gracenote

(the “Gracenote Software”) enables this appli-

cation to perform disc and/or file identification

and obtain music-related information, including

name, artist, track, and title information (“Grace-

note Data”) from online servers or embedded

databases (collectively, “Gracenote Servers”)

and to perform other functions. You may use

Gracenote Data only by means of the intended

End-User functions of this application or device.

You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, the

Condition:

Black plate (255,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for

your own personal non-commercial use only.

You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or

transmit the Gracenote Software or any Grace-

note Data to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT

TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA,

THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACE-

NOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY

PERMITTED HEREIN.

You agree that your non-exclusive license to use

the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software,

and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you

violate these restrictions. If your license termi-

nates, you agree to cease any and all use of the

Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and

Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves all

rights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Soft-

ware, and the Gracenote Servers, including all

ownership rights. Under no circumstances will

Gracenote become liable for any payment to you

for any information that you provide.

You agree that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its

rights under this Agreement against you directly

in its own name.

The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier

to track queries for statistical purposes. The

purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identi-

fier is to allow the Gracenote service to count

queries without knowing anything about who

you are. For more information, see the web page

for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Grace-

note service.

The Gracenote Software and each item of

Gracenote Data are licensed to you “AS IS.”

Gracenote makes no representations or warran-

ties, express or implied, regarding the accuracy

of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote

Servers. Gracenote reserves the right to delete

data from the Gracenote Servers or to change

data categories for any cause that Gracenote

deems sufficient. No warranty is made that the

Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are

error-free or that functioning of Gracenote

Software or Gracenote Servers will be unin-

terrupted. Gracenote is not obligated to provide

you with new enhanced or additional data types

or categories that Gracenote may provide in the

future and is free to discontinue its services at

any time.

GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES

EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT

NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTI-

CULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRIN-

GEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT

WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE

OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACE-

NOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE

SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE

BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR

INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST

PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES.

Music recognition technology and related data

are provided by Gracenote

. Gracenote is the

industry standard in music recognition technol-

ogy and related content delivery. For more

information, please visit www.gracenote.com.

CD and music-related data from Gracenote,

Inc., copyright *C2000-2009 Gracenote.

Gracenote Software, copyright *C2000-2009

Gracenote. This product and service may

practice one or more of the following U.S.

Patents: #5,987,525; #6,061,680;

#6,154,773, #6,161,132, #6,230,192,

#6,230,207, #6,240,459, #6,330,593, and

other patents issued or pending. Some services

supplied under license from Open Globe, Inc.

for U.S. Patent: #6,304,523.

Gracenote and CDDB are registered trade-

marks of Gracenote. The Gracenote logo and

logotype, and the “Powered by Gracenote” logo

are trademarks of Gracenote.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-49

Condition:

Black plate (256,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-50 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

LHA0484

DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) player

(models with navigation system)

GUID-BA593422-AF0C-4754-8221-8AD1D545FA2F

.Do not force a compact disc into the CD/

DVD insert slot. This could damage the CD/

DVD player.

.During cold weather or rainy days, the player

may malfunction due to humidity. If this

occurs, remove the CD/DVD and dehumidify

or ventilate the player completely.

.The player may skip while driving on rough

roads.

.The CD/DVD player sometimes cannot

function when the passenger compartment

temperature is extremely high. Decrease the

temperature before use.

.Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) round

discs that have the “COMPACT disc DIGI-

TAL AUDIO” or “DVD Video” logo on the

disc or packaging.

.Do not expose the CD/DVD to direct

sunlight.

.CD/DVDs that are of poor quality, dirty,

scratched, covered with fingerprints, or that

have pinholes may not work properly.

.The following CD/DVDs are not guaranteed

to play:

— Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

— Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

— Recordable DVDs (DVD±R, DVD±R DL)

— Rewritable DVDs (DVD±RW, DVD±RW

DL)

.Do not use the following CD/DVDs as they

may cause the CD/DVD player to malfunc-

tion.

— 3.1 in (8 cm) discs

— CD/DVDs that are not round

— CD/DVDs with a paper label

— CD/DVDs that are warped, scratched or

have abnormal edges

— This audio system can only play pre-

recorded CD/DVDs. It has no capabilities

to record or burn CD/DVDs.

.If the CD/DVD cannot be played, one of the

following messages will be displayed.

Disc Read Error:

— Confirm that the CD/DVD is inserted

correctly (the label side is facing up,

etc.).

— Confirm that the CD/DVD is not bent or

warped and it is free of scratches.

Please Eject Disc:

— This may be an error due to the

temperature inside the player being too

high. Remove the CD/DVD by pushing

the EJECT button, and after a short time

reinsert the CD/DVD. The CD/DVD can

be played when the temperature of the

player returns to normal. If the error

persists, consult your local dealership.

Unplayable File:

— The file may be copy protected.

Condition:

Black plate (257,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

— The file is not MP3, WMA, AAC, M4A or

DivX

type.

Region Invalid:

— The DVD is not for region 1 or all regions.

Use DVDs with a region code “1”, “ALL”

or “1 included” for your DVD entertain-

ment system. (The region code *Ais

displayed as a small symbol printed on

the top of the DVD *B.) This vehicle-

installed DVD player cannot play DVDs

with a region code other than “1” or

“ALL”.

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.The technology protected by the U.S. patent

and other intellectual property rights owned

by Macrovision Corporation and other right

holders is adopted for this system.

.This copyright protected technology cannot

be used without a permit from Macrovision

Corporation. It is limited to be personal use,

etc., as long as the permit from Macrovision

Corporation is not issued.

.Modifying or disassembling is prohibited.

.Dolby digital is manufactured under license

from Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

.Dolby and the double D mark “ ” are

trademarks of Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

.DTS and DTS 2.0 “ ” are registered

trademarks of DTS, Inc.

Parental level (parental control):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

DVDs with the parental control setting can be

played with this system. Please use your own

judgement to set the parental control with the

system.

Disc selection:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The following disc formats can be played with

the DVD drive.

.DVD-VIDEO

.VIDEO-CD

.CD-DA (Conventional Compact Disc)

.DTS-CD

USB (Universal Serial Bus) (if so

equipped) GUID-055AB149-F3B8-4DDD-8A6A-BBC837D27315

WARNING

Do not connect or disconnect the USB

device while driving. Doing so can be a

distraction. If distracted you could lose

control of your vehicle and cause an

accident or serious injury.

CAUTION

.Do not force the USB device into the

USB port. Inserting the USB device

tilted or up-side-down into the port

may damage the USB device and

the port. Make sure that the USB

device is connected correctly into

the USB port.

.Do not grab the USB port cover (if

so equipped) when pulling the USB

device out of the port. This could

damage the port and the cover.

.Do not leave the USB cable in a

place where it can be pulled unin-

tentionally. Pulling the cable may

break the wire, USB device or the

port.

.To avoid damage and loss of func-

tion when using a USB device, note

the following precautions.

— Do not bend the cable exces-

sively 1.6 in (40 mm) radius

minimum.

— Do not twist the cable exces-

sively (more than 180 degrees).

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-51

Condition:

Black plate (258,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-52 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

— Do not pull or drop the cable.

— Do not hit or press the USB port

or USB device with hands, feet,

or objects.

— Do not store objects with sharp

edges in the storage area where

the cable is stored.

— Do not leave the USB device and

attached devices in the vehicle

compartment. When not in use

for extended periods of time,

store the cable and USB device

in a clean, dust free environment

at room temperature and with-

out direct sun exposure.

— Do not use the cable for any

other purposes than its intended

use in the vehicle.

The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device.

USB devices should be purchased separately

as necessary.

This system cannot be used to format USB

devices. To format a USB device, use a personal

computer.

In some states/area, the USB device for the

front seats plays only sound without images for

regulatory reasons, even when the vehicle is

parked.

This system supports various USB memory

devices, USB hard drives and iPod

players.

Some USB devices may not be supported by

this system.

.Partitioned USB devices may not be played

correctly.

.Some characters used in other languages

(Chinese, Japanese, etc.) may not appear

properly in the display. Using English lan-

guage characters with a USB device is

recommended.

General notes for USB use:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.The USB device may not function when the

passenger compartment temperature is ex-

tremely high. Lower the temperature before

use.

.During cold weather or rainy days, the player

may malfunction due to humidity. If this

occurs, remove the USB device and dehu-

midify or ventilate the USB player comple-

tely.

.Do not connect a USB device if a connector,

cable or USB port is wet. Allow the

connector, cable, and USB port to dry

completely before connecting the USB

device. (Wait for 24 hours or more until it

is dry.) If the connector and USB port are

exposed to fluids other than water, evapora-

tive residue may cause a short circuit

between the connector pins and USB port.

In this case, replace the cable and USB port.

Otherwise damage to the USB device and a

loss of function may occur.

.If the cable is damaged (insulation cut,

connectors cracked, contamination such as

liquids, dust, dirt, etc. in the connectors), do

not use the cable. Replace the cable with a

new one.

.Do not put a USB device in a location where

static electricity occurs, electrical noise is

generated or hot air from the air conditioner

blows directly on it. Doing so may cause the

data stored on the USB device to be

corrupted.

Notes for iPod

use:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

iPod

is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in

the U.S. and other countries.

.Improperly plugging in the iPod

may cause

a checkmark to be displayed on and off

(flickering). Always make sure that the iPod

is connected properly.

.An iPod nano

(1st Generation) may remain

in fast forward or rewind mode if it is

connected during a seek operation. In this

case, please manually reset the iPod

Condition:

Black plate (259,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

.An iPod nano

(2nd Generation) will con-

tinue to fast-forward or rewind if it is

disconnected during a seek operation.

.An incorrect song title may appear when the

Play Mode is changed while using an iPod

nano

(2nd Generation)

.Audiobooks may not play in the same order

as they appear on an iPod

.Large video files cause slow responses in an

iPod

. The vehicle center display may

momentarily black out, but will soon recover.

.If an iPod

automatically selects large video

files while in the shuffle mode, the vehicle

center display may momentarily black out,

but will soon recover.

Compressed Audio Files (MP3/WMA/

AAC) GUID-E90E3FC2-BD24-46C0-A893-097B9AE428B9

Explanation of terms:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving Pictures

Experts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is the

most well known compressed digital audio

file format. This format allows for near “CD

quality” sound, but at a fraction of the size of

normal audio files. MP3 conversion of an

audio track can reduce the file size by

approximately a 10:1 ratio (Sampling: 44.1

kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtually no

perceptible loss in quality. The compression

reduces certain parts of sound that seem

inaudible to most people.

.WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) is a

compressed audio format created by Micro-

soft as an alternative to MP3. The WMA

codec offers greater file compression than

the MP3 codec, enabling storage of more

digital audio tracks in the same amount of

space when compared to MP3s at the same

level of quality.

.AAC/M4A — Advanced Audio Coding

(AAC) is a lossy audio compression format.

Audio files that have been encoded with

AAC are generally smaller in size and deliver

a higher quality of sound than MP3.

.Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number of

bits per second used by a digital music file.

The size and quality of a compressed digital

audio file is determined by the bit rate used

when encoding the file.

.Sampling frequency — Sampling frequency

is the rate at which the samples of a signal

are converted from analog to digital (A/D

conversion) per second.

.Multisession — Multisession is one of the

methods for writing data to media. Writing

data once to the media is called a single

session, and writing more than once is

called a multisession.

.ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is the

part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that

contains information about the digital music

file such as song title, artist, album title,

encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc.

ID3 tag information is displayed on the

Album/Artist/Track title line on the display.

* Windows

and Windows Media

are regis-

tered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft

Corporation in the United States of America

and/or other countries.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-53

Condition:

Black plate (260,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-54 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA2494

Playback order:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.The folder names of folders not containing

compressed audio files are not shown in the

display.

.If there is a file in the top level of a disc/USB,

“Root Folder” is displayed.

.The playback order is the order in which the

files were written by the writing software, so

the files might not play in the desired order.

.Music playback order of compressed audio

files is as illustrated.

Condition:

Black plate (261,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Specification chart (for FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) changer):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW

Supported file systems

CD, CD-R, CD-RW: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet

* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.

* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not

supported.

Supported

versions*1

MP3

Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5

Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4

WMA*2

Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9

Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR*4

Tag information (Song title and Artist name) ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)

WMA tag (WMA only)

Folder levels

With navigation system:

Folder levels: 8, Folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

Without navigation system:

Folder levels: 8, Folders and files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

Displayable character codes*3 01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM

Big Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian)

*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.

*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.

*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.

*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-55

Condition:

Black plate (262,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-56 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Specification chart (for FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD) player):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM*5, DVD±R*5, DVD±RW*5, DVD±R DL*5, USB2.0

Supported file systems

CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM*5, DVD±R, DVD±RW, DVD±R DL: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2,

Romeo, Joliet

* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.

* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported.

UDF Bridge (UDF1.02+ISO9660), UDF1.5, UDF2.0

* VDF1.5/VDF2.0 (packet writing) is not supported.

USB memory: FAT16, FAT32

Supported

versions*1

MP3

Version MPEG1 Audio Layer 3

Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4

WMA*2

Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9

Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR*4

AAC*5

Version MPEG-AAC

Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 96 kHz

Bit rate 16 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4

Tag information (Song title and Artist name) ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)

WMA tag (WMA only)

Folder levels

Models with navigation system:

Folder levels: 8, Folders: 512 (including root folder), Files: 5,000

Models without navigation system:

Folder levels: 8, Folders and files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

Displayable character codes*3 01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big

Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian), 07: SHIFT-JIS

*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.

*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.

Condition:

Black plate (263,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.

*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.

*5 Models with navigation system

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-57

Condition:

Black plate (264,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-58 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Troubleshooting guide:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Symptom Cause and Countermeasure

Cannot play

Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly.

Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using the

player.

If an error occurs due to an increase in temperature, the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and compressed audio files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will

be played.

Files with extensions other than “.MP3 (.mp3)”, “.WMA (.wma)”, “.AAC (.aac)”, “.M4A (.m4a)”, or “.AA3 (.aa3)” cannot be played. In

addition, the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the

specifications.

Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of

compressed audio writing applications or other text editing applications.

Check if the finalization processes, such as session close and disc close, have been performed for the disc.

Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright.

Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

It takes a relatively long time before

the music starts playing. If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device, some time may be required before the music starts playing.

Music cuts off or skips The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might not

match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

System skips immediately to the next

song when playing.

If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like .MP3, or when play is prohibited by copyright

protection, the player will skip to the next song.

The songs do not play back in the

desired order.

The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in the desired order.

Random/Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device.

Condition:

Black plate (265,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Compressed Video Files (models with

navigation system)

GUID-59111AA7-6866-4844-A3C3-8BA27726C420

Explanation of terms:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.DivX

- DivX

refers to the DivX

codec

owned by DivX, Inc. used for a lossy

compression of video based on MPEG-4.

.AVI - AVI stands for Audio Video Interleave.

It is a standard file format originated by

Microsoft Corporation. A “.divx” encoded file

can be saved into the “.avi” file format for

playback on this system if it meets the

requirements stated in the table in this

section. However, not all the “.avi” files are

playable on this system since different

encodings can be used than the DivX

codec.

.ASF - ASF stands for Advanced Systems

Format. It is a file format owned by Microsoft

Corporation. Note: Only “.asf” files that meet

the requirements stated in the table in this

section can be played.

.Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number of

bits per second used by a digital video file.

The size and quality of a compressed digital

audio file is determined by the bit rate used

when encoding the file.

Requirement for Supporting Video Playback:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD, DVD±R, DVD±RW, DVD±RW DL, USB 2.0 Memory

File Systems

CD,

CD-R,

CD-RW,

DVD,

DVD±R,

DVD±RW,

DVD±RW DL

ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet, UDF Bridge

(UDF1.02+ISO9660), UDF1.5, UDF2.0

- ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.

- Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows

Vista-based computer) are not supported.

- VDF1.5/VDF2.0 (packet writing) is not supported.

USB Memory FAT16, FAT32

File Types

.divx, .avi Video Codecs DivX3, DivX4, DivX5, DivX6

Audio Codecs MP3, MPEG2.5 Audio Layer3, AC3, LPCM

.asf Video Codec ISO-MPEG4

Audio Codec G.726

Bit Rates .divx, .avi Maximum Average 4Mbps

Maximum Peak 8Mbps

Resolution

.divx, .avi Minimum 32 632

Maximum 720 6480

.asf Minimum 32 632

Maximum 720 6576

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-59

Condition:

Black plate (266,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-60 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Bluetooth

Audio player (models with

navigation system)

GUID-1996356F-09EC-4936-89C4-F87A02A9868C

Bluetooth

is a trademark owned

by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and li-

censed to Clarion Co., Ltd.

.Some Bluetooth

audio devices may not be

recognized by the in-vehicle audio system.

.It is necessary to set up the wireless

connection between a compatible Blue-

tooth

audio device and the in-vehicle

Bluetooth

module before using the Blue-

tooth

audio player.

.Operating procedure of the Bluetooth

audio player will vary depending on the

device. Make sure you understand how to

operate an audio device before using it with

this system.

.The Bluetooth

audio player may be

stopped under the following conditions:

— Receiving a hands-free call.

— Checking the connection to the hands-

free phone.

.Do not place a Bluetooth

audio device in

an area surrounded by metal or far away

from the in-vehicle Bluetooth

module to

prevent tone quality degradation and wire-

less connection disruption.

.While an audio device is connected through

a Bluetooth

wireless connection, the bat-

tery power of the device may discharge

quicker than usual.

.This system supports the Bluetooth

Audio

Distribution Profile (A2DP, AVRCP).

.Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth

functions share the same frequency band

(2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth

and the

wireless LAN functions at the same time may

slow down or disconnect the communica-

tion and cause undesired noise. It is

recommended that you turn off the wireless

LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth

functions.

Condition:

Black plate (267,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA3473

FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC

(CD) CHANGER

GUID-47466BC8-4A62-4A64-A770-4369849C768A

1. CD EJECT button

2. ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob

3. Radio station and CD selector buttons

4. Radio tuning / MP3/WMA folder selector /

AUDIO control knob

5. CD LOAD button

6. AM·FM band select button

7. DISC button

8. AUX button

9. DISP (display) change/CLOCK button

10. Radio/CD SCAN (tuning) button

11. CD RPT (repeat)/RDM (random) play button

12. REW (rewind) button for SEEK/TRACK

13. FF (fast forward) button for SEEK/TRACK

14. AUX IN jack

For all operation precautions, see “Audio opera-

tion precautions” earlier in this section.

Audio main operation

GUID-18CF23DB-D676-46FD-ACE9-770CA9F831CA

Head unit: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The radio has an FM diversity reception system,

which employs two antennas printed on the rear

window (for Hardtop models). This system

automatically switches to the antenna which is

receiving less interference.

The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and

high frequency ranges automatically in both

radio reception and CD playback.

ON·OFF/Volume control:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON

position, and then push the ON·OFF/VOLUME

control knob while the system is off to call up the

mode (radio, CD or AUX) which was playing

immediately before the system was turned off.

While the system is on, pushing the ON·OFF/

VOLUME control knob turns the system off.

Turn the ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob to

adjust the volume.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-61

Condition:

Black plate (268,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-62 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Adjusting sound quality:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the Audio control knob to change the

selecting mode as follows.

Bass ?Treble ?Fade ?Balance ?Speed

Sensitive Volume ?Beep

Rotate the Audio control knob to adjust Bass,

Treble, Fade and Balance to the desired level.

Fade adjusts the sound level between the front

and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the

sound between the right and left speakers.

These items can also be adjusted by pushing

the AUDIO button.

.Speed Sensitive Vol.

Sound volume is increased according to the

vehicle speed. Choose the effect level from

“HIGH”, “MID”, “LOW” or “OFF”.

.Beep tuning

When this item is turned to ON, you will hear

a beep sound when you use a button.

Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the

desired level, push the Audio control knob

repeatedly until the radio or CD display re-

appears. Otherwise, the radio or CD display will

automatically reappear after about 5 seconds.

CLOCK adjust:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the CLOCK adjust button for more than

1.5 seconds to turn on the CLOCK display.

1. Push and hold the CLOCK button *9for

more than 2 seconds until the display shows

“Hour Adjust”.

2. Turn the AUDIO knob *4to adjust hours.

3. Push the CLOCK button *9or AUDIO

knob *2to enter. The display will show

“Minute Adjust”.

4. Turn the AUDIO knob *4to adjust minutes.

5. Push the CLOCK button *9or AUDIO

knob *4to enter.

The display will return to the regular clock

display after 10 seconds.

If the power supply is disconnected, the clock

will not indicate the correct time.

Readjust the time.

AM-FM radio operation

GUID-1376C7D0-99F6-4FBC-8CC2-16FA35A11F12

radio (FM/AM) band select:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pushing the radio band select button will

change the band as follows:

AM ?FM1 ?FM2 ?AM

When the radio band select button is pushed

while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON

position, the radio will come on at the station last

played.

The last station/channel played will also come

on when the ON·OFF/VOL control knob is

pushed to ON.

If another audio source is playing when the radio

band select button is turned to ON, the audio

source will automatically be turned off and the

last radio station played will come on.

When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, the

radio will automatically change from stereo to

monaural reception.

TUNE (Tuning):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Turn the TUNE/FOLDER knob for manual tuning.

SEEK tuning:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the SEEK·CAT or TRACK button or

to tune from low to high or high to low

frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting

station.

SCAN tuning:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low

to high frequencies and stops at each broad-

casting station for 5 seconds. Pushing the

button again during this 5 seconds period will

stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain

tuned to that station.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5

seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next

station.

Condition:

Black plate (269,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

*1to *6Station memory operations:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

12 stations/channels can be set for the FM band

(6 for FM1, 6 for FM2) and 6 stations can be set

for the AM band.

1. Choose the radio band AM, FM1 or FM2

using the radio band select button.

2. Tune to the desired station using the SEEK,

SCAN or TUNE button.

3. Select the desired station/channel and keep

pushing any of the desired station preset

buttons *1to *6until a beep sound is

heard. (The radio mutes when the select

button is pushed.)

4. The channel indicator will then come on and

the sound will resume. Memorizing is now

complete.

5. Other buttons can be set in the same

manner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse

blows, the radio memory will be erased. In that

case, reset the desired stations.

Compact Disc (CD) changer operation

GUID-972EA4B9-3241-42FD-A4C3-A4F32FFBAE4D

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON

position, push the LOAD button and insert the

compact disc into the slot with the label side

facing up. The compact disc will be guided

automatically into the slot and start playing.

After loading the disc, the number of tracks on

the disc and the play time will appear on the

display.

If the radio is already operating, it will auto-

matically turn off and the compact disc will play.

If the system has been turned off while the

compact disc was playing, pushing the

ON·OFF/VOL control knob will start the com-

pact disc.

CD LOAD:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To insert a CD in the CD changer, push the

LOAD button for less than 1.5 seconds. Select

the loading position by pushing the CD insert

select button *1to *6, then insert the CD.

To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer in

succession, push the LOAD button for more

than 1.5 seconds.

The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on the

display.

PLAY: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISC (CD play) button is pushed with

the system off and the compact disc loaded, the

system will turn on and the compact disc will

start to play.

When the DISC button is pushed with the

compact disc loaded and the radio playing, the

radio will automatically be turned off and the

compact disc will start to play.

CD PLAY INFORMATION:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISP button is pushed for less than

1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, the

disc information display will change as follows:

CD:

NOS2287

CD with MP3 or WMA:

NOS2288

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-63

Condition:

Black plate (270,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-64 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

FF (Fast Forward), REW (Re-

wind)/APS (Automatic Program Search)

FF, APS REW:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the FF or REW button for more than 1.5

seconds while a CD is being played to fast

forward or rewind through the track. When the

button is released, the compact disc will return

to normal play speed.

When the or button is pushed for less

than 1.5 seconds while the compact disc is

being played, the next track or the beginning of

the current track on the CD will be played.

CD PLAY selection:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To change to another CD already loaded into the

player, push the CD play select buttons *1to

*6.

REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the RPT button is pushed while the

compact disc is played, the play pattern can be

changed as follows:

(CD)

NOS2285

(CD with MP3 or WMA)

NOS2286

CD EJECT:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the

compact disc loaded, the compact disc will be

ejected.

To eject the discs selected by the CD select

button, push the EJECT button for less than 1.5

seconds.

To eject all the discs, push the EJECT button for

more than 1.5 seconds.

When this button is pushed while the compact

disc is being played, the compact disc will come

out and the system will turn off.

If the compact disc comes out and is not

removed, it will be pulled back into the slot

to protect it.

SCAN tuning:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for

less than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being

played, the beginning of all the tracks of CDs will

be played for 10 seconds in sequence.

When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for

more than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being

played, the first program in all the CDs will be

played for 10 seconds.

Pushing the button again during this 10 second

period will stop SCAN tuning.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within

10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next

disc program.

AUX (Auxiliary) input

GUID-298EBF8C-8046-42B7-9748-7C48AA1F9988

AUX (Auxiliary) button:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit.

The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any

standard analog audio input such as from a

portable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player or

laptop computers.

Push the AUX button to play a compatible

device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack.

NISSAN strongly recommend using a stereo

mini plug cable when connecting your music

device to the audio system. Music may not be

played properly when you use a monaural cable.

Condition:

Black plate (271,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA3474

1. CD EJECT button

2. ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob

3. Radio station and CD selector buttons

4. Radio tuning/AUDIO control knob

5. Radio SCAN (tuning) button

6. CD RPT (repeat)/RDM (random) play button

7. Radio CAT (category)/REW (rewind) button for

SEEK/TRACK

8. FF (fast forward) button for SEEK/TRACK

SAA1851

With navigation system

1. AM·FM band select button

2. SAT button

3. DISC·AUX button

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-65

Condition:

Black plate (272,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-66 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA1852

Without navigation system

1. AM·FM band select button

2. DISC button

3. AUX/SAT band select button

FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT

DISC (CD) PLAYER

GUID-C131FB44-F458-4E5F-863F-8282EA324CB7

For all operation precautions, see “Audio opera-

tion precautions” earlier in this section.

The satellite radio mode requires an active

SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. The sa-

tellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and

Guam.

It may take some time to receive the activation

signal after subscribing the SiriusXM Satellite

Radio. After receiving the activation signal, an

available channel list will be automatically

updated in the radio. Push the ignition switch

from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list.

Audio main operation

GUID-00A49DC2-4837-44E9-892D-DF21199AA14E

Head unit: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and

high frequency ranges automatically in both

radio reception and CD playback.

ON·OFF/Volume control:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON

position, and then push the ON·OFF button

while the system is off to turn on the last audio

source, which was playing immediately before

the system was turned off. While the system is

on, pushing the ON·OFF button turns the system

off.

Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume.

Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal-

ance: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade, push

the Audio control knob. When the display shows

the setting you want to change (Bass, Treble,

Balance and Fade), rotate the Audio control

knob to set the desired setting. For the other

setting methods, see “How to use SETTING

button” earlier in this section.

This vehicle has some sound effect functions as

follows:

.Speed Sensitive Vol.

For more details, see “Vehicle information and

settings” earlier in this section.

Switching the display:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Models with navigation system

Pushing the DISC·AUX button will switch

the displays as follows:

iPod

/USB ?CD/DVD ?Bluetooth

Audio ?AUX ?iPod

/USB

.Models without navigation system

Pushing the AUX button will switch the

display as follows:

USB/iPod

?XM1 ?XM2 ?XM3 ?

USB/iPod

Condition:

Black plate (273,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

FM-AM-SAT radio operation

GUID-EBA85A4A-0F33-4FFD-BE29-8039767BB0D9

radio (FM/AM) band select:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pushing the radio band select button will

change the band as follows:

AM ?FM1 ?FM2 ?AM

radio (SAT) band select (models with

navigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pushing the radio band select button will

change the band as follows:

XM1 ?XM2 ?XM3 ?XM1

When the radio band select button is pushed

while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON

position, the radio will come on at the channel

last played.

The last channel played will also come on when

the ON·OFF button is pushed to ON.

The satellite radio is not available in Alaska,

Hawaii and Guam.

If another audio source is playing when the radio

band select button is turned to ON, the audio

source will automatically be turned off and the

last radio channel played will come on.

When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, the

radio will automatically change from stereo to

monaural reception.

radio (SAT) band select (models

without navigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the satellite band select button to select

the satellite radio mode XM1, XM2 or XM3.

TUNE (Tuning):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.For AM and FM radio

Turn the radio TUNE knob for manual tuning.

.For SiriusXM Satellite Radio

Turn the radio TUNE knob to seek channels

from all of the categories when any category

is not selected.

SEEK tuning/CATEGORY

(CAT): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.For AM and FM radio

Push the SEEK button or to tune

from low to high or high to low frequencies

and to stop at the next broadcasting station.

.For SiriusXM Satellite Radio

Push the SEEK button or to tune

to the first channel of the next or previous

category.

During satellite radio reception, the following

notices will be displayed under certain condi-

tions.

.NO SIGNAL (No signal is received while the

SAT tuner is connected.)

.OFF AIR (Broadcasting signed off)

.CHECK ANTENNA (Antenna connection

error)

.LOADING (When the initial setting is

performed)

.UPDATING (When the satellite radio sub-

scription is not active)

SCAN tuning:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low

to high frequencies and stop at each broad-

casting station/channel for 5 seconds. Pushing

the button again during this 5 seconds period

will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain

tuned to that station/channel.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5

seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next

station/channel.

*1to *6Station memory operations:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

12 stations/channels can be set for the FM band

(6 each for FM1 and FM2), 18 for SiriusXM

Satellite Radio (6 each for XM1, XM2 and XM3)

and 6 stations can be set for the AM band.

1. Choose the radio band using the radio band

select button.

2. Tune to the desired station/channel using

the SEEK/TRACK, SCAN button or the

radio TUNE knob.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-67

Condition:

Black plate (274,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-68 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

3. Push and hold the desired station preset

button *1to *6until the radio mutes.

4. The station indicator will then come on and

the sound will resume. Memorizing is now

complete.

5. Other buttons can be set in the same

manner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse

opens, the radio memory will be erased. In that

case, reset the desired stations/channels.

List (AM and FM radio) (models with

navigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the “List” key on the display is selected

while the FM or AM radio is being played, the

preset station list will be displayed.

If 1 of the 6 preset stations listed is touched and

held, the current station will be stored as the

new preset.

Menu (SiriusXM Satellite Radio) (models

with navigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the “Menu” key on the display is selected

while the SiriusXM Satellite Radio is being

played, the menu list will be displayed.

The following items are available.

.Preset List

Displays the preset channel list. If 1 of the 6

preset stations listed is touched and held,

the current station will be stored as the new

preset.

.Customize Channel List

Selects specific channels to skip while using

the TUNE, SEEK/CATEGORY or Menu-

Categories feature.

.Favorite Artists & Songs

Stores the current artist or song that is being

played. Touch the “Alert” key to be reminded

when the stored artist or song is playing on a

station while listening to SiriusXM Satellite

Radio.

.Categories

Selecting a category will go to the first

channel in that category as defined by

SiriusXM Satellite Radio.

.Direct Tune

Inputs the channel number by using a

keypad.

Text (models without navigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the “Text” key is selected with the multi-

function controller on the display and then the

ENTER button is pushed while the satellite radio

is being played, the text information listed below

will be displayed on the screen.

.CH Name

.Category

.Name

.Title

.Other

Compact Disc (CD) player operation

GUID-F3F7ECB7-D20C-494A-9EAD-66D08C16AB2C

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON

position and insert the Compact Disc (CD) into

the slot with the label side facing up. The CD will

be guided automatically into the slot and start

playing.

After loading the CD, the number of tracks on

the CD and the play time will appear on the

display.

If the radio is already operating, it will auto-

matically turn off and the CD will play.

If the system has been turned off while the CD

was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button will

start the CD.

Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.

or PLAY:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISC·AUX or DISC (CD play) button

is pushed with the system off and the CD

loaded, the system will turn on and the CD will

start to play.

When the DISC·AUX or DISC button is pushed

with the CD loaded and the radio playing, the

radio will automatically be turned off and the CD

Condition:

Black plate (275,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

will start to play.

Menu (models with navigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the “Menu” key on the display is selected

while the CD is being played, the menu screen

will be displayed. The following menu options

are available.

.Folder List (for CD with compressed audio

files)

Displays the folder list.

.Track List

Displays the track list.

.Play Mode

Select a play mode from the following items.

— Normal

— 1 Folder Repeat (for CD with com-

pressed audio files)

— 1 Track Repeat

— 1 Disc Random

— 1 Folder Random (for CD with com-

pressed audio files)

.Title Text Priority (for CD) (if so equipped)

Set the priority to CDDB (Compact Disc

Data Base) to acquire track information from

the Gracenote Database, or set the priority

to CD-TEXT to acquire the information from

CDs.

Text (models without navigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the “Text” key is selected in the screen

using the multi-function controller and then the

ENTER button is pushed while the CD is being

played, the music information below will be

displayed on the screen.

CD:

.Disc title

.Track title

CD with compressed audio files:

.Folder title

.File title

.Song title

.Album title

.Artist

Next/Previous Track and Fast

Forward/Rewind:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the FF or REW button for more than 1.5

seconds while a CD is being played to fast

forward or rewind through the track. When the

button is released, the CD will return to normal

play speed.

When the FF button is pushed for less than 1.5

seconds while a CD is being played, the next

track on the CD will be played.

When the REW button is pushed for less than

1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current

track started playing, the previous track will be

played.

When the REW button is pushed for less than

1.5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the

current track started playing, the beginning of

the current track will be played.

REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is

played, the play pattern can be changed as

follows:

(CD)

NOS2606

(CD with compressed audio files)

NOS2607

CD EJECT:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the

CD loaded, the CD will be ejected.

When this button is pushed while the CD is

being played, the CD will be ejected.

If the CD comes out and is not removed, it

will be pulled back into the slot to protect

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-69

Condition:

Black plate (276,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-70 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

it.

DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) PLAYER

OPERATION (models with navigation

system) GUID-EF98CC42-EAAD-4426-B294-DCA157F6C9EE

Precautions GUID-B37A835C-2698-4C52-A8FB-20146AE67DE8

Start the engine when using the DVD entertain-

ment system.

Movies will not be shown on the front display

while the vehicle is in any drive position to

reduce driver distraction. Audio is available

when a movie is played. To view movies in the

front display, stop the vehicle in a safe location,

move the selector lever to the P (Park) position

and apply the parking brake.

WARNING

.The driver must not attempt to

operate the DVD system or wear

the headphones while the vehicle is

in motion so that full attention may

be given to vehicle operation.

.Do not attempt to modify the system

to display a movie on the front

screen while the vehicle is being

driven. Doing so may distract the

driver and may cause a collision and

serious personal injury or death.

CAUTION

.Only operate the DVD while the

vehicle engine is running. Operating

the DVD for extended periods of

time with the engine OFF can dis-

charge the vehicle battery.

.Do not allow the system to get wet.

Excessive moisture such as spilled

liquids may cause the system to

malfunction.

.While playing VIDEO-CD media, this

DVD player does not guarantee

complete functionality of all VI-

DEO-CD formats.

Display settings

GUID-2AF4320E-8689-441A-A759-33B7D1DB0309

To adjust the front display mode, push the

SETTING button while the DVD is being played.

To adjust the display ON/OFF, brightness, tint,

color and contrast, select the “Display Adjust-

ment” key and then select each key.

Then you can adjust each item using the multi-

function controller. After changes have been

made push the BACK button to save the setting.

SAA2497

Playing a DVD

GUID-E8CC217F-6D7F-4F38-96D5-04BF53DD1CF7

DISC·AUX button:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Park the vehicle in a safe location for the

front seat occupants to operate the DVD

drive while watching the images.

Push the DISC·AUX button on the instrument

panel and turn the display to the DVD mode.

When a DVD is loaded, it will be replayed

automatically.

The operation screen will be turned on when the

DISC·AUX button located on the instrument

panel is pushed while a DVD is being played,

and it will turn off automatically after a period of

time. To turn it on again, push the DISC·AUX

Condition:

Black plate (277,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

button again.

DVD operation keys:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DVD is playing without the operation

screen being shown, you may use the touch

screen to select items from the displayed video.

You may also use the multifunction controller to

select an item from the displayed video. When

the operation screen is being shown, use the

multifunction controller or touch screen to select

an item from the displayed menus.

PAUSE:

Select the “ ” key to pause the DVD. To

resume playing the DVD, use the “PLAY” key.

PLAY:

Select the “ ” key to start playing the DVD,

for example, after pausing the DVD.

STOP:

Select the “ ” key to stop playing the DVD.

/ Next/Previous Chapter:

Select the “ ” or “ ” key to skip the

chapter(s) of the disc forward/backward. The

chapters will advance/go back the number of

times this key is selected.

/ Commercial Skip:

This function is only for DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR.

Select the “ ” or “ ” key to skip forward or

backwards by the set amount as defined in the

DVD Settings menu.

Top Menu: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the “Top Menu” key is selected in the

screen while a DVD is being played, the top

menu specific to each disc will be displayed. For

details, see the instructions on the disc.

SAA2498

Example

DVD settings

GUID-7B8B7A8C-B156-4DAE-929A-FD370C7ED7C3

Select the “Settings” key to adjust the following

settings.

Key (DVD-VIDEO):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Keys for the DVD menu operation are displayed.

: Move the cursor to select a DVD menu.

Enter: Enter the selected menu.

Move: Change the display location by moving

the operation key.

Back: Return to the previous screen.

Hide: Hide the operation key.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-71

Condition:

Black plate (278,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-72 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Title Menu (DVD-VIDEO):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Some menus specific to each disc will be

shown. For details, see the instructions on the

disc.

Title Search (DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The scene with the specified title will be

displayed each time the “+” side or “−” side is

selected.

Group Search (VIDEO CD):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

A scene in the specified group will be displayed

each time the “+” side or “−” side is selected.

10 Key Search (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD,

CD-DA, DVD-VR):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “10 Key Search” key to open the

number entry screen. Input the number to be

searched and select the “OK” key. The specified

Title/Chapter or Group/Track will be played.

Select No. (VIDEO-CD):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “Select No.” key to open the number

entry screen. Input the number to be searched

and select the “OK” key. The specified scene

will be played.

Angle (DVD-VIDEO):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

If the DVD contains different angles (such as

moving images), the current image angle can be

switched to another one. Select the “Angle” key.

The angle will change each time the “+” side or

“−” side is selected.

Angle Mark (DVD-VIDEO):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned on, an angle mark will

be shown on the bottom of the screen if the

scene can be seen from a different angle.

Menu Skip (DVD-VIDEO):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

DVD menus are automatically configured and

the contents will be played directly when the

“Menu Skip” key is turned on. Note that some

discs may not be played directly even if this item

is turned on.

CM Skip (DVD-VIDEO):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “CM Skip” key. Choose the setting

time from 15, 30 or 60 seconds by selecting the

“+” side or “−” side.

DRC (DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

DRC (Dynamic Range Compression) automati-

cally adjusts the soundtrack volume level to

maintain a more even sound to the speakers.

DVD Language (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “DVD Language” key to open the

number entry screen. Input the number corre-

sponding to the preferred language and select

the “OK” key. The DVD top menu language will

be changed to the one specified.

Display: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust the image quality of the screen, select

the preferred adjustment items.

Audio: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the preferred language for audio.

Subtitle (DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the preferred language for subtitles.

Display Mode (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD,

DVD-VR): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select from the “Full”, “Wide”, “Normal” or

“Cinema” modes.

Title List (DVD-VR):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the preferred title from the list.

Play Mode: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the preferred play mode.

PG/PL Mode (DVD-VR):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “PG” or “PL” mode.

Condition:

Black plate (279,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA3557

USB MEMORY OPERATION (if so

equipped) GUID-1911C9E0-A85B-4796-B0E6-1983A3CCE23D

Audio main operation

GUID-EC470606-27FA-41BF-8B6E-3F3D06147A2A

Open the console lid and connect a USB

memory as illustrated. Then, push the DISC·AUX

or AUX button repeatedly to switch to the USB

memory mode.

If the system has been turned off while the USB

memory was playing, pushing the ON·OFF/VOL

control knob will start the USB memory.

CAUTION

.Depending on size and shape of

USB device, the console lid may not

fully close. Do not force console lid

closed as this may damage USB

device.

.Do not force the USB device into the

USB port. Inserting the USB device

tilted or up-side-down into the port

may damage the USB device and

the port. Make sure that the USB

device is connected correctly into

the USB port. (Some USB devices

come with a mark as a guide.

Make sure that the mark is facing

the correct direction before insert-

ing the device.)

.Do not locate objects near the USB

device to prevent the objects from

leaning on the USB device and the

port. Pressure from the objects may

damage the USB device and the

port.

SAA2500

File selection (models with navigation

system) GUID-8C3D41CC-4A4A-4890-99A6-A075C3299677

When there are both audio and movie files in the

USB memory, the mode select screen is

displayed. Select the preferred content to play.

When there is only one type of file, the audio or

movie operation screen is displayed and the file

will start to play.

If playback of a video file is restricted to a

specific number of times, a confirmation screen

will appear asking you if you want to play the file.

Answer yes or no as requested by the display.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-73

Condition:

Black plate (280,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-74 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA2501

Models with navigation system

SAA2611

Models without navigation system

Audio file operation

GUID-86A04B3E-66EC-408F-BFBC-198604AA6B80

or PLAY:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISC·AUX or AUX button is pushed

with the system off and the USB memory

inserted, the system will turn on.

If another audio source is playing and a USB

memory is inserted, push the DISC·AUX or AUX

button repeatedly until the center display

changes to the USB memory mode.

Next/Previous File and Fast

Forward/Rewind:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the FF or REW button for more than 1.5

seconds while a USB memory is being played to

fast forward or rewind through a track. When the

button is released, the USB memory will return

to normal play speed.

When the FF button is pushed for less than 1.5

seconds while a USB memory is being played,

the next track on the USB memory will be

played.

When the REW button is pushed for less than

1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current

track started playing, the previous track will be

played.

When the REW button is pushed for less than

1.5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the

current track started playing, the beginning of

the current track will be played.

The multi-function controller can also be used to

select tracks when the USB memory is being

played.

Folder selection:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To change to another folder on the USB

memory, turn the folder selector or choose a

folder displayed on the screen using the multi-

function controller.

REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the RPT button is pushed while the USB

memory is played, the play pattern can be

changed as follows.

To change the play mode, push the RPT button

repeatedly and the mode will change as follows.

Normal ?1 Folder Repeat ?1 Track Repeat ?

All Random ?1 Folder Random ?Normal

Condition:

Black plate (281,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2502

Menu (models with navigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

There are some options available during play-

back. Select one of the following options that

are displayed on the screen if necessary. Refer

to the following information for each item.

.Movie Playback

Switch to the movie playback mode. This

item is displayed only when a USB memory

contains movie files.

.Folder List/Track List

Displays the folder or track list. The “Movie

Playback” key is also displayed in this list

screen, and enables switching to the movie

playback mode.

.Play Mode

Select the preferred play mode.

Text (models without navigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the “Text” key is selected on the screen

using the multi-function controller and then the

ENTER button is pushed while a USB memory is

being played, the music information listed below

will be displayed on the screen.

.Folder title

.File title

.Song title

.Album Title

.Artist SAA2503

Movie file operation (models with navi-

gation system)

GUID-457F5420-C299-43BB-8BF4-B9BDC6FFCBEC

Park the vehicle in a safe location for the

front seat occupants to operate the USB

memory while watching the images.

PLAY: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISC·AUX button is pushed with the

system off and the USB memory inserted, the

system will turn on.

If another audio source is playing and a USB

memory is inserted, push the DISC·AUX button

repeatedly until the center display changes to

the USB memory mode.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-75

Condition:

Black plate (282,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-76 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Operation keys:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To operate the USB memory, select the desired

key displayed on the operation screen using the

multi-function controller.

Pause

Select the “ ” key to pause the movie file. To

resume playing the movie file, select the “ ”

key.

Play

Select the “ ” key to start playing a movie file,

for example, after pausing a movie file.

STOP

Select the “ ” key to stop playing a movie file.

Skip (Next chapter)

Select the “ ” key to skip the chapter(s) of

the disc forward. The chapters will advance the

number of times the ENTER button is pushed.

Skip (Previous chapter)

Select the “ ” key to skip the chapter(s) of

the disc backward. The chapters will go back

the number of times the “ ” key is selected.

List: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “List” key on the movie file operation

screen to display the file list.

SAA2504

Example

Settings: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “Settings” key to adjust the following

settings.

.Audio File Playback

Switch to the audio playback mode. This

item is displayed only when the USB

memory contains the audio files.

.Play Mode

Select the “Normal” or “1 Track Repeat” play

mode.

.10 Key Search

Select the “10 Key Search” key to open the

number entry screen.

Input the number to be searched and select

Condition:

Black plate (283,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

the “OK” key.

The specified folder/file will be played.

.Display

To adjust the image quality of the screen,

select the preferred adjustment items.

.DRC

DRC (Dynamic Range Compression) auto-

matically adjusts the soundtrack volume

level to maintain a more even sound to the

speakers.

.Audio

Select the preferred language for audio.

.Subtitle

Select the preferred language for subtitle.

.Display Mode

Select the “Normal”, “Wide”, “Cinema” or

“Full” mode.

Bluetooth

STREAMING AUDIO (mod-

els with navigation system)

GUID-7C5387E1-2FFC-446A-8C32-80F22C893E68

Your NISSAN is equipped with Bluetooth

Streaming Audio. If you have a compatible

Bluetooth

device with streaming audio (A2DP

profile), you can set up the wireless connection

between your Bluetooth

device and the in-

vehicle audio system. This connection allows

you to listen to the audio from the Bluetooth

device using your vehicle speakers. It also may

allow basic control of the device for playing and

skipping audio files using the AVRCP Blue-

tooth

profile. All Bluetooth

Devices do not

have the same level of controls for AVRCP.

Please consult the manual for your Bluetooth

Device for more details.

Once your Bluetooth

device is connected to

the in-vehicle audio system, it will automatically

reconnect whenever the device is present in the

vehicle and you select Bluetooth

Audio from

your audio system. You do not need to manually

reconnect for each usage.

Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth

functions share the same frequency band (2.4

GHz). Using the Bluetooth

and the wireless

LAN functions at the same time may slow down

or disconnect the communication and cause

undesired noise. It is recommended that you

turn off the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the

Bluetooth

functions.

Regulatory information

GUID-E8BCBECC-3690-4404-A5A8-1565F8965F62

FCC Regulatory information:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.CAUTION: To maintain compliance with

FCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use only

the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna,

modification, or attachments could damage

the transmitter and may violate FCC regula-

tions.

.Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

1) This device may not cause interference

and

2) This device must accept any interfer-

ence, including interference that may

cause undesired operation of the device

IC Regulatory information:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

1) This device may not cause interference,

and

2) This device must accept any interfer-

ence, including interference that may

cause undesired operation of the device.

.This Class B digital apparatus meets all

requirements of the Canadian Interference-

Causing Equipment Regulations.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-77

Condition:

Black plate (284,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-78 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Bluetooth trademark:

Bluetooth

is a trademark owned

by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and li-

censed to Clarion Co., Ltd.

SAA2505

Connecting procedure

GUID-40491939-1EDD-4FA2-8C53-4CFE711B8116

1. Push the SETTING button and select the

“Bluetooth” key.

SAA2506

2. Select the “Connect Bluetooth” key.

Condition:

Black plate (285,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2507

3. A confirmation screen will be displayed.

Select “No”.

Note: Selecting “Yes” will only connect the

hands free phone portion of a Bluetooth

device.

SAA3005

4. Choose a PIN code to use with the

compatible Bluetooth audio device using

the number input screen. The PIN code will

need to be entered into the Bluetooth

audio device after step 5. Select the “OK”

key.

SAA3006

5. The standby message screen will appear.

Operate the compatible Bluetooth

audio

device. For the connecting procedure of the

audio device, see the Bluetooth

audio

instructions.

When the connecting is completed, the

screen will return to the Bluetooth

setup

display.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-79

Condition:

Black plate (286,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-80 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA2510

Audio main operation

GUID-31F0400D-E6C9-437E-84A4-D3047932557B

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON

position. Then, push the DISC·AUX button

repeatedly to switch to the Bluetooth

audio

mode. If the system has been turned off while

the Bluetooth

audio device was playing, push-

ing the ON·OFF/VOL control knob will start the

Bluetooth

audio device.

The ability to pause, change tracks, fast forward,

rewind, randomize and repeat music may be

different between devices. Some or all of these

functions may not be supported on each device.

DISC·AUX button:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISC·AUX button is pushed with the

system off and the Bluetooth

audio device

connected, the system will turn on. If another

audio source is playing and the Bluetooth

audio device is connected, push the DISC·AUX

button repeatedly until the display changes to

the Bluetooth

audio mode.

Next/Previous Track and Fast

Forward/Rewind:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the FF or REW button for more than 1.5

seconds while a Bluetooth

file is being played

to fast forward or rewind through the track.

When the button is released, the Bluetooth

audio device will return to the normal play speed.

When the FF button is pushed for less than 1.5

seconds while the Bluetooth

audio device is

being played, the next track will be played.

When the REW button is pushed for less than

1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current

track started playing, the previous track will be

played.

When the REW button is pushed for less than

1.5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the

current track started playing, the beginning of

the current track will be played.

The multi-function controller can also be used to

select tracks when the Bluetooth

audio is

playing.

REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To change the play mode, push the button

repeatedly and the mode changes as follows.

Normal ?Shuffle All Tracks ?Shuffle Group

?Repeat 1 Track ?Repeat All Tracks ?

Repeat Group ?Normal

Operation keys:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To operate a Bluetooth

audio device, select a

key displayed on the operation screen using the

multi-function controller.

Play

Select the “ ” key to start playing when

pausing. Select this key again to pause the

audio play.

Pause

Select the “ ” key to pause the Bluetooth

audio device. Select this key again to resume

playing.

Play Mode: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The play mode setting display will appear when

the “Menu” key is selected.

Choose the preferred play mode from the

Condition:

Black plate (287,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

following items.

.Shuffle

Choose “Shuffle OFF”, “Shuffle All Tracks”

and “Shuffle Group”.

.Repeat

Choose from “Repeat OFF”, “Repeat 1

Track”, “Repeat All Tracks” and “Repeat

Group”.

SAA2511

Bluetooth

settings

GUID-A68ABD46-54A5-4F84-8427-C2EE07708F0F

To set up the Bluetooth

device system to the

preferred settings, push the SETTING button

and select the “Bluetooth” key.

Bluetooth: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

If this setting is turned off, the connection

between the Bluetooth

devices and the in-

vehicle Bluetooth

module will be canceled.

Connect Bluetooth:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Connects to the Bluetooth

device. See “Con-

necting procedure” earlier in this section. Up to

5 devices can be registered.

Connected Devices:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Registered devices are shown on the list. Select

a Bluetooth

device from the list, the following

options will be available.

.Select

Select “Select” to connect the selected

device to the vehicle. If there is a different

device currently connected, the selected

device will replace the current device.

.Edit

Rename the selected Bluetooth

device

using the keypad displayed on the screen.

(See “How to use touch screen (models

with navigation system)” earlier in this

section.)

.Delete

Delete the selected Bluetooth

device.

Edit Bluetooth Info:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Change the name broadcasted by this system

over Bluetooth

. Change the PIN code that is

entered when connecting a hands free device to

this system.

Replace Connected Phone:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Replace the Bluetooth

connection with a

connected Bluetooth

cellular phone. For de-

tails about Hands-Free Phone System, see

“Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System (models

with navigation system)” later in this section.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-81

Condition:

Black plate (288,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-82 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA3344

iPod

PLAYER OPERATION (if so

equipped) GUID-FD80F47E-8BB4-4D68-986A-C5731080C4CF

Connecting iPod

GUID-A72BE860-589F-4B89-9C7B-C3DF3405040E

Open the console lid and connect the iPod

cable to the USB connector. If compatible, the

battery of the iPod

is charged while the

connection to the vehicle.

Depending on the version of the iPod

, the

display on the iPod

shows a NISSAN or

Accessory Attached screen when the connec-

tion is completed. When the iPod

is connected

to the vehicle, the iPod

music library can only

be operated by the vehicle audio controls.

* iPod

is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in

the U.S. and other countries.

CAUTION

.Depending on size and shape of

iPod

and iPod

cable, the console

lid may not fully close. Do not force

console lid closed as this may

damage iPod

and iPod

cable.

.Do not force the iPod

cable into

the USB port. Inserting the iPod

cable tilted or up-side-down into the

port may damage the iPod

cable

and the port. Make sure that the

iPod

cable is connected correctly

into the USB port. (Some iPod

cable come with a mark as a

guide. Make sure that the mark is

facing the correct direction before

inserting the iPod

cable.)

.Do not locate objects near the iPod

cable to prevent the objects from

leaning on the iPod

cable and the

port. Pressure from the objects may

damage the iPod

cable and the

port.

Compatibility

GUID-EAD69E7A-4C90-4E6D-AABE-42D8D2DFEF93

The following models are available:

Models with navigation system:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Fifth generation iPod

(firmware 1.2.3 or

later)

.iPod classic

(firmware 1.1.1 or later)

.First generation iPod touch

(firmware 2.0.0

or later)

.Second generation iPod touch

(firmware

1.2.3 or later)

.First generation iPod nano

(firmware 1.3.1

or later)

.Second generation iPod nano

(firmware

1.1.3 or later)

.Third generation iPod nano

(firmware 1.1

or later)

.Fourth generation iPod nano

(firmware

1.0.2 or later)

Models without navigation system:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Fifth generation iPod

(firmware version 1.3)

.First generation iPod classic

(firmware

version 1.1.2 PC)

.Second generation iPod classic

(firmware

version 2.0 PC)

.First generation iPod touch

(firmware ver-

sion 2.1)

Condition:

Black plate (289,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

.Second generation iPod touch

(firmware

version 2.1.1)

.First generation iPod nano

(firmware ver-

sion 1.3.1)

.Second generation iPod nano

(firmware

version 1.1.3)

.Third generation iPod nano

(firmware ver-

sion 1.1 PC)

.Third generation iPhone

(firmware version

2.1)

Make sure that the iPod

firmware is updated.

Audio main operation

GUID-28472054-9448-47CD-BD59-B1639785F044

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON

position. Then, push the DISC·AUX button

repeatedly to switch to the iPod

mode.

If the system has been turned off while the iPod

was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button will

start the iPod

or play:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISC·AUX or AUX button is pushed

with the system off and the iPod

connected,

the system will turn on. If another audio source is

playing and the iPod

is connected, push the

DISC·AUX or AUX button repeatedly until the

center display changes to the iPod

mode.

Interface: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The interface for iPod

operation shown on the

vehicle center display is similar to the iPod

interface. Use the multi-function controller and

the ENTER or BACK button to play the iPod

with your favorite settings.

The following items can be chosen from the

menu list screen. For further information about

each item, see the iPod

Owner’s Manual.

.Now Playing

.Playlists

.Artists

.Albums

.Songs

.Podcasts

.Genres

.Composers

.Audiobooks

.Shuffle Songs

The following touch-panel buttons shown on the

screen are also available:

.: returns to the previous screen.

.: plays/pauses the music selected.

Next/Previous Track and Fast

Forward/Rewind:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the FF or REW button for more than 1.5

seconds while the iPod

is playing to fast

forward or rewind through a track. When the

button is released, the iPod

will return to the

normal play speed.

When the FF button is pushed for less than 1.5

seconds while the iPod

is being played, the

next track will be played.

When the REW button is pushed for less than

1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current

track started playing, the previous track will be

played.

When the REW button is pushed for less than

1.5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the

current track started playing, the beginning of

the current track will be played.

The multi-function controller can also be used to

select tracks when the iPod

is playing.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-83

Condition:

Black plate (290,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-84 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the RPT button is pushed while a track is

being played, the play pattern can be changed

as follows:

NOS2652

SAA3342

AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS (if so

equipped) GUID-031E6845-355E-4B94-AB0A-BC5D7A96E419

The auxiliary input jacks are located in the center

console. NTSC compatible devices such as

video games, camcorders and portable video

players can be connected to the auxiliary jacks.

Compatible audio devices, such as some MP3

players, can also be connected to the system

through the auxiliary jacks.

The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identifica-

tion purposes.

.Yellow - video input

.White - left channel audio input

.Red - right channel audio input

Before connecting a device to a jack, turn off the

power of the portable device.

With a compatible device connected to the

jacks, push the DISC·AUX or AUX button

repeatedly until the display switches to the

AUX mode.

Condition:

Black plate (291,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2496

Models with navigation system

SAA1567

Models without navigation system

AUX Menu GUID-281DDB8B-E18B-41B6-9B6D-F3679632BC95

When the “Menu” key on the display is selected

while in the AUX mode, the menu screen will be

displayed.

Display Mode:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Choose the display mode from the following

items.

.Normal

.Wide

.Cinema

Volume Settings (models with navigation

system): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Choose the volume setting from the following

items.

.Low

.Medium

.High

Display (models with navigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Adjust the image quality of the screen, select the

preferred adjustment items.

SAA0451

CD/DVD/USB MEMORY CARE AND

CLEANING GUID-D99C5681-CCB2-4546-A032-DDF98A984F2C

CD/DVD GUID-76BF0595-4A07-4E1D-8EC4-AE66DFAB6A04

.Handle a CD/DVD by its edges. Never touch

the surface of the disc. Do not bend the

disc.

.Always place the discs in the storage case

when they are not being used.

.To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the

center to the outer edge using a clean, soft

cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular

motion.

Do not use a conventional record cleaner or

alcohol intended for industrial use.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-85

Condition:

Black plate (292,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-86 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

.A new disc may be rough on the inner and

outer edges. Remove the rough edges by

rubbing the inner and outer edges with the

side of a pen or pencil as illustrated.

USB memory

GUID-0EB7000F-0BEB-4820-848A-B72225B4910E

.Do not touch the terminal portion of the USB

memory.

.Do not place heavy objects on the USB

memory.

.Do not store the USB memory in highly

humid locations.

.Do not expose the USB memory to direct

sunlight.

.Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory.

Refer to the USB memory Owner’s Manual for

the details.

SAA1854

With navigation system

SAA1855

Without navigation system

1. Source select switch

2. Menu control switch (models with navigation

system) or audio tuning switch (models without

navigation system)

3. Volume control switch

4. BACK switch

Condition:

Black plate (293,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

STEERING-WHEEL-MOUNTED CON-

TROLS FOR AUDIO (if so equipped)

GUID-22E2AF45-BCF1-486C-9E1E-D414FA4A5EDE

Menu control switch (models with navi-

gation system) or audio tuning switch

(models without navigation system)

GUID-E19332CA-2DD3-40B8-A8C1-5572B6D8E8E7

While the display is showing a MAP (navigation

systems only), STATUS or Audio screen, tilt the

switch upward or downward to select a station,

track, CD or folder. For most audio sources,

tilting the switch up/down for more than 1.5

seconds provides a different function than tilting

up/down for less than 1.5 seconds.

AM and FM radio:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds

will skip up or down through the preset

stations.

.Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 seconds

will seek up or down to the next station.

.Pushing the menu control switch will show

the list of preset stations.

SiriusXM Satellite Radio:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds

will skip up or down through the preset

channels.

.Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 seconds

will go to the next or previous category.

.Pushing the menu control switch will show

the XM Menu.

iPod

:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds

will skip up or down through the tracks.

.Pushing the menu control switch will show

the iPod Menu.

CD: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds

will skip up or down through the tracks.

.Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 seconds

will skip up or down through the folders (if

playing compressed audio files).

.Pushing the menu control switch will show

the CD Menu.

DVD (models with navigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds

will skip up or down through the tracks.

.Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 seconds

will skip up or down through the titles.

.Pushing the menu control switch will select

an item from the DVD display.

.When the transparent operation menu ap-

pears, the switch will control the menu.

USB: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds

will skip up or down through the tracks.

.Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 seconds

will skip up or down through the folders.

.Pushing the menu control switch will show

the USB Menu.

Bluetooth

Audio (models with navigation

system): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds

will skip up or down through the tracks.

BACK switch (models with navi-

gation system)

GUID-D26A857B-F9ED-42BC-B015-30869C5C67C8

Push this switch to go back to the previous

screen or cancel the selection if it is not

completed.

Volume control switches

GUID-EB0D7B9F-6B05-45AE-9781-0D587A85C8F6

Push the upper (+) or lower (−) side switch to

increase or decrease the volume.

Source select switch

GUID-39EFE205-E1D7-4D56-AEC0-06037C87BC14

Push the source select switch to change the

mode to available audio source.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-87

Condition:

Black plate (294,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-88 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

ANTENNA GUID-5D62EC7D-99A1-4040-9B31-8ACB3AC0CE76

Window antenna (for Hardtop models)

GUID-CB119597-8559-44D0-B2B0-9B0667D091D0

The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear

window.

CAUTION

.Do not place metalized film near the

rear window glass or attach any

metal parts to it. This may cause

poor reception or noise.

.When cleaning the inside of the rear

window, be careful not to scratch or

damage the rear window antenna.

Lightly wipe along the antenna with

a dampened soft cloth.

SAA2102

Roof antenna (for Hardtop models) and

trunk mounted antenna (for CrossCab-

riolet models)

GUID-8AAFB5F9-D133-44F8-9018-430C3B61453D

Removing the antenna:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

You can remove the antenna if necessary.

Hold the bottom of the antenna and remove by

turning counterclockwise.

To install the antenna, turn the antenna clock-

wise and tighten.

CAUTION

.To avoid damaging or deforming the

antenna, be sure to remove the

antenna under the following condi-

tions.

— The vehicle enters an automatic

car wash (for Hardtop models).

— The vehicle enters a garage with

a low ceiling.

— The vehicle is covered with a car

cover.

.Always properly tighten the antenna

rod during installation. Otherwise,

the antenna rod may break during

vehicle operation.

Condition:

Black plate (295,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-2FDA1809-0AE0-4716-B007-03F1D8BBE2C5

When installing a car phone or a CB radio in

your vehicle, be sure to observe the following

cautions, otherwise the new equipment may

adversely affect the electronic control modules

and electronic control system harness.

WARNING

.A cellular phone should not be used

for any purpose while driving so full

attention may be given to vehicle

operation. Some jurisdictions prohi-

bit the use of cellular phones while

driving.

.If you must make a call while your

vehicle is in motion, the hands-free

cellular phone operational mode (if

so equipped) is highly recom-

mended. Exercise extreme caution

at all times so full attention may be

given to vehicle operation.

.If a conversation in a moving vehicle

requires you to take notes, pull off

the road to a safe location and stop

your vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

.Keep the antenna as far away as

possible from the electronic control

modules.

.Keep the antenna wire more than 8

in (20 cm) away from the electronic

control system harness. Do not

route the antenna wire next to any

harness.

.Adjust the antenna standing-wave

ratio as recommended by the man-

ufacturer.

.Connect the ground wire from the

CB radio chassis to the body.

.For details, consult a NISSAN deal-

er.

GUID-046E2123-C218-461B-98FE-4E62F9A355CF

WARNING

.Use a phone after stopping your

vehicle in a safe location. If you

have to use a phone while driving,

exercise extreme caution at all

times so full attention may be given

to vehicle operation.

.If you find yourself unable to devote

full attention to vehicle operation

while talking on the phone, pull off

the road to a safe location and stop

your vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery,

use a phone after starting the engine.

Your NISSAN is equipped with Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System. If you are an owner

of a compatible Bluetooth

enabled cellular

phone, you can set up the wireless connection

between your cellular phone and the in-vehicle

phone module. With Bluetooth

wireless tech-

nology, you can make or receive a telephone call

with your cellular phone in your pocket.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-89

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO

Bluetooth

HANDS-FREE PHONE

SYSTEM (models with navigation

system)

Condition:

Black plate (296,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-90 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Once a cellular phone is connected to the in-

vehicle phone module, no phone connecting

procedure is required anymore. Your phone is

automatically connected with the in-vehicle

phone module when the ignition switch is

pushed to the ON position with the registered

cellular phone turned on and carried in the

vehicle.

You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth

cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module.

However, you can talk on only one cellular phone

at a time.

The NISSAN Voice Recognition system sup-

ports the phone commands, so dialing a phone

number using your voice is possible. For more

details, see “NISSAN voice recognition system

(models with navigation system)” later in this

section; page 4-113.

Before using the Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone

System, refer to the following notes.

.Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth

functions share the same frequency band

(2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth

and the

wireless LAN functions at the same time may

slow down or disconnect the communica-

tion and cause undesired noise. It is

recommended that you turn off the wireless

LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth

functions.

.Set up the wireless connection between a

compatible cellular phone and the in-vehicle

phone module before using the Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System.

.Some Bluetooth

enabled cellular phones

may not be recognized by the in-vehicle

phone module. Please visit

www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for a recom-

mended phone list.

.You will not be able to use a hands-free

phone under the following conditions:

— Your vehicle is outside of the telephone

service area.

— Your vehicle is in an area where it is

difficult to receive radio waves; such as in

a tunnel, in an underground parking

garage, behind a tall building or in a

mountainous area.

— Your cellular phone is locked in order not

to be dialed.

.When the radio wave reception is not ideal

or ambient sound is too loud, it may be

difficult for the other party to hear your voice

during a call. Please close the windows if

possible.

.Immediately after the ignition switch is

pushed to the ON position, it may be

impossible to receive a call for a short

period of time.

.Do not place the cellular phone in an area

surrounded by metal or far away from the in-

vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality

degradation and wireless connection dis-

ruption.

.While a cellular phone is connected through

the Bluetooth

wireless connection, the

battery power of the cellular phone may

discharge quicker than usual.

.If the Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System

seems to be malfunctioning, please visit

www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for trouble-

shooting help.

.Some cellular phones or other devices may

cause interference or a buzzing noise to

come from the audio system speakers.

Storing the device in a different location

may reduce or eliminate the noise.

.Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manual

regarding the telephone pairing procedure

specific to your phone, battery charging,

cellular phone antenna, etc.

.The antenna display on the monitor will not

coincide with the antenna display of some

cellular phones.

.Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as

possible to hear the caller’s voice clearly as

well as to minimize its echoes.

Condition:

Black plate (297,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

.If reception between callers is unclear,

adjusting the incoming or outgoing call

volume may improve the clarity.

REGULATORY INFORMATION

GUID-637CD407-3A96-45DC-9EC2-138DF3AB3D59

FCC Regulatory information

GUID-980C0581-DEF4-49FF-B0B6-96D2C40F63F5

.CAUTION: To maintain compliance with

FCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use only

the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna,

modification, or attachments could damage

the transmitter and may violate FCC regula-

tions.

.Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

1. this device may not cause interference and

2. this device must accept any interference,

including interference that may cause un-

desired operation of the device

IC Regulatory information

GUID-01079428-1F15-46E5-849E-359B827B5F0D

.Operation is subject to the following two

conditions: (1) this device may not cause

interference, and (2) this device must accept

any interference, including interference that

may cause undesired operation of the

device.

.This Class B digital apparatus meets all

requirements of the Canadian Interference-

Causing Equipment Regulations.

Bluetooth trademark:

Bluetooth

is a trademark owned

by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and li-

censed to Clarion Co., Ltd.

VOICE COMMANDS

GUID-95F93972-653C-4AF6-9A16-78918A2B2EB1

You can use voice commands to operate various

Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System features

using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system.

For more details, see “NISSAN voice recogni-

tion system (models with navigation system)”

later in this section; page 4-113.

SAA3556

CONTROL BUTTONS

GUID-D680FAE6-FA84-4969-8AAB-FFD5526FA772

1. PHONE button

2. TALK /PHONE SEND button

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-91

Condition:

Black plate (298,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-92 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

JVH0253X

CONNECTING PROCEDURE

GUID-9BEACCEF-0959-46FA-A2F0-DCD12A86A6F3

1. Push the PHONE button or the button,

and select the “Connect Phone” key.

SAA2520

2. When a PIN code appears on the screen,

operate the compatible Bluetooth

cellular

phone to enter the PIN code.

The connecting procedure of the cellular

phone varies according to each cellular

phone. See the cellular phone Owner’s

Manual for the details. You can also visit

www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth or call

NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department for

instructions on pairing NISSAN recom-

mended cellular phones.

When the connection process is completed,

the screen will return to the Phone menu

display.

PHONE SELECTION

GUID-8BA5FDCF-9589-4449-AFFB-E0894E8FE4FA

Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered to the

system. To switch to connect another cellular

phone, push PHONE button and select the

“Connected Phones” key. The registered cellular

phones are shown on the list. If you select a

cellular phone that is different from the one

currently connected, the newly selected phone

will be connected to the system.

VEHICLE PHONEBOOK

GUID-68E4156D-4E14-426F-984D-7A594DCD82E8

This vehicle has two phonebooks available for

hands-free use. Depending on the phone, the

system may automatically download the entire

cell phone’s phonebook into the “Handset

Phonebook”. For the details about downloading

a phonebook, see “Phone setting” later in this

section. If a phonebook does not automatically

download, the vehicle phonebook may be set for

up to 1,000 entries. This phonebook allows the

recording of a name to speak while using voice

recognition.

Condition:

Black plate (299,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2521

1. Push the PHONE button and select the

“Vehicle Phonebook” key.

2. Select the “Add New” key at the top of the

screen.

SAA2522

3. Choose the method for entering the phone-

book entry. For this example, select “Enter

Number by Keypad”.

4. Enter the digits and select the “OK” key.

(See “How to use touch screen (models

with navigation system)” earlier in this

section.)

SAA2523

5. Select the “Voicetag” key to record a name

to speak when using the NISSAN Voice

Recognition system.

6. Select the “Store” key and prepare to speak

the name after the tone.

7. When the voicetag is successfully saved,

select the “OK” key to save the phonebook

entry.

8. After the phonebook entry is saved, it will

show a screen that is ready to call the

number. Press the BACK button to return to

the Vehicle Phonebook.

There are different methods to input a phone

number. Select one of the following options

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-93

Condition:

Black plate (300,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-94 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

instead of “Enter Number by Keypad” in step 3.

.Copy from Call History

The system will show a list of incoming,

outgoing or missed calls that were down-

loaded from the connected cellular phone

(depending on the phone’s compatibility).

Select one of these entries to save in the

vehicle phonebook.

.Copy from the Handset

The system will show the connected cellular

phone’s phonebook that was downloaded

(depending on the phone’s compatibility).

Select one of these entries to save in the

vehicle phonebook. SAA2620

Editing the Vehicle Phonebook

GUID-38365816-D70D-4632-A234-FBF33135EF7E

1. Push the PHONE button and select the

“Vehicle Phonebook” key.

2. Select the desired entry from the displayed

list.

3. Select the “Edit” key.

4. Select the desired item to change.

SAA2523

The following editing items are available:

.Entry #

Changes the displayed number of the

selected entry.

.Name

Edit the name of the entry using the keypad

displayed on the screen.

.Number

Edit the phone number using the keypad

displayed on the screen.

.Type

Select an icon from the icon list.

.Voicetag

Confirm and store the voicetag. Voicetags

Condition:

Black plate (301,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

allow easy dialing using the NISSAN Voice

Recognition system. (See “NISSAN voice

recognition system (models with navigation

system)” later in this section.)

To delete an entry, select the “Delete” key at

step 3.

SAA2524

MAKING A CALL

GUID-268C7F12-43F5-442D-8D30-D077AC39D5F3

To make a call, follow this procedure.

1. Push the PHONE button on the instrument

panel or the button on the steering

wheel. The “PHONE” screen will appear on

the display.

2. Select the “Handset Phonebook” key on the

“PHONE” menu.

3. Select the desired entry from the list.

4. Confirm the correct entry by selecting for the

correct number from the list.

SAA2621

5. Select the “Call” key to start dialing the

number.

There are different methods to make a call.

Select one of the following options instead of

“Handset Phonebook” in step 2 above.

.Vehicle Phonebook

Select an entry stored in the Vehicle’s

Phonebook.

.Call History

Select an outgoing, incoming or missed call

downloaded from your cell phone (depend-

ing on your phone’s compatibility).

.Dial Number

Input the phone number manually using the

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-95

Condition:

Black plate (302,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-96 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

keypad displayed on the screen. (See “How

to use touch screen (models with navigation

system)” earlier in this section.)

SAA2525

RECEIVING A CALL

GUID-42653916-6D28-452E-955E-41B0F21185E9

When you hear a phone ring, the display will

change to the incoming call mode. To receive a

call, perform one of the following procedures

listed below.

1. Select the “Answer” key.

2. Push the PHONE button on the instrument

panel.

3. Push the button on the steering wheel.

There are some options available when receiving

a call. Select one of the following displayed on

the screen.

.Answer

Accept an incoming call to talk.

.Hold Call

Put an incoming call on hold.

.Reject Call

Reject an incoming call.

To finish the call, perform one of the

following procedures listed below.

1. Select the “Hang up” key.

2. Push the PHONE button on the instrument

panel.

3. Push the button on the steering wheel.

Condition:

Black plate (303,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA3587

DURING A CALL

GUID-D5E534B4-79AD-47EE-A712-C875FB7D0D2E

There are some options available during a call.

Select one of the following displayed on the

screen if necessary.

.Hang up

Finish the call.

.Use Handset

Transfer the call to the cellular phone.

.Mute

Mute your voice to the person.

.Keypad

Using the touch tone, send digits to the

connected party for using services such as

voicemail.

.Cancel Mute

This will appear after “Mute” is selected.

Mute will be canceled.

.Switch Call*

Select "Switch Call" to answer another

incoming call. By selecting “Hang up”, you

can end a call and can speak to a caller who

is on hold again.

* This function may not be usable, depend-

ing on the model of phone.

To adjust the person’s voice to be louder or

quieter, push the volume control switch (+ or −)

on the steering wheel or turn the volume control

knob on the instrument panel while talking on

the phone. This adjustment is also available in

the SETTING mode.

JVH0136M

PHONE SETTING

GUID-D54425C1-1203-405E-B905-91EAE449EB16

To set up the Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone

System to your preferred settings, push the

SETTING button on the instrument panel and

select the “PHONE” key.

Edit Vehicle Phonebook

GUID-21A81C5C-FE0F-4748-BF7D-BEDE2E950243

To edit the vehicle phonebook, use the same

procedure as described in “Vehicle phonebook”

earlier in this section.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-97

Condition:

Black plate (304,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-98 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Delete Phonebook

GUID-B23F862F-A65E-4F95-84BC-9789833A1AA6

The vehicle phonebook entries can be deleted

all at the same time or one by one.

Download Handset Phonebook

GUID-AE3AE8DD-860B-4FC7-8661-BD338EBFDC9F

Download the contacts registered in a Blue-

tooth

cellular phone. Availability of this function

depends on each cellular phone. The memory

downloading procedure from the cellular phone

also varies according to each cellular phone.

See cellular phone Owner’s Manual for details.

Volume & Ringtone

GUID-7FCE50D7-0C2F-486D-8F1D-A438FEC3D023

The following kinds of phone volume can be set.

Pushing the PHONE button and selecting the

“Volume & Ringtone” key can also operate the

same settings.

.Ringtone/Incoming Call/Outgoing Call

To increase or decrease the volume, select

the “Ringtone”, “Incoming Call” or “Out-

going Call” key and adjust it with the multi-

function controller.

.Automatic Hold

When this function is activated, an incoming

phone call is automatically held.

.Vehicle Ringtone

When this function is activated, a specific

ringtone that is different from the cellular

phone will sound when receiving a call.

Auto Download

GUID-E06F2D7C-62BE-4F19-B524-E8D96A701FD2

When this item is activated, the phonebook of a

hands-free phone is automatically downloaded

at the same time that the hands-free phone is

connected.

Condition:

Black plate (305,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

GUID-641DC97D-3665-4758-84C7-C9304D0F4562

The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom Solution

The system fails to interpret the command

correctly.

1. Ensure that the command is valid. (See “NISSAN voice recognition system (models with navigation system)” later in this

section; page 4-113.)

2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.

3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.

4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too noisy to

use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.

5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.

The system consistently selects the

wrong voicetag.

1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See “Vehicle phonebook” earlier in this section.)

2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.

The system cannot be operated. Close the soft top (for CrossCabriolet models).

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-99

Condition:

Black plate (306,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-100 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

GUID-2E3BF6A6-4523-4285-8F92-0F4C9B6526E1

WARNING

.Use a phone after stopping your

vehicle in a safe location. If you

have to use a phone while driving,

exercise extreme caution at all

times so full attention may be given

to vehicle operation.

.If you find yourself unable to devote

full attention to vehicle operation

while talking on the phone, pull off

the road to a safe location and stop

your vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery,

use a phone after starting the engine.

Your vehicle is equipped with Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System. If you are an owner

of a Bluetooth

enabled cellular phone, you can

set up the wireless connection between your

cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module.

With Bluetooth

wireless technology, you can

make or receive a telephone call with your

cellular phone in your pocket.

Once your cellular phone is paired to the in-

vehicle phone module, no phone connecting

procedure is required. Your phone is automati-

cally connected with the in-vehicle phone

module when the ignition switch is pushed to

the “ON” position with the registered cellular

phone turned on and carried in the vehicle.

You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth

cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module.

However, you can talk on only one cellular phone

at a time.

When a call is active, the audio system and

microphone (located in the ceiling in front of the

rearview mirror) are used for the handsfree

communications.

If the audio system is being used at the time, the

audio mode will mute and will stay muted until

the active call is ended.

The NISSAN Voice Recognition system sup-

ports the phone commands, so dialing a phone

number using your voice is possible.

Before using the Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone

System, refer to the following notes.

.Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth

functions share the same frequency band

(2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth

and the

wireless LAN functions at the same time may

slow down or disconnect the communica-

tion and cause undesired noise. It is

recommended that you turn off the wireless

LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth

functions.

.Set up the wireless connection between a

cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone

module before using the Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System.

.Some Bluetooth

enabled cellular phones

may not be recognized by the in-vehicle

phone module.

.You will not be able to use a hands-free

phone under the following conditions:

— Your vehicle is outside of the telephone

service area.

— Your vehicle is in an area where it is

difficult to receive radio waves; such as in

a tunnel, in an underground parking

garage, behind a tall building or in a

mountainous area.

— Your cellular phone is locked in order not

to be dialed.

.When the radio wave condition is not ideal

or ambient sound is too loud, it may be

difficult to hear the other person’s voice

during a call.

.Immediately after the ignition switch is

pushed to the “ON” position, it may be

impossible to receive a call for a short period

of time.

Bluetooth

HANDS-FREE PHONE

SYSTEM (models without

navigation system) (if so equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (307,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

.Do not place the cellular phone in an area

surrounded by metal or far away from the in-

vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality

degradation and wireless connection dis-

ruption.

.While a cellular phone is connected through

the Bluetooth

wireless connection, the

battery power of the cellular phone may

discharge quicker than usual.

.If the Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System

seems to be malfunctioning, please contact

a NISSAN dealer.

.Some cellular phones or other devices may

cause interference or a buzzing noise to

come from the audio system speakers.

Storing the device in a different location

may reduce or eliminate the noise.

.Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manual

regarding the telephone pairing procedure

specific to your phone, battery charging,

cellular phone antenna, etc.

.The antenna display on the monitor will not

coincide with the antenna display of some

cellular phones.

.Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as

possible to hear the caller’s voice clearly as

well as to minimize its echoes.

.If reception between callers is unclear,

adjusting the incoming or outgoing call

volume may improve the clarity.

.This wireless hands free car kit is based on

Bluetooth

technology,

— Frequency: 2402 MHz - 2480 MHz

— Output Power: 4.14 dBm E.I.R.P

— Modulation: FHSS GFSK 8DPSK, p/

4DQPSK

— Number of Channel: 79

— This wireless equipment can’t be used

for any services related to safety because

there is the possibility of radio interfer-

ence.

REGULATORY INFORMATION

GUID-9DE078EF-726D-49EF-B39D-BF1565AB6772

FCC Regulatory information

GUID-FE63010D-70A5-414E-BEF2-21944E3AAE2E

.CAUTION: To maintain compliance with

FCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use only

the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna,

modification, or attachments could damage

the transmitter and may violate FCC regula-

tions.

.Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

1) this device may not cause interference

and

2) this device must accept any interference,

including interference that may cause

undesired operation of the device

IC Regulatory information

GUID-E1B77E88-A855-4E2C-B642-6ECCDD8F6A9E

.Operation is subject to the following two

conditions: (1) this device may not cause

interference, and (2) this device must accept

any interference, including interference that

may cause undesired operation of the

device.

.This Class B digital apparatus meets all

requirements of the Canadian Interference-

Causing Equipment Regulations.

Bluetooth trademark:

Bluetooth

is a trademark owned

by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and li-

censed to Visteon Corporation.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-101

Condition:

Black plate (308,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-102 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA1858

CONTROL BUTTONS

GUID-97C1E7DF-2E99-4A06-9A42-9D6CE21376A6

1. PHONE SEND button

Push the button to initiate a VR session or

answer an incoming call. You can also use

the button to skip through system feedback

and to enter commands during a call.

2. PHONE END button

Push the button to cancel a VR session or

end a call.

VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM

GUID-9B7C908B-6C37-4AF6-881B-ED74B9733676

You can also use the Bluetooth

hands-free

phone system with Voice Recognition System.

INFO

.The available voice commands are only

applicable to the relevant language set in

the LANGUAGE setting screen. (See “How

to use SETTING button” earlier in this

section.)

.If the vehicle is in motion, some commands

may not be available so full attention may be

given to vehicle operation.

.The voice recognition system cannot be

operated when the soft top (CrossCabriolet

models) is open.

Manual command selection

GUID-7A9C0620-4464-41D4-A48F-87414C8E0577

Commands can be selected manually. While the

commands are displayed on the screen, select a

command by operating the Tune switch, and

then push the PHONE SEND button. Once

a command is manually selected, the voice

command function is cancelled. To return to

voice command mode, push the PHONE END

button to cancel the current operation, and

then perform the first procedure of voice

command.

Using system

GUID-971AC84E-9C3B-4FD1-B89A-CAAB5B8FF18C

Initialization: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON

position, Voice Recognition System is initialized,

which may take up to one minute. When

completed, the system is ready to accept voice

commands. If the switch on the steering

wheel is pushed before the initialization com-

pletes, the system will not accept any command.

Before starting:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To get the best performance out of the Voice

Recognition System, observe the following:

.Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as

possible. Close the windows to eliminate the

surrounding noises (traffic noises, vibration

sounds, etc.), which may prevent the system

from recognizing the voice commands cor-

rectly.

.Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a

command.

.Speak a voice command within 5 seconds

after the beep sound. If no voice command

is given, the system will ask you for a

number. If no further command is given,

the session ends.

.Speak in a natural voice without pausing

between words.

Condition:

Black plate (309,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA1858

Giving voice command:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

1. Push and release the switch located on

the steering wheel.

SAA2574

2. A list of commands appears on the screen,

and the system announces, “Please say a

command after the beep. Available com-

mands are: Call, Phonebook, Recent Calls,

Connect Phone or Help”.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon on the

screen changes from to , speak a

command. See the “Using system” later in

this section for the voice command list.

Speak “Call” for example.

INFO

Voice commands cannot be recognized as

long as the screen icon is not in the

command recognition mode .

4. The system acknowledges the command

and announces the next set of available

commands.

5. After the tone sounds, speak the phone

number.

6. When you have finished speaking the phone

number, the system repeats it back and

announces the available commands.

7. After system responds, speak “Dial” and the

system dials the spoken numbers.

Operating tips:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Voice commands cannot be accepted when

the icon is .

.If the command is not recognized, the

system announces, “Please say again”.

Repeat the command in a clear voice.

.Push the switch or the BACK button

once to return to the previous screen.

.If you want to cancel the command, push the

switch. The message “Voice input is

canceled” will be announced. If you want to

adjust the volume of the system feedback,

push the volume control buttons [+] or [−]

on the steering wheel or use the audio

system volume knob while the system is

making an announcement.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-103

Condition:

Black plate (310,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-104 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

How to speak commands:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The Voice Recognition System requires a

certain way to speak voice commands. Speak

normally and clearly in the direction of the

microphone (located in front of the rearview

mirror). Every digit of the number must be

spoken individually and in a normal manner.

The hands-free mode will work best when the

telephone number is spoken in blocks of three to

five digits. After each spoken block is termi-

nated, the system will repeat the three to five

digits and wait for you to speak the next digit or

block of digits required for the telephone

number.

See “Using system” later in this section for the

appropriate commands that can be spoken for

the hands-free mode system.

Example:

In order to initiate a call, speak “Phonebook”.

INFO

.If you are controlling the telephone system

by voice command for the first time or do not

know the appropriate voice command,

speak “Help”. The system announces the

available commands.

.When you speak numbers, you can speak

both “zero” or “oh” for “0”.

Personal vocabulary (voicetags):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Voice Recognition System is equipped with the

function called “voicetags”, which can be

associated with the phone number and name

in the phonebook. Using the voice tag will

automatically generate a speed dial to the

registered number.

See “Phonebook registration” earlier in this

section.

You can call the identified number using the

following command: “Dial” followed by the voice

tag.

Dialling a name with a voice tag:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

It is possible to call up a name via a voice tag

instead of a number, provided the name and

number of your correspondent has been pre-

viously stored in the phonebook.

Dial via a voice tag, according to the following

procedure.

1. Push the switch.

2. The system replies “please say a command

after the beep. Available commands are:

Call, Phonebook, Recent Calls, Connect

Phone or Help”.

3. Give your instructions to the system by

saying: “Dial John” for example (“John” must

have been previously set as a voice tag for

John’s phone number) or “Dial One” if John

is classified as one in the phonebook.

If the system cannot understand your

command, repeat it according to the re-

commendations mentioned in “Using sys-

tem” earlier in this section.

4. If the given name (voice tag) is correct, the

phone system will dial the number registered

for “John”.

INFO

To end the voice command phase at any stage

of the procedure, push the switch once in

order to activate the cancel command.

Condition:

Black plate (311,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

List of voice commands:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

COMMAND ACTION

“Call/Dial” “<name>” Dials the specified <name>.

“Call/Dial” “Redial” Dials the last number.

“Call” "Number"“<number>” Dials the specified <number>.

“Phonebook” “<name>” Displays the specified <name> in the phonebook.

“Phonebook” “List Names” Displays all the names in the phonebook.

“Phonebook” “Transfer Entry” Transfers the phonebook data to the system.

“Phonebook” “Delete Entry” Deletes the phonebook registered in the system.

“Connect Phone” “Add Phone” Connects a cellular phone to the system.

“Connect Phone” “Select Phone” Selects a registered cellular phone.

“Connect Phone” “Delete Phone” Deletes a registered cellular phone.

“Connect Phone” “Bluetooth Off” Turns the Bluetooth

connection off.

“Connect Phone” “Replace Phone” Changes the registered order of the cellular phones.

“Connect Phone” “Delete Phone” “All Phones” Deletes all registered cellular phones.

“Connect Phone” “Delete Phone” “List Phones” Selects a registered cellular phone and deletes it.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-105

Condition:

Black plate (312,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-106 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA2575

PAIRING PROCEDURE

GUID-8FE25643-A97E-4548-872E-CB0777617257

Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered.

1. Push the button on the steering wheel.

The system announces the available com-

mands.

2. Speak: “Connect Phone”. The system ac-

knowledges the command and announces

the next set of available commands.

SAA2576

3. Speak: “Add Phone”. The system acknowl-

edges the command and asks you to initiate

connecting from the phone handset.

INFO:

The Add Phone command is not available

when the vehicle is moving.

SAA2577

4. When asked to enter a PIN code to connect

a Bluetooth

cellular phone, enter the code

“1234”.

The code is always “1234” regardless of the

number of phones paired.

The connecting procedure of a cellular

phone varies according to each cellular

phone. See the cellular phone Owner’s

Manual for more information.

Condition:

Black plate (313,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2578

5. The system asks the user to speak a name

for the phone.

Speak: “Yes”. The system acknowledges the

command and registers the cellular phone.

If the name is too long or too short, the system

tells the user, then prompts the user for a name

again.

Also, if more than one phone is connected and

the name sounds too much like a name already

used, the system tells the user, then prompts the

user for name again.

SAA2579

PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION

GUID-988012A4-F298-499C-94C3-CA027FD21350

When the cellular phone is connected to the in-

vehicle module, the data stored in the cellular

phone such as phonebook, outgoing call logs,

incoming call logs and missed call logs is

automatically transferred and registered to the

system.

The availability of this function depends on each

cellular phone. The copying procedure also

varies according to each cellular phone. See

cellular phone Owner’s Manual for more infor-

mation.

Up to 1,000 phone numbers per registered

cellular phone can be stored in the phonebook.

SAA2580

MAKING A CALL

GUID-C1569C46-BBE4-417E-B708-C72FDA167413

To make a call, follow the procedures below.

1. Push the button on the steering wheel.

A tone will sound.

2. Speak: “Call”. The system acknowledges

the command and announces the next set of

available commands.

3. Speak the registered person’s name. The

system acknowledges the command and

announces the next set of available com-

mands.

4. Speak: “Yes”. The system acknowledges the

command and makes the call.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-107

Condition:

Black plate (314,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-108 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

5. Once the call has ended, press the

button on the steering wheel.

RECEIVING A CALL

GUID-57B1C05B-C025-45A4-B4FF-608E19809C7D

When the ring tone is heard, press the button on

the steering wheel.

Once the call has ended, press the button on

the steering wheel.

NOTE:

To reject a call when the ring tone is heard,

press the button on the steering wheel.

SAA2581

DURING A CALL

GUID-CE0CDD4C-6CBD-4C98-8B4D-19A60317ACF1

During a call there are several command options

available. Press the button on the steering

wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter

commands.

.“(digits)” — Use the Send command to enter

numbers during a call. For example, if

directed to dial an extension by an auto-

mated system:

Speak: “Sending one two three four.”

The system acknowledges the command

and sends the tones associated with the

numbers. The system then ends the VR

session and returns to the call.

.“Mute on/off” — Use the Mute command to

mute the user’s voice so the other party

cannot hear it.

Use the mute command again to unmute the

user’s voice.

.“Transfer Handset” — Use the Transfer

Handset command to transfer the call from

the Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System

to a cellular phone when privacy is desired.

The system announces, “Transfer Handset.

The call is transferred to the handset only.”

The system then ends the VR session.

The Transfer Call command can also be

issued again to return to a hands-free call

through the vehicle.

.“Help” — The system announces the avail-

able commands.

NOTE:

If the other party ends the call or the

cellular phone network connection is lost

while the Mute feature is on, the Mute

feature may need to be reset to “off.”

Condition:

Black plate (315,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2582

PHONE SETTINGS

GUID-7D12ECFD-12D0-4255-AC95-BD224A6B95B9

Call GUID-C20D857F-9EF4-45A2-8963-CA14A72B48D5

.(a name)

If there are entries stored in the Phone Book,

a number associated with a name and

location can be dialed. See “Phone book

registration” in this section to learn how to

store entries. When prompted by the

system, say the name of the phone book

entry to call.

The system acknowledges the name. If there

are multiple locations associated with the

name, the system asks the user to choose

the location.

Once the name and location are confirmed,

the system begins the call.

.Number

When prompted by the system, speak the

number to call.

.Redial

Use the Redial command to call the last

number of outgoing calls. The system

acknowledges the command, repeats the

number and begins dialing. If a redial

number does not exist, the system an-

nounces, “There is no number to redial”

and ends the VR session.

.Callback

Use the Callback command to call the last

number in incoming calls. The system

acknowledges the command, repeats the

number and begins dialing. If an incoming

call number does not exist, the system

announces, “There is no number to call

back” and ends the VR session.

.Help

The system announces the available com-

mands.

SAA2583

Phonebook GUID-C6D88EE2-4E10-450C-AF7B-CA5CCEC51006

.(a name)

Use the name command to seek the name

and locations registered in the phonebook in

alphabetical order. When the system ac-

knowledges the alphabet the user spoke,

the system announces all registered names

and locations beginning with that alphabet.

Playback of the list can be stopped at any

time by pressing a button on the steering

wheel. The system ends the VR session.

.List Names

Use the List Names command to hear the

names and locations registered in the

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-109

Condition:

Black plate (316,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-110 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

phonebook. When the system acknowl-

edges the command, the system announces

all voicetags registered in the system.

Playback of the list can be stopped at any

time by pressing a button on the steering

wheel. The system ends the VR session.

.Transfer Entry

Use the Transfer Entry command to transfer

the phonebook data stored in a cellular

phone to the system.

The system acknowledges the command

and asks the user to initiate a transfer from

the phone handset. The new contact phone

number will be transferred from the cellular

phone via a Bluetooth

communication link.

The transfer procedure varies according to

each cellular phone. See the cellular phone

Owner’s Manual for more information. The

system repeats the number and prompts the

user for the next command. After entering

numbers, choose “Store.”

The system confirms the name, location and

number. The system then asks if the user

would like to store another location for the

same name. If the user does not wish to

store another location, the system ends the

VR session.

.Delete Entry

Use the Delete Entry command to delete a

specific number or all numbers in the

phonebook. The system announces the

names of the phone numbers already stored

in the system. The system then gives the

option to delete a specific number or all

numbers. Once the user chooses to delete a

number or all numbers, the system asks the

user to confirm.

.Help

The system announces the available com-

mands.

SAA2584

Recent CallsGUID-09D30387-1DD9-49C9-9D99-152A26416184

.Incoming

Use the Incoming command to make a call

viewing the list of incoming calls.

.Missed

Use the Missed command to make a call

viewing the list of missed calls.

.Outgoing

Use the Outgoing command to make a call

viewing the list of outgoing calls.

.Redial

Use the Redial command to dial the last

outgoing call.

Condition:

Black plate (317,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

.Callback

Use the Callback command to dial the last

incoming call.

.Help

The system announces the available com-

mands.

SAA2585

Connect Phone

GUID-2F3EEA09-0D60-44B2-B20E-4F833581CE6D

.Add Phone

Use the Pair Phone command to connect a

compatible phone to the Bluetooth

Hands-

Free Phone System.

When asked to enter a PIN code to connect

a Bluetooth

cellular phone, enter the code

“1234”.

The code is always “1234” regardless of the

number of phones connected. Up to 5

phones can be connected. If the user tries

to connect a sixth phone, the system

announces that the user must first delete

one phone or replace an existing phone. If

the user tries to connect a phone that has

already been connected to the vehicle

system, the system announces the name

that the phone is already using. The

connecting procedure will then be can-

celled.

The Add Phone command is not available

when the vehicle is moving.

.Select Phone

Use the Select Phone command to select a

phone of lesser priority when two or more

phones connected with Bluetooth

Hands-

Free Phone System are in the vehicle at the

same time.

The system asks the user to name the phone

and confirm the selection.

Once the selection is confirmed, the se-

lected phone remains active until the ignition

switch is placed in the OFF position or a

new phone is selected.

.Delete Phone

Use the Delete Phone command to delete a

specific phone or all phones from Blue-

tooth

Hands-Free Phone System. The

system announces the names of the phones

already paired with the system and their

priority level. The system then gives the

option to delete a specific phone, all phones

or listen to the list again. Once the user

chooses to delete a phone or all phones, the

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-111

Condition:

Black plate (318,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-112 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

system asks the user to confirm.

NOTE:

When the user deletes a phone, the

associated phone book for that phone will

also be deleted.

.Replace Phone

Use the Replace Phone command to

change the priority level of the active phone.

The priority level determines which phone is

active when more than one paired Blue-

tooth

phone is in the vehicle.

The system states the priority level of the

active phone and asks for a new priority level

(1, 2, 3, 4, 5).

If the new priority level is already being used

for another phone, the two phones will swap

priority levels.

For example, if the current priority levels are:

.Priority Level 1 = Phone A

.Priority Level 2 = Phone B

.Priority Level 3 = Phone C

and you change the priority level of Phone C to

Level 1, then:

.Priority Level 1 = Phone C

.Priority Level 2 = Phone B

.Priority Level 3 = Phone A

.Bluetooth On/Off

Use the Bluetooth On/Off command to turn

on/off Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone Sys-

tem.

.Help

The system announces the available com-

mands.

VOICE ADAPTATION MODE

GUID-EB7B2DD6-433A-4FB9-B38D-E7A89A3FA23D

The Voice Adaptation mode allows up to two

users with different dialects to train the system

to improve recognition accuracy. By repeating a

number of commands, the users can create a

voice model of their own voice that is stored in

the system. The system is capable of storing a

different voice adaptation model for each con-

nected phone.

Training procedure

GUID-03C15AD1-22AD-4FC7-BA0F-5E4D948295C9

1. Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet

outdoor location.

2. Sit in the driver’s seat with the engine

running, the parking brake on, and the

transmission in Park.

3. Press the button.

4. Speak: “Help”. The system acknowledges

the command and announces the next set of

available commands.

5. Speak: "Voice Adaptation". The system

acknowledges the command and displays

the voice adaptation mode screen.

6. Voice memory A or memory B is selected

automatically. If both memory locations are

already in use, the system will prompt you to

overwrite one. Follow the instructions pro-

vided by the system.

7. When preparation is complete and you are

ready to begin, press the button.

8. The voice adaptation mode will be ex-

plained. Follow the instructions provided by

the system.

9. When training is finished, the system will tell

you an adequate number of phrases have

been recorded.

10. The system will ask you to say your name.

Follow the instructions to register your

name.

11. The system will announce that voice adapta-

tion has been completed and the system is

ready.

The voice adaptation mode will stop if:

.The button is pressed in voice adapta-

tion mode.

.The vehicle is driven during voice adaptation

mode.

Condition:

Black plate (319,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

.The ignition switch is placed in the OFF or

LOCK position.

GUID-A30474D6-0723-412B-94D9-B6E7FA3EE8EF

NISSAN Voice Recognition allows hands-free

operation of the Phone, Navigation, Information

and Audio systems in one of two modes,

Standard Mode or Alternate Command Mode.

In Standard Mode, commands that are available

are always shown on the display and announced

by the system. You can complete your desired

operation by simply following the prompts given

by the system. (See “NISSAN voice recognition

Standard Mode” later in this section for details.)

For advanced operation, you can use the

Alternate Command Mode. (See “NISSAN voice

recognition Alternate Command Mode” later in

this section for details.) When this mode is

active, an expanded list of commands can be

spoken after pushing the TALK switch, and

the voice command menu prompts are turned

off. Review the expanded command list, which is

available when this mode is active. Note that in

this mode the recognition success rate may be

affected as the number of available commands

and the ways of speaking each command are

increased.

To switch one mode to another, see each mode

description later in this section.

To improve the recognition success rate when

Alternate Command Mode is active, try using the

Speaker Adaptation Function available in that

mode. Otherwise, it is recommended that

Alternate Command Mode be turned off and

Standard Mode be used for the best recognition

performance.

For the voice commands for the navigation

system, refer to the Navigation System Owner’s

Manual of your vehicle.

For CrossCabriolet models:

The voice recognition system cannot be oper-

ated when the soft top is open.

NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION

STANDARD MODE

GUID-E030B25F-1CD2-4F18-B605-1529B5C7136E

The following section is applicable when the

Standard Mode is activated.

The Standard Mode enables you to complete

the desired operation by simply following the

prompts that appear on the display and also are

announced by the system.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-113

NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION

SYSTEM (models with navigation

system)

Condition:

Black plate (320,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-114 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA2529

Activating Standard Mode

GUID-F2E6660F-8E80-4F5D-AA44-9B414198AED8

When the Alternate Command Mode is active,

perform the following steps to switch to the

Standard Mode.

1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument

panel.

2. Select the “Others” key.

3. Select the “Voice Recognition” key.

SAA2530

4. Select the “Alternate Command Mode” key.

5. The indicator turns off and the Standard

Mode activates.

Displaying user guide

GUID-DA284EE5-C938-46FB-900A-D8F2EF4AC93C

If you use the NISSAN Voice Recognition

system for the first time or you do not know

how to operate it, you can display the User

Guide for confirmation.

You can confirm how to use voice commands by

accessing a simplified User Guide, which

contains basic instructions and tutorials for

several voice commands.

SAA2531

1. Push the INFO button on the instrument

panel.

2. Select the “Others” key.

3. Select the “Voice Recognition” key.

4. Select the “User Guide” key.

5. Select a preferred item.

You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say

“Help”.

Available items:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Getting Started

Describes the basics of how to operate the

NISSAN Voice Recognition system.

Condition:

Black plate (321,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

.Let’s Practice

Mode that allows practicing by following the

instructions of the system voice.

.Using the Address Book

Tutorial for entering a destination by using

the Address Book.

.Finding a Street Address (if so equipped)

Tutorial for entering a destination by street

address.

.Placing Calls

Tutorial for making a phone call by voice

command operation.

.Help on Speaking

Displays useful tips of speaking for correct

command recognition by the system.

Note that the Command List feature is only

available when Alternate Command Mode is

active.

SAA2532

Getting Started

GUID-8E74C2FA-8232-4120-A73B-E30247A3D6D7

Before using the NISSAN Voice Recognition

system for the first time, you can confirm how to

use commands by viewing the Getting Started

section of the User Guide.

1. Select the “Getting Started” key.

2. You can confirm the page by scrolling the

screen using the multi-function controller.

Tutorials on the operation of the NISSAN

Voice Recognition system

If you choose “Using the Address Book”,

“Finding a Street Address” or “Placing Calls”,

you can view tutorials on how to perform these

operations using NISSAN Voice Recognition.

SAA2534

Let’s Practice

GUID-D2C5D3E8-9A20-4A0A-93D2-F896102A95ED

This mode helps learn how to use the NISSAN

Voice Recognition system.

1. Select the “Let’s Practice” key.

2. After the message screen appears, push the

TALK switch on the steering wheel.

3. Speak the displayed number after the tone.

The evaluation screen will be displayed and

the result can be confirmed.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-115

Condition:

Black plate (322,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-116 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA2533

Useful tips for correct operation

GUID-7AA64467-DF64-4A7C-A31E-3D889D7A6ABA

You can display useful speaking tips to help the

system recognize your voice commands cor-

rectly.

Select “Help on Speaking” to start display.

USING THE SYSTEM

GUID-D457AF70-51D5-4946-BD37-9D7533EDCB6C

Initialization GUID-C2A9686F-0E3D-46D4-96FD-D5DD636B0F5A

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON

position, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia-

lized, which may take up to one minute. When

completed, the system is ready to accept voice

commands. If the TALK switch is pushed

before the initialization completes, the display

will show the message: “System not ready.” or a

beep sounds.

Before starting

GUID-2B709626-C03F-42EC-8B91-8C2505F1D85F

To get the best recognition performance from

NISSAN Voice Recognition, observe the follow-

ing:

.The interior of the vehicle should be as quiet

as possible. Close the windows to eliminate

the surrounding noises (traffic noise and

vibration sounds, etc.), which may prevent

the system from correctly recognizing the

voice commands.

.Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a

command.

.Speak in a natural conversational voice

without pausing between words.

.If the air conditioner is set to “Auto”, the fan

speed is automatically lowered so that your

commands can be recognized more easily.

SAA1859

Giving voice commands

GUID-55B167F3-ABFF-4B24-A008-00CCA24B7C2C

1. Push the TALK switch located on the

steering wheel.

Condition:

Black plate (323,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2535

2. A list of commands appears on the screen,

and the system announces, “Would you like

to access Phone, Navigation, Information,

Audio or Help?”.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon on the

screen changes from to , speak a

command.

Selecting the “Practice” key will start the

practice mode. See “Let’s Practice” earlier

in this section.

4. Continue to follow the voice menu prompts

and speak after the tone sounds until your

desired operation is completed.

Selecting the “Help” key can display the

detailed information of the each command.

Operating tips:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Say a command after the tone.

.Commands that are available are always

shown on the display and spoken through

voice menu prompts. Commands other than

those that are displayed are not accepted.

Please follow the prompts given by the

system.

.If the command is not recognized, the

system announces, “Please say again”.

Repeat the command in a clear voice.

.Push the BACK button once to return to the

previous screen.

.To exit the voice recognition system, push

and hold the TALK switch. The mes-

sage, “Voice canceled” will be announced.

.To skip the voice guidance function and give

the command immediately, press the TALK

switch to interrupt the system. Remem-

ber to speak after the tone.

.If you want to adjust the volume of the

system feedback, push the volume control

buttons [+] or [−] on the steering switch or

use the audio system volume knob while the

system is making an announcement.

How to speak numbers:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain

way to speak numbers when giving voice

commands. Refer to the following examples.

General rule

Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used. (For

example, if you would like to say 500, “five zero

zero” can be used, but “five hundred” cannot.)

Examples

.1-800-662-6200

— “One eight zero zero six six two six two

zero zero”

Improving Recognition of Phone numbers

You can improve the recognition of phone

numbers by saying the phone number in three

groups of numbers. For example, when you try to

call 800-662-6200, say “eight zero zero” first,

and the system will then ask you for the next

three digits. Then, say “six six two”. After

recognition, the system will then ask for the last

four digits. Say, “six two zero zero”. Using this

method of phone digit entry can improve

recognition performance.

When speaking a house number, speak the

number “0” as “zero”. If the letter “o (oh)” is

included in the house number, it will not be

recognized as the number “0 (zero)” even if you

speak “oh” instead of “zero”. Please speak

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-117

Condition:

Black plate (324,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-118 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

“zero” for the number “0 (zero)”, “oh” for

the letter “o (oh)”.

Send digits using dial tone:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Press the TALK switch during a phone

call.

.The menu will be launched and you will be

provided with the following guidance:

"Please say the digits to dial".

.After guidance, say the digits of the number

you want to send. After this, the digits that

have been recognized will be read out.

.If you press the ENTER button on the

steering wheel or on the multifunction

controller, the selected digits will be sent.

Condition:

Black plate (325,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Command List

GUID-E9D7C198-8137-4532-AE88-5276F85967A5

Category Command:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

Phone Operates the Phone function

Navigation Operates the Navigation function

Information Displays the vehicle Information function

Audio Operates the Audio function.

Help Displays User Guide

.Phone Command:

Command Action

Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number up to 10 digits.

Vehicle Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Vehicle Phonebook.

Handset Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone.

Call history Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number.

Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number.

Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number.

International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.

Change Number Corrects the recognized phone number (available during phone number entry).

.Navigation Command:

Command Action

Destination Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book.

Address Searches for a location by the street address specified, and sets a route to the location.

Places Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location.

Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book.

Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-119

Condition:

Black plate (326,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-120 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

.Information Command:

Command Action

Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information.

Maintenance Displays maintenance information.

Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF.

Where am I? Displays your current location.

.Audio Command:

Command Action

AM Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played.

FM Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played.

XM Turns to the SiriusXM Satellite Radio band, selecting the channel last played.

CD Starts to play a CD.

.General Commands

Command Action

Go back Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen.

Exit Cancels Voice Recognition.

Condition:

Black plate (327,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Voice command examples

GUID-7B0490C2-B46C-4581-AAF2-FB79E0B6A735

To use the NISSAN Voice Recognition function,

speaking one command is sometimes sufficient,

but at other times it is necessary to speak two or

more commands. As examples, some additional

basic operations by voice commands are

described here.

For navigation system commands, see the

separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.

SAA1859

Example 1 - Placing a call to the phone

number 800-662-6200:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

1. Push the TALK switch located on the

steering wheel.

SAA2535

2. The system announces, “Would you like to

access Phone, Navigation, Information,

Audio or Help?”

3. Speak “Phone”.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-121

Condition:

Black plate (328,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-122 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA2536

4. Speak “Dial Number”.

SAA2537

5. Speak “8 0 0”.

Selecting the “Manual Controls” key

switches the screen to the keypad to input

the phone number manually.

SAA2538

6. The system announces, “Please say the next

three digits or dial, or say change number.”

7. Speak “6 6 2”.

Condition:

Black plate (329,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2539

8. The system announces, “Please say the last

four digits” or say change number.

9. Speak “6 2 0 0”.

SAA2540

10. The system announces, “Dial or Change

Number?”

11. Speak “Dial”.

12. The system makes a call to 800-662-6200.

NOTE:

.You can also speak “800-662-6200” (10

continuous digits) or “662-6200” (7

continuous digits), if the area code is

not necessary. However, the 3-3-4 digit

grouping is recommended for im-

proved recognition. (See “Giving voice

commands” earlier in this section.)

.You can only say a phone number using

the 3-3-4 grouping, 7 digits, and 10

digits using this command. Please use

the “International Call” command for

all other formats.

.If you say “Change Number” during

phone number entry, the system will

automatically request that you repeat

the number using the 3-3-4 format. In

this case please say the area code first

and then follow the prompts.

.Do not add a “1” in front of the area

code when speaking phone numbers.

.If the system does not recognize your

command, please try repeating the

command using a natural voice. Speak-

ing too slow or too loudly may further

decrease recognition performance.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-123

Condition:

Black plate (330,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-124 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA1859

Example 2 - Placing an international call to

the phone number 011-81-111-222-3333:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

1. Push the TALK switch located on the

steering wheel.

SAA2535

2. The system announces, “Would you like to

access Phone, Navigation, Information or

Help?”

3. Speak “Phone”.

SAA2536

4. Speak “International Call”.

Condition:

Black plate (331,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2541

5. Speak “011811112223333”.

SAA2542

6. Speak “Dial”.

7. System makes a call to 011-81-111-222-

3333.

NOTE:

Any digit input format is available in the

International Number input process.

NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION AL-

TERNATE COMMAND MODE

GUID-1328AAFB-92F2-46A9-B122-C4BD736FFF7D

The following section is applicable when Alter-

nate Command Mode is activated.

When Alternate Command Mode is activated,

an expanded list of commands can be used after

pressing the TALK switch. In this mode,

available commands are not fully shown on the

display or prompted. Review the expanded

command list when this mode is active. See

examples of Alternate Command Mode screens.

Please note that in this mode the recognition

success rate may be affected as the number of

available commands and ways of speaking each

command are increased. To improve the recog-

nition success rate, try using the Speaker

Adaptation Function available in that mode.

(See “Speaker adaptation function (for Alternate

Command Mode)” later in this section.) Other-

wise it is recommended that Alternate Com-

mand Mode be turned OFF and Standard Mode

be used for the best recognition performance.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-125

Condition:

Black plate (332,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-126 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA2529

Activating Alternate Command Mode

GUID-DADB4F72-1642-4515-AC01-1734D9750ECC

When the Standard Mode is active, perform the

following steps to switch to the Alternate

Command Mode.

1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument

panel.

2. Highlight the “Others” key.

3. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” key.

SAA2543

4. Highlight the “Alternate Command Mode”

key.

5. The confirmation message is displayed on

the screen. Push the “OK” key to activate

the Alternate Command Mode.

Displaying command list

GUID-314E1779-ABDB-4085-B1E2-655357365354

If you are controlling the system by voice

commands for the first time or do not know the

appropriate voice command, perform the follow-

ing procedure for displaying the voice command

list (available only in Alternate Command Mode).

SAA2544

1. Push the INFO button on the instrument

panel.

2. Select the “Others” key.

3. Select the “Voice Recognition” key.

4. Select the “Command List” key.

Condition:

Black plate (333,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2545

5. Select a category from the list.

SAA2546

6. Select an item.

7. If necessary, scroll the screen using the

multi-function controller to view the entire

list.

8. Press the BACK button to return to the

previous screen.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-127

Condition:

Black plate (334,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-128 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Command List

GUID-DFC31FE2-061C-4D53-BCB4-D2B85CC4F2C9

The words in italics are variable.

Phone Commands:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number.

Vehicle Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Vehicle Phonebook.

Handset Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone.

Call History Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number.

Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number.

Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number.

International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.

Call <name> Makes a call to a contact that is stored in either Vehicle Phonebook or Handset Phonebook. Please say “Call”

followed by a stored name.

Change Number Corrects the recognized phone number (available during phone number entry).

Condition:

Black plate (335,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Navigation Commands:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

Destination Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book.

Address Searches for a location by the street address specified, and sets a route to the location.

Places Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location.

Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book.

Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination.

Previous Start Point Sets a route to a previous starting point.

Delete Destination Deletes a destination.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-129

Condition:

Black plate (336,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-130 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Information Commands:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information.

Maintenance Displays maintenance information.

Where am I? Displays your current location.

Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF.

Weather Information Displays weather information.

Weather Map Displays a weather map.

Condition:

Black plate (337,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Audio Commands:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

CD Starts to play a CD.

FM Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played.

AM Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played.

XM Turns to the SiriusXM Satellite Radio band, selecting the channel last played.

USB Turns on the USB memory.

Bluetooth Audio Turns on the Bluetooth

audio player.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-131

Condition:

Black plate (338,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-132 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Help Commands:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

Command List Navigation Commands Displays the navigation command list.

Phone Commands Displays the phone command list.

Audio Commands Displays the audio command list.

Information Commands Displays the information command list.

Help Commands Displays the help command list.

User Guide Displays the User Guide.

Speaker Adaptation The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons.

Condition:

Black plate (339,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

General Commands:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

Go back Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen

Exit Cancels Voice Recognition

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-133

Condition:

Black plate (340,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-134 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA2547

Displaying user guide

GUID-EB81851D-774D-410D-B70F-57AB662DF5BC

You can confirm how to use voice commands by

accessing a simplified User Guide, which

contains basic instructions and tutorials for

several voice commands.

1. Push the INFO button on the instrument

panel.

2. Select the “Others” key using the multi-

function controller and push the ENTER

button.

3. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” key using

the multi-function controller and push the

ENTER button.

4. Highlight the “User Guide” key using the

multi-function controller and push the

ENTER button.

5. Highlight an item using the multi-function

controller and push the ENTER button.

Available items:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Getting Started

Describe the basics of how to operate the

NISSAN Voice Recognition system.

.Let’s Practice

Mode that allows practicing by following the

instructions of the system voice.

.Using the Address Book

Refer to Navigation System Owner’s Man-

ual.

.Finding a Street Address (if so equipped)

Refer to Navigation System Owner’s Man-

ual.

.Placing Calls

Tutorial for making a phone call by voice

command operation.

.Help on Speaking

Displays useful tips for how to correctly

speak commands in order for them to be

properly recognized by the system.

.Voice Recognition Settings

Describes the available voice recognition

settings.

.Adapting the System to Your Voice

Tutorial adapting the system to your voice.

USING THE SYSTEM

GUID-8C3DE760-0B15-4000-9915-85959A702C9B

Initialization GUID-27C3F0C5-22DD-4765-8E4C-8E58F97F8449

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON

position, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia-

lized, which may take up to one minute. When

completed, the system is ready to accept voice

commands. If the TALK switch is pushed

before the initialization completes the display will

show the message: “System not ready.” or a

beep sounds.

Before starting

GUID-D5088651-7556-4B01-B56E-764F5A01519C

To get the best performance from NISSAN

Voice Recognition, observe the following.

.Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as

possible. Close the windows to eliminate the

surrounding noises (traffic noises, vibration

sounds, etc.), which may prevent the system

from recognizing the voice commands cor-

rectly.

.When the air conditioner is in the AUTO

mode, the fan speed decreases automati-

cally for easy recognition.

.Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a

command.

Condition:

Black plate (341,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

.Speak in a natural voice without pausing

between words.

SAA1859

Giving voice command

GUID-B7313723-92BE-4A08-B8A5-C89291A65BDB

1. Push and release the TALK switch

located on the steering wheel.

SAA2548

2. A list of commands appears on the screen,

and the system announces, “Please say a

command”.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon on the

screen changes from to , speak a

command.

Operating tips:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Voice commands cannot be accepted when

the icon is .

.The list displayed can be scrolled by tilting

the menu control switch on the steering

wheel.

.If the command is not recognized, the

system announces, “Please say again”.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-135

Condition:

Black plate (342,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-136 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Repeat the command in a clear voice.

.Push the BACK button once to return to the

previous screen.

.If you want to cancel the command, push

and hold the TALK switch for 1 second.

The message “Voice canceled” will be

announced.

.To skip the voice guidance function and give

the command immediately, press the TALK

switch to interrupt the system. Remem-

ber to speak after the tone.

.If you want to adjust the volume of the

system feedback, push the volume control

switch (+ or −) on the steering wheel or use

the audio system volume knob while the

system is making an announcement.

How to speak numbers:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain

way to speak numbers when giving voice

commands. Refer to the following examples.

General rule

Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used. (For

example, if you would like to say 500, “five zero

zero” can be used, but “five hundred” cannot.

Phone numbers

Speak phone numbers according to the follow-

ing examples:

.1-800-662-6200

— “Dial one eight zero zero six six two six

two zero zero.”

Note 1: For the best voice recognition phone

dialing results, say phone numbers as single

digits.

Note 2: You cannot say 555-6000 as “five five

five six thousands”.

Note 3: When speaking a house number, speak

the number “0” as “ zero”. If the letter “o (oh)” is

included in the house number, it will not be

recognized as the number “0 (zero)” even if you

speak “oh” instead of “zero”. Please speak

“zero” for the number “0 (zero)”, “oh” for the

letter “o (oh)”.

Send digits using dial tone:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

.Press the TALK switch during a phone

call.

.The menu will be launched and you will be

provided with the following guidance:

"Please say the digits to dial".

.After guidance, say the digits of the number

you want to send. After this, the digits that

have been recognized will be read out.

.If you press the ENTER button on the

steering wheel or on the multi-function

controller, the selected digits will be sent.

SAA2549

Speaker adaptation function (for Alter-

nate Command Mode)

GUID-41540706-ED56-43AC-A84A-CB1ABE3F371A

The voice recognition system has a function to

learn the user’s voice for better voice recognition

performance. The system can memorize the

voices of up to three persons.

Having the system learn the user’s voice:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument

panel and select the “Others” key.

2. Select the “Voice Recognition” key.

3. Select the “Speaker Adaptation” key.

Condition:

Black plate (343,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2550

4. Select the user whose voice is memorized

by the system.

5. Select the “Start Speaker Adaptation Learn-

ing” key.

SAA2551

6. Select a category to be learned by the

system from the following list.

.Phone Commands

.Navigation Commands

.Information Commands

.Audio Commands

.Help Commands

The voice commands in the category are

displayed.

7. Select a voice command and then push the

ENTER button.

The voice recognition system starts.

SAA2552

8. The system requests that you repeat a

command after a tone.

9. After the tone sounds and the icon on the

screen changes from to , speak the

command that the system requested.

10. When the system has recognized the voice

command, the voice of the user is learned.

Push the switch or BACK button to return

to the previous screen.

If the system has learned the command cor-

rectly, the voice command status on the right

side of the command turns from “None” to

“Stored”.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-137

Condition:

Black plate (344,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-138 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA2553

Speaker Adaptation function settings:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Edit User Name

Edit the user name using the keypad displayed

on the screen.

Delete Voice Data

Resets the user’s voice that the voice recogni-

tion system has learned.

Continuous Learning

When this item is turned to ON, you can have

the system learn the voice commands in

succession, without selecting commands one

by one.

Minimize voice feedback (for Alternate

Command Mode)

GUID-2C83B6D4-4D4E-444E-A5EE-B27DB7DE0C05

To minimize the voice feedback from the system,

perform the following steps.

1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument

panel.

2. Select the “Others” key.

3. Select the “Voice Recognition” key.

4. Select the “Minimize Voice Feedback” key.

5. The setting is turned to ON and the voice

guidance will now be reduced when using

the Voice Recognition system.

Condition:

Black plate (345,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

GUID-792E17E1-BAFC-4A7C-A1A3-A5260FDE266A

The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, follow the solutions given in this guide for the

appropriate error.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number one, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom/error message Solution

The system fails to interpret the command correctly. 1. Ensure that the command format is valid, see “Command List” earlier in this section.

2. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level.

3. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive, for example, windows open or defrost on.

NOTE:

If it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized.

4. If optional words of the command have been omitted, then the command should be tried with these in place.

The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag in

the phonebook.

1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See “Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone

System (models with navigation system)” earlier in this section; page 4-89.)

2. Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag.

The system cannot be operated. 1. Make sure that the soft top (for CrossCabriolet models) is usable. If the soft top is not working, contact a NISSAN

dealer.

2. Close the soft top (for CrossCabriolet models).

3. Open and close the soft top (for CrossCabriolet models) before operating the system.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-139

Condition:

Black plate (346,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

4-140 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

MEMO

Condition:

Black plate (347,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ................................... 5-3

Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ......................................... 5-3

Three-way catalyst ................................................................. 5-4

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....................... 5-4

Avoiding collision and rollover ............................................ 5-7

On-pavement and off-road driving precautions ............. 5-7

Off-road recovery ................................................................... 5-7

Rapid air pressure loss ......................................................... 5-8

Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving .................................... 5-8

Driving safety precautions .................................................... 5-9

Push-button ignition switch .................................................... 5-11

Intelligent key system ......................................................... 5-11

Push-button ignition switch operation ........................... 5-12

Push-button ignition switch positions ............................ 5-13

Emergency engine shut off ............................................... 5-13

Intelligent key battery discharge ...................................... 5-14

Before starting the engine ...................................................... 5-14

Starting the engine ................................................................... 5-15

Driving the vehicle .................................................................... 5-16

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) ................... 5-16

Parking brake ............................................................................. 5-19

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Lane Departure Warning

(LDW) systems (if so equipped) .......................................... 5-20

BSW system operation ................................................... 5-22

BSW driving situations .................................................... 5-25

LDW system operation .................................................... 5-26

BSW/LDW temporary disabled status ....................... 5-29

BSW/LDW automatic deactivation .............................. 5-29

BSW/LDW malfunction .................................................. 5-29

Camera unit maintenance ............................................... 5-29

Cruise control ............................................................................ 5-30

Precautions on cruise control ........................................ 5-30

Cruise control operations ............................................... 5-30

Break-in schedule .................................................................... 5-31

Fuel efficient driving tips ........................................................ 5-32

Increasing fuel economy ......................................................... 5-33

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (if so equipped) ........................... 5-33

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) lock switch operations ........ 5-33

AWD warning light ........................................................... 5-35

Parking/parking on hills ........................................................... 5-36

Power steering .......................................................................... 5-37

Condition:

Black plate (348,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Brake system .............................................................................. 5-37

Braking precautions ............................................................ 5-37

Parking brake break-in ....................................................... 5-37

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ..................................... 5-38

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ............................. 5-39

Cold weather driving ................................................................ 5-41

Freeing a frozen door lock ................................................ 5-41

Anti-freeze ........................................................................... 5-41

Battery .................................................................................. 5-41

Draining of coolant water ................................................ 5-41

Tire equipment ................................................................... 5-41

Special winter equipment ............................................... 5-41

Driving on snow or ice .................................................... 5-41

Engine block heater (if so equipped) .......................... 5-42

Condition:

Black plate (349,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-E99D9717-DEE1-4512-BDF8-144E3D0EEF23

WARNING

.Do not leave children or adults who

would normally require the support

of others alone in your vehicle. Pets

should not be left alone either. They

could accidentally injure themselves

or others through inadvertent op-

eration of the vehicle. Also, on hot,

sunny days, temperatures in a

closed vehicle could quickly become

high enough to cause severe or

possibly fatal injuries to people or

animals.

.Properly secure all cargo with ropes

or straps to help prevent it from

sliding or shifting. Do not place

cargo higher than the seatbacks. In

a sudden stop or collision, unse-

cured cargo could cause personal

injury (Hardtop models).

.Closely supervise children when

they are around cars to prevent

them from playing and becoming

locked in the trunk where they could

be seriously injured. Keep the car

locked with the trunk closed when

not in use, and prevent children’s

access to car keys (CrossCabriolet

models).

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

GUID-B1E6FC9D-58E3-4E6A-A439-2EA1D37CC8A4

WARNING

.Do not breathe exhaust gases; they

contain colorless and odorless car-

bon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is

dangerous. It can cause uncon-

sciousness or death.

.If you suspect that exhaust fumes

are entering the vehicle, drive with

all windows fully open, and have the

vehicle inspected immediately.

.Do not run the engine in closed

spaces such as a garage.

.Do not park the vehicle with the

engine running for any extended

length of time.

.Keep the lift gate/trunk closed

while driving, otherwise exhaust

gases could be drawn into the

passenger compartment. If you

must drive with the lift gate/trunk

open, follow these precautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation to off

and the fan control to high to

circulate the air.

.If electrical wiring or other cable

connections must pass to a trailer

through the seal on the lift gate/

trunk or the body, follow the manu-

facturer’s recommendation to pre-

vent carbon monoxide entry into the

vehicle.

.If a special body, camper or other

equipment is added for recreational

or other usage, follow the manufac-

turer’s recommendation to prevent

carbon monoxide entry into the

vehicle. (Some recreational vehicle

appliances such as stoves, refrig-

erators, heaters, etc. may also gen-

erate carbon monoxide.)

.The exhaust system and body

should be inspected by a qualified

mechanic whenever:

— The vehicle is raised for service.

— You suspect that exhaust fumes

are entering into the passenger

compartment.

Starting and driving 5-3

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING

AND DRIVING

Condition:

Black plate (350,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-4 Starting and driving

— You notice a change in the

sound of the exhaust system.

— You have had an accident invol-

ving damage to the exhaust

system, underbody, or rear of

the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYST

GUID-25B6DA98-F9DE-4D4E-BDE7-81C60C45F38C

The three-way catalyst is an emission control

device installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust

gases in the three-way catalyst are burned at

high temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

WARNING

.The exhaust gas and the exhaust

system are very hot. Keep people,

animals or flammable materials

away from the exhaust system com-

ponents.

.Do not stop or park the vehicle over

flammable materials such as dry

grass, waste paper or rags. They

may ignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

.Do not use leaded gasoline. Depos-

its from leaded gasoline will ser-

iously reduce the three-way

catalyst’s ability to help reduce ex-

haust pollutants.

.Keep your engine tuned up. Mal-

functions in the ignition, fuel injec-

tion, or electrical systems can cause

overrich fuel flow into the three-way

catalyst, causing it to overheat. Do

not keep driving if the engine mis-

fires, or if noticeable loss of perfor-

mance or other unusual operating

conditions are detected. Have the

vehicle inspected promptly by a

NISSAN dealer.

.Avoid driving with an extremely low

fuel level. Running out of fuel could

cause the engine to misfire, dama-

ging the three-way catalyst.

.Do not race the engine while warm-

ing it up.

.Do not push or tow your vehicle to

start the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-

TEM (TPMS)

GUID-F7BA83CF-7575-4726-9031-194EDDC1CE8C

Each tire, including the spare (if provided),

should be checked monthly when cold and

inflated to the inflation pressure recommended

by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle

placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your

vehicle has tires of a different size than the size

indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation

pressure label, you should determine the proper

tire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has

been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire

pressure telltale when one or more of your tires

is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when

the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you

should stop and check your tires as soon as

possible, and inflate them to the proper pres-

sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire

causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire

failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-

ciency and tire tread life, and may affect the

vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for

proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s

responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure,

even if under-inflation has not reached the level

to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire

Condition:

Black plate (351,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a

TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the

system is not operating properly. The TPMS

malfunction indicator is combined with the low

tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a

malfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-

mately one minute and then remain continuously

illuminated. This sequence will continue upon

subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the

malfunction exists. When the malfunction indi-

cator is illuminated, the system may not be able

to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.

TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of

reasons, including the installation of replace-

ment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle

that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale

after replacing one or more tires or wheels on

your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or

alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to

continue to function properly.

Additional information

GUID-07B738A4-1137-4087-8AEB-CE89E2044A1C

.The TPMS does not monitor the tire

pressure of the spare tire.

.The TPMS will activate only when the

vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH

(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect

a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a

flat tire while driving).

.The low tire pressure warning light does not

automatically turn off when the tire pressure

is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the

recommended pressure, the vehicle must be

driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h)

to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire

pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure

gauge to check the tire pressure.

.The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning also

appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal

display when the low tire pressure warning

light is illuminated and low tire pressure is

detected. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE

warning turns off when the low tire pressure

warning light turns off.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning

appears each time the ignition switch is

placed in the ON position as long as the low

tire pressure warning light remains illumi-

nated.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning

does not appear if the low tire pressure

warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS

malfunction.

.Tire pressure rises and falls depending on

the heat caused by the vehicle’s operation

and the outside temperature. Low outside

temperature can lower the temperature of

the air inside the tire which can cause a

lower tire inflation pressure. This may cause

the low tire pressure warning light to

illuminate. If the warning light illuminates in

low ambient temperature, check the tire

pressure for all four tires.

For additional information, see “Low tire pres-

sure warning light” in the “2. Instruments and

controls” section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS)” in the “6. In case of emer-

gency” section.

WARNING

.If the low tire pressure warning light

illuminates while driving, avoid sud-

den steering maneuvers or abrupt

braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull

off the road to a safe location and

stop the vehicle as soon as possi-

ble. Driving with under-inflated tires

may permanently damage the tires

and increase the likelihood of tire

failure. Serious vehicle damage

could occur and may lead to an

accident and could result in serious

personal injury. Check the tire pres-

sure for all four tires. Adjust the tire

pressure to the recommended COLD

Starting and driving 5-5

Condition:

Black plate (352,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-6 Starting and driving

tire pressure shown on the Tire and

Loading Information label to turn

the low tire pressure warning light

OFF. If the light still illuminates

while driving after adjusting the tire

pressure, a tire may be flat. If you

have a flat tire, replace it with a

spare tire as soon as possible. (See

“Flat tire” in the “6. In case of

emergency” section for changing a

flat tire.)

.When a spare tire is mounted or a

wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not

function and the low tire pressure

warning light will flash for approxi-

mately 1 minute. The light will

remain on after 1 minute. Contact

your NISSAN dealer as soon as

possible for tire replacement and/

or system resetting.

.Replacing tires with those not ori-

ginally specified by NISSAN could

affect the proper operation of the

TPMS.

.Do not inject any tire liquid or

aerosol tire sealant into the tires,

as this may cause a malfunction of

the tire pressure sensors (for mod-

els not equipped with the emer-

gency tire puncture repair kit).

.If you used the Emergency Tire

Sealant to repair a minor tire punc-

ture, your NISSAN dealer will also

need to replace the TPMS sensor in

addition to repairing or replacing

the tire (for models equipped with

the emergency tire puncture repair

kit).

.NISSAN recommends using only

NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire

Sealant provided with your vehicle.

Other tire sealants may damage the

valve stem seal which can cause the

tire to lose air pressure (for models

equipped with the emergency tire

puncture repair kit).

CAUTION

.The TPMS may not function properly

when the wheels are equipped with

tire chains or the wheels are buried

in snow.

.Do not place metalized film or any

metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the

windows. This may cause poor re-

ception of the signals from the tire

pressure sensors, and the TPMS will

not function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may temporarily

interfere with the operation of the TPMS and

cause the low tire pressure warning light to

illuminate. Some examples are:

.Facilities or electric devices using similar

radio frequencies are near the vehicle.

.If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is

being used in or near the vehicle.

.If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/

AC converter is being used in or near the

vehicle.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of the

FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the

following two conditions: (1) This device

may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interference that

may cause undesired operation.

Note: Changes or modifications not ex-

pressly approved by the party responsible

for compliance could void the user’s

authority to operate the equipment.

Condition:

Black plate (353,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

For Canada:

This device complies with RSS-210 of

Industry Canada. Operation is subject to

the following two conditions: (1) this

device may not cause interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interfer-

ence, including interference that may

cause undesired operation of the device.

AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL-

OVER GUID-E6266578-BC57-4E10-9E60-9119C21F2B7D

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe

and prudent manner may result in loss

of control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey

all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed,

high speed cornering, or sudden steering

maneuvers, because these driving practices

could cause you to lose control of your vehicle.

As with any vehicle, a loss of control could

result in a collision with other vehicles or

objects, or cause the vehicle to rollover,

particularly if the loss of control causes the

vehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at all

times, and avoid driving when tired. Never drive

when under the influence of alcohol or drugs

(including prescription or over-the-counter

drugs which may cause drowsiness). Always

wear your seat belt as outlined in the “Seat

belts” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat belts and

supplemental restraint system” section of this

manual, and also instruct your passengers to do

so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in

collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an

unbelted or improperly belted person is

significantly more likely to be injured or

killed than a person properly wearing a

seat belt.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD

DRIVING PRECAUTIONS

GUID-3F74B5AC-3060-4F11-A9FF-736430251ABC

Utility vehicles have a significantly higher

rollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance than pas-

senger cars to make them capable of performing

in a variety of on-pavement and off-road

applications. This gives them a higher center of

gravity than ordinary cars. An advantage of

higher ground clearance is a better view of the

road, allowing you to anticipate problems.

However, they are not designed for cornering

at the same speeds as conventional passenger

cars any more than low-slung sports cars are

designed to perform satisfactorily under off-road

conditions. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or

abrupt maneuvers, particularly at high speeds.

As with other vehicles of this type, failure to

operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss

of control or vehicle rollover. Seat belts help

reduce the risk of injury in collisions and

rollovers. In a rollover crash, an unbelted or

improperly belted person is significantly more

likely to be injured or killed than a person

properly wearing a seat belt.

Be sure to read “Driving safety precautions”

later in this section.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERY

GUID-0B9EF0FC-7FF7-4BD7-8DAD-AD0B0D563DF6

While driving, the right side or left side wheels

may unintentionally leave the road surface. If this

occurs, maintain control of the vehicle by

following the procedure below. Please note that

this procedure is only a general guide. The

vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on

the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel

with both hands and try to hold a straight

course.

4. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-

erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the

vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle

Starting and driving 5-7

Condition:

Black plate (354,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-8 Starting and driving

speed is reduced. Do not attempt to drive

the vehicle back onto the road surface until

vehicle speed is reduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn the

steering wheel until both tires return to the

road surface. When all tires are on the road

surface, steer the vehicle to stay in the

appropriate driving lane.

.If you decide that it is not safe to return

the vehicle to the road surface based on

vehicle, road or traffic conditions, gradu-

ally slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe

place off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS

GUID-E28673F5-7D64-42E9-870E-85BE9AF08E4C

Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can

occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due

to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressure

loss can also be caused by driving on under-

inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling

and stability of the vehicle, especially at highway

speeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by main-

taining the correct air pressure and visually

inspect the tires for wear and damage. See

“Wheels and tires” in the “8. Maintenance and

do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows-out”

while driving maintain control of the vehicle by

following the procedure below. Please note that

this procedure is only a general guide. The

vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on

the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase the

chance of losing control of the vehicle if

there is a sudden loss of tire air

pressure. Losing control of the vehicle

may cause a collision and result in

personal injury.

.The vehicle generally moves or pulls

in the direction of the flat tire.

.Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

.Do not rapidly release the accelera-

tor pedal.

.Do not rapidly turn the steering

wheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel

with both hands and try to hold a straight

course.

3. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-

erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location

off the road and away from traffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually

stop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and

either contact a roadside emergency service

to change the tire or see “Changing a flat

tire (Hardtop models)” in the “6. In case of

emergency” section of this Owner’s Manual.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND

DRIVING GUID-7A928DD8-EFC8-4928-9868-B5AB0AAD1681

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of

alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood-

stream reduces coordination, delays

reaction time and impairs judgement.

Driving after drinking alcohol increases

the likelihood of being involved in an

accident injuring yourself and others.

Additionally, if you are injured in an

accident, alcohol can increase the se-

verity of the injury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,

Condition:

Black plate (355,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

you must choose not to drive under the influence

of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are

injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents.

Although the local laws vary on what is

considered to be legally intoxicated, the fact is

that alcohol affects all people differently and

most people underestimate the effects of

alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! And

that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter,

prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive if

your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by

alcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

GUID-88B76DB7-2FA7-49FD-B795-D52F3FD6E561

Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and

off-road use. However, avoid driving in deep

water or mud as your NISSAN is mainly

designed for leisure use, unlike a conventional

off-road vehicle.

Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) mod-

els are less capable than All-Wheel Drive

(AWD) models for rough road driving and

extrication when stuck in deep snow, mud, or

the like.

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

.Drive carefully when off the road

and avoid dangerous areas. Every

person who drives or rides in this

vehicle should be seated with their

seat belt fastened. This will keep

you and your passengers in position

when driving over rough terrain.

.Do not drive across steep slopes.

Instead drive either straight up or

straight down the slopes. Off-road

vehicles can tip over sideways much

more easily than they can forward or

backward.

.Many hills are too steep for any

vehicle. If you drive up them, you

may stall. If you drive down them,

you may not be able to control your

speed. If you drive across them, you

may roll over.

.Do not shift ranges while driving on

downhill grades as this could cause

loss of control of the vehicle.

.Stay alert when driving to the top of

a hill. At the top there could be a

drop-off or other hazard that could

cause an accident.

.If your engine stalls or you cannot

make it to the top of a steep hill,

never attempt to turn around. Your

vehicle could tip or roll over. Always

back straight down in R (Reverse)

range. Never back down in N (Neu-

tral), using only the brake, as this

could cause loss of control.

.Heavy braking going down a hill

could cause your brakes to overheat

and fade, resulting in loss of control

and an accident. Apply brakes

lightly and use a low range to

control your speed.

.Unsecured cargo can be thrown

around when driving over rough

terrain. Properly secure all cargo

so it will not be thrown forward

and cause injury to you or your

passengers.

.To avoid raising the center of gravity

excessively, do not exceed the rated

capacity of the roof rack (if so

equipped) and evenly distribute the

load. Secure heavy loads in the

cargo area as far forward and as

low as possible. Do not equip the

vehicle with tires larger than speci-

fied in this manual. This could cause

Starting and driving 5-9

Condition:

Black plate (356,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-10 Starting and driving

your vehicle to roll over.

.Do not grip the inside or spokes of

the steering wheel when driving off-

road. The steering wheel could

move suddenly and injure your

hands. Instead drive with your fin-

gers and thumbs on the outside of

the rim.

.Before operating the vehicle, ensure

that the driver and all passengers

have their seat belts fastened.

.Always drive with the floor mats in

place as the floor may became hot.

.Lower your speed when encounter-

ing strong crosswinds. With a higher

center of gravity, your NISSAN is

more affected by strong side winds.

Slower speeds ensure better vehicle

control.

.Do not drive beyond the perfor-

mance capability of the tires, even

with AWD engaged.

.For AWD equipped vehicles, do not

attempt to raise two wheels off the

ground and shift the transmission to

any drive or reverse position with

the engine running. Doing so may

result in drivetrain damage or un-

expected vehicle movement which

could result in serious vehicle da-

mage or personal injury.

.Do not attempt to test an AWD

equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-

namometer (such as the dynam-

ometers used by some states for

emissions testing), or similar equip-

ment even if the other two wheels

are raised off the ground. Make sure

you inform test facility personnel

that your vehicle is equipped with

AWD before it is placed on a

dynamometer. Using the wrong test

equipment may result in drivetrain

damage or unexpected vehicle

movement which could result in

serious vehicle damage or personal

injury. (AWD models)

.When a wheel is off the ground due

to an unlevel surface, do not spin

the wheel excessively.

.Accelerating quickly, sharp steering

maneuvers or sudden braking may

cause loss of control.

.If at all possible, avoid sharp turning

maneuvers, particularly at high

speeds. Your vehicle has a higher

center of gravity than a conventional

passenger car. The vehicle is not

designed for cornering at the same

speeds as conventional passenger

cars. Failure to operate this vehicle

correctly could result in loss of

control and/or a rollover accident.

.Always use tires of the same type,

size, brand, construction (bias, bias-

belted or radial), and tread pattern

on all four wheels. Install tire chains

on the front wheels when driving on

slippery roads and drive carefully.

.Be sure to check the brakes imme-

diately after driving in mud or water.

See “Brake system” later in this

section for wet brakes.

.Avoid parking your vehicle on steep

hills. If you get out of the vehicle

and it rolls forward, backward or

sideways, you could be injured.

.Whenever you drive off-road

through sand, mud or water as deep

as the wheel hub, more frequent

maintenance may be required. See

the maintenance information in the

“NISSAN Service and Maintenance

Guide”.

Condition:

Black plate (357,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

.Spinning the front wheels on slip-

pery surfaces may cause the AWD

warning light to flash and the AWD

system to automatically switch from

the AWD mode to the 2WD mode.

This could reduce traction. Be espe-

cially careful when towing a trailer.

(AWD models)

GUID-F1720B44-6701-48B1-BED7-A9C2BCCB6DC9

WARNING

Do not operate the push-button ignition

switch while driving the vehicle except

in an emergency. (The engine will stop

when the ignition switch is pushed 3

consecutive times in quick succession

or the ignition switch is pushed and

held for more than 2 seconds.) If the

engine stops while the vehicle is being

driven, this could lead to a crash and

serious injury.

Before operating the push-button ignition

switch, be sure to move the selector lever to

the P (Park) position.

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

GUID-4506DE24-E655-4EE7-84B3-EA31D89241BD

The Intelligent Key system can operate the

ignition switch without taking the Intelligent

Key out from your pocket or purse. The

operating environment and/or conditions may

affect the Intelligent Key system operation.

CAUTION

.Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key

with you when operating the vehi-

cle.

.Never leave the Intelligent Key in-

side the vehicle when you leave the

vehicle.

Starting and driving 5-11

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

Condition:

Black plate (358,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-12 Starting and driving

SSD0436

Operating range for engine start function

GUID-A596920A-CBFC-4976-89DB-4A47CB018FD5

The Intelligent Key functions can only be used

for starting the engine when the Intelligent Key is

within the specified operating range *1.

When the Intelligent Key battery is almost

discharged or strong radio waves are present

near the operating location, the Intelligent Key

system’s operating range becomes narrower

and may not function properly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operating

range, it is possible for anyone, even someone

who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push

the ignition switch to start the engine.

.The cargo/trunk area is not included in the

operating range, but the Intelligent Key may

function.

.If the Intelligent Key is placed on the

instrument panel, rear parcel shelf, inside

the glove box or door pocket, the Intelligent

Key may not function.

.If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door

or window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent

Key may function.

SSD1021

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

OPERATION

GUID-0FA0E46E-E6F4-42C7-B398-B61C483B7F1B

When the ignition switch is pushed without

depressing the brake pedal, the ignition switch

position will change as follows:

.Push center once to change to ACC.

.Push center two times to change to ON.

.Push center three times to change to OFF.

(No position illuminates.)

.Push center four times to return to ACC.

.Open or close any door to return to LOCK

during the OFF position.

The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition

switch position cannot be switched to LOCK

Condition:

Black plate (359,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

until the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)

position.

When the ignition switch cannot be pushed

toward the LOCK position, proceed as follows:

1. Move the selector lever into the P (Park)

position.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.

(The ignition switch position indicator will

not illuminate.)

3. Open the door. The ignition switch will

change to the LOCK position.

The selector lever can be moved from the P

(Park) position if the ignition switch is in

the ON position and the brake pedal is

depressed.

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,

the push-button ignition switch cannot be

turned from the LOCK position.

Some indicators and warnings for operation are

displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display

between the speedometer and tachometer. (See

“Dot matrix liquid crystal display” in the “2.

Instruments and controls” section.)

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

POSITIONSGUID-2DA63785-8ABA-4F35-89C9-8EC5E99D0005

LOCK (Normal parking position)

GUID-4B0ADEFB-3415-4B03-963E-0C0C5B8558F4

The ignition switch can only be locked in this

position.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is

pushed to the ACC position while carrying the

Intelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key inserted

in the Intelligent Key port.

ACC (Accessories)

GUID-1142617A-DFBE-4A4C-86B0-2A451772941C

This position activates electrical accessories

such as the radio, when the engine is not

running.

ON (Normal operating position)

GUID-BB4F7743-D4C8-4CD5-B0E0-E2CC0EA06860

This position turns on the ignition system and

electrical accessories.

OFF GUID-F0D3DF80-AF4F-4421-A7D9-6137FEB28588

The engine can be turned off in this position.

The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition

switch cannot be switched to the LOCK position

until the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)

position.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the push-

button ignition switch in ACC or ON

positions when the engine is not run-

ning for an extended period. This can

discharge the battery.

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF

GUID-06748DB5-CB47-498E-AD33-8015C01F2E78

To shut off the engine in an emergency situation

while driving, perform the following procedure:

.Rapidly push the push-button ignition switch

3 consecutive times in less than 1.5

seconds, or

.Push and hold the push-button ignition

switch for more than 2 seconds.

Starting and driving 5-13

Condition:

Black plate (360,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-14 Starting and driving

SSD0837

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-

CHARGE GUID-B0FA47F4-2F8B-42AE-95A0-B8BDCC855CA4

If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almost

discharged, the guide light *Bof the key port

*Ablinks and the indicator appears on the dot

matrix liquid crystal display. (See “Dot matrix

liquid crystal display” in the “2. Instruments and

controls” section.)

In this case, inserting the Intelligent Key into the

port *Aallows you to start the engine. Make

sure that the key ring side faces backward as

illustrated. Insert the Intelligent Key in the port

until it is latched and secured.

To remove the Intelligent Key from the port, push

the ignition switch to the OFF position and pull

the Intelligent Key out of the port.

NOTE:

The key port does not charge the key

battery. If you see the low battery indicator

in the dot matrix liquid crystal display,

replace the battery as soon as possible.

(See “Intelligent Key battery replacement”

in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”

section.)

CAUTION

.Never place anything except the

Intelligent Key in the key port. Doing

so may cause damage to the equip-

ment.

.Make sure the Intelligent Key is in

the correct direction when inserting

it to the key port. The engine may

not start if it is in the incorrect

direction.

.Remove the Intelligent Key from the

key port after the ignition switch is

pushed to the OFF position.

GUID-147FB3A5-0560-4EED-8FD9-82CD1174F15F

.Make sure the area around the vehicle is

clear.

.Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-

ant, brake fluid and window washer fluid as

frequently as possible, or at least whenever

you refuel.

.Check that all windows and lights are clean.

.Visually inspect tires for their appearance

and condition. Also check tires for proper

inflation.

.Lock all doors.

.Position seats and adjust head restraints/

headrests.

.Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

.Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to

do likewise.

.Check the operation of warning lights when

the ignition switch is pushed to the ON

position. (See “Warning/indicator lights and

audible reminders” in the “2. Instruments

and controls” section.)

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE

Condition:

Black plate (361,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-F37FF9D7-0BFA-4B95-99B8-BFD3E3B48784

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park) or N

(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)

The starter is designed not to operate unless

the selector lever is in either of the above

positions.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.

Depress the brake pedal and push the

ignition switch to start the engine.

To start the engine immediately, push and

release the ignition switch while depressing

the brake pedal with the ignition switch in

any position.

.If the engine is very hard to start in

extremely cold weather or when restart-

ing, depress the accelerator pedal a little

(approximately 1/3 to the floor) and while

holding, crank the engine. Release the

accelerator pedal when the engine starts.

.If the engine is very hard to start because

it is flooded, depress the accelerator

pedal all the way to the floor and hold it.

Push the ignition switch to the ON

position to start cranking the engine.

After 5 or 6 seconds, stop cranking by

pushing the ignition switch to OFF. After

cranking the engine, release the accel-

erator pedal. Crank the engine with your

foot off the accelerator pedal by

depressing the brake pedal and pushing

the push-button ignition switch to start

the engine. If the engine starts, but fails

to run, repeat the above procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more

than 15 seconds at a time. If the engine

does not start, push the ignition switch

to OFF and wait 10 seconds before

cranking again, otherwise the starter

could be damaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30

seconds after starting. Do not race the

engine while warming it up. Drive at

moderate speed for a short distance first,

especially in cold weather. In cold weather,

keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 -

3 minutes before shutting it off. Starting and

stopping the engine over a short period of

time may make the vehicle more difficult to

start.

5. To stop the engine, shift the selector lever to

the P (Park) position and push the ignition

switch to the OFF position.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situations

that can lead to potential battery discharge

and potential no-start conditions such as:

1. Installation or extended use of electro-

nic accessories that consume battery

power when the engine is not running

(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,

etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or

only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to be

charged to maintain battery health.

Starting and driving 5-15

STARTING THE ENGINE

Condition:

Black plate (362,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-16 Starting and driving

GUID-874DAAA4-503F-461F-8A66-BEEC6486BBB0

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS-

MISSION (CVT)

GUID-ACCD68EB-D536-48ED-BBB3-82DB1D8F06BA

The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)

in your vehicle is electronically controlled to

produce maximum power and smooth operation.

The recommended operating procedures for this

transmission are shown on the following pages.

Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle

performance and driving enjoyment.

Engine power may be automatically re-

duced to protect the CVT if the engine

speed increases quickly when driving on

slippery roads or while being tested on

some dynamometers.

Starting the vehicle

GUID-35972EF7-F09E-4D7E-99A4-08117777767B

1. After starting the engine, fully depress the

foot brake pedal before moving the selector

lever out of the P (Park) position.

This CVT is designed so that the foot

brake pedal must be depressed before

shifting from P (Park) to any driving

position while the ignition switch is in

the ON position.

The selector lever cannot be moved out

of the P (Park) position and into any of

the other positions if the ignition

switch is pushed to the LOCK, OFF or

ACC position.

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and

move the selector lever to a driving position.

3. Release the parking brake and foot brake

pedal, and then gradually start the vehicle in

motion.

WARNING

.Do not depress the accelerator

pedal while shifting from P (Park)

or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D

(Drive) or L (Low) position. Always

depress the brake pedal until shift-

ing is completed. Failure to do so

could cause you to lose control and

have an accident.

.Cold engine idle speed is high, so

use caution when shifting into a

forward or reverse gear before the

engine has warmed up.

.Never shift to P (Park) or R (Re-

verse) while vehicle is moving. Fail-

ure to do so could cause you to lose

control and have an accident.

CAUTION

.Except in an emergency, do not shift

to the N (Neutral) position while

driving. Coasting with the transmis-

sion in the N (Neutral) position may

cause serious damage to the trans-

mission.

.When stopping the vehicle on an

uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle

by depressing the accelerator pedal.

The foot brake should be used for

this purpose.

.Do not downshift abruptly on slip-

pery roads. This may cause a loss of

control.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE

Condition:

Black plate (363,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSD0691

To move the selector lever,

: Push the button *Awhile depressing the

brake pedal.

: Push the button *A.

: Just move the selector lever.

Shifting GUID-D5026A04-B5E5-49C1-B727-309E2651B4AE

After starting the engine, fully depress the brake

pedal, push the selector lever button and move

the selector lever from the P (Park) position to

any of the desired shift positions.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the selector

lever is in any position while the engine

is not running. Failure to do so could

cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly

or roll away and result in serious

personal injury or property damage.

CAUTION

Use the P (Park) or R (Reverse) position

only when the vehicle is completely

stopped.

P (Park): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Use this selector position when the vehicle is

parked or when starting the engine. Make sure

the vehicle is completely stopped. The brake

pedal must be depressed and the selector

lever button pushed in to move the selec-

tor lever from N (Neutral) or any drive

position to P (Park). Apply the parking brake.

When parking on a hill, apply the parking brake

first, then move the selector lever to the P (Park)

position.

R (Reverse): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Use this position to back up. Make sure the

vehicle is completely stopped before selecting

the R (Reverse) position. The brake pedal

must be depressed and the selector lever

button pushed in to move the selector

lever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or any

driving position to R (Reverse).

N (Neutral): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.

The engine can be started in this position. You

may shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled

engine while the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

L (Low): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Use this position for maximum engine braking on

steep downhill gradients/climbing steep slopes

and whenever approaching sharp bends. Do not

use the L position in any other circumstances.

Starting and driving 5-17

Condition:

Black plate (364,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-18 Starting and driving

SSD0692

Overdrive (O/D) OFF switch

GUID-8A3D61C2-25AC-4088-A419-A1EAB3D4657F

When the O/D OFF switch is pushed with the

selector lever in the D (Drive) position, the

indicator light in the instrument panel illuminates.

Use the overdrive off mode when you need

improved engine braking.

To turn off the overdrive off mode, push the O/D

OFF switch again. The indicator light will

turn off.

Each time the engine is started, or when the

selector lever is shifted to any position other

than the D (Drive) position, the overdrive off

mode will be automatically turned off.

Accelerator downshift — In D position —

GUID-CD19E66D-4772-4785-B00D-BC9BC6AC4E04

For passing or hill climbing, fully depress the

accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts the

transmission down into a lower gear, depending

on the vehicle speed.

High fluid temperature protection mode

GUID-FE0DB0A0-F4AF-44F6-8609-E1599FEA814D

This transmission has a high fluid temperature

protection mode. If the fluid temperature be-

comes too high (for example, when climbing

steep grades in high temperature with heavy

loads, such as when towing a trailer), engine

power and, under some conditions, vehicle

speed will be decreased automatically to reduce

the chance of transmission damage. Vehicle

speed can be controlled with the accelerator

pedal, but the engine and vehicle speed may be

limited.

Fail-safe GUID-CA9C7C97-9363-4621-960F-9DED536408A1

If the vehicle is driven under extreme

conditions, such as excessive wheel spin-

ning and subsequent hard braking, the

fail-safe system may be activated. The MIL

may illuminate to indicate the fail-safe

mode is activated. (See “Malfunction In-

dicator Light (MIL)” in the “2. Instruments

and controls” section.) This will occur even

if all electrical circuits are functioning

properly. In this case, place the ignition

switch in the OFF position and wait for 10

seconds. Then place the ignition switch

back in the ON position. The vehicle should

return to its normal operating condition. If

it does not return to its normal operating

condition, have a NISSAN dealer check the

transmission and repair if necessary.

WARNING

When the high fluid temperature pro-

tection mode or fail-safe operation

occurs, vehicle speed may be gradually

reduced. The reduced speed may be

lower than other traffic, which could

increase the chance of a collision. Be

especially careful when driving. If ne-

cessary, pull to the side of the road at a

safe place and allow the transmission

to return to normal operation, or have it

repaired if necessary.

Condition:

Black plate (365,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSD0693

Shift lock release

GUID-4E0BBA67-0709-45D4-82B6-4589F6D64379

If the battery charge is low or discharged, the

selector lever may not be moved from the P

(Park) position even with the brake pedal

depressed and the selector lever button pushed.

To move the selector lever, perform the following

procedure:

1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK

position.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Remove the shift lock release cover *A

using a suitable tool.

4. Push down the shift lock release *Busing a

suitable tool.

5. Push the selector lever button *Cand move

the selector lever to the N (Neutral) position

*Dwhile holding down the shift lock

release.

The vehicle may be moved to the desired

location.

Replace the removed shift lock release cover

after the operation.

If the selector lever cannot be moved out of the

P (Park) position, have a NISSAN dealer check

the CVT system as soon as possible.

WARNING

If the selector lever cannot be moved

from the P (Park) position while the

engine is running and the brake pedal

is depressed, the stop lights may not

work. Malfunctioning stop lights could

cause an accident injuring yourself and

others.

GUID-E081E1F7-54B4-4901-B654-AF785D4BF47C

WARNING

.Be sure the parking brake is fully

released before driving. Failure to

do so can cause brake failure and

lead to an accident.

.Do not release the parking brake

from outside the vehicle.

.Do not use the gear shift in place of

the parking brake. When parking, be

sure the parking brake is fully

engaged.

.Do not leave children unattended in

a vehicle. They could release the

parking brake and cause an acci-

dent.

Starting and driving 5-19

PARKING BRAKE

Condition:

Black plate (366,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-20 Starting and driving

SPA2331

To apply: Fully depress the parking brake pedal

*1.

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake *2.

2. Depress the parking brake pedal *1and

the parking brake will be released.

3. Before driving, be sure the brake warning

light goes out.

GUID-EAE4D145-2304-42BA-802A-31B01291BFE6

The Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system helps

alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes

when changing lanes.

The Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system

helps alert the driver when the vehicle is

traveling close to either the left or the right of a

traveling lane.

JVS0152X

The BSW/LDW systems use the RearView

Monitor camera unit *1with automatic washer

and blower.

WARNING

.The BSW system is not a replace-

ment for proper driving procedure

and is not designed to prevent

contact with vehicles or objects.

When changing lanes, always use

the side and rear mirrors and turn

and look in the direction you will

move to ensure it is safe to change

lanes. Never rely solely on the BSW

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)/

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)

SYSTEMS (if so equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (367,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

system.

.The LDW system is only a warning

device to help inform the driver of a

potential unintended lane depar-

ture. It will not steer the vehicle or

prevent loss of control. It is the

driver’s responsibility to stay alert,

drive safely, keep the vehicle in the

traveling lane, and be in control of

the vehicle at all times.

.The camera unit may not function

properly under the following condi-

tions:

— When towing a trailer.

— When strong light enters the

camera unit. (for example, light

directly shines on the rear of the

vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)

— When ambient brightness

changes suddenly. (for example,

when the vehicle enters or exits

a tunnel or passes under a

bridge.)

.If the camera lens is excessively

dirty, the automatic washer may not

be able to completely clean the lens.

This could result in the camera not

detecting vehicles or lane markers.

.Excessive noise (for example, audio

system volume, open vehicle win-

dow) will interfere with the chime

sound, and it may not be heard.

SSD1086

Blind Spot Indicator light

SSD1029

BSW light (orange, green)

Starting and driving 5-21

Condition:

Black plate (368,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-22 Starting and driving

BSW SYSTEM OPERATION

GUID-57C34072-19AD-4F92-8527-4EC338107115

The BSW system operates above approximately

20 MPH (32 km/h).

When the camera unit detects vehicles in the

detection zone, the Blind Spot Indicator light

located inside the outside mirrors will illuminate.

If the turn signal is then activated, the system

chimes (twice).

SSD1026

Detection zone

GUID-EDF6517E-4B22-4DBC-B7D0-02DAE5036383

The camera unit can detect vehicles on either

side of your vehicle when part of another vehicle

is within the detection zone shown as illustrated.

This detection zone typically starts from the

outside mirror of your vehicle and extends

approximately 10 ft (3 m) behind the rear

bumper, and approximately 10 ft (3 m) sideways.

NOTE:

The Blind Spot Indicator light will illumi-

nate for a few seconds when the ignition

switch is placed in the ON position.

The brightness of the Blind Spot Indicator lights

is adjusted automatically depending on the

brightness of the ambient light.

A chime sounds if the camera unit has already

detected vehicles when the driver activates the

turn signal. If a vehicle comes into the detection

zone after the driver activates the turn signal,

then only the Blind Spot Indicator light flashes

and no chime sounds. (See “BSW driving

situations” later in this section.)

Turning on or off the BSW system

GUID-C47C5086-5272-41CD-9A3F-A6BA43F0B737

The BSW system can be turned on or off using

the setting menu on the center display.

SYSTEM ON: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The BSW light (green) on the instrument panel

will light up.

SYSTEM OFF:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The BSW light (green) on the instrument panel

will go out.

Condition:

Black plate (369,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

JVS0159X

SSD0885

Example

Perform the following steps to enable or disable

the BSW system.

1. Push the SETTING *1button and highlight

the “Driver Assistance” key on the display

using the multi-function controller. Then

push the ENTER *2button.

JVH0345X

2. Highlight the “Blind Spot Warning” key,

select ON (enabled) or OFF (disabled) and

push the ENTER *2button.

Starting and driving 5-23

Condition:

Black plate (370,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-24 Starting and driving

SSD1156

Warning systems switch

The warning systems switch is used to tem-

porarily turn off the warning systems (Lane

Departure Warning (LDW) and Blind Spot

Warning (BSW) systems) that are activated

using the settings menu.

WARNING

.The camera unit may not be able to

detect when certain objects are

present such as:

— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals

— Some types of small vehicles

such as motorcycles and very

short length vehicles

— Oncoming vehicles

— A vehicle approaching rapidly

from behind. (See “BSW driving

situations” later in this section.)

— A vehicle which your vehicle

overtakes rapidly. (See “BSW

driving situations” later in this

section.)

— A vehicle that merges or

changes lanes rapidly directly

next to your vehicle.

.The camera unit may not be able to

detect properly when your vehicle

travels beside the middle section of

a vehicle with long wheelbase (for

example, trailer truck, semi-trailer,

tractor).

.The camera detection zone is de-

signed based on a standard lane

width. When driving in a wider lane,

the camera unit may not detect

vehicles in an adjacent lane. When

driving in a narrow lane, the camera

unit may detect vehicles driving two

lanes away.

.The camera unit is designed to

ignore most stationary objects,

however objects such as guardrails,

walls, foliage and parked vehicles

may occasionally be detected. This

is a normal operating condition.

.The camera unit may detect the

reflected image of vehicles or road-

side objects that are not actually in

the detection zone, especially when

the road is wet.

Condition:

Black plate (371,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSD1026

BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS

GUID-3E2CF63C-6B46-4685-A31A-1A3DD3C826FA

Another vehicle approaching from be-

hind GUID-00E249DA-9844-4822-9276-0651918C72BD

The Blind Spot Indicator light illuminates if a

vehicle enters the detection zone from behind in

an adjacent lane.

However, if the overtaking vehicle is traveling

much faster than your vehicle, the indicator light

may not illuminate before the detected vehicle is

beside your vehicle. Always use the side and

rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction

your vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to

change lanes.

SSD1031

If the driver activates the turn signal, then the

Blind Spot Indicator light flashes and a chime

will sound twice.

NOTE:

If the driver activates the turn signal before

a vehicle enters the detection zone, the

Blind Spot Indicator light will flash but no

chime will sound when the other vehicle is

detected.

SSD1033

Overtaking other vehicles

GUID-71136E60-FC62-41A7-9C97-97A64104428C

The Blind Spot Indicator light illuminates if you

overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays in the

detection zone for approximately 3 seconds.

The camera unit may not detect slower moving

vehicles if they are passed quickly.

Starting and driving 5-25

Condition:

Black plate (372,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-26 Starting and driving

SSD1034

If the driver activates the turn signal while

another vehicle is in the detection zone, then

the Blind Spot Indicator light flashes and a

chime will sound twice.

JVS0154X

SSD0672

LDW light (orange, green)

LDW SYSTEM OPERATION

GUID-5A428BA7-251A-49AB-8955-F9AF33E9CC89

The LDW system operates above approximately

43 MPH (70 km/h).

When the vehicle approaches either the left or

the right of the traveling lane, the LDW system

will chime a sound and the LDW light (orange)

on the instrument panel will blink to alert the

driver.

The LDW system is not designed to operate

under the following conditions.

.When you operate the lane change signal

and change traveling lanes in the direction of

the signal. (The LDW system will become

operable again approximately 2 seconds

after the lane change signal is turned off.)

.When the vehicle speed is less than

approximately 43 MPH (70 km/h).

After the above conditions have finished and the

necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the

LDW functions will resume.

Condition:

Black plate (373,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Turning on or off the LDW system

GUID-1EF8AD82-14EA-4DE4-82CA-349DE5262573

The LDW system is turned on or off using the

setting menu on the center display.

SYSTEM ON: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The LDW light (green) on the instrument panel

will light up.

SYSTEM OFF:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The LDW light (green) on the instrument panel

will go out.

JVS0159X

SSD0885

Example

Perform the following steps to enable or disable

the BSW system.

1. Push the SETTING *1button and highlight

the “Driver Assistance” key on the display

using the multi-function controller. Then

push the ENTER *2button.

Starting and driving 5-27

Condition:

Black plate (374,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-28 Starting and driving

JVH0345X

2. Highlight the “Lane Departure Warning” key,

select ON (enabled) or OFF (disabled) and

push the ENTER *2button.

SSD1156

Warning systems switch

The warning systems switch is used temporarily

turn off the warning systems (Lane Departure

Warning (LDW) and Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

systems) that are activated using the settings

menu.

WARNING

.The camera unit may not be able to

detect properly under the following

conditions:

— On roads where there are multi-

ple parallel lane markers; lane

markers that are faded or not

painted clearly; yellow painted

lane markers; nonstandard lane

markers; or lane markers cov-

ered with water, dirt, snow, etc.

— On roads where the discontin-

ued lane markers are still de-

tectable.

— On roads where there are sharp

curves.

— On roads where there are shar-

ply contrasting objects, such as

shadows, snow, water, wheel

ruts, seams or lines remaining

after road repairs. (The LDW

system could detect these items

as lane markers.)

— On roads where the traveling

lane merges or separates.

— When the vehicle’s traveling di-

rection does not align with the

lane marker.

— When the road surface is very

dark due to weak ambient light

or impaired tail lamp.

.When driving on a curved road,

warning will be late on the outside

Condition:

Black plate (375,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

of the curve.

BSW/LDW TEMPORARY DISABLED

STATUS GUID-7F625096-0715-4B5E-8EF0-30A6032AAA36

When the lift gate is open and/or the low washer

fluid is detected, the BSW and/or LDW system

is turned off temporarily. The BSW light (green)

and/or the LDW light (green) will blink, and

either of the following message will appear on

the dot matrix liquid crystal display:

.“Back Door Open”

.“Low Washer”

When the above conditions are corrected, the

BSW and/or LDW system will resume auto-

matically.

BSW/LDW AUTOMATIC DEACTIVA-

TION GUID-F0634B42-826D-43A4-96FB-AAAAB953C449

When dirt, rain or snow cannot be removed by

automatic washer and blower and accumulates

on the camera, making it impossible to detect

the vehicles or the lane markers, the BSW and/

or LDW system will be turned off automatically.

The BSW light (green) and/or LDW light (green)

will blink, and the “Unavailable : Clean rear

camera” will appear in the dot matrix liquid

crystal display.

Action to take:

If the message appears, park the vehicle in a

safe place, clean the camera unit with a soft

cloth. Then turn off and restart the engine.

BSW/LDW MALFUNCTION

GUID-D5EC8D81-780C-4FF0-BDA4-18027FB2E08C

When the BSW and/or LDW system malfunc-

tions, they will be turned off automatically, the

BSW light (orange) and/or LDW light (orange)

will illuminate.

Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn off and

restart the engine. If the BSW light (orange)

and/or LDW light (orange) continues to illumi-

nate, have the BSW and/or LDW system

checked by a NISSAN dealer. JVS0155X

CAMERA UNIT MAINTENANCE

GUID-A7091D0C-021B-437B-A128-5316DCBBA444

The rear camera unit *1for the LDW/BSW

systems is located above the rear licence plate.

To maintain the proper operation of the LDW/

BSW systems and help keep the system

functioning, be sure to observe the following:

.Always keep the camera unit clean. Be

careful not to damage the nozzle of auto-

matic washer and blower.

.Do not attach “licence plate accessories”

that reflect light.

.Do not strike or damage the areas around

the camera unit.

Starting and driving 5-29

Condition:

Black plate (376,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-30 Starting and driving

GUID-65CB3DFE-511B-4626-B4E4-906AB50ECAD1

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON-

TROL GUID-80F20175-468E-45AF-89B6-B813DC76FEBF

.If the cruise control system malfunctions, it

will cancel automatically. The CRUISE in-

dicator light on the meter panel will then

blink to warn the driver.

.If the engine coolant temperature becomes

excessively high, the cruise control system

will cancel automatically.

.If the CRUISE indicator light blinks, turn the

cruise control main switch off and have the

system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

.The CRUISE indicator light may blink when

the cruise control main switch is turned ON

while pushing the ACCEL/RES, COAST/

SET or CANCEL switch. To properly set the

cruise control system, perform the following

procedures.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when

driving under the following conditions:

.when it is not possible to keep the

vehicle at a set speed

.in heavy traffic or in traffic that

varies in speed

.on winding or hilly roads

.on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,

etc.)

.in very windy areas

Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle

control and result in an accident.

SSD0694

1. ACCEL/RES switch

2. COAST/SET switch

3. CANCEL switch

4. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

GUID-674D4903-B7FA-430D-83D5-F523C0724370

The cruise control allows driving at a speed

between 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)

without keeping your foot on the accelerator

pedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push the MAIN

switch on. The CRUISE indicator light will

illuminate.

To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicle

to the desired speed, push the COAST/SET

switch and release it. Take your foot off the

CRUISE CONTROL

Condition:

Black plate (377,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the

set speed.

.To pass another vehicle, depress the

accelerator pedal. When you release the

pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously

set speed.

.The vehicle may not maintain the set speed

on winding or hilly roads. If this happens,

drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of the

following methods:

1. Push the CANCEL switch.

2. Tap the brake pedal.

3. Turn the MAIN switch off. The CRUISE light

will turn off.

.If you depress the brake pedal while pushing

the ACCEL/RES or COAST/SET switch and

reset at the cruising speed, the cruise

control will disengage. Turn the MAIN switch

off once and then turn it on again.

.The cruise control will automatically cancel if

the vehicle slows more than 8 MPH (13

km/h) below the set speed.

.If you move the selector lever to the N

(Neutral) position, the cruise control will be

canceled.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one

of the following methods:

.Depress the accelerator pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed, push and

release the COAST/SET switch.

.Push and hold the ACCEL/RES switch.

When the vehicle attains the desired speed,

release the switch.

.Push, then quickly release the ACCEL/RES

switch. Each time you do this, the set speed

will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one

of the following methods:

.Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed, push the

COAST/SET switch and release it.

.Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.

Release the switch when the vehicle slows

down to the desired speed.

.Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET

switch. Each time you do this, the set speed

will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and

release the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehicle

will resume the last set cruising speed when the

vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

GUID-1450B7AB-549F-4778-B02E-889FA0A180B6

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),

follow these recommendations to ob-

tain maximum engine performance and

ensure the future reliability and econo-

my of your new vehicle. Failure to

follow these recommendations may

result in shortened engine life and

reduced engine performance.

.Avoid driving for long periods at constant

speed, either fast or slow. Do not run the

engine over 4,000 rpm.

.Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

.Avoid quick starts.

.Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

.Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles

(800 km). Your engine, axle or other parts

could be damaged.

Starting and driving 5-31

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE

Condition:

Black plate (378,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-32 Starting and driving

GUID-4F116AF9-48AB-405A-9C08-86C1AB50BE14

Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficient Driving

Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy

from your vehicle.

1. Use smooth accelerator and brake pedal

application.

.Avoid rapid starts and stops.

.Use smooth, gentle accelerator and

brake application whenever possible.

.Maintain constant speed while commut-

ing and coast whenever possible.

2. Maintain constant speed.

.Look ahead to try and anticipate and

minimize stops.

.Synchronizing your speed with traffic

lights allows you to reduce your number

of stops.

.Maintaining a steady speed can minimize

red light stops and improve fuel effi-

ciency.

3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at higher vehicle

speeds.

.Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more

efficient to open windows to cool the

vehicle due to reduced engine load.

.Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more

efficient to use A/C to cool the vehicle

due to increased aerodynamic drag.

.Recirculating the cool air in the cabin

when the A/C is on reduces cooling load.

4. Drive at economical speeds and distances.

.Observing the speed limit and not ex-

ceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h) (where

legally allowed) can improve fuel effi-

ciency due to reduced aerodynamic

drag.

.Maintaining a safe following distance

behind other vehicles reduces unneces-

sary braking.

.Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate

changes in speed permits reduced brak-

ing and smooth acceleration changes.

.Select a gear range suitable to road

conditions.

5. Use cruise control.

.Using cruise control during highway

driving helps maintain a steady speed.

.Cruise control is particularly effective in

providing fuel savings when driving on

flat terrains.

6. Plan for the shortest route.

.Utilize a map or navigation system to

determine the best route to save time.

7. Avoid idling.

.Shutting off your engine when safe for

stops exceeding 30-60 seconds saves

fuel and reduces emissions.

8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads.

.Automated passes permit drivers to use

special lanes to maintain cruising speed

through the toll and avoid stopping and

starting.

9. Winter warm up.

.Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel

economy.

.Vehicles typically need no more than 30

seconds of idling at start-up to effectively

circulate the engine oil before driving.

.Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating

temperature more quickly while driving

versus idling.

10. Keeping your vehicle cool.

.Park your vehicle in a covered parking

area or in the shade whenever possible.

.When entering a hot vehicle, opening the

windows will help to reduce the inside

temperature faster, resulting in reduced

demand on your A/C system.

FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS

Condition:

Black plate (379,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-76A875B9-D302-49EA-808D-3131A08DF31D

.Keep your engine tuned up.

.Follow the recommended scheduled main-

tenance.

.Keep the tires inflated to the correct

pressure. Low tire pressure increases tire

wear and lowers fuel economy.

.Keep the wheels in correct alignment.

Improper alignment increases tire wear and

lowers fuel economy.

.Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.

(See “Engine oil and oil filter recommenda-

tion” in the “9. Technical and consumer

information” section.)

GUID-789B8744-E030-429A-8E1D-A540048EE2D3

WARNING

.For AWD equipped vehicles, do not

attempt to raise two wheels off the

ground and shift the transmission to

any drive or reverse position with

the engine running. Doing so may

result in drivetrain damage or un-

expected vehicle movement which

could result in serious vehicle da-

mage or personal injury.

.Do not attempt to test an AWD

equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-

namometer (such as the dynam-

ometers used by some states for

emissions testing) or similar equip-

ment even if the other two wheels

are raised off the ground. Make sure

that you inform the test facility

personnel that your vehicle is

equipped with AWD before it is

placed on a dynamometer. Using

the wrong test equipment may re-

sult in drivetrain damage or unex-

pected vehicle movement which

could result in serious vehicle da-

mage or personal injury.

SSD0418

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) LOCK

SWITCH OPERATIONS

GUID-59E847D3-AC63-4E97-B941-A563BA7CB53E

The AWD LOCK switch is located on the lower

side of the instrument panel (CrossCabriolet

models) or on the center console (Hardtop

models). This switch is used to select the AUTO

or LOCK mode depending on the driving

conditions.

Each time you push the lower part of the switch

*A, the AWD mode will switch:

AUTO ?LOCK ?AUTO.

Starting and driving 5-33

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (if so

equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (380,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-34 Starting and driving

LOCK modeGUID-CC369E60-DA40-4EBF-A446-5E7381738F55

The AWD LOCK indicator light will

illuminate.

AUTO modeGUID-6EC36219-866B-4934-BDB0-3940B0EB298C

The AWD LOCK indicator light will turn off.

AWD

mode Wheel driven

AWD

LOCK

indica-

tor light

Use condi-

tions

AUTO

Distribution of tor-

que to the front and

rear wheels changes

automatically, de-

pending on road

conditions encoun-

tered

[100:0] ↔[50:50].

This results in im-

proved driving stabi-

lity.*1

Turns

off.

For driving

on paved

or slippery

roads

LOCK All-wheel drive*2, *3

AWD

LOCK

For driving

on rough

roads

*1: When the rotation difference between the front

and rear wheels is large, the AWD mode may

change from AUTO to LOCK for a while,

however, this is not a malfunction.

*2: LOCK mode will change to AUTO mode

automatically when the vehicle has been driven

at a high speed. The AWD LOCK indicator light

turns off.

*3: LOCK mode will automatically be cancelled

when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF

position.

.If the AWD LOCK switch is operated while

accelerating or decelerating, or if the ignition

switch is turned off, you may feel a jolt. This

is normal.

.The oil temperature of power train parts will

increase if the vehicle is continuously

operated under conditions where the differ-

ence in rotation between the front and rear

wheels is large (wheel slip), such as when

driving the vehicle on rough roads through

sand, mud or freeing a stuck vehicle. In

these cases, the AWD warning light blinks

rapidly and the AWD mode changes to

2WD to protect the powertrain parts. If you

stop driving with the engine idling and wait

until the warning light stops blinking, the

AWD returns to the AUTO mode.

WARNING

.When driving straight, shift the AWD

LOCK switch to AUTO. Do not oper-

ate the AWD LOCK switch when

making a turn or backing up.

.Do not operate the AWD LOCK

switch with the front wheel spin-

ning.

.Engine idling speed is high while

warming up the engine. Be espe-

cially careful when starting or driv-

ing on slippery surfaces.

.When turning the vehicle in LOCK

mode on paved roads, you may feel

a braking effect. This is a normal

condition of the AWD model.

Condition:

Black plate (381,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SSD0336B

AWD WARNING LIGHT

GUID-9D8CB64F-35DD-4A37-956F-52AA71579753

The AWD warning light is located in the meter.

The AWD warning light illuminates when the

ignition switch is pushed to the ON position. It

turns off soon after the engine is started.

If any malfunction occurs in the AWD system

while the engine is running, the warning light will

come on.

The warning light may blink rapidly (about twice

per second) while trying to free a stuck vehicle

due to high powertrain oil temperature. The

driving mode may change to 2WD. The AUTO

mode may change to the LOCK mode before the

warning light blinks. If the warning light blinks

rapidly during operation, stop the vehicle with

the engine idling in a safe place immediately.

Then if the light turns off after a while, you can

continue driving.

A large difference between the diameters of

front and rear wheels will make the warning light

blink slowly (about once per two seconds). Pull

off the road in a safe area, and idle the engine.

Check that all tire sizes are the same, tire

pressure is correct and tires are not worn.

CAUTION

.If the warning light remains on after

the above operation, have your

vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer

as soon as possible.

.If the warning light comes on while

driving there may be a malfunction

in the AWD system. Reduce the

vehicle speed and have your vehicle

checked by a NISSAN dealer as

soon as possible.

.The powertrain may be damaged if

you continue driving with the warn-

ing light blinking.

.Never drive on dry hard surface

roads in the LOCK mode, as this

will overload the powertrain and

may cause a serious malfunction.

Starting and driving 5-35

Condition:

Black plate (382,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-36 Starting and driving

GUID-6A33C11E-91A4-41FA-95B0-22BCFAAF7D4F

SSD0488

WARNING

.Do not stop or park the vehicle over

flammable materials such as dry

grass, waste paper or rags. They

may ignite and cause a fire.

.Safe parking procedures require

that both the parking brake be set

and the transmission placed into P

(Park). Failure to do so could cause

the vehicle to move unexpectedly or

roll away and result in an accident.

Make sure the selector lever has

been pushed as far forward as it can

go and cannot be moved without

depressing the foot brake pedal.

.Never leave the engine running

while the vehicle is unattended.

.Do not leave children unattended

inside the vehicle. They could un-

knowingly activate switches or con-

trols. Unattended children could

become involved in serious acci-

dents.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)

position.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into

traffic when parked on an incline, it is a good

practice to turn the wheels as illustrated.

.HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: *1

Turn the wheels into the curb and move

the vehicle forward until the curb side

wheel gently touches the curb.

.HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: *2

Turn the wheels away from the curb and

move the vehicle back until the curb side

wheel gently touches the curb.

.HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO

CURB: *3

Turn the wheels toward the side of the

road so the vehicle will move away from

the center of the road if it moves.

4. Push the ignition switch to the LOCK

position.

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

Condition:

Black plate (383,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-B307D2C7-6A0F-4C3B-AA18-70CF878DA08C

WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turned

off while driving, the power assist for

the steering will not work. Steering will

be harder to operate.

The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic

pump, driven by the engine, to assist steering.

If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks, you

will still have control of the vehicle. However,

much greater steering effort is needed, espe-

cially in sharp turns and at low speeds.

GUID-72E45F72-7DC3-4DC6-AB5F-495F1E017DEB

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS

GUID-46E46FAB-CDA9-4CBA-9224-E375245B79F0

The brake system has two separate hydraulic

circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still

have braking at two wheels.

Vacuum assisted brakes

GUID-3D1E5CD8-57BB-4B7C-A4EC-478588B554DD

The brake booster aids braking by using engine

vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the

vehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,

greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be

required to stop the vehicle and the stopping

distance will be longer.

Using the brakes

GUID-17BAD6F4-E8FF-4930-86AF-B9E7AE24A97E

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while

driving. This will cause overheating of the

brakes, wearing out the brake and pads faster

and reduce gas mileage.

To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the

brakes from overheating, reduce speed and

downshift to a lower gear before going down a

slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may

reduce braking performance and could result in

loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

.While driving on a slippery surface,

be careful when braking, accelerat-

ing or downshifting. Abrupt braking

or accelerating could cause the

wheels to skid and result in an

accident.

.If the engine is not running or is

turned off while driving, the power

assist for the brakes will not work.

Braking will be harder.

Wet brakes GUID-DAFCC3E6-12FB-486E-80D5-D760D63692FD

When the vehicle is washed or driven through

water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your

braking distance will be longer and the vehicle

may pull to one side during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speed

while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat-up

the brakes. Do this until the brakes return to

normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds

until the brakes function correctly.

PARKING BRAKE BREAK-IN

GUID-8A683E74-F58D-4094-9248-FB85437EC54C

Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the

stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened

or whenever the parking brake shoes and/or

drums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure the

best braking performance.

This procedure is described in the vehicle

service manual and can be performed by a

NISSAN dealer.

Starting and driving 5-37

POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM

Condition:

Black plate (384,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-38 Starting and driving

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)

GUID-E8B15746-8DE1-4800-8F8E-42F837255969

WARNING

.The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)

is a sophisticated device, but it

cannot prevent accidents resulting

from careless or dangerous driving

techniques. It can help maintain

vehicle control during braking on

slippery surfaces. Remember that

stopping distances on slippery sur-

faces will be longer than on normal

surfaces even with ABS. Stopping

distances may also be longer on

rough, gravel or snow covered

roads, or if you are using tire chains.

Always maintain a safe distance

from the vehicle in front of you.

Ultimately, the driver is responsible

for safety.

.Tire type and condition may also

affect braking effectiveness.

— When replacing tires, install the

specified size of tires on all four

wheels.

— When installing a spare tire,

make sure that it is the proper

size and type as specified on the

Tire and Loading Information

label. See “Tire and Loading

Information label” in the “9.

Technical and consumer infor-

mation” section of this manual.

— For detailed information, see

“Wheels and tires” in the “8.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself”

section of this manual.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls

the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard

braking or when braking on slippery surfaces.

The system detects the rotation speed at each

wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to

prevent each wheel from locking and sliding. By

preventing each wheel from locking, the system

helps the driver maintain steering control and

helps to minimize swerving and spinning on

slippery surfaces.

Using the system

GUID-7B970DD3-2DFA-4433-AD98-0B18169C87E4

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.

Depress the brake pedal with firm steady

pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The

ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from

locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so

may result in increased stopping dis-

tances.

Self-test feature

GUID-12E48F0B-DED5-4F59-9CFD-2520A19BEF49

The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric

pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The

computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that

tests the system each time you start the engine

and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward

or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may

hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the

brake pedal. This is normal and does not

indicate a malfunction. If the computer senses

a malfunction, it switches the ABS off and

illuminates the ABS warning light on the

instrument panel. The brake system then oper-

ates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates during the

self-test or while driving, have the vehicle

checked by a NISSAN dealer.

Condition:

Black plate (385,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Normal operation

GUID-2399D9B9-0F57-4BAD-9F01-56588EEEEE14

The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH

(5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies according to

road conditions.

When the ABS senses that one or more wheels

are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly

applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This

action is similar to pumping the brakes very

quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake

pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or

feel a vibration from the actuator when it is

operating. This is normal and indicates that the

ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsa-

tion may indicate that road conditions are

hazardous and extra care is required while

driving.

GUID-6F99BD6B-AA3F-475B-9D6B-0401F20418AF

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system

uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs

and vehicle motion. Under certain driving con-

ditions, the VDC system helps to perform the

following functions.

.Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel

slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is

transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on

the same axle.

.Controls brake pressure and engine output

to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle

speed (traction control function).

.Controls brake pressure at individual wheels

and engine output to help the driver maintain

control of the vehicle in the following

conditions:

— understeer (vehicle tends to not follow

the steered path despite increased

steering input)

— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to

certain road or driving conditions).

The VDC system can help the driver to maintain

control of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss

of vehicle control in all driving situations.

When the VDC system operates, the

warning light in the instrument panel flashes so

note the following:

.The road may be slippery or the system may

determine some action is required to help

keep the vehicle on the steered path.

.You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal

and hear a noise or vibration from under the

hood. This is normal and indicates that the

VDC system is working properly.

.Adjust your speed and driving to the road

conditions.

See “Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) warning

light” in the “2. Instruments and controls”

section and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)

off indicator light” in the “2. Instruments and

controls” section.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, the

warning light comes on in the instrument panel.

The VDC system automatically turns off when

the warning light is on.

The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC

system. The VDC off indicator illuminates to

indicate the VDC system is off. When the VDC

switch is used to turn off the system, the VDC

system still operates to prevent one drive wheel

from slipping by transferring power to a non

slipping drive wheel. The warning light

flashes if this occurs. All other VDC functions

are off and the warning light will not flash.

The VDC system is automatically reset to on

when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF

position then back to the ON position.

The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature

Starting and driving 5-39

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)

SYSTEM

Condition:

Black plate (386,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-40 Starting and driving

that tests the system each time you start the

engine and move the vehicle forward or in

reverse at a slow speed. When the self-test

occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel

a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and

is not an indication of a malfunction.

WARNING

.The VDC system is designed to help

the driver maintain stability but

does not prevent accidents due to

abrupt steering operation at high

speeds or by careless or dangerous

driving techniques. Reduce vehicle

speed and be especially careful

when driving and cornering on slip-

pery surfaces and always drive care-

fully.

.Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-

sion. If suspension parts such as

shock absorbers, struts, springs,

stabilizer bars, bushings and

wheels are not NISSAN recom-

mended for your vehicle or are

extremely deteriorated the VDC sys-

tem may not operate properly. This

could adversely affect vehicle hand-

ling performance, and the warn-

ing light may flash or illuminate.

.If brake related parts such as brake

pads, rotors and calipers are not

NISSAN recommended or are extre-

mely deteriorated, the VDC system

may not operate properly and the

warning light may illuminate.

.If engine control related parts are

not NISSAN recommended or are

extremely deteriorated, the

warning light may illuminate.

.When driving on extremely inclined

surfaces such as higher banked

corners, the VDC system may not

operate properly and the warn-

ing light may flash or illuminate. Do

not drive on these types of roads.

.When driving on an unstable sur-

face such as a turntable, ferry,

elevator or ramp, the warning

light may flash or illuminate. This is

not a malfunction. Restart the en-

gine after driving onto a stable

surface.

.If wheels or tires other than the

NISSAN recommended ones are

used, the VDC system may not

operate properly and the warn-

ing may flash or illuminate.

.The VDC system is not a substitute

for winter tires or tire chains on a

snow covered road.

Condition:

Black plate (387,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-D3164F33-4684-4640-BD98-FD8F553D604A

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

GUID-08F89924-41BC-49B2-977C-C72E7EA2EE4B

To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply

deicer through the key hole. If the lock becomes

frozen, heat the key before inserting it into the

key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob.

ANTI-FREEZE

GUID-4D817389-3DE7-46B1-A461-B2F20D7CD261

In the winter when it is anticipated that the

outside temperature will drop below 328F (08C),

check the anti-freeze to assure proper winter

protection. For additional information, see “En-

gine cooling system” in the “8. Maintenance and

do-it-yourself” section.

BATTERY GUID-20AF345D-2507-4D9D-B714-26CAF2A979E7

If the battery is not fully charged during

extremely cold weather conditions, the battery

fluid may freeze and damage the battery. To

maintain maximum efficiency, the battery should

be checked regularly. For additional information,

see “Battery” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-

yourself” section.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER

GUID-5FEED78F-F77C-4817-A5D7-BA41D835E462

If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-

freeze, drain the cooling system, including the

engine block. Refill before operating the vehicle.

For details, see “Engine cooling system” in the

“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

TIRE EQUIPMENT

GUID-79D00637-C0FF-461D-9864-A4D39FDDE59B

SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide

superior performance on dry pavement. How-

ever, the performance of these tires will be

substantially reduced in snowy and icy condi-

tions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy

roads, NISSAN recommends the use of MUD &

SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.

Consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size,

speed rating and availability information.

For additional traction on icy roads, studded

tires may be used. However, some U.S. states

and Canadian provinces prohibit their use.

Check local, state and provincial laws before

installing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studded

snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be

poorer than that of non-studded snow

tires.

Tire chains may be used. For details, see “Tire

chains” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-

yourself” section of this manual.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) model

GUID-0048C1F1-4EDB-4561-80A2-E83C9428B380

If you install snow tires, they must also be the

same size, brand, construction and tread pattern

on all four wheels.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

GUID-AB378655-8E5C-4B21-9EFA-3CED1F11F781

It is recommended that the following items be

carried in the vehicle during winter:

.A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove

ice and snow from the windows and wiper

blades.

.A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the

jack to give it firm support.

.A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-

drifts.

.Extra window washer fluid to refill the

reservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

GUID-E011AFBB-9767-4B5D-B0BE-CB181F51C73A

WARNING

.Wet ice (328F, 08C and freezing rain),

very cold snow or ice can be slick

and very hard to drive on. The

vehicle will have much less traction

or “grip” under these conditions. Try

to avoid driving on wet ice until the

road is salted or sanded.

.Whatever the condition, drive with

caution. Accelerate and slow down

with care. If accelerating or down-

shifting too fast, the drive wheels

will lose even more traction.

Starting and driving 5-41

COLD WEATHER DRIVING

Condition:

Black plate (388,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-42 Starting and driving

.Allow more stopping distance under

these conditions. Braking should be

started sooner than on dry pave-

ment.

.Allow greater following distances

on slippery roads.

.Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).

These may appear on an otherwise

clear road in shaded areas. If a

patch of ice is seen ahead, brake

before reaching it. Try not to brake

while on the ice, and avoid any

sudden steering maneuvers.

.Do not use cruise control on slip-

pery roads.

.Snow can trap dangerous exhaust

gases under your vehicle. Keep

snow clear of the exhaust pipe and

from around your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if so

equipped) GUID-BB88D239-C6A3-48D8-93A5-9DD2DA6B3782

Engine block heaters are used to assist with

cold temperature starting.

The engine block heater should be used when

the outside temperature is 208F (−78C) or lower.

To use the engine block heater

GUID-4B111B55-C3B6-44DE-B1EB-8CF507CD8D22

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engine

block heater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord into a

grounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault

Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110-

volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must be plugged in

for at least 2 - 4 hours, depending on

outside temperatures, to properly warm the

engine coolant. Use an appropriate timer to

turn the engine block heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug and

properly store the cord to keep it away from

moving parts.

WARNING

.Do not use your engine block heater

with an ungrounded electrical sys-

tem or a 2-pronged adapter. You can

be seriously injured by an electrical

shock if you use an ungrounded

connection.

.Disconnect and properly store the

engine block heater cord before

starting the engine. Damage to the

cord could result in an electrical

shock and can cause serious injury.

.Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged

extension cord rated for at least

10A. Plug the extension cord into a

Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) pro-

tected, grounded 110-VAC outlet.

Failure to use the proper extension

cord or a grounded outlet can result

in a fire or electrical shock and

cause serious personal injury.

Condition:

Black plate (389,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

MEMO

Starting and driving 5-43

Condition:

Black plate (390,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5-44 Starting and driving

MEMO

Condition:

Black plate (391,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch ................................................. 6-2

Emergency engine shut off ........................................................ 6-2

Flat tire ............................................................................................ 6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....................... 6-3

Changing a flat tire (Hardtop models) ............................. 6-4

Repairing flat tire (CrossCabriolet models) .................. 6-10

Jump starting ............................................................................. 6-15

Push starting .............................................................................. 6-17

If your vehicle overheats ......................................................... 6-17

Towing your vehicle ................................................................. 6-19

Towing recommended by NISSAN .............................. 6-20

Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) .................. 6-22

Condition:

Black plate (392,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

6-2 In case of emergency

GUID-6A75B42D-D28E-4CDF-84D2-DC5652B93673

SIC2574

Push the switch on to warn other drivers when

you must stop or park under emergency condi-

tions. All turn signal lights will flash.

WARNING

.If stopping for an emergency, be

sure to move the vehicle well off the

road.

.Do not use the hazard warning

flashers while moving on the high-

way unless unusual circumstances

force you to drive so slowly that

your vehicle might become a hazard

to other traffic.

.Turn signals do not work when the

hazard warning flasher lights are

on.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignition

switch in any position.

Some state laws may prohibit the use of

the hazard warning flasher switch while

driving.

GUID-A4BE01F9-B39B-4F16-AEA3-8AD0D549DC73

To shut off the engine in an emergency situation

while driving perform the following procedure:

.Rapidly push the push-button ignition switch

3 consecutive times in less than 1.5

seconds, or

.Push and hold the push-button ignition

switch for more than 2 seconds.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

SWITCH EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF

Condition:

Black plate (393,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-AEE01352-1840-4E29-9B03-2EFC7AC383A3

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-

TEM (TPMS)GUID-44022350-9F34-420B-8D0B-18021E82464D

This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure

Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire

pressure of all tires except the spare. When

the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the

CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears on

the dot matrix liquid crystal display, one or more

of your tires is significantly under-inflated. If the

vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, the

TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low

tire pressure warning light. This system will

activate only when the vehicle is driven at

speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). For more

details, see “Warning/indicator lights and audi-

ble reminders” in the “2. Instruments and

controls” section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving”

section.

WARNING

.If the low tire pressure warning light

illuminates while driving, avoid sud-

den steering maneuvers or abrupt

braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull

off the road to a safe location and

stop the vehicle as soon as possi-

ble. Driving with under-inflated tires

may permanently damage the tires

and increase the likelihood of tire

failure. Serious vehicle damage

could occur and may lead to an

accident and could result in serious

personal injury. Check the tire pres-

sure for all four tires. Adjust the tire

pressure to the recommended COLD

tire pressure shown on the Tire and

Loading Information label to turn

the low tire pressure warning light

OFF. If the light still illuminates

while driving after adjusting the tire

pressure, a tire may be flat. If you

have a flat tire, replace it with a

spare tire as soon as possible.

.When a spare tire is mounted or a

wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not

function and the low tire pressure

warning light will flash for approxi-

mately 1 minute. The light will

remain on after 1 minute. Contact

your NISSAN dealer as soon as

possible for tire replacement and/

or system resetting.

.Replacing tires with those not ori-

ginally specified by NISSAN could

affect the proper operation of the

TPMS.

.Do not inject any tire liquid or

aerosol tire sealant into the tires,

as this may cause a malfunction of

the tire pressure sensors (for mod-

els not equipped with the emer-

gency tire puncture repair kit).

.If you used the Emergency Tire

Sealant to repair a minor tire punc-

ture, your NISSAN dealer will also

need to replace the TPMS sensor in

addition to repairing or replacing

the tire (for models equipped with

the emergency tire puncture repair

kit).

.NISSAN recommends using only

NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire

Sealant provided with your vehicle.

Other tire sealants may damage the

valve stem seal which can cause the

tire to lose air pressure (for models

equipped with the emergency tire

puncture repair kit).

In case of emergency 6-3

FLAT TIRE

Condition:

Black plate (394,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

6-4 In case of emergency

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE (Hardtop

models) GUID-2556453E-6860-4E75-99C5-BC1B96104DFB

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions

below.

Stopping the vehicle

GUID-E4EE9E45-D178-479D-91CE-31CB9A6D16A8

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and

away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking

brake. Move the selector lever to the P

(Park) position.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and to

signal professional road assistance person-

nel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle

and stand in a safe place, away from traffic

and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

.Make sure the parking brake is

securely applied and the transmis-

sion is shifted into the P (Park)

position.

.Never change tires when the vehicle

is on a slope, ice or slippery areas.

This is hazardous.

.Never change tires if oncoming

traffic is close to your vehicle. Wait

for professional road assistance.

MCE0001A

Blocking wheels

GUID-591F1C44-25E0-41F8-A3D8-BF31D93FB210

Place suitable blocks *1at both the front and

back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat

tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is

jacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the

vehicle may move and result in personal

injury.

Condition:

Black plate (395,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Getting the spare tire and tools

GUID-B6F9EBC6-3B3A-4BD7-A242-5D184901006E

1. Open the lift gate.

2. Remove the cargo cover (if so equipped).

(See “Cargo cover (if so equipped for

Hardtop models)” in the “2. Instruments

and controls” section.)

3. Open the cargo floor board.

(See “Cargo floor box (if so equipped for

Hardtop models)” in the “2. Instruments and

controls” section.)

SCE0854

Type A

SCE0715

Type B

4. Type A:

Remove the cargo floor board.

Type B:

Turn the clips counterclockwise and remove

the cargo floor box.

In case of emergency 6-5

Condition:

Black plate (396,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

6-6 In case of emergency

SCE0853

Type B

5. Type B:

Open the cargo floor board.

SCE0716

Jacking tools

6. Remove the jacking tools and the spare tire.

Jacking tools: Remove the jack by turning it,

then remove the other tools.

SCE0700

Spare tire (if so equipped)

Spare tire: Turn the clamp to remove the tire.

Condition:

Black plate (397,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SCE0630

Removing wheel cover (if so equipped)

GUID-E9EED2F7-FDF0-4055-A2AE-76E61B2670DA

WARNING

Never use your hands to remove the

wheel cover. This may cause personal

injury.

To remove the wheel cover, use the jack rod *1

as illustrated.

Apply cloth *2between the wheel and jack rod

to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover.

Jacking up the vehicle and removing the

damaged tire

GUID-112ACE36-B21C-4E34-AF28-262C25B71F36

WARNING

.Never get under the vehicle while it

is supported only by the jack. If it is

necessary to work under the vehicle,

support it with safety stands.

.Use only the jack provided with your

vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use

the jack provided with your vehicle

on other vehicles. The jack is de-

signed for lifting only your vehicle

during a tire change.

.Use the correct jack-up points.

Never use any other part of the

vehicle for jack support.

.Never jack up the vehicle more than

necessary.

.Never use blocks on or under the

jack.

.Do not start or run the engine while

vehicle is on the jack, as it may

cause the vehicle to move.

.Do not allow passengers to stay in

the vehicle while it is on the jack.

Carefully read the caution label attached

to the jack body and the following instruc-

tions.

In case of emergency 6-7

Condition:

Black plate (398,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

6-8 In case of emergency

SCE0572

Jack-up point

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up

point as illustrated so the top of the jack

contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.

Align the jack head between the two

notches in the front or the rear as shown.

Also fit the groove of the jack head between

the notches as shown.

The jack should be used on level firm

ground.

SCE0751

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by

turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut

wrench. Do not remove the wheel nuts

until the tire is off the ground.

3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack lever

and rod with both hands as shown above.

Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears

the ground. Remove the wheel nuts, and

then remove the tire.

Condition:

Black plate (399,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

JVE0028X

Installing the spare tire

GUID-B0F5CFF0-E72A-48DF-8828-D3F26CAE37CE

The spare tire is designed for emergency

use. (See specific instructions under the

heading “Wheels and tires” in the “8.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface

between the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten

the wheel nuts finger tight. Check that all the

wheel nuts contact the wheel surface

horizontally.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheel

nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence

as illustrated (*1,*2,*3,*4,*5), more

than 2 times, until they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire

touches the ground. Then, with the wheel

nut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securely

in the sequence as illustrated. Lower the

vehicle completely.

WARNING

.Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly

tightened wheel nuts can cause the

wheel to become loose or come off.

This could cause an accident.

.Do not use oil or grease on the

wheel studs or nuts. This could

cause the nuts to become loose.

.Retighten the wheel nuts when the

vehicle has been driven for 600

miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of a

flat tire, etc.).

.As soon as possible, tighten the

wheel nuts to the specified torque

with a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-

tened to specification at all times. It

is recommended that wheel nuts be

tightened to specifications at each

lubrication interval.

.Adjust tire pressure to the COLD

pressure.

COLD pressure:

After the vehicle has been parked

for three hours or more or driven

less than 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on

the Tire and Loading Information

label affixed to the driver side center

pillar.

Stowing the damaged tire and the tools

GUID-5F970DF2-6B95-4075-80AB-901E39A1729F

1. Securely store the damaged tire, jack and

tools in the storage area.

2. Replace the cargo box.

3. Close the cargo floor board.

4. Close the lift gate.

WARNING

.Always make sure that the spare tire

and jacking equipment are properly

secured after use. Such items can

become dangerous projectiles in an

In case of emergency 6-9

Condition:

Black plate (400,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

6-10 In case of emergency

accident or sudden stop.

.The T-type spare tire and small size

spare tire are designed for emer-

gency use. See specific instructions

under the heading “Wheels and

tires” in the “8. Maintenance and

do-it-yourself” section.

REPAIRING FLAT TIRE (CrossCabriolet

models) GUID-D9962E43-FAC1-47B3-95F5-3D1669BC7013

WARNING

.After using Emergency Tire Sealant

to repair a minor tire puncture, do

not drive the vehicle at speeds

faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).

.Immediately after using the Emer-

gency Tire Sealant to repair a minor

tire puncture, take your vehicle to a

NISSAN dealer to inspect, and re-

pair or replace the tire. The Emer-

gency Tire Sealant cannot

permanently seal a punctured tire.

Continuing operation of the vehicle

without a permanent tire repair can

lead to a crash.

.If you used the Emergency Tire

Sealant to repair a minor tire punc-

ture, your NISSAN dealer will also

need to replace the TPMS sensor in

addition to repairing or replacing

the tire.

.NISSAN recommends using only

NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire

Sealant provided with your vehicle.

Other tire sealants may damage the

valve stem seal which can cause the

tire to lose air pressure.

This vehicle does not have a spare tire. The

emergency tire puncture repair kit (Emergency

Tire Sealant) is supplied with the vehicle instead

of a spare tire. It can be used to temporarily

repair minor tire punctures.

If possible, have the vehicle towed to a facility

that can repair or replace the flat tire. Using the

emergency tire puncture repair kit may cause a

malfunction of the tire pressure sensor and

cause the low tire pressure warning light to

illuminate.

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions

below.

CAUTION

.To avoid the emergency tire punc-

ture kit being damaged during sto-

rage or use:

— Only use the emergency tire

puncture repair kit on your ve-

hicle. Do not use it on other

vehicles.

— Only use the kit to inflate the

tires of your vehicle and to

check the vehicle’s tire pressure.

— Only plug the compressor into a

12V DC car power point.

— Keep the kit free of water and

dirt.

— Do not disassemble or modify

the kit.

— Do not drop the kit or allow hard

impacts to the kit.

.Do not use the emergency tire

puncture repair kit under the follow-

ing conditions. Contact a NISSAN

dealer or professional road assis-

tance.

Condition:

Black plate (401,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

— when the sealant has passed its

expiration date (shown on the

label attached to the bottle)

— when the cut or the puncture is

approximately 0.25 in (6 mm) or

longer

— when the tire sidewall is da-

maged

— when the vehicle has been dri-

ven with extremely low tire

pressure

— when the tire has come off the

inside or the outside of the

wheel.

— when the tire wheel is damaged

— when two or more tires are flat

Stopping the vehicle

GUID-B592108F-AB87-4215-B902-F645D996F8AC

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and

away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking

brake.

4. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)

position.

5. Turn off the engine.

6. Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to

signal professional road assistance person-

nel that you need assistance.

7. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle

and stand in a safe place, away from traffic

and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

Make sure the parking brake is securely

applied and the automatic transmission

into P (Park).

.Never repair tires when the vehicle

is on a slope, ice or slippery areas.

This is hazardous.

.Never repair tires if oncoming traffic

is close to your vehicle. Wait for

professional road assistance.

SCE0866

Getting emergency tire puncture repair

kit GUID-65FE09A4-B5E7-40DB-9211-450B7654E9CA

Take out the emergency tire puncture repair kit

located in the trunk. The repair kit consists of the

following items:

*1Tire sealant bottle

*2Air compressor

*3Speed restriction sticker

In case of emergency 6-11

Condition:

Black plate (402,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

6-12 In case of emergency

Before using emergency tire puncture

repair kit GUID-89A648F3-0025-49E0-AA45-9D235DE09C97

.If any foreign object (for example, a screw or

nail) is embedded in the tire, do not remove

it.

.Check the expiration date of the sealant

(shown on the label attached to the bottle).

Never use a sealant whose expiration date

has passed.

Repairing tire

GUID-6BFD58F3-BA3C-4A5D-8F3B-D70A748D07F6

WARNING

Observe the following precautions

when using the tire repair compound.

.Swallowing the compound is dan-

gerous. Immediately drink as much

water as possible and seek prompt

medical assistance.

.Rinse well with lots of water if the

compound comes into contact with

skin or eyes. If irritation persists,

seek prompt medical attention.

.Keep the repair compound out of

the reach of children.

.The emergency repair compound

may cause a malfunction of the tire

pressure sensors and cause the low

tire pressure warning light to illumi-

nate. Have the tire pressure sensor

replaced as soon as possible.

NOTE:

Do not remove any nails or screws that

have penetrated the tire when performing

repairs.

SCE0867

1. Open the lid of the air compressor and take

out the speed restriction sticker, then put it

in a location where the driver can see it while

driving.

CAUTION

Do not put the speed restriction label

on the steering wheel pad, the speed-

ometer or the warning light locations.

Condition:

Black plate (403,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SCE0868

2. Take the hose *1and the power plug *2

out of the air compressor. Remove the cap

of the bottle holder from the air compressor.

SCE0869

3. Remove the cap from the tire sealant bottle,

and screw the bottle clockwise onto the

bottle holder. (Leave the bottle seal intact.

Screwing the bottle onto the bottle holder

will pierce the seal of the bottle.)

4. Remove the cap from the tire valve on the

flat tire.

SCE0870

5. Remove the protective cap *Aof the hose

and screw the hose securely onto the tire

valve. Make sure that the pressure release

valve *Bis securely tightened. Make sure

that the air compressor switch is in the OFF

(*) position, and then insert its power plug

into the power outlet in the vehicle.

In case of emergency 6-13

Condition:

Black plate (404,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

6-14 In case of emergency

SCE0871

6. Push the ignition switch to the “ACC”

position. Then turn the compressor switch

to the ON (−) position and inflate the tire up

to the pressure that is specified on the tire

and loading information label affixed to the

driver’s side center pillar if possible, or to the

minimum of 180 kPa (26 psi). Turn the air

compressor off briefly in order to check the

tire pressure with the pressure gauge.

If the tire is inflated to higher than the

specified pressure, lower the tire pressure

by releasing air with the pressure release

valve.

NOTE:

The compressor tire pressure gauge

may show a pressure reading of 87 psi

(600 kPa) for about 30 seconds while

inflating the tire. The pressure gauge is

indicating the pressure inside the sea-

lant can. When the sealant has been

injected into the tire the pressure

gauge will drop and indicate actual tire

pressure.

WARNING

.To avoid serious personal injury

while using the emergency tire

puncture repair kit:

— Securely tighten the compressor

hose to the tire valve. Failure to

do so can cause the sealant to

spray into the air and get into

your eyes or on the skin.

.Do not stand directly beside the

damaged tire while it is being

inflated because of the risk of the

rupture. If there are any cracks or

bumps, turn the compressor off

immediately.

If the tire pressure does not increase to 180

kPa (26 psi) within 10 minutes, the tire

may be seriously damaged and the tire

cannot be repaired with this tire repair

kit. Contact a NISSAN dealer.

7. When the tire pressure is at the specified

amount, turn the air compressor off. If the

pressure cannot be inflated to the specified

amount, the air compressor can be turned

off at the minimum of 180 kPa (26 psi).

Remove the power plug from the power

outlet and quickly remove the hose from the

tire valve. Attach the protective cap and

valve cap. Properly stow the emergency tire

puncture repair kit in the trunk.

CAUTION

To avoid serious personal injury when

stowing the emergency tire puncture

repair kit:

.Keep the sealant bottle screwed

into the compressor. Failure to do

so can cause the sealant to spray

into the air and get into your eyes or

on the skin.

8. Immediately drive the vehicle for 10 minutes

or 3 km (2 miles) at a speed of 80 km/h (50

MPH) or less.

Condition:

Black plate (405,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

9. After driving, make sure that the air com-

pressor switch is in the OFF position, then

screw the hose securely onto the tire valve.

Check the tire pressure with the pressure

gauge. The temporary repair is completed if

the tire pressure does not drop.

Make sure the pressure is adjusted to the

pressure that is specified on the tire and

loading information label before driving.

10. If the tire pressure drops, repeat the steps

from 5 to 9. If the pressure drops again or

under 130 kPa (19 psi), the tire cannot be

repaired with this tire repair kit. Contact

a NISSAN dealer.

The sealant bottle and hose can not be

reused to repair another punctured tire.

Contact a NISSAN dealer to purchase

replacements.

After repairing tire

GUID-469AF29F-F6EE-40DB-B0B7-529D9E5B786E

See a NISSAN dealer for tire repair/replacement

as soon as possible.

WARNING

.After using Emergency Tire Sealant

to repair a minor tire puncture, do

not drive the vehicle at speeds

faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).

.Immediately after using Emergency

Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire

puncture, take your vehicle to a

NISSAN dealer to inspect, and re-

pair or replace the tire. The Emer-

gency Tire Sealant cannot

permanently seal a punctured tire.

Continuing operation of the vehicle

without a permanent tire repair can

lead to a crash.

.If you used Emergency Tire Sealant

to repair a minor tire puncture, your

NISSAN dealer will also need to

replace the TPMS sensor in addition

to repairing or replacing the tire.

.NISSAN recommends using only

NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire

Sealant provided with your vehicle.

Other tire sealants may damage the

valve stem seal which can cause the

tire to lose air pressure.

GUID-87EAE9E4-D939-422C-B364-EFAF4EB4B3F2

To start your engine with a booster battery, the

instructions and precautions below must be

followed.

WARNING

.If done incorrectly, jump starting

can lead to a battery explosion,

resulting in severe injury or death.

It could also damage your vehicle.

.Explosive hydrogen gas is always

present in the vicinity of the battery.

Keep all sparks and flames away

from the battery.

.Do not allow battery fluid to come

into contact with eyes, skin, clothing

or painted surfaces. Battery fluid is

a corrosive sulfuric acid solution

which can cause severe burns. If

the fluid should come into contact

with anything, immediately flush the

contacted area with water.

.Keep the battery out of the reach of

children.

.The booster battery must be rated at

12 volts. Use of an improperly rated

battery can damage your vehicle.

In case of emergency 6-15

JUMP STARTING

Condition:

Black plate (406,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

6-16 In case of emergency

.Whenever working on or near a

battery, always wear suitable eye

protectors (for example, goggles or

industrial safety spectacles) and

remove rings, metal bands, or any

other jewelry. Do not lean over the

battery when jump starting.

.Do not attempt to jump start a

frozen battery. It could explode

and cause serious injury.

.Your vehicle has an automatic en-

gine cooling fan. It could come on at

any time. Keep hands and other

objects away from it.

SCE0719

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.

Failure to do so could result in damage

to the charging system and cause

personal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle

*B, position the two vehicles (*Aand *B)

to bring their batteries into close proximity to

each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Move the selector

lever to the P (Park) position. Switch off all

unnecessary electrical systems (lights, hea-

ter, air conditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if so

equipped). Cover the battery with a firmly

wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion

hazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence as

illustrated (*1?*2?*3?*4).

If the battery is discharged, the ignition

switch cannot be moved from the OFF

position. Connect the jumper cables to

the booster vehicle *Bbefore pushing

the ignition switch.

CAUTION

.Always connect positive (+) to posi-

tive (+) and negative (−) to body

ground (for example, as illustrated),

not to the battery.

.Make sure the jumper cables do not

touch moving parts in the engine

compartment and that the cable

clamps do not contact any other

metal.

Condition:

Black plate (407,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle *B

and let it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the booster

vehicle *Bat about 2,000 rpm, and start

the engine of the vehicle *Abeing jump

started.

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engaged

for more than 10 seconds. If the engine

does not start right away, place the

ignition switch in the OFF position and

wait 10 seconds before trying again.

7. After starting your engine, carefully discon-

nect the negative cable and then the positive

cable (*4?*3?*2?*1).

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Be

sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover

the vent holes as it may be contaminated

with corrosive acid.

GUID-C5D48490-7786-4F89-AA89-502A3A18D71F

Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing.

CAUTION

Continuously Variable Transmission

(CVT) models cannot be push-started

or tow-started. Attempting to do so may

cause transmission damage.

GUID-F7BD7B71-591F-48BF-AF5A-8E7582E463D3

CAUTION

.Do not continue to drive if your

vehicle overheats. Doing so could

cause engine damage or a vehicle

fire.

.To avoid the danger of being

scalded, never remove the radiator

cap while the engine is still hot.

When the radiator cap is removed,

pressurized hot water will spurt out,

possibly causing serious injury.

.Do not open the hood if steam is

coming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by an

extremely high temperature gauge reading), or if

you feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormal

noise, etc., take the following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, apply

the parking brake and move the selector

lever to the P (Park) position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all the

windows, move the heater or air conditioner

temperature control to maximum hot and fan

control to high speed.

In case of emergency 6-17

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

Condition:

Black plate (408,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

6-18 In case of emergency

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen for

steam or coolant escaping from the radiator

before opening the hood. (If steam or

coolant is escaping, turn off the engine.)

Do not open the hood further until no steam

or coolant can be seen.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from the

engine, stand clear to prevent getting

burned.

5. Visually check drive belts for damage or

looseness. Also check if the cooling fan is

running. The radiator hoses and radiator

should not leak water. If coolant is leaking,

the water pump belt is missing or loose, or

the cooling fan does not run, stop the

engine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,

jewelry or clothing to come into contact

with, or get caught in, engine belts or

the engine cooling fan. The engine

cooling fan can start at any time.

6. After the engine cools down, check the

coolant level in the reservoir tank with the

engine running. Add coolant to the reservoir

tank if necessary. Have your vehicle repaired

at a NISSAN dealer.

Condition:

Black plate (409,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-2D9C548F-F9FC-45C3-B51B-87AD8F011697

When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial in

Canada) and local regulations for towing must

be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could

damage your vehicle. Towing instructions are

available from a NISSAN dealer. Local service

operators are familiar with the applicable laws

and procedures for towing. To assure proper

towing and to prevent accidental damage to

your vehicle, NISSAN recommends that you

have a service operator tow your vehicle. It is

advisable to have the service operator carefully

read the following precautions.

WARNING

.Never ride in a vehicle that is being

towed.

.Never get under your vehicle after it

has been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

.When towing, make sure that the

transmission, axles, steering system

and drivetrain are in working condi-

tion. If any unit is damaged, dollies

must be used.

.Always attach safety chains before

towing.

For information about towing your vehicle behind

a recreational vehicle (RV), see “Flat towing” in

the “9. Technical and consumer information”

section of this manual.

In case of emergency 6-19

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

Condition:

Black plate (410,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

6-20 In case of emergency

SCE0439

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

TOWING RECOMMENDED BY

NISSAN GUID-93B317C1-3745-461E-A3A7-3DF7B83E2737

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

GUID-1C9AD8B5-65C0-4193-BB02-393AB50F08B0

NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be

used when towing your vehicle or place the

vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow AWD models with any of the

wheels on the ground as this may cause

serious and expensive damage to the

drivetrain.

Condition:

Black plate (411,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SCE0438

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models

GUID-F69CDF34-4EA1-44CF-824A-16A614B5B272

NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be

towed with the driving (front) wheels off the

ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as

illustrated.

For All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models, see “All-

Wheel Drive (AWD) models” earlier in this

section.

CAUTION

.Never tow Continuously Variable

Transmission (CVT) models with

the front wheels on the ground or

four wheels on the ground (forward

or backward), as this may cause

serious and expensive damage to

the drivetrain. If it is necessary to

tow the vehicle with the rear wheels

raised, always use towing dollies

under the front wheels.

.When towing CVT models with the

front wheels on towing dollies:

— Push the ignition switch to the

ACC or ON position, and secure

the steering wheel in a straight-

ahead position with a rope or

similar device.

— Move the selector lever to the N

(Neutral) position.

.When towing a CVT model with the

rear wheels on the ground (if you do

not use towing dollies): Always

release the parking brake.

In case of emergency 6-21

Condition:

Black plate (412,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

6-22 In case of emergency

SCE0717

Front

SCE0718

Tie down and recovery hook

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck

vehicle) GUID-B3BD7373-382C-47A0-B6A5-6832BD608ED7

WARNING

.Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

.Do not spin your tires at high speed.

This could cause them to explode

and result in serious injury. Parts of

your vehicle could also overheat

and be damaged.

Pulling a stuck vehicle

GUID-B9FF31ED-C7E4-4C3F-BE7C-B0275BD8339C

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,

use a tow strap or other device designed

specifically for vehicle recovery. Always follow

the manufacturer’s instructions for the recovery

device.

Front: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Securely install the vehicle recovery hook

(stored in the cargo area) as illustrated. Make

sure that the hook is properly secured in the

original place after use.

CAUTION

.Tow chains or cables must be at-

tached only to the main structural

members of the vehicle or the

recovery hook. Otherwise, the vehi-

cle body will be damaged.

.Never tow a vehicle using the vehi-

cle tie downs or recovery hooks.

.Always pull the cable straight out

from the front of the vehicle. Never

pull on the vehicle at an angle.

.Pulling devices should be routed so

they do not touch any part of the

suspension, steering, brake or cool-

ing systems.

Condition:

Black plate (413,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

.Pulling devices such as ropes or

canvas straps are not recommended

for use in vehicle towing or recov-

ery.

Rocking a stuck vehicle

GUID-582FCDE1-D44D-495B-920F-AA398AAC93E9

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,

use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)

system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behind the

vehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear

an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back-

ward.

.Shift back and forth between R (Reverse)

and D (Drive).

.Apply the accelerator as little as possible

to maintain the rocking motion.

.Release the accelerator pedal before

shifting between R and D.

.Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55

km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few

tries, contact a professional towing service

to remove the vehicle.

In case of emergency 6-23

Condition:

Black plate (414,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

6-24 In case of emergency

MEMO

Condition:

Black plate (415,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior .......................................................................... 7-2

Washing .................................................................................... 7-2

Soft top care and cleaning

(CrossCabriolet models) ...................................................... 7-3

Waxing ...................................................................................... 7-3

Removing spots ...................................................................... 7-3

Underbody ................................................................................ 7-3

Glass ......................................................................................... 7-3

Aluminum alloy wheels .......................................................... 7-4

Chrome parts .......................................................................... 7-4

Tire dressing ............................................................................ 7-4

Cleaning interior .......................................................................... 7-5

Air fresheners ........................................................................ 7-5

Floor mats .............................................................................. 7-5

Seat belts ............................................................................... 7-6

Corrosion protection ................................................................... 7-7

Most common factors contributing to

vehicle corrosion .................................................................. 7-7

Environmental factors influence the rate

of corrosion ........................................................................... 7-7

To protect your vehicle from corrosion .......................... 7-7

Condition:

Black plate (416,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

7-2 Appearance and care

GUID-2AD6B705-9E6F-4362-9435-E1577A526821

In order to maintain the appearance of your

vehicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

To protect the paint surface, wash your vehicle

as soon as you can:

.after a rainfall to prevent possible damage

from acid rain

.after driving on coastal roads

.when contaminants such as soot, bird

droppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs

get on the paint surface

.when dust or mud builds up on the surface

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicle

inside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in a

shady area or protect the vehicle with a body

cover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surface

when putting on or removing the body

cover.

WASHING GUID-D51A0660-4C29-4EF2-A28F-AE1DA33F4E15

Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and

plenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly

using a mild soap, a special vehicle soap or

general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with

clean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION

.Do not use car washes that use acid

in the detergent. Some car washes,

especially brushless ones, use some

acid for cleaning. The acid may react

with some plastic vehicle compo-

nents, causing them to crack. This

could affect their appearance, and

also could cause them not to func-

tion properly. Always check with

your car wash to confirm that acid

is not used.

.Do not wash the vehicle with strong

household soap, strong chemical

detergents, gasoline or solvents.

.Do not wash the vehicle in direct

sunlight or while the vehicle body is

hot, as the surface may become

water-spotted.

.Avoid using tight-napped or rough

cloths, such as washing mitts. Care

must be taken when removing

caked-on dirt or other foreign sub-

stances so the paint surface is not

scratched or damaged.

.For CrossCabriolet models, observe

the following:

— Do not use an automatic car

wash or a high pressure car

wash. The soft top may be

damaged.

— Avoid applying direct water

pressure, such as high pres-

sured water from household

hoses, on the lining of the soft

top and vehicle body. Avoid

applying continuous water on

the parts around the soft top

and the windows. These may

cause water to leak into the

inside of your vehicle.

Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean

water.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,

hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to

the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas

must be regularly cleaned. Make sure that the

drain holes in the lower edge of the door are

open. Spray water under the body and in the

wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away

road salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface

by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

Condition:

Black plate (417,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SOFT TOP CARE AND CLEANING

(CrossCabriolet models)

GUID-AA88797D-0FA7-4772-A989-D5C99AD917D9

Proper care and handling should be observed to

maintain a good appearance of the soft top.

Improper care may cause the top cloth’s surface

to stiffen, stain, or mat. Follow the instructions

shown in this section.

It is not necessary to wash the soft top every

time you wash the vehicle body, but clean the

top regularly before it becomes quite dirty.

Leaving the soft top dirty or soiled for a long

period will cause deterioration to the quality of

the top material.

Remove dust or dirt on the soft top with a soft

brush or sponge, then rinse it with plenty of

clean water. When the top is quite dirty, wash

using a mild detergent, such as a general

cleaner especially made for a cloth top or a

general purpose dish-washing liquid, mixed with

clean, lukewarm (never hot) water. Rinse the top

again with plenty of clean water to remove all

traces of soap.

CAUTION

.Do not use strong household soap,

strong chemical detergents, gaso-

line or solvents.

.If glass cleaner gets on the soft top,

immediately wash it off with clean

water.

.Do not apply direct water pressure,

such as high pressured water from

household hoses, on the lining of

the soft top and vehicle body, as this

may cause water to leak into the

inside of your vehicle.

After cleaning, always be sure the top and its

storage are completely dry before opening the

top. Opening the top while it is wet or damp may

cause interior water damage, water stains or

mildew on the top.

WAXING GUID-20BC5BC6-C913-47BE-8285-58A5A20FFCBF

Regular waxing protects the paint surface and

helps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing

is recommended to remove built-up wax residue

and to avoid a weathered appearance before

reapplying wax.

A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the

proper product.

.Wax your vehicle only after a thorough

washing. Follow the instructions supplied

with the wax.

.Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,

cutting compounds or cleaners that may

damage the vehicle finish.

Machine compound or aggressive polishing on a

base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the

finish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTS

GUID-82CD7643-19F6-49BE-AE20-E97740B4311B

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,

insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible

from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage

or staining. Special cleaning products are

available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive

accessory stores.

UNDERBODY

GUID-F3F926C4-50B1-44F7-85C9-37404B358943

In areas where road salt is used in winter, the

underbody must be cleaned regularly. This will

prevent dirt and salt from building up and

causing the acceleration of corrosion on the

underbody and suspension. Before the winter

period and again in the spring, the underseal

must be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASS GUID-AA3F797F-6D23-47DE-BD9F-52F6024D6755

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust

film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass

to become coated with a film after the vehicle is

parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft

cloth will easily remove this film.

Appearance and care 7-3

Condition:

Black plate (418,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

7-4 Appearance and care

CAUTION

.When cleaning the inside of the

windows, do not use sharp-edged

tools, abrasive cleaners or chlorine-

based disinfectant cleaners. They

could damage the electrical conduc-

tors, radio antenna elements or rear

window defroster elements.

.If glass cleaner gets on the soft top,

immediately wash it off with clean

water (CrossCabriolet models).

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS

GUID-9F1C3802-9D3B-47C3-8352-2B1CE547A4F2

Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a

mild soap solution, especially during winter

months in areas where road salt is used. Salt

could discolor the wheels if not removed.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoid

staining or discoloring the wheels:

.Do not use a cleaner that uses

strong acid or alkali contents to

clean the wheels.

.Do not apply wheel cleaners to the

wheels when they are hot. The

wheel temperature should be the

same as ambient temperature.

.Rinse the wheel to completely re-

move the cleaner within 15 minutes

after the cleaner is applied.

CHROME PARTS

GUID-F3E4D57D-0215-409B-935F-28BFFF137B7E

Clean chrome parts regularly with a non-

abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

TIRE DRESSING

GUID-341760BC-1EC8-47E6-B2E8-49786F6FC160

NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire

dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating to

the tires to help reduce discoloration of the

rubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, it

may react with the coating and form a com-

pound. This compound may come off the tire

while driving and stain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take the

following precautions:

.Use a water-based tire dressing. The coat-

ing on the tire dissolves more easily with an

oil-based tire dressing.

.Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help

prevent it from entering the tire tread/

grooves (where it would be difficult to

remove).

.Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry

towel. Make sure the tire dressing is

completely removed from the tire tread/

grooves.

.Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-

mended by tire dressing manufacturer.

Condition:

Black plate (419,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-EB96E49F-0CE3-40E9-B57F-6333751AB9E7

Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior

trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum

cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and

leather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dam-

pened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean

with a dry soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in order to

maintain the appearance of the leather.

Before using any fabric protector, read the

manufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabric

protectors contain chemicals that may stain or

bleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, to clean

the meter and gauge lens.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot

steam cleaners) on the seat. This can

damage the seat or occupant classifica-

tion sensor. This can also affect the

operation of the air bag system and

result in serious personal injury.

CAUTION

.Never use benzine, thinner, or any

similar material.

.Small dirt particles can be abrasive

and damaging to the leather sur-

faces and should be removed

promptly. Do not use saddle soap,

car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning

fluids, solvents, detergents or am-

monia-based cleaners as they may

damage the leather’s natural finish.

.Only use fabric protectors approved

by NISSAN.

.Do not use glass or plastic cleaner

on meter or gauge lens covers. It

may damage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERS

GUID-47A69D37-9841-4057-B12B-7DBF8A529728

Most air fresheners use a solvent that could

affect the vehicle interior. If you use an air

freshener, take the following precautions:

.Hanging-type air fresheners can cause

permanent discoloration when they contact

vehicle interior surfaces. Place the air

freshener in a location that allows it to hang

free and not contact an interior surface.

.Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on

the ventilators. These products can cause

immediate damage and discoloration when

spilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s

instructions before using air fresheners.

FLOOR MATS

GUID-310DB8A4-1A53-4185-A354-DD4D5217C52B

WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interference

that may result in a collision or injury:

.NEVER place a floor mat on top of

another floor mat in the driver front

position.

.Use only genuine NISSAN floor

mats specifically designed for use

in your vehicle model. See your

NISSAN dealer for more informa-

tion.

.Properly position the mats in the

floorwell using the floor mat posi-

tioning aid. See “Floor mat posi-

tioning aid” later in this section.

The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can

extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it

easier to clean the interior. Mats should be

Appearance and care 7-5

CLEANING INTERIOR

Condition:

Black plate (420,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

7-6 Appearance and care

maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if

they become excessively worn.

SAI0038

Floor mat positioning aid

GUID-10C2BA6E-A330-4750-B4BF-EE22B5587C56

This model includes front floor mat brackets to

act as floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floor

mats have been specially designed for your

vehicle model. The front floor mats have

grommet holes in them. To install, simply

position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket

through the floor mat grommet hole while

centering the mat in the floorwell.

Periodically check to make certain that the mats

are properly positioned.

SEAT BELTS

GUID-DA03B4CF-C5C5-4835-870E-6845B3BB0522

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them

with a sponge dampened in a mild soap

solution. Allow the belts to dry completely before

using them.

See “Seat belts” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat

belts and supplemental restraint system” sec-

tion.

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in

the retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, or

chemical solvents to clean the seat

belts, since these materials may se-

verely weaken the seat belt webbing.

Condition:

Black plate (421,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-F214FE05-6238-40EC-9335-AD91601CC924

MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI-

BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION

GUID-E14F4ADF-750D-45BC-82C6-89B7727C913E

.The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt

and debris in body panel sections, cavities,

and other areas.

.Damage to paint and other protective coat-

ings caused by gravel and stone chips or

minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU-

ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION

GUID-E8CF6F26-FCFB-475F-880D-66FCC4E0CBC8

Moisture GUID-048710F2-6C8A-4688-99E0-5C96DEBE2D58

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the

vehicle body underside can accelerate corro-

sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completely

inside the vehicle, and should be removed for

drying to avoid floor panel corrosion.

Relative humidity

GUID-625256C2-B27B-4754-B571-EBA58258F058

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high

relative humidity, especially those areas where

the temperatures stay above freezing where

atmospheric pollution exists, or where road salt

is used.

Temperature GUID-5BBF7F92-5793-439F-B618-FD75F686D4E5

A temperature increase will accelerate the rate

of corrosion to those parts which are not well

ventilated.

Air pollution GUID-D1959CD6-E822-46C9-B816-3472E1E5CFA7

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air

in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use will

accelerate the corrosion process. Road salt will

also accelerate the disintegration of paint

surfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM

CORROSION

GUID-3E36734B-57B2-4781-93BC-76233D1C061D

.Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the

vehicle clean.

.Always check for minor damage to the paint

and repair it as soon as possible.

.Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors

open to avoid water accumulation.

.Check the underbody for accumulation of

sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water

as soon as possible.

CAUTION

.NEVER remove dirt, sand or other

debris from the passenger compart-

ment by washing it out with a hose.

Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.

.Never allow water or other liquids to

come in contact with electronic

components inside the vehicle as

this may damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicing are

extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion

and deterioration of underbody components

such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake

lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleaned

periodically.

For additional protection against rust and

corrosion, which may be required in some areas,

consult a NISSAN dealer.

Appearance and care 7-7

CORROSION PROTECTION

Condition:

Black plate (422,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

7-8 Appearance and care

MEMO

Condition:

Black plate (423,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirement ........................................................... 8-2

Scheduled maintenance ....................................................... 8-2

General maintenance ............................................................ 8-2

Where to go for service ....................................................... 8-2

General maintenance .................................................................. 8-2

Explanation of maintenance items ...................................... 8-2

Maintenance precautions ........................................................... 8-5

Engine compartment check locations ..................................... 8-6

VQ35DE engine ..................................................................... 8-6

Engine cooling system ................................................................ 8-7

Checking engine coolant level ............................................ 8-8

Changing engine coolant ..................................................... 8-8

Engine oil ....................................................................................... 8-8

Checking engine oil level ..................................................... 8-8

Changing engine oil and filter ............................................. 8-9

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid ............... 8-11

Power steering fluid .................................................................. 8-11

Brake fluid ................................................................................... 8-12

Window washer fluid ............................................................... 8-13

Battery .......................................................................................... 8-13

Jump starting ........................................................................ 8-15

Variable voltage control system (if so equipped) ............. 8-15

Drive belt ..................................................................................... 8-15

Spark plugs ................................................................................ 8-16

Replacing spark plugs ....................................................... 8-16

Air cleaner .................................................................................. 8-17

Windshield wiper blades ........................................................ 8-18

Cleaning .............................................................................. 8-18

Replacing ............................................................................ 8-18

Rear window wiper blade (if so equipped) ....................... 8-19

Brakes ......................................................................................... 8-19

Self-adjusting brakes ....................................................... 8-19

Brake pad wear warning ................................................. 8-19

Fuses ........................................................................................... 8-20

Engine compartment ........................................................ 8-20

Passenger compartment ................................................. 8-21

Intelligent Key battery replacement ...................................... 8-22

Lights ........................................................................................... 8-25

Hardtop models ................................................................. 8-25

CrossCabriolet models .................................................... 8-26

Headlights ........................................................................... 8-27

Exterior and interior lights ............................................... 8-29

Wheels and tires ...................................................................... 8-32

Tire pressure ...................................................................... 8-32

Tire labeling ........................................................................ 8-36

Types of tires ...................................................................... 8-38

Tire chains .......................................................................... 8-39

Changing wheels and tires ............................................. 8-40

Emergency tire puncture repair kit (if

so equipped) ...................................................................... 8-43

Condition:

Black plate (424,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

GUID-43768E16-A0AD-4E20-864A-5D76F9844A2E

Some day-to-day and regular maintenance is

essential to maintain your vehicle’s fine mechan-

ical condition, as well as its emission and engine

performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that

the scheduled maintenance, as well as general

maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who

can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper

maintenance. You are a vital link in the main-

tenance chain.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

GUID-ECDCC3AF-26EB-44EA-AC25-DC641196AED6

For your convenience, both required and op-

tional scheduled maintenance items are de-

scribed and listed in your “NISSAN Service and

Maintenance Guide”. You must refer to that

guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is

performed on your vehicle at regular intervals.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

GUID-E139C55B-FA79-469E-9233-88F4F219ADC9

General maintenance includes those items

which should be checked during normal day-

to-day operation. They are essential for proper

vehicle operation. It is your responsibility to

perform these procedures regularly as pre-

scribed.

Performing general maintenance checks re-

quires minimal mechanical skill and only a few

general automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done by

yourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, a

NISSAN dealer.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE

GUID-942146B2-13EF-4494-B04A-5F63C008B466

If maintenance service is required or your vehicle

appears to malfunction, have the systems

checked and serviced by a NISSAN dealer.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialists

and are kept up-to-date with the latest service

information through technical bulletins, service

tips, and in-dealership information systems.

They are completely qualified to work on

NISSAN vehicles before work begins.

You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer’s

service department performs the best job to

meet the maintenance requirements on your

vehicle.

GUID-E40C8513-6AA0-446C-987E-2DE29677F129

During the normal day-to-day operation of the

vehicle, general maintenance should be per-

formed regularly as prescribed in this section. If

you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or

smell, be sure to check for the cause or have a

NISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, you

should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that

repairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenance

work, see “Maintenance precautions” later in

this section.

EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE

ITEMS GUID-F570DC6B-862F-48C0-BF2D-73A2150B1681

Additional information on the following

items with “*” is found later in this section.

Outside the vehicle

GUID-22549D79-7704-4621-8003-C74E48CA2558

The maintenance items listed here should be

performed from time to time, unless otherwise

specified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that all doors

and the engine hood operate properly. Also

ensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricate

hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links if

necessary. Make sure that the secondary latch

keeps the hood from opening when the primary

latch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt or other

corrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

Condition:

Black plate (425,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis.

Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail

lights, turn signal lights, and other lights are all

operating properly and installed securely. Also

check headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checking

the tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing,

and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten if

necessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every

7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge often

and always prior to long distance trips. If

necessary, adjust the pressure in all tires,

including the spare, to the pressure specified.

Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessive

wear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

transmitter components: Replace the TPMS

transmitter grommet seal, valve core and cap

when the tires are replaced due to wear or age.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicle

should pull to either side while driving on a

straight and level road, or if you detect uneven or

abnormal tire wear, there may be a need for

wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal

highway speeds, wheel balancing may be

needed.

For additional information regarding tires, refer

to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or

“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the War-

ranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regular

basis. Check the windshield at least every six

months for cracks or other damage. Have a

damaged windshield repaired by a qualified

repair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracks

or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicle

GUID-7477C43A-6666-4E1C-8183-C50E8768BD51

The maintenance items listed here should be

checked on a regular basis, such as when

performing scheduled maintenance, cleaning

the vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for

smooth operation and make sure the pedal

does not catch or require uneven effort. Keep

the floor mat away from the pedal.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth

operation. If the brake pedal suddenly goes

down further than normal, the pedal feels

spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to

stop, see a NISSAN dealer immediately. Keep

the floor mat away from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull the

vehicle to one side when applied.

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)

P (Park) position mechanism: On a fairly

steep hill, check that the vehicle is held securely

with the selector lever in the P (Park) position

without applying any brakes.

Parking brake: Check the parking brake

operation regularly. The vehicle should be

securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the

parking brake applied. If the parking brake needs

adjustment, see a NISSAN dealer.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat belt

system (for example, buckles, anchors, adjusters

and retractors) operate properly and smoothly,

and are installed securely. Check the belt

webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Seats: Check seat position controls such as

seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensure

they operate smoothly and that all latches lock

securely in every position. Check that the head

restraints/headrests move up and down

smoothly and that the locks (if so equipped)

hold securely in all latched positions.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in the

steering conditions, such as excessive free play,

hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure that

all warning lights and chimes are operating

properly.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

Condition:

Black plate (426,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-4 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Windshield defroster: Check that the air

comes out of the defroster outlets properly and

in sufficient quantity when operating the heater

or air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check that

the wipers and washer operate properly and that

the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicle

GUID-C5B6E8A1-A458-4FFD-BB50-02D72947F24F

The maintenance items listed here should be

checked periodically (for example, each time you

check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.

It should be between the MAX and MIN lines.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under

severe condition require frequent checks of the

battery fluid level.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situations

that can lead to potential battery discharge

and potential no-start conditions such as:

1. Installation or extended use of electro-

nic accessories that consume battery

power when the engine is not running

(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,

etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or

only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to be

charged to maintain battery health.

Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brake

fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on

the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant level

when the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure that the drive

belts are not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level after parking

the vehicle on a level surface and turning off the

engine. Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to

drain back into the oil pan.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loose

supports, cracks or holes. If the sound of the

exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of

exhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaust

system inspected by a NISSAN dealer. (See

“Precautions when starting and driving” in the

“5. Starting and driving” section for exhaust gas

(carbon monoxide).)

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,

oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has

been parked for a while. Water dripping from the

air conditioner after use is normal. If you should

notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,

check for the cause and have it corrected

immediately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines: Check

the level when the fluid is cold, with the engine

off. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks,

cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the

radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,

etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure the

hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or loose

connections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-

posed to corrosive substances such as those

used on icy roads or to control dust. It is very

important to remove these substances, other-

wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuel

lines and around the exhaust system. At the end

of winter, the underbody should be thoroughly

flushed with plain water, being careful to clean

those areas where mud and dirt may accumu-

late. For additional information, see “Cleaning

exterior” in the “7. Appearance and care”

section.

Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there is

adequate fluid in the reservoir.

Condition:

Black plate (427,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-706DBDF3-66DE-4E0B-A1AF-17943A0D7966

When performing any inspection or mainte-

nance work on your vehicle, always take care

to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or

damage to the vehicle. The following are general

precautions which should be closely observed.

WARNING

.Park the vehicle on a level surface,

apply the parking brake securely

and block the wheels to prevent

the vehicle from moving. Move the

selector lever to P (Park).

.Be sure the ignition switch is in the

OFF or LOCK position when per-

forming any parts replacement or

repairs.

.If you must work with the engine

running, keep your hands, clothing,

hair and tools away from moving

fans, belts and any other moving

parts.

.It is advisable to secure or remove

any loose clothing and remove any

jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.

before working on your vehicle.

.Always wear eye protection when-

ever you work on your vehicle.

.If you must run the engine in an

enclosed space such as a garage, be

sure there is proper ventilation for

exhaust gases to escape.

.Never get under the vehicle while it

is supported only by a jack. If it is

necessary to work under the vehicle,

support it with safety stands.

.Keep smoking materials, flame and

sparks away from fuel tank and the

battery.

.The fuel filter or fuel lines should be

serviced by a NISSAN dealer be-

cause the fuel lines are under high

pressure even when the engine is

off.

CAUTION

.Do not work under the hood while

the engine is hot. Turn the engine

off and wait until it cools down.

.Avoid direct contact with used en-

gine oil and coolant. Improperly

disposed engine oil, and engine

coolant and/or other vehicle fluids

can damage the environment. Al-

ways conform to local regulations

for disposal of vehicle fluid.

.Never leave the engine or the CVT

related component harnesses dis-

connected while the ignition switch

is in the ON position.

.Never connect or disconnect the

battery or any transistorized com-

ponent while the ignition switch is

in the ON position.

.Your vehicle is equipped with an

automatic engine cooling fan. It may

come on at any time without warn-

ing, even if the ignition key is in the

OFF position and the engine is not

running. To avoid injury, always

disconnect the negative battery

cable before working near the fan.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section

gives instructions regarding only those items

which are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also

available. (See “Owner’s Manual/Service Man-

ual order information” in the “9. Technical and

consumer information” section.)

You should be aware that incomplete or

improper servicing may result in operating

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-5

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

Condition:

Black plate (428,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-6 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

difficulties or excessive emissions, and could

affect warranty coverage. If in doubt about

any servicing, we recommend that it be

done by a NISSAN dealer.

GUID-09A43CB7-78B6-49E8-8AE3-59FD2E37852D

SDI2172

VQ35DE ENGINE

GUID-23C7A2D5-D0CF-4725-9BF0-03AA066A77AD

1. Power steering fluid reservoir

2. Drive belt location

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Air cleaner

6. Fuse/fusible link holder

7. Window washer fluid reservoir

8. Engine coolant reservoir

9. Radiator filler cap

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Battery

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK

LOCATIONS

Condition:

Black plate (429,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-4D521245-22AD-433C-981B-C55CC6837D78

The engine cooling system is filled at the factory

with a pre-diluted mixture of 50% Genuine

NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and

50% water to provide year-round anti-freeze

and coolant protection. The antifreeze solution

contains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional

engine cooling system additives are not neces-

sary.

WARNING

.Never remove the radiator or cool-

ant reservoir cap when the engine is

hot. Wait until the engine and

radiator cool down. Serious burns

could be caused by high pressure

fluid escaping from the radiator.

See precautions in “If your vehicle

overheats” found in the “6. In case

of emergency” section of this man-

ual.

.The radiator is equipped with a

pressure type radiator cap. To pre-

vent engine damage, use only a

genuine NISSAN radiator cap.

.If the engine was stopped soon

when the engine is hot, the cooling

fan may operate for approximately

10 minutes after the engine was

stopped to cool the components in

the engine compartment. When the

cooling fan is operating, be sure

that hands or other items do not get

caught in it.

CAUTION

.Never use any cooling system ad-

ditives such as radiator sealer. Ad-

ditives may clog the cooling system

and cause damage to the engine,

transmission and/or cooling sys-

tem.

.When adding or replacing coolant,

be sure to use only Genuine

NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-

ant (blue) or equivalent. Genuine

NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-

ant (blue) is pre-diluted to provide

antifreeze protection to -348F

(-378C). If additional freeze protec-

tion is needed due to weather where

you operate your vehicle, add Gen-

uine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/

Coolant (blue) concentrate follow-

ing the directions on the container.

If an equivalent coolant other than

Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-

freeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol-

low the coolant manufacturer’s

instructions to maintain minimum

antifreeze protection to -348F

(-378C). The use of other types of

coolant solutions other than Genu-

ine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/

Coolant (blue) or equivalent may

damage the engine cooling system.

.The life expectancy of the factory-fill

coolant is 105,000 miles (168,000

km) or 7 years. Mixing any other

type of coolant other than Genuine

NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-

ant (blue), including Genuine

NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-

ant (green), or the use of non-

distilled water will reduce the life

expectancy of the factory-fill cool-

ant. Refer to the NISSAN Service

and Maintenance Guide for more

details.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-7

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Condition:

Black plate (430,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

SDI2173

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL

GUID-71F24E64-AF95-49B0-86E2-C88DC26D8CE9

Check the coolant level in the reservoir when

the engine is cold. If the coolant level is below

the MIN level *2, open the reservoir cap and

add coolant up to the MAX level *1. If the

reservoir is empty, check the coolant level in the

radiator when the engine is cold. If there is

insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiator

with coolant up to the filler opening and also add

it to the reservoir up to the MAX level *1.

If the cooling system frequently requires

coolant, have it checked by a NISSAN

dealer.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT

GUID-DE32ED4E-F203-499B-AFDC-B09BC6CBCCDC

Major cooling system repairs should be per-

formed by a NISSAN dealer. The service

procedures can be found in the appropriate

NISSAN Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reduced

heater performance and engine overheat-

ing.

WARNING

.To avoid the danger of being

scalded, never change the coolant

when the engine is hot.

.Never remove the radiator cap when

the engine is hot. Serious burns

could be caused by high pressure

fluid escaping from the radiator.

.Avoid direct skin contact with used

coolant. If skin contact is made,

wash thoroughly with soap or hand

cleaner as soon as possible.

.Keep coolant out of reach of chil-

dren and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.

Check your local regulations.

GUID-EC1CF097-04EF-4D1F-A2BB-976237C8CA5A

SDI2174

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

GUID-A7C0B3E2-43F2-4FB7-BE67-5603CC32FF16

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply

the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operating

temperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10

minutes for the oil to drain back into

the oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.

Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oil

level. It should be within the range *1. If the

oil level is below *2, remove the oil filler cap

and pour recommended oil through the

ENGINE OIL

Condition:

Black plate (431,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

opening. Do not overfill *3.

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oil

maintenance intervals or during the break-

in period, depending on the severity of

operating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.

Operating the engine with an insuffi-

cient amount of oil can damage the

engine, and such damage is not cov-

ered by the warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

GUID-EB15255D-9AB6-4900-8DB5-EFE99B192889

Change the engine oil and filter according to the

maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service

and Maintenance Guide.

Vehicle set-up

GUID-085C5F8D-E441-40D4-ABA8-0B1450B25FBE

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply

the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches

operating temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10

minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using a

suitable floor jack and safety jack stands.

.Place the safety jack stands under the

vehicle jack-up points.

.A suitable adapter should be attached to

the jack stand saddle.

CAUTION

Make sure the correct lifting and sup-

port points are used to avoid vehicle

damage.

SDI2175

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-9

Condition:

Black plate (432,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-10 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

SDI2355

Engine oil and filter

GUID-8B3161D2-292F-4648-BFB0-C9B192C64D36

1. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug

*A.

2. Remove the oil filler cap *B.

3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench and

completely drain the oil.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as the

engine oil is hot.

.Waste oil must be disposed of

properly.

.Check your local regulations.

Perform steps 4 to 9 when the engine oil

filter change is needed.

4. Remove the plastic cover over the oil filter

location by removing the small plastic clips

as illustrated.

5. Loosen the oil filter *Cwith an oil filter

wrench. Remove the oil filter by turning it by

hand.

6. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface

with a clean rag.

CAUTION

Be sure to remove any old gasket

material remaining on the mounting

surface of the engine. Failure to do so

could lead to engine damage.

7. Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean

engine oil.

8. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight

resistance is felt, then tighten additionally

more than 2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:

11 to 15 ft-lb (14.7 to 20.5 N·m)

9. Install the plastic cover.

10. Clean and re-install the drain plug with a

new washer. Securely tighten the drain plug

with a wrench.

Drain plug tightening torque:

22 to 29 ft-lb (29 to 39 N·m)

Do not use excessive force.

11. Refill engine with recommended oil through

the oil filler opening, and install the oil filler

cap securely.

See “Capacities and recommended fuel/

lubricants” in the “9. Technical and con-

sumer information” section for drain and refill

capacity. The drain and refill capacity

depends on the oil temperature and drain

time. Use these specifications for reference

only. Always use the dipstick to determine

the proper amount of oil in the engine.

12. Start the engine and check for leakage

around the drain plug and the oil filter.

Condition:

Black plate (433,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Correct as required.

13. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10

minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick.

Add engine oil if necessary.

After the operation

GUID-CA8908E0-30C7-4EC6-B362-3897386BFE69

1. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground.

2. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

WARNING

.Prolonged and repeated contact

with used engine oil may cause skin

cancer.

.Try to avoid direct skin contact with

used oil. If skin contact is made,

wash thoroughly with soap or hand

cleaner as soon as possible.

.Keep used engine oil out of reach of

children.

GUID-78243FC0-84C3-43CD-B7EF-F360F2443C93

CAUTION

.Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid

NS-3. Do not mix with other fluids.

.Using transmission fluid other than

Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3

will damage the CVT, which is not

covered by the NISSAN new vehicle

limited warranty.

When checking or replacement is required, we

recommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing.

GUID-16F1439A-FC6D-4D68-9649-9BA4B3C4143E

SDI2177

Check the fluid level in the reservoir.

The fluid level should be checked using the HOT

range (*1: HOT MAX., *3: HOT MIN.) at fluid

temperatures of 122 to 1768F (50 to 808C) or

using the COLD range (*2: COLD MAX., *3:

COLD MIN.) at fluid temperatures of 32 to 868F

(0 to 308C).

If the fluid is below the MIN line, add Genuine

NISSAN PSF or equivalent. Remove the cap

and fill through the opening.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-11

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE

TRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID POWER STEERING FLUID

Condition:

Black plate (434,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-12 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

CAUTION

.Do not overfill.

.Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or

equivalent.

GUID-B3BD1957-FA8E-4683-A39B-5761F7B3C3C9

For additional brake fluid information, see

“Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants”

in the “9. Technical and consumer information”

section of this manual.

WARNING

.Use only new fluid from a sealed

container. Old, inferior or contami-

nated fluid may damage the brake

system. The use of improper fluids

can damage the brake system and

affect the vehicle’s stopping ability.

.Clean the filler cap before removing.

.Brake fluid is poisonous and should

be stored carefully in marked con-

tainers out of the reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any painted

surfaces. This will damage the paint. If

fluid is spilled, immediately wash the

surface with water.

SDI2178

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid is

below the MIN line *2or the brake warning

light comes on, add Genuine NISSAN Super

Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3

fluid up to the MAX line *1. If fluid must be

added frequently, the system should be checked

by a NISSAN dealer.

BRAKE FLUID

Condition:

Black plate (435,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-93CB4980-F579-44A6-91B1-8C3C93815009

SDI2179

Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodi-

cally. Add window washer fluid when the low

window washer fluid warning appears on the dot

matrix liquid crystal display.

To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, lift the

cap and pour the window washer fluid into the

reservoir opening.

Add a washer solvent to the water for better

cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield

washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’s

instructions for the mixture ratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving

conditions require an increased amount of

window washer fluid.

Recommended fluid:

Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concen-

trate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

CAUTION

.Do not substitute engine anti-freeze

coolant for window washer solution.

This may result in damage to the

paint.

.Do not fill the window washer

reservoir tank with washer fluid

concentrates at full strength. Some

methyl alcohol based washer fluid

concentrates may permanently stain

the grille if spilled while filling the

window washer reservoir tank.

.Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates

with water to the manufacturer’s

recommended levels before pouring

the fluid into the window washer

reservoir tank. Do not use the

window washer reservoir tank to

mix the washer fluid concentrate

and water.

GUID-02E54870-E309-40D0-A5DA-C86848D58CF4

.Keep the battery surface clean and dry.

Clean the battery with a solution of baking

soda and water.

.Make certain the terminal connections are

clean and securely tightened.

.If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or

longer, disconnect the negative (−) battery

terminal cable to prevent discharging it.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situations

that can lead to potential battery discharge

and potential no-start conditions such as:

1. Installation or extended use of electro-

nic accessories that consume battery

power when the engine is not running

(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,

etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or

only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to be

charged to maintain battery health.

WARNING

.Do not expose the battery to flames

or electrical sparks. Hydrogen gas

generated by the battery is explo-

sive. Do not allow battery fluid to

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-13

WINDOW WASHER FLUID BATTERY

Condition:

Black plate (436,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-14 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

contact your skin, eyes, fabrics, or

painted surfaces. After touching a

battery or battery cap, do not touch

or rub your eyes. Thoroughly wash

your hands. If the acid contacts your

eyes, skin or clothing, immediately

flush with water for at least 15

minutes and seek medical attention.

.Do not operate the vehicle if the

fluid in the battery is low. Low

battery fluid can cause a higher load

on the battery which can generate

heat, reduce battery life, and in

some cases lead to an explosion.

.When working on or near a battery,

always wear suitable eye protection

and remove all jewelry.

.Battery posts, terminals and related

accessories contain lead and lead

compounds. Wash hands after

handling.

.Keep the battery out of the reach of

children.

DI0137MA

Check the fluid level in each cell. (Remove the

battery cover if it is necessary.) It should be

between the UPPER LEVEL *1and LOWER

LEVEL *2lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilled

water to bring the level to the indicator in each

filler opening. Do not overfill.

SDI1480C

1. Remove the cell plugs *A.

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL

*1line.

If the side of the battery is not clear, check

the distilled water level by looking directly

above the cell; the condition *1indicates

OK and the conditions *2needs more to

be added.

3. Tighten cell plugs *A.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under

severe conditions require frequent checks of the

battery fluid level.

Condition:

Black plate (437,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

JUMP STARTING

GUID-8388D2A5-1AA4-4543-8945-3818D12359C5

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump starting”

in the “6. In case of emergency” section. If the

engine does not start by jump starting, the

battery may have to be replaced. Contact a

NISSAN dealer.

GUID-A57D0C74-2880-49D1-B6F8-A870230F48C1

CAUTION

.Do not ground accessories directly

to the battery terminal. Doing so will

bypass the variable voltage control

system and the vehicle battery may

not charge completely.

.Use electrical accessories with the

engine running to avoid discharging

the vehicle battery.

The variable voltage control system measures

the amount of electrical discharge from the

battery and controls voltage generated by the

generator.

GUID-C7A9F001-0CB6-4300-AC6F-E7BA2ACAD7EA

SDI2186

1. Power steering oil pump

2. Alternator

3. Drive belt auto-tensioner

4. Crankshaft pulley

5. Air conditioner compressor

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF

or LOCK position before servicing drive

belt. The engine could rotate unexpect-

edly.

1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual

wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If the belt is

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-15

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL

SYSTEM (if so equipped) DRIVE BELT

Condition:

Black plate (438,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-16 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

in poor condition or loose, have it replaced

or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.

2. Have the belt condition checked regularly.

GUID-0760D8DF-2C0B-4C81-8308-25D96ABDCC59

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switch

are off and that the parking brake is

engaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to

remove the spark plugs. An incorrect

socket can damage the spark plugs.

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

GUID-EBADEFF4-9AAF-48EB-882D-967D4F45C3C6

If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealer

for servicing.

SDI2020

Iridium-tipped spark plugs

GUID-FFD4E1F9-E03C-41C3-BC92-8FE67105C96C

It is not necessary to replace the platinum-

tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conven-

tional type spark plugs since they will last much

longer. Follow the maintenance log shown in the

“NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”. Do

not reuse spark plugs by cleaning or regapping.

Always replace spark plugs with recom-

mended or equivalent ones.

SPARK PLUGS

Condition:

Black plate (439,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-563B42E8-2E72-4333-B127-B924CD51DCC3

SDI2180

Pull the tabs *1and pull out the cover *2.

The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and

reused. Replace it according to the maintenance

log shown in the “NISSAN Service and Main-

tenance Guide”. When replacing the filter, wipe

the inside of the air cleaner housing and the

cover with a damp cloth.

WARNING

.Operating the engine with the air

cleaner removed can cause you or

others to be burned. The air cleaner

not only cleans the air, it stops

flame if the engine backfires. If it

isn’t there, and the engine backfires,

you could be burned. Do not drive

with the air cleaner removed, and be

careful when working on the engine

with the air cleaner removed.

.Never pour fuel into the throttle

body or attempt to start the engine

with the air cleaner removed. Doing

so could result in serious injury.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-17

AIR CLEANER

Condition:

Black plate (440,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-18 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

GUID-8D05C89B-9710-446D-B60C-96C5031DC573

CLEANING GUID-1ADBBD35-186E-43BA-89FD-15FE5B7B69BA

If your windshield is not clear after using the

windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters

when running, wax or other material may be on

the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with a

washer solution or a mild detergent. Your

windshield is clean if beads do not form when

rinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth

soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent.

Then rinse the blade with clear water. If your

windshield is still not clear after cleaning the

blades and using the wiper, replace the blades.

CAUTION

Worn windshield wiper blades can

damage the windshield and impair

driver vision.

SDI2048

REPLACING

GUID-E6FB1CC0-3494-452F-B232-44607AFCEE2B

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.

2. Push and hold the release tab *A, and

move the wiper blade down the wiper arm

*1.

3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper

arm until a click sounds.

4. Rotate the wiper blade so that the dimple is

in the groove.

Contact a NISSAN dealer for wiper blade rubber

replacement.

CAUTION

.After wiper blade replacement, re-

turn the wiper arm to its original

position; otherwise it may be da-

maged when the hood is opened.

.Make sure the wiper blades contact

the glass; otherwise the arm may be

damaged from wind pressure.

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

Condition:

Black plate (441,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SDI2199

Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle *A.

This may cause improper windshield washer

operation. If the nozzle is clogged, remove any

objects with a needle or small pin *B. Be

careful not to damage the nozzle.

GUID-6BBC1618-124E-407D-8689-AFC2A5C5C07A

Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or

replacement is required.

GUID-422EB17D-368E-4EB3-8F74-D3501233B169

If the brakes do not operate properly, have the

brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer.

SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKES

GUID-EA99438D-1540-48F5-8B5E-7BAD7732298B

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting

brakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time the

brake pedal is applied.

WARNING

See a NISSAN dealer for a brake

system check if the brake pedal height

does not return to normal.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING

GUID-C62060BE-48AF-4476-9155-BE5F441FDCC1

The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-

ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it

will make a high pitched scraping sound when

the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will

first occur only when the brake pedal is

depressed. After more wear of the brake pad,

the sound will always be heard even if the brake

pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes

checked as soon as possible if the wear warning

sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,

occasional brake squeak, squeal or other noise

may be heard. Occasional brake noise during

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-19

REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE (if so

equipped) BRAKES

Condition:

Black plate (442,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-20 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

light to moderate stops is normal and does not

affect the function or performance of the brake

system.

Proper brake inspection intervals should

be followed. For additional information, see the

maintenance log section of your “NISSAN

Service and Maintenance Guide”.

GUID-DC128A5B-9CA9-4DE2-AC47-C190EAF0F0CE

SDI2181

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

GUID-18AC0A9A-FA94-4493-99D2-AE037D0D54D0

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower

amperage rating than that specified on

the fuse box cover. This could damage

the electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,

check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight

switch are turned off.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder cover by

pushing the tab *1.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller located

in the passenger compartment fuse box.

FUSES

Condition:

Black plate (443,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SDI1754

5. If the fuse is open *A, replace it with a new

fuse *B. Spare fuses are stored in the

passenger compartment fuse box.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical

system checked and repaired by a NISSAN

dealer.

Fusible links GUID-D36A40A1-C38B-4230-8C7E-617D35305811

If any electrical equipment does not operate and

fuses are in good condition, check the fusible

links. If any of these fusible links are melted,

replace only with genuine NISSAN parts.

SDI2196

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

GUID-57F99DF8-30EB-4FFF-997F-119B6522E030

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower

amperage rating than that specified on

the fuse box cover. This could damage

the electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,

check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight

switch are turned off.

2. Pull to remove the fuse box cover *1.

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller *2.

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a new fuse.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical

system checked and repaired by a NISSAN

dealer.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-21

Condition:

Black plate (444,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-22 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

SDI2704

Example

Extended storage fuse switch

GUID-FDBA3C57-9E08-47EE-A331-D151818E244D

To reduce battery drain, the extended storage

fuse switch comes from the factory switched off.

Prior to delivery of your vehicle, the switch is

pushed in (switched on) and should always

remain on.

If the extended storage fuse switch is not

pushed in (switched on), the "SHIPPING MODE

ON, PUSH STORAGE FUSE" warning may

appear on the dot matrix liquid crystal display.

See “Dot matrix liquid crystal display” in the “2.

Instruments and controls” section.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,

remove the extended storage fuse switch and

check for an open fuse.

NOTE:

If the extended storage fuse switch mal-

functions, or if the fuse is open, it is not

necessary to replace the switch. In this

case, remove the extended storage fuse

switch and replace it with a new fuse of the

same rating.

How to remove the extended storage fuse

switch: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

1. To remove the extended storage fuse switch,

be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or

LOCK position.

2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF

position.

3. Remove the fuse box cover.

4. Pinch the locking tabs *1found on each

side of the storage fuse switch.

5. Pull the storage fuse switch straight out from

the fuse box *2.

GUID-C0D452EB-E68D-49BF-9C3D-375A5C96FCEA

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children to

swallow the battery and removed parts.

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY

REPLACEMENT

Condition:

Black plate (445,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SDI2451

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Remove the mechanical key from the key.

2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the

corner and twist it to separate the upper part

from the lower part. Use a cloth to protect

the casing.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery:

CR2032 or equivalent

.Do not touch the internal circuit and

electric terminals as doing so could

cause a malfunction.

.Hold the battery by the edges. Holding

the battery across the contact points will

seriously deplete the storage capacity.

.Make sure that the +side faces the

bottom case.

SDI2452

4. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts

*1, and then push them together *2until it

is securely closed.

5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.

See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistance

for replacement.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of the

FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the

following two conditions: (1) This device

may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interference that

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-23

Condition:

Black plate (446,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-24 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

may cause undesired operation.

Note: Changes or modifications not ex-

pressly approved by the party responsible

for compliance could void the user’s

authority to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with RSS-210 of

Industry Canada. Operation is subject to

the following two conditions: (1) this

device may not cause interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interfer-

ence, including interference that may

cause undesired operation of the device.

Condition:

Black plate (447,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-7930BD1D-6A37-45F8-BD07-EC7DACC0844D

JVM0092X

HARDTOP MODELS

GUID-E863F809-FABB-4234-BEE2-35A49E182A3C

1. Front turn signal/parking light* or Front turn

signal light**

2. Headlight (high-beam)* or Front parking light**

3. Headlight (low-beam)* or Headlight (low-beam,

high-beam)**

4. Side marker light

5. Front map light

6. Rear personal light

7. Front fog light (if so equipped)

8. Step light

9. High-mounted stop light

10. Back-up light

11. Rear stop/tail light

12. Rear side marker light

13. License plate light

14. Cargo light

15. Rear turn signal light

*: Halogen headlight model

**: Xenon headlight model

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-25

LIGHTS

Condition:

Black plate (448,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-26 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

SDI2723

CROSSCABRIOLET MODELS

GUID-D0417F55-4F6D-41DA-AC0F-CD743BCB056F

1. Front turn signal light

2. Front parking light

3. Headlight (low-beam, high-beam)

4. Front side marker light

5. Front map light

6. Front fog light

7. Step light

8. High-mounted stop light

9. Back-up light

10. Rear turn signal light

11. Rear side marker light

12. Trunk light

13. License plate light

14. Rear stop/tail light

Condition:

Black plate (449,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

HEADLIGHTS

GUID-B7024CBE-4176-4E16-8869-DEBDA14C4A55

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the

exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A

temperature difference between the inside and

the outside of the lens causes the fog. This is

not a malfunction. If large drops of water collect

inside the lens, contact a NISSAN dealer.

Replacing GUID-06D0D99A-DBCB-47EA-BA6E-CE7EB8469ACB

If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealer.

Xenon headlight model:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, they

produce a high voltage. To prevent an

electric shock, never attempt to modify

or disassemble. Always have your xe-

non headlights replaced at a NISSAN

dealer. For additional information, see

“Headlight and turn signal switch” in

the “2. Instruments and controls” sec-

tion.

Halogen headlight model (if so equipped):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type which

uses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb.

CAUTION

.Do not leave the bulb out of the

headlight reflector for a long period

of time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc.

entering the headlight body may

affect bulb performance.

.High pressure halogen gas is sealed

inside the halogen bulb. The bulb

may break if the glass envelope is

scratched or the bulb is dropped.

.Only touch the plastic base when

handling the bulb. Never touch the

glass envelope.

.Aiming is not necessary after repla-

cing the bulb. When aiming adjust-

ment is necessary, contact a

NISSAN dealer.

Use the same number and wattage as originally

installed as shown in the chart.

SDI2183

Disconnect the battery negative cable before

replacing bulbs.

To replace the headlight bulb, if necessary,

remove the rubber cover by pulling out the two

clips *1.

*AHigh-beam bulb

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-27

Condition:

Black plate (450,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-28 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

*BLow-beam bulb

Condition:

Black plate (451,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

GUID-A6B488A2-F57B-4F86-9182-F40F0F8F3000

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Headlight

High/Low beams (Xenon)* 35 D2S

High beam (Halogen) (Hardtop) 65 HB3

Low beam (Halogen) (Hardtop) 55 H11

Front turn signal/parking light* 27/8 1157NA

Front turn signal light** 21 WY21W

Front parking light** 5 W5W

Front fog light (if so equipped) 35 H8

Front side marker 5 WY5W

Rear combination light*

turn signal (Hardtop) 21 WY21W

turn signal (CrossCabriolet) 21 W21W

stop/tail LED —

side marker 5 W5W

back-up 16 W16W

License plate light* 5 W5W

Front map light 8 —

Rear personal light (if so equipped) 8 —

Vanity mirror light (if so equipped) 2 —

Step light * 2.7 161

High-mounted stop light* LED —

Cargo light (Hardtop) 8 —

Trunk light (CrossCabriolet) 5 W5W

Glove box light* 3.4 —

Mood light (if so equipped)* LED —

*: See a NISSAN dealer for replacement.

**: Xenon headlight model

NOTE: Always check with the Parts Department

at a NISSAN dealer for the latest information

about parts.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-29

Condition:

Black plate (452,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-30 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Replacement procedures

GUID-D7C1D5A3-D223-40B4-93DE-E7CBE6E86E47

All other lights are either type A, B, C, D, E or F.

When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens

and/or cover.

SDI1679

SDI2200

Side marker light (Halogen headlight model)

1. Remove the rubber cover. (See “Headlights”

earlier in this section.)

2. Remove the bulb as illustrated.

Condition:

Black plate (453,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SDI2184

Front fog light (if so equipped)

SDI2030

Front map light

SDI2031

Rear personal light (if so equipped)

SDI1500B

Cargo light (Hardtop models)

SDI1451B

Trunk light (CrossCabriolet models)

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-31

Condition:

Black plate (454,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-32 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

SDI2032

Vanity mirror light (if so equipped)

GUID-46CB2E70-031A-4F55-9AD6-348B824D56AD

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” in the

“6. In case of emergency” section.

TIRE PRESSURE

GUID-8F5553C8-DD7B-4C05-B269-57BEA6C2CD20

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

GUID-06C227A1-45FE-48D6-A3EB-3BEE667CEF9C

This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure

Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire

pressure of all tires except the spare. When

the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the

CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears on

the dot matrix liquid crystal display, one or more

of your tires is significantly under-inflated.

The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is

driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h).

Also, this system may not detect a sudden drop

in tire pressure (for example a flat tire while

driving).

For more details, see “Low tire pressure warning

light” in the “2. Instruments and controls”

section, “Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section

and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)”

in the “6. In case of emergency” section.

Tire inflation pressure

GUID-8058DB1F-E89F-47BE-A4CC-EB1666DA9B76

Check the pressure of the tires (including

the spare) often and always prior to long

distance trips. The recommended tire

pressure specifications are shown on the

Tire and Loading Information label under

the “Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tire

and Loading Information label is affixed to

the driver side center pillar. Tire pressures

should be checked regularly because:

.Most tires naturally lose air over time.

.Tires can lose air suddenly when driven

over potholes or other objects or if the

vehicle strikes a curb while parking.

The tire pressures should be checked

when the tires are cold. The tires are

considered COLD after the vehicle has

been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven

less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate

speeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, including un-

der inflation, may adversely affect tire

life and vehicle handling.

WHEELS AND TIRES

Condition:

Black plate (455,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

WARNING

.Improperly inflated tires can fail

suddenly and cause an accident.

.The Gross Vehicle Weight rating

(GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.

S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la-

bel. The vehicle weight capacity

is indicated on the Tire and

Loading Information label. Do

not load your vehicle beyond

this capacity. Overloading your

vehicle may result in reduced

tire life, unsafe operating condi-

tions due to premature tire fail-

ure, or unfavorable handling

characteristics and could also

lead to a serious accident. Load-

ing beyond the specified capa-

city may also result in failure of

other vehicle components.

.Before taking a long trip, or

whenever you heavily load your

vehicle, use a tire pressure

gauge to ensure that the tire

pressures are at the specified

level.

.For additional information re-

garding tires, refer to “Important

Tire Safety Information” (US) or

“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-

da) in the Warranty Information

Booklet.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-33

Condition:

Black plate (456,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-34 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

SDI2503

Tire and Loading Information label

GUID-C4A6DD26-5C30-4751-BF04-C2DCD621B313

*1Seating capacity: The maximum num-

ber of occupants that can be seated in

the vehicle.

*2Vehicle load limit: See “Vehicle load-

ing information” in the “9. Technical

and consumer information” section.

*3Original size: The size of the tires

originally installed on the vehicle at the

factory.

*4Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires to

this pressure when the tires are cold.

Tires are considered COLD after the

vehicle has been parked for 3 or more

hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6

km) at moderate speeds. The recom-

mended cold tire inflation is set by the

manufacturer to provide the best

balance of tire wear, vehicle handling,

driveability, tire noise, etc., up to the

vehicle’s GVWR.

*5Tire size — see “Tire labeling” later in

this section.

*6Spare tire size or compact spare tire

size (if so equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (457,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

SDI1949

Checking the tire pressure

GUID-2ED3159A-D506-43DB-9972-4F773CDD17B2

1. Remove the valve stem cap from the

tire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarely onto

the valve stem. Do not press too hard or

force the valve stem sideways, or air will

escape. If the hissing sound of air

escaping from the tire is heard while

checking the pressure, reposition the

gauge to eliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge

stem and compare it to the specifica-

tion shown on the Tire and Loading

Information label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too

much air is added, press the core of the

valve stem briefly with the tip of the

gauge stem to release pressure. Re-

check the pressure and add or release

air as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all other tires,

including the spare.

Hardtop models:

SIZE

COLD TIRE

INFLATION

PRESSURE

FRONT

ORIGINAL

TIRE

P235/65R18

104T

230 kPa,

33 PSI

P235/55R20

102T

230 kPa,

33 PSI

REAR

ORIGINAL

TIRE

P235/65R18

104T

230 kPa,

33 PSI

P235/55R20

102T

230 kPa,

33 PSI

SPARE

TIRE

Original tire 230 kPa,

33 PSI

T165/90D18

107M

420 kPa,

60 PSI

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-35

Condition:

Black plate (458,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-36 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

CrossCabriolet models:

SIZE

COLD TIRE

INFLATION

PRES-

SURE

FRONT

ORIGINAL

TIRE

P235/55R20

102T

230 kPa,

33 PSI

REAR

ORIGINAL

TIRE

P235/55R20

102T

230 kPa,

33 PSI

SDI1575

Example

TIRE LABELING

GUID-696EC93A-2514-47AA-8FC2-5FE841ADB735

Federal law requires tire manufacturers to

place standardized information on the side-

wall of all tires. This information identifies

and describes the fundamental character-

istics of the tire and also provides the tire

identification number (TIN) for safety stan-

dard certification. The TIN can be used to

identify the tire in case of a recall.

SDI1606

Example

*1Tire size (example: P215/60R16 94H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is designed

for passenger vehicles. (Not all tires

have this information.)

2. Three-digit number (215): This number

gives the width in millimeters of the tire

from sidewall edge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (60): This number,

known as the aspect ratio, gives the

tire’s ratio of height to width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (16): This number is

the wheel or rim diameter in inches.

Condition:

Black plate (459,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

6. Two- or three-digit number (94): This

number is the tire’s load index. It is a

measurement of how much weight each

tire can support. You may not find this

information on all tires because it is not

required by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You should not

drive the vehicle faster than the tire

speed rating.

SDI1607

Example

*2TIN (Tire Identification Number) for a

new tire (example: DOT XX XX XXX

XXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Department

of Transportation”. The symbol can be

placed above, below or to the left or

right of the Tire Identification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s identifi-

cation mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Op-

tional)

5. Three-digit code: Date of Manufacture

6. Four numbers represent the week and

year the tire was built. For example, the

numbers 3103 means the 31st week of

2003. If these numbers are missing,

then look on the other sidewall of the

tire.

*3Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies of

rubber-coated fabric in the tire.

Tire manufacturers also must indicate

the materials in the tire, which include

steel, nylon, polyester, and others.

*4Maximum permissible inflation pres-

sure

This number is the greatest amount of

air pressure that should be put in the

tire. Do not exceed the maximum

permissible inflation pressure.

*5Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximum

load in kilograms and pounds that can

be carried by the tire. When replacing

the tires on the vehicle, always use a

tire that has the same load rating as

the factory installed tire.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-37

Condition:

Black plate (460,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-38 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

*6Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”

Indicates whether the tire requires an

inner tube (“tube type”) or not (“tube-

less”).

*7The word “radial”

The word “radial” is shown, if the tire

has radial structure.

*8Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name is shown.

Other tire-related terminology:

In addition to the many terms that are

defined throughout this section, Intended

Outboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall that

contains a whitewall, bears white lettering

or bears manufacturer, brand and/or model

name molding that is higher or deeper than

the same molding on the other sidewall of

the tire, or (2) the outward facing sidewall

of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular

side that must always face outward when

mounted on a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

GUID-A8013747-6C94-4E8C-A38F-E7BC1E696489

WARNING

.When changing or replacing tires,

be sure all four tires are of the same

type (Example: Summer, All Season

or Snow) and construction. A

NISSAN dealer may be able to help

you with information about tire type,

size, speed rating and availability.

.Replacement tires may have a lower

speed rating than the factory

equipped tires, and may not match

the potential maximum vehicle

speed. Never exceed the maximum

speed rating of the tire.

.Replacing tires with those not ori-

ginally specified by NISSAN could

affect the proper operation of the

TPMS.

.For additional information regard-

ing tires, refer to “Important Tire

Safety Information” (US) or “Tire

Safety Information” (Canada) in the

Warranty Information Booklet.

All season tires

GUID-291C0F9C-E1B3-4D07-A20B-D7E2B3DAF1BA

NISSAN specifies all season tires on some

models to provide good performance all year,

including snowy and icy road conditions. All

Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON

and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on the tire

sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction

than All Season tires and may be more appro-

priate in some areas.

Summer tires

GUID-EF7AEB6C-3F1F-4FD5-A5C3-764EFED3051A

NISSAN specifies summer tires on some

models to provide superior performance on dry

roads. Summer tire performance is substantially

reduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not

have the tire traction rating M&S on the tire

sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or

icy conditions, NISSAN recommends the use of

SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four

wheels.

Snow tires GUID-E820C239-86F9-4925-8DD7-766A95787CEB

If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select

tires equivalent in size and load rating to the

original equipment tires. If you do not, it can

adversely affect the safety and handling of your

vehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speed

ratings than factory equipped tires and may not

Condition:

Black plate (461,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

match the potential maximum vehicle speed.

Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the

tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be the same

size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all

four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studded

tires may be used. However, some U.S. states

and Canadian provinces prohibit their use.

Check local, state and provincial laws before

installing studded tires. Skid and traction cap-

abilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry

surfaces, may be poorer than that of non-

studded snow tires.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

GUID-BFBB743C-16B6-4459-BD0B-1E087CE52CCB

CAUTION

.Always use tires of the same type,

size, brand, construction (bias, bias-

belted or radial), and tread pattern

on all four wheels. Failure to do so

may result in a circumference differ-

ence between tires on the front and

rear axles which will cause exces-

sive tire wear and may damage the

transmission, transfer case and dif-

ferential gears.

.ONLY use spare tires specified for

the AWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-

mended that all four tires be replaced with tires

of the same size, brand, construction and tread

pattern. The tire pressure and wheel alignment

should also be checked and corrected as

necessary. Contact a NISSAN dealer.

TIRE CHAINS

GUID-6204202C-317D-4765-A1B1-D1D79486BCE6

Use of tire chains may be prohibited according

to location. Check the local laws before instal-

ling tire chains. When installing tire chains, make

sure they are the proper size for the tires on your

vehicle and are installed according to the chain

manufacturer’s suggestions. Use only SAE

Class S chains. Class “S” chains are used on

vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance.

Vehicles that can use Class “S” chains are

designed to meet the SAE standard minimum

clearances between the tire and the closest

vehicle suspension or body component required

to accommodate the use of a winter traction

device (tire chains or cables). The minimum

clearances are determined using the factory

equipped tire size. Other types may damage

your vehicle. Use chain tensioners when re-

commended by the tire chain manufacturer to

ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tire

chain must be secured or removed to prevent

the possibility of whipping action damage to the

fenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fully

loading your vehicle when using tire chains. In

addition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise,

your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle

handling and performance may be adversely

affected.

Tire chains must be installed only on the

front wheels and not on the rear wheels.

Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE

ONLY spare tire.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving with

tire chains in such conditions can cause damage

to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to

some overstress.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-39

Condition:

Black plate (462,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-40 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

SDI1662

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

GUID-C0E68C99-6D1E-468B-BD60-266B69785593

Tire rotation GUID-F64A5784-30E5-4161-A652-802036607CAA

NISSAN recommends rotating the tires

every 7,500 miles (12,000 km). (See “Flat

tire” in the “6. In case of emergency”

section for tire replacing procedures.)

As soon as possible, tighten the wheel

nuts to the specified torque with a

torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-

tened to the specification at all times.

It is recommended that wheel nuts be

tightened to the specification at each

tire rotation interval.

WARNING

.After rotating the tires, check

and adjust the tire pressure.

.Retighten the wheel nuts when

the vehicle has been driven for

600 miles (1,000 km) (also in

cases of a flat tire, etc.).

.Do not include the spare tire or

any other small size spare tire in

the tire rotation.

.For additional information re-

garding tires, refer to “Important

Tire Safety Information” (US) or

“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-

da) in the Warranty Information

Booklet.

SDI1663

1. Wear indicator

2. Wear indicator location mark

Tire wear and damage

GUID-93CD1313-9389-4D39-9BDA-72E38D0D8BA5

WARNING

.Tires should be periodically in-

spected for wear, cracking, bul-

ging or objects caught in the

tread. If excessive wear, cracks,

bulging or deep cuts are found,

the tire(s) should be replaced.

Condition:

Black plate (463,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

.The original tires have built-in

tread wear indicators. When

wear indicators are visible, the

tire(s) should be replaced.

.Tires degrade with age and use.

Have tires, including the spare,

over 6 years old checked by a

qualified technician, because

some tire damage may not be

obvious. Replace the tires as

necessary to prevent tire failure

and possible personal injury.

.Improper service of the spare

tire may result in serious perso-

nal injury. If it is necessary to

repair the spare tire, contact a

NISSAN dealer.

.For additional information re-

garding tires, refer to “Important

Tire Safety Information” (US) or

“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-

da) in the Warranty Information

Booklet.

Replacing wheels and tires

GUID-61F6C32A-DAF3-40F4-A24D-1AFEFE81C3FF

When replacing a tire, use the same size, tread

design, speed rating and load carrying capacity

as originally equipped. (See “Specifications” in

the “9. Technical and consumer information”

section for recommended types and sizes of

tires and wheels.)

WARNING

.The use of tires other than those

recommended or the mixed use of

tires of different brands, construc-

tion (bias, bias-belted or radial), or

tread patterns can adversely affect

the ride, braking, handling, ground

clearance, body-to-tire clearance,

tire chain clearance, speedometer

calibration, headlight aim and bum-

per height. Some of these effects

may lead to accidents and could

result in serious personal injury.

.For Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models,

if your vehicle was originally

equipped with 4 tires that were the

same size and you are only repla-

cing 2 of the 4 tires, install the new

tires on the rear axle. Placing new

tires on the front axle may cause

loss of vehicle control in some

driving conditions and cause an

accident and personal injury.

.If the wheels are changed for any

reason, always replace with wheels

which have the same off-set dimen-

sion. Wheels of a different off-set

could cause premature tire wear,

degrade vehicle handling character-

istics and/or interference with the

brake discs/drums. Such interfer-

ence can lead to decreased braking

efficiency and/or early brake pad/

shoe wear. See “Wheels and tires”

in the “9. Technical and consumer

information” section of this manual

for wheel off-set dimensions.

.When a spare tire is mounted or a

wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not

function and the low tire pressure

warning light will flash for approxi-

mately 1 minute. The light will

remain on after 1 minute. Contact

your NISSAN dealer as soon as

possible for tire replacement and/

or system resetting.

.Replacing tires with those not ori-

ginally specified by NISSAN could

affect the proper operation of the

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-41

Condition:

Black plate (464,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-42 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

TPMS.

.Do not install a damaged or de-

formed wheel or tire even if it has

been repaired. Such wheels or tires

could have structural damage and

could fail without warning.

.The use of retread tire is not re-

commended.

.For additional information regard-

ing tires, refer to “Important Tire

Safety Information” (US) or “Tire

Safety Information” (Canada) in the

Warranty Information Booklet.

CAUTION

Always use tires of the same type, size,

brand, construction (bias, bias-belted

or radial), and tread pattern on all four

wheels. Failure to do so may result in a

circumference difference between tires

on the front and rear axles which will

cause excessive tire wear and may

damage the transmission, transfer case

and differential gears (AWD models).

Wheel balance

GUID-46078A79-580F-474C-870B-9EA681D7E559

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling

and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can

get out of balance. Therefore, they should be

balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-

formed with the wheels off the vehicle.

Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle

could lead to mechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires, refer

to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or

“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the War-

ranty Information Booklet.

Care of wheels

GUID-AA05CFEB-4DD0-40C9-AE0A-E1164697E4EB

.Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle

to maintain their appearance.

.Clean the inner side of the wheels when the

wheel is changed or the underside of the

vehicle is washed.

.Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing

the wheels.

.Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or

corrosion. Such damage may cause loss of

pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

.NISSAN recommends that the road wheels

be waxed to protect against road salt in

areas where it is used during winter.

Spare tire (if so equipped)

GUID-79CEC75D-4985-4C99-90D0-93E5E8E4948F

When a spare tire is mounted (TEMPORARY

USE ONLY or conventional), the TPMS will not

function.

Observe the following precautions if the TEM-

PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used,

otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or

involved in an accident.

WARNING

.The TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare

tire should be used for emergency

use. It should be replaced with the

standard tire at the first opportunity

to avoid possible tire or differential

damage.

.Drive carefully while the TEMPOR-

ARY USE ONLY spare tire is in-

stalled. Avoid sharp turns and

abrupt braking while driving.

.Periodically check spare tire infla-

tion pressure. Always keep the

pressure of the TEMPORARY USE

ONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 kPa,

4.2 bar). Always keep the pressure

of the full size spare tire (if so

equipped) at the recommended

Condition:

Black plate (465,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

pressure for standard tires, as in-

dicated on the Tire and Loading

Information label.

.With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY

spare tire installed do not drive your

vehicle at speeds faster than 50

MPH (80 km/h).

.When driving on roads covered with

snow or ice, the TEMPORARY USE

ONLY spare tire should be used on

the rear wheels and original tire

used on the front wheels (drive

wheels). Use tire chains only on

the front (original) tires.

.Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE

ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster

rate than the standard tire. Replace

the spare tire as soon as the tread

wear indicators appear.

.Do not use the spare tire on other

vehicles.

.Do not use more than one spare tire

at the same time.

.Do not tow a trailer while the

TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire

is installed.

CAUTION

.Do not use tire chains on a TEM-

PORARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire

chains will not fit properly and may

cause damage to the vehicle.

.Because the TEMPORARY USE

ONLY spare tire is smaller than the

original tire, ground clearance is

reduced. To avoid damage to the

vehicle, do not drive over obstacles.

Also do not drive the vehicle

through an automatic car wash

since it may get caught.

EMERGENCY TIRE PUNCTURE RE-

PAIR KIT (if so equipped)

GUID-158B860B-23B8-42C7-AED8-B32B0043CEF2

The emergency tire puncture repair kit (Emer-

gency Tire Sealant) is supplied with the vehicle

instead of a spare tire. It can be used to

temporarily repair minor tire punctures.

If possible, have the vehicle towed to a facility

that can repair or replace the flat tire. Using the

emergency tire puncture repair kit may cause a

malfunction of the tire pressure sensor and

cause the low tire pressure warning light to

illuminate.

See “Flat tire” in the “6. In case of emergency”

for more details.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-43

Condition:

Black plate (466,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

8-44 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

MEMO

Condition:

Black plate (467,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

9 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ...................... 9-2

Fuel recommendation ............................................................ 9-3

Engine oil and oil filter recommendation .......................... 9-5

Air conditioning system refrigerant and

lubricant recommendations .................................................. 9-6

Specifications ................................................................................ 9-7

Engine ....................................................................................... 9-7

Wheels and tires .................................................................... 9-7

Dimensions and weights ...................................................... 9-8

When traveling or registering your vehicle in

another country ............................................................................. 9-8

Vehicle identification .................................................................... 9-8

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate ........................ 9-8

Vehicle identification number (chassis number) ............. 9-9

Engine serial number ............................................................. 9-9

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ....................... 9-10

Emission control information label .................................. 9-10

Tire and Loading Information label ................................. 9-10

Air conditioner specification label ................................... 9-11

Installing front license plate .................................................... 9-12

Vehicle loading information .................................................... 9-13

Terms .................................................................................... 9-13

Vehicle load capacity ....................................................... 9-13

Securing the load (Hardtop models) ........................... 9-15

Loading tips ........................................................................ 9-16

Measurement of weights ................................................. 9-16

Towing a trailer (Hardtop models) ....................................... 9-16

Maximum load limits ......................................................... 9-17

Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)/maximum

Gross Axle Weight (GAW) ............................................ 9-18

Towing load/specification ............................................... 9-21

Towing safety ..................................................................... 9-21

Flat towing .......................................................................... 9-25

Uniform tire quality grading .................................................... 9-26

Treadwear ........................................................................... 9-26

Traction AA, A, B and C ................................................. 9-26

Temperature A, B and C ................................................. 9-26

Emission control system warranty ........................................ 9-27

Reporting safety defects ........................................................ 9-27

Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test ............ 9-28

Event Data Recorders (EDR) ................................................ 9-29

Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information ........ 9-30

Condition:

Black plate (468,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

9-2 Technical and consumer information

GUID-A3EC6BA7-7161-4393-B6C3-446080441345

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedure

instructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate) Recommended specifications

US measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 21-5/8 gal 18 gal 82 See “Fuel recommendation” later in this section.

Engine oil*1

Drain and refill

With oil filter change 4-7/8 qt 4 qt 4.6 .Engine oil with API Certification Mark*2, *3

.Viscosity SAE 5W-30*2, *3

Without oil filter change 4-1/2 qt 3-3/4 qt 4.3

Cooling system

With reservoir 10 qt 8-1/4 qt 9.4 Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (Blue) or equivalent

Reservoir 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3*4

Differential gear oil — — — Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5 Viscosity SAE

80W-90*5

Transfer oil — — — Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5 Viscosity SAE

80W-90

Power steering fluid (PSF) Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the “8.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent*6

Brake fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*7 or equivalent DOT 3

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*8

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent

Window washer fluid 1-1/4 gal 1 gal 4.5 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

*1: For additional information, see “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.

*2: For additional information, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” later in this section.

*3: NISSAN recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Engine Oil available at a NISSAN dealer.

*4: Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3. Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 will damage the CVT, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle

limited warranty.

*5: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 328F (08C).

*6: DEXRON

VI type ATF may also be used.

*7: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer.

*8: For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” later in this sectionfor air conditioner specification label.

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED

FUEL/LUBRICANTS

Condition:

Black plate (469,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

GUID-D97FF142-73E7-4116-82ED-FCB50AFD22BC

Hardtop models

GUID-E96B8573-A1EA-46C0-A951-788A27F847D9

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane

rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)

number (Research octane number 91).

CrossCabriolet models

GUID-D5623B72-D972-4112-A054-7344DA659109

NISSAN recommends the use of unleaded

premium gasoline with an octane rating of at

least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Re-

search octane number 96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not available,

you may use unleaded regular gasoline with an

octane rating of at least 87 AKI number

(Research octane number 91), but you may

notice a decrease in performance.

CAUTION

.Using a fuel other than that speci-

fied could adversely affect the emis-

sion control system, and may also

affect warranty coverage.

.Under no circumstances should a

leaded gasoline be used, because

this will damage the three-way cat-

alyst.

.Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in your

vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed

to run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-

15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle not

specifically designed for E-15 or E-

85 fuel can adversely affect the

emission control devices and sys-

tems of the vehicle. Damage caused

by such fuel is not covered by the

NISSAN new vehicle limited war-

ranty.

.U.S. government regulations require

ethanol dispensing pumps to be

identified by a small, square, orange

and black label with the common

abbreviation or the appropriate per-

centage for that region.

Gasoline specifications

GUID-B0C6EB94-018F-44F3-ADCF-D5B163286779

NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets

the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) speci-

fications where it is available. Many of the

automobile manufacturers developed this spe-

cification to improve emission control system

and vehicle performance. Ask your service

station manager if the gasoline meets the

WWFC specifications.

Reformulated gasoline

GUID-C2C66DA3-BC5C-4200-8675-EBEBC0305D8E

Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor-

mulated gasolines. These gasolines are specially

designed to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSAN

supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug-

gests that you use reformulated gasoline when

available.

Gasoline containing oxygenates

GUID-BA8D6AAF-F373-47AD-8703-93F129B7F978

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing

oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and metha-

nol with or without advertising their presence.

NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels

of which the oxygenate content and the fuel

compatibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily

determined. If in doubt, ask your service station

manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please take

the following precautions as the usage of such

fuels may cause vehicle performance problems

and/or fuel system damage.

.The fuel should be unleaded and have

an octane rating no lower than that

recommended for unleaded gasoline.

.If an oxygenate-blend, excepting a

methanol blend, is used, it should

contain no more than 10% oxygenate.

(MTBE may, however, be added up to

15%.)

Technical and consumer information 9-3

Condition:

Black plate (470,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

9-4 Technical and consumer information

.E-15 fuel contains more than 10%

oxygenate. E-15 fuel will adversely

affect the emission control devices

and systems of the vehicle and should

not be used. Damage caused by such

fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new

vehicle limited warranty.

.If a methanol blend is used, it should

contain no more than 5% methanol

(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It

should also contain a suitable amount

of appropriate cosolvents and corro-

sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-

lated with appropriate cosolvents and

corrosion inhibitors, such methanol

blends may cause fuel system damage

and/or vehicle performance problems.

At this time, sufficient data is not

available to ensure that all methanol

blends are suitable for use in NISSAN

vehicles.

If any driveability problems such as engine

stalling and difficult hot-starting are experienced

after using oxygenate-blend fuels, immediately

change to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a

low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during

refueling. Gasoline containing oxygenates

can cause paint damage.

E-15 fuel GUID-3B44EFD0-C68E-482C-BBB7-CADECCD68B27

E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15% fuel

ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline. E-15 can

only be used in vehicles designed to run on E-

15 fuel. Do not use E-15 in your vehicle. U.S.

government regulations require fuel ethanol

dispensing pumps to be identified with small,

square, orange and black label with the common

abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for

that region.

E-85 fuel GUID-AD9CADAB-14ED-46D7-A828-09634174C65E

E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuel

ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 can

only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Do

not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. U.S. govern-

ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing

pumps to be identified by a small, square,

orange and black label with the common

abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for

that region.

Aftermarket fuel additives

GUID-E9F8AF8C-AEED-499D-896E-53DAA15CEC7A

NISSAN does not recommend the use of any

aftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuel

injector cleaner, octane booster, intake valve

deposit removers, etc.) which are sold commer-

cially. Many of these additives intended for gum,

varnish or deposit removal may contain active

solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful

to the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tips

GUID-843185CD-73E1-42D0-A068-C28897AF254E

Using unleaded gasoline with an octane

rating lower than recommended can cause

persistent, heavy “spark knock”. (Spark

knock is a metallic rapping noise.) If

severe, this can lead to engine damage. If

you detect a persistent heavy spark knock

even when using gasoline of the stated

octane rating, or if you hear steady spark

knock while holding a steady speed on

level roads, have a NISSAN dealer correct

the condition. Failure to correct the condi-

tion is misuse of the vehicle, for which

NISSAN is not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result in spark

knock, after-run and/or overheating, which may

cause excessive fuel consumption or engine

damage. If any of the above symptoms are

encountered, have your vehicle checked at a

NISSAN dealer.

However, now and then you may notice

light spark knock for a short time while

accelerating or driving up hills. This is not a

cause for concern, because you get the

greatest fuel benefit when there is light

spark knock for a short time under heavy

engine load.

Condition:

Black plate (471,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

JVT0159X

1. API certification mark

2. API service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE-

COMMENDATION

GUID-D8787272-E372-4B86-85F7-5E302B87B252

Selecting the correct oil

GUID-F0DD06D6-BE5F-4900-8AD3-8D1C5342F288

It is essential to choose the correct grade,

quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensure

satisfactory engine life and performance, see

“Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants”

earlier in this section. NISSAN recommends the

use of an energy conserving oil in order to

improve fuel economy.

Select only engine oils that meet the American

Petroleum Institute (API) certification or Interna-

tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval

Committee (ILSAC) certification and SAE vis-

cosity standard. These oils have the API

certification mark on the front of the container.

Oils which do not have the specified quality

label should not be used as they could cause

engine damage.

Oil additives GUID-C908BF4C-FF8E-4657-95EC-E56F067619B4

NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil

additives. The use of an oil additive is not

necessary when the proper oil type is used and

maintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or has

been previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosity GUID-B2F2CE9D-4325-406D-A067-B3F58139D9EF

The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes

with temperature. Because of this, it is important

to select the engine oil viscosity based on the

temperatures at which the vehicle will be

operated before the next oil change. Choosing

an oil viscosity other than that recommended

could cause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filter

GUID-07D637C7-273A-4442-A899-B5AFF9699C76

Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a

high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. When

replacing, use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its

equivalent for the reason described in “Change

intervals”.

Change intervals

GUID-B3A3F077-D92F-45CF-B42E-39CFF52BF41A

The oil and oil filter change intervals for your

engine are based on the use of the specified

quality oils and filters. Using an engine oil and

filter other than the specified quality, or exceed-

ing recommended oil and filter change intervals

could reduce engine life. Damage to the engine

caused by improper maintenance or use of

incorrect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity is

not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited

warranty.

Your engine was filled with a high quality engine

oil when it was built. You do not have to change

the oil before the first recommended change

Technical and consumer information 9-5

Condition:

Black plate (472,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

9-6 Technical and consumer information

interval. Oil and filter change intervals depend

upon how you use your vehicle.

Operation under the following conditions may

require more frequent oil and filter changes.

.repeated short distance driving at cold

outside temperatures

.driving in dusty conditions

.extensive idling

.towing a trailer

.stop and go commuting

Refer to the “NISSAN Service and Maintenance

Guide” for the maintenance schedule.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE-

FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE-

COMMENDATIONS

GUID-2126105C-89A7-4E0A-A288-174E72A6D376

The air conditioning system in your

NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the

refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the oil,

NISSAN A/C system oil Type S or the exact

equivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or oil

will cause severe damage to the air

conditioning system and will require

the replacement of all air conditioner

system components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in your

NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth’s ozone

layer. Although this refrigerant does not affect

the earth’s atmosphere, certain governmental

regulations require the recovery and recycling of

any refrigerant during automotive air condition-

ing system service. A NISSAN dealer has the

trained technicians and equipment needed to

recover and recycle your air conditioning system

refrigerant.

Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your

air conditioning system.

Condition:

Black plate (473,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-57A6D36D-0870-40A3-93D9-0726DBA853EF

ENGINE GUID-7BEF76CE-97C9-4C86-AD64-1DC6D91E7E39

Model VQ35DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 608

Bore 6Stroke in (mm) 3.760 63.205 (95.5 681.4)

Displacement cu in (cm

) 213.45 (3,498)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6

Idle speed rpm No adjustment is necessary.

Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

Spark plug Standard FXE22HR-11

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

WHEELS AND TIRES

GUID-83EAC807-A79A-4A8F-ADD5-4ACCD8032619

Road wheel GUID-B8F29D13-1DD6-4857-AA5C-E482EB7DE668

Type Size Offset in (mm)

Conventional 18 67-1/2J 1.97 (50)

20 67-1/2J 1.97 (50)

Spare 1864T 0.98 (25)

Tire GUID-D2BD2104-801D-48BA-B916-CCB4FAE996C0

Type Size Pressure PSI

(kPa) [Cold]

Conventional

P235/65R18

104T 33 (230)

P235/55R20

102T

Spare (T-type)

T165/90D18

107M 60 (420)

-*1

*1: CrossCabriolet models (Emergency tire repair

kit)

Technical and consumer information 9-7

SPECIFICATIONS

Condition:

Black plate (474,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

9-8 Technical and consumer information

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

GUID-BC214C17-4138-465C-87FB-6F5139F69EA1

Overall length in (mm) 189.9 (4,822)*1

190.1 (4,828)*2

Overall width in (mm) 74.1 (1,883)*1

74.5 (1,893)*2

Overall height in (mm) 67.0 (1,703)*1

68.0 (1,728)*1, *3

66.2 (1,681)*2

Front tread in (mm) 63.4 (1,610)

Rear tread in (mm) 63.4 (1,610)

Wheelbase in (mm) 111.2 (2,825)

Gross vehicle weight

rating lb (kg) See the F.M.V.S.S.

/C.M.V.S S. certi-

fication label on

the driver’s side

lock pillar.

Gross axle weight

rating

Front lb (kg)

Rear lb (kg)

*1:Hardtop models

*2:CrossCabriolet models

*3:With roof rack rail

GUID-F3E06BA8-5D71-47F0-8AF4-A2111289E6D1

When planning to travel in another coun-

try, you should first find out if the fuel available is

suitable for your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low

may cause engine damage. All gasoline vehicles

must be operated with unleaded gasoline.

Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areas

where appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of your

vehicle to another country, state, province

or district, it may be necessary to modify the

vehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicle

emission control and safety standards vary

according to the country, state, province or

district; therefore, vehicle specifications may

differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken into

another country, state, province or district

and registered, its modifications, transpor-

tation, and registration are the responsi-

bility of the user. NISSAN is not

responsible for any inconvenience that

may result.

GUID-DBB0F8D5-24A2-4C41-9D48-0CAEDD461803

STI0334

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

(VIN) PLATEGUID-F287A1CF-CB55-4145-8CBD-CF2C41049012

The vehicle identification number plate is at-

tached as shown. This number is the identifica-

tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle

registration.

WHEN TRAVELING OR

REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN

ANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

Condition:

Black plate (475,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

STI0374

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

(chassis number)

GUID-B648E584-5EE1-456A-B34D-A28724551D6B

The vehicle identification number is located as

shown.

Remove the cover to access the number.

STI0562

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

GUID-C04A71AF-DDC4-4E1C-914F-C91A4C8B9B1D

The number is stamped on the engine as shown.

STI0448

Hardtop models

STI0819

CrossCabriolet models

Technical and consumer information 9-9

Condition:

Black plate (476,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

9-10 Technical and consumer information

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION

LABEL GUID-BB53C190-69CB-4485-95C2-116BFE831B39

The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety

Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certification

label is affixed as shown. This label contains

valuable vehicle information, such as: Gross

Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), Gross Axle

Weight Rating (GAWR), month and year of

manufacture, Vehicle Identification Number

(VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

STI0563

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION

LABEL GUID-3DCE9F7D-9D3D-46E4-A35C-936569C8DA88

The emission control information label is at-

tached to the underside of the hood as shown.

STI0373

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION

LABEL GUID-9DC4C538-AE95-419C-999C-2A6BA149B946

The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and

Loading Information label affixed to the pillar as

illustrated.

Condition:

Black plate (477,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

STI0339

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION

LABEL GUID-87F1A8D6-8FB2-4A62-BACC-7DE61068FB0C

The air conditioner specification label is at-

tached as shown.

Technical and consumer information 9-11

Condition:

Black plate (478,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

9-12 Technical and consumer information

GUID-67B47B27-68CA-4458-B9E4-29151625A561

STI0821

Use the following steps to mount the license

plate:

Before mounting the license plate, confirm that

the following parts are enclosed in the plastic

bag.

.License plate bracket

.Screw 62

1. Park the vehicle on flat, level ground.

2. Line up the tabs *Bon the license plate

bracket under the top of the front bumper

*A. Hold the license plate bracket in place.

3. Install the license plate bracket with screws.

4. Install the license plate with screws (sold

separately).

Use a screw of 1/4 inch (6mm) in diameter and

approximately 3/4 inch (20mm) in length.

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE

Condition:

Black plate (479,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-20DACCCE-D49A-4DFA-AD5E-A20DDB3A28C1

WARNING

.It is extremely dangerous to ride

in a cargo area inside the vehi-

cle. In a collision, people riding

in these areas are more likely to

be seriously injured or killed.

.Do not allow people to ride in

any area of your vehicle that is

not equipped with seats and

seat belts.

.Be sure everyone in your vehicle

is in a seat and using a seat belt

properly.

TERMS GUID-9F4FF2A9-3754-41A0-9049-11EB2E795A99

It is important to familiarize yourself with the

following terms before loading your vehicle:

.Curb Weight (actual weight of your

vehicle) - vehicle weight including:

standard and optional equipment,

fluids, emergency tools, and spare tire

assembly. This weight does not in-

clude passengers and cargo.

.GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb

weight plus the combined weight of

passengers and cargo.

.GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)

- maximum total combined weight of the

unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,

hitch, trailer tongue load and any other

optional equipment. This information is

located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.

label.

.GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -

maximum weight (load) limit specified

for the front or rear axle. This informa-

tion is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.

S.S. label.

.GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rat-

ing) - The maximum total weight rating

of the vehicle, passengers, cargo, and

trailer.

.Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,

Total load capacity - maximum total

weight limit specified of the load

(passengers and cargo) for the vehicle.

This is the maximum combined weight

of occupants and cargo that can be

loaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle is

used to tow a trailer, the trailer tongue

weight must be included as part of the

cargo load. This information is located

on the Tire and Loading Information

label.

.Cargo capacity - permissible weight of

cargo, the subtracted weight of occu-

pants from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

GUID-941E1F3B-7371-481D-B80D-7528B3A0E4EC

Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle

shown as “The combined weight of occu-

pants and cargo” on the Tire and Loading

Information label. Do not exceed the

number of occupants shown as “Seating

Capacity” on the Tire and Loading Informa-

tion label.

To get “the combined weight of occupants

and cargo”, add the weight of all occu-

pants, then add the total luggage weight.

Examples are shown in the following

illustration.

Technical and consumer information 9-13

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION

Condition:

Black plate (480,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

9-14 Technical and consumer information

STI0445

Steps for determining correct load limit

GUID-8252E554-FB04-4243-8490-35B8E427C8E6

1. Locate the statement “The combined

weight of occupants and cargo should

never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on

your vehicle’s placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of the

driver and passengers that will be riding

in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of the

driver and passengers from XXX kg or

XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals the available

amount of cargo and luggage load

capacity. For example, if the XXX

amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will

be five 150 lb. passengers in your

vehicle, the amount of available cargo

and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.

(1400 −750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs) or

(640 −340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight of

luggage and cargo being loaded on

the vehicle. That weight may not safely

exceed the available cargo and luggage

load capacity calculated in Step 4.

Condition:

Black plate (481,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,

load from your trailer will be transferred

to your vehicle. Consult this manual to

determine how this reduces the avail-

able cargo and luggage load capacity

of your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirm

that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle

Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle

Weight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle.

(See “Measurement of weights” later in this

section.)

Also check tires for proper inflation pres-

sures. See the Tire and Loading Information

label.

SIC3596

SECURING THE LOAD (Hardtop mod-

els) GUID-3EC4BE57-F008-4466-9B0A-EEC3312A789B

There are tie down hooks located in the cargo

area as shown. The tie down hooks can be used

to secure cargo with ropes or other types of

straps.

Do not apply a total load of more than 22

lb. (98 N) to a single hook *Aor 7 lb. (31 N)

to a single hook *Bwhen securing cargo.

WARNING

.Properly secure all cargo with ropes

or straps to help prevent it from

sliding or shifting. Do not place

cargo higher than the seatbacks. In

a sudden stop or collision, unse-

cured cargo could cause personal

injury.

.The child restraint top tether strap

may be damaged by contact with

items in the cargo area. Secure any

items in the cargo area. Your child

could be seriously injured or killed

in a collision if the top tether strap is

damaged.

.Do not load your vehicle any heavier

than the GVWR or the maximum

front and rear GAWRs. If you do,

parts of your vehicle can break, tire

damage could occur, or it can

change the way your vehicle han-

dles. This could result in loss of

control and cause personal injury.

Technical and consumer information 9-15

Condition:

Black plate (482,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

9-16 Technical and consumer information

LOADING TIPS

GUID-A9873A92-B769-4872-B024-4D23D1C31CA9

.The GVW must not exceed GVWR or

GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./

C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

.Do not load the front and rear axle to

the GAWR. Doing so will exceed the

GVWR.

WARNING

.Properly secure all cargo with

ropes or straps to help prevent it

from sliding or shifting. Do not

place cargo higher than the

seatbacks. In a sudden stop or

collision, unsecured cargo could

cause personal injury.

.Do not load your vehicle any

heavier than the GVWR or the

maximum front and rear

GAWRs. If you do, parts of your

vehicle can break, tire damage

could occur, or it can change the

way your vehicle handles. This

could result in loss of control

and cause personal injury.

.Overloading not only can short-

en the life of your vehicle and

the tire, but can cause unsafe

vehicle handling and longer

braking distances. This may

cause a premature tire failure,

which could result in a serious

accident and personal injury.

Failures caused by overloading

are not covered by the vehicle’s

warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS

GUID-051E378D-270A-4295-9008-5A577CD7575F

Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts

that could affect the balance of your

vehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, drive

to a scale and weigh the front and the rear

wheels separately to determine axle loads.

Individual axle loads should not exceed

either of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings

(GAWR). The total of the axle loads should

not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight

Rating (GVWR). These ratings are given

on the vehicle certification label. If weight

ratings are exceeded, move or remove

items to bring all weights below the ratings.

GUID-8C746E31-6859-4D5C-8B9A-363258610B5B

WARNING

Overloading or improper loading of a

trailer and its cargo can adversely affect

vehicle handling, braking and perfor-

mance and may lead to accidents.

CAUTION

.Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy

load for the first 500 miles (800 km).

Your engine, axle or other parts

could be damaged.

.For the first 500 miles (800 km) that

you tow a trailer, do not drive over

50 MPH (80 km/h) and do not make

starts at full throttle. This helps the

engine and other parts of your

vehicle wear in at the heavier loads.

Your new vehicle was designed to be used

primarily to carry passengers and cargo. Re-

member that towing a trailer places additional

loads on your vehicle’s engine, drivetrain, steer-

ing, braking and other systems.

A NISSAN Towing Guide (U.S. only) is available

on the website at www.nissanusa.com. This

TOWING A TRAILER (Hardtop

models)

Condition:

Black plate (483,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

guide includes information on trailer towing

capability and the special equipment required

for proper towing.

CrossCabriolet models:

Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

GUID-3EC02ECD-41A7-4248-A556-984BAE561887

Maximum trailer loads

GUID-557CBE7B-C03E-4B8A-8F75-A21E76331B12

Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the

value specified in the “Towing Load/Specifica-

tion” chart. The total trailer load equals trailer

weight plus its cargo weight.

.When towing a trailer load of 1,000 lbs

(454 kg) or more, trailers with a brake

system MUST be used.

The maximum GCWR (Gross Combined Weight

Rating) should not exceed the value specified in

the following “Towing Load/Specification” chart.

STI0541

The GCWR equals the combined weight of the

towing vehicle (including passengers and cargo)

plus the total trailer load. Towing loads greater

than these or using improper towing equipment

could adversely affect vehicle handling, braking

and performance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not

only related to the maximum trailer loads, but

also the places you plan to tow. Tow weights

appropriate for level highway driving may have to

be reduced on very steep grades or for low

traction situations (for example, on slippery boat

ramps).

Temperature conditions can also affect towing.

For example, towing a heavy trailer in high

outside temperatures on graded roads can

affect engine performance and cause overheat-

ing. The transmission high fluid temperature

protection mode, which helps reduce the

chance of transmission damage, could activate

and automatically decrease engine power.

Vehicle speed may decrease under high load.

Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and

vehicle load, weather and road conditions.

WARNING

Overheating can result in reduced en-

gine power and vehicle speed. The

reduced speed may be lower than other

traffic, which could increase the chance

of a collision. Be especially careful

when driving. If the vehicle cannot

maintain a safe driving speed, pull to

the side of the road in a safe area.

Allow the engine to cool and return to

normal operation. See “If your vehicle

overheats” in the “6. In case of emer-

gency” section of this manual.

Technical and consumer information 9-17

Condition:

Black plate (484,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

9-18 Technical and consumer information

CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from impro-

per towing procedures are not covered

by NISSAN warranties.

STI0542

Tongue load GUID-39072C53-540E-4796-930C-B4AF968410E5

When using a weight carrying or a weight

distributing hitch, keep the tongue load between

10 to 15% of the total trailer load within the

maximum tongue load limits shown in the

following “Towing Load/Specification” chart. If

the tongue load becomes excessive, rearrange

cargo to allow for proper tongue load.

TI1012M

MAXIMUM GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT

(GVW)/MAXIMUM GROSS AXLE

WEIGHT (GAW)

GUID-C10855A3-37B1-448F-9F63-A367F3E6ECA4

The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed

the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)

shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification

label. The GVW equals the combined weight of

the unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,

hitch, trailer tongue load and any other optional

equipment. In addition, front or rear GAW must

not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating

(GAWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.

certification label.

Towing capacities are calculated assuming a

base vehicle with driver and any options

Condition:

Black plate (485,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

required to achieve the rating. Additional pas-

sengers, cargo and/or optional equipment, such

as the trailer hitch, will add weight to the vehicle

and reduce your vehicle’s maximum towing

capacity and trailer tongue load.

The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to

confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR, Front

GAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross Combined Weight

Rating (GCWR) and Towing capacity.

All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured

using platform type scales commonly found at

truck stops, highway weigh stations, building

supply centers or salvage yards.

To determine the available payload capacity for

tongue load, use the following procedure.

1. Locate the GVWR on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.

S.S. certification label.

2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of

the passengers and cargo that are normally

in the vehicle when towing a trailer.

3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the

GVWR. The remaining amount is the avail-

able maximum tongue load.

To determine the available towing capacity, use

the following procedure.

1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the

“Towing Load/Specification” chart found

later in this section.

2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the

GCWR. The remaining amount is the avail-

able maximum towing capacity.

To determine the Gross Trailer Weight, weigh

your trailer on a scale with all equipment and

cargo, that are normally in the trailer when it is

towed. Make sure the Gross trailer weight is not

more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating

shown on the trailer and is not more than the

calculated available maximum towing capacity.

Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale

to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and

Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front

Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight

on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to

be moved or removed to meet the specified

ratings.

Example:

.Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighed

on a scale - including passengers, cargo

and hitch - 4,926 lb. (2,234 kg).

.Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) from

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label -

5,263 lb. (2,387 kg).

.Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)

from “Towing Load/Specification” chart -

8,300 lb. (3,765 kg).

.Maximum Trailer towing capacity from “Tow-

ing Load/Specification” chart - 3,500 lb.

(1,588 kg).

5,263 lb. (2,387 kg) GVWR

−4,926 lb. (2,234 kg) GVW

= 337 lb. (152 kg) Available for tongue

weight

8,300 lb. (3,765 kg) GCWR

−4,926 lb. (2,234 kg) GVW

= 3,374 lb. (1,530 kg) Capacity available for

towing

337 lb. (152 kg) / Available tongue weight

3,374 lb. (1,530 kg) Available capacity

= 10 % tongue weight

The available towing capacity may be less than

the maximum towing capacity due to the

passenger and cargo load in the vehicle.

Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be-

tween 10 to 15% of the trailer weight. If the

tongue load becomes excessive, rearrange the

cargo to obtain the proper tongue load. Do not

exceed the 10 to 15% tongue weight specifica-

tion even if the calculated available tongue

weight is greater than 15%. If the calculated

tongue weight is less than 10%, reduce the total

trailer weight to match the available tongue

weight.

Technical and consumer information 9-19

Condition:

Black plate (486,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

9-20 Technical and consumer information

Always verify that available capacities are within

the required ratings.

Condition:

Black plate (487,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION

GUID-63779F8F-2548-4DAD-898D-B85D2FC4448F

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHART

Unit: lb (kg)

MODEL VQ35DE

WEIGHT CVT

MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT*1 3,500 (1,588)

MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 350 (159)

GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING 8,300 (3,765)

RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT*2 Sway Control Device (SCD)

1: All towing above 1,000 lb (454 kg) requires the use of trailer brakes. NISSAN recommends the use of a

tandem axle trailer whenever towing above 3,000 lb (1,361 kg).

2: A sway control device is recommended for all towing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). Sway control devices are not

offered by NISSAN. See a professional trailer/hitch outlet for a properly designed sway control device for

your trailer.

TOWING SAFETY

GUID-25BF615C-A317-4E21-B7D7-87818AFD314A

Trailer hitch GUID-2EE2B9B8-ABFF-4B7C-A0E5-889D0E5175DF

Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and

trailer. A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is

available from a NISSAN dealer. Make sure the

trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to

help avoid personal injury or property damage

due to sway caused by crosswinds, rough road

surfaces or passing trucks.

WARNING

Trailer hitch components have specific

weight ratings. Your vehicle may be

capable of towing a trailer heavier than

the weight rating of the hitch compo-

nents. Never exceed the weight rating

of the hitch components. Doing so can

cause serious personal injury or prop-

erty damage.

Hitch ball GUID-E39A719C-DDFC-41BD-B436-1F76F3169AAC

Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and

weight rating for your trailer:

.The required hitch ball size is stamped on

most trailer couplers. Most hitch balls also

have the size printed on top of the ball.

Technical and consumer information 9-21

Condition:

Black plate (488,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

9-22 Technical and consumer information

.Choose the proper class hitch ball based on

the trailer weight.

.The diameter of the threaded shank of the

hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount

hole diameter. The hitch ball shank should

be no more than 1/16´´ smaller than the hole

in the ball mount.

.The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be

long enough to be properly secured to the

ball mount. There should be at least 2

threads showing beyond the lock washer

and nut.

Sway control device

GUID-FA4B130C-35B6-4317-9CF7-F00C40AF8090

Sudden maneuvers, wind gusts and buffeting

caused by other vehicles can affect trailer

handling. Sway control devices may be used to

help control these affects. If you choose to use

one, contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to

make sure the sway control device will work with

the vehicle, hitch, trailer and the trailer’s brake

system. Follow the instructions provided by the

manufacturer for installing and using the sway

control device.

Class I hitchGUID-48B9ED8E-A2C8-419A-9A35-F9327B7205B1

Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ball

mount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailers

of a maximum weight of 2,000 lb (907 kg).

Class II hitchGUID-F44ED144-D1E3-4BE0-99F7-929ABE85EFE2

Class II trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ball

mount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailers

of a maximum weight of 3,500 lb (1,588 kg).

CAUTION

.Special hitches which include frame

reinforcements are required for tow-

ing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). Suitable

genuine NISSAN hitches for pickup

trucks and sport utility vehicles are

available at a NISSAN dealer.

.The hitch should not be attached to

or affect the operation of the im-

pact-absorbing bumper.

.Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

.Do not modify the vehicle exhaust

system, brake system, etc. to install

a trailer hitch.

.To reduce the possibility of addi-

tional damage if your vehicle is

struck from the rear, where practi-

cal, remove the hitch and/or recei-

ver when not in use. After the hitch

is removed, seal the bolt holes to

prevent exhaust fumes, water or

dust from entering the passenger

compartment.

.Regularly check that all trailer hitch

mounting bolts are securely

mounted.

Tire pressures

GUID-4D579486-C58B-4182-9B69-1D17C2634D39

.When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicle

tires to the recommended cold tire

pressure indicated on the Tire and

Loading Information label.

.Trailer tire condition, size, load rating

and proper inflation pressure should be

in accordance with the trailer and tire

manufacturers’ specifications.

Safety chains

GUID-08592264-67E0-40AD-AD75-EB0AFAF51FBA

Always use a suitable chain between your

vehicle and the trailer. The safety chains should

be crossed and should be attached to the hitch,

not to the vehicle bumper or axle. The safety

chains can be attached to the bumper if the

hitch ball is mounted to the bumper. Be sure to

leave enough slack in the chains to permit

Condition:

Black plate (489,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

turning corners.

Trailer lights GUID-C0E60E1B-4E97-47ED-94B2-2A921EA2AF95

CAUTION

When splicing into the vehicle electrical

system, a commercially available

power-type module/converter must be

used to provide power for all trailer

lighting. This unit uses the vehicle

battery as a direct power source for all

trailer lights while using the vehicle tail

light, stoplight and turn signal circuits

as a signal source. The module/con-

verter must draw no more than 15

milliamps from the stop and tail lamp

circuits. Using a module/converter that

exceeds these power requirements may

damage the vehicle’s electrical system.

See a reputable trailer dealer to obtain

the proper equipment and to have it

installed.

Trailer lights should comply with federal and/or

local regulations. For assistance in hooking up

trailer lights, contact a NISSAN dealer or

reputable trailer dealer.

Trailer brakes

GUID-21DD387F-EC09-4A2A-95BA-58E6193E64FA

If your trailer is equipped with a braking system,

make sure it conforms to federal and/or local

regulations and that it is properly installed.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake system

directly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips

GUID-2726CCBF-1308-4A9A-9EE9-831D4F3E1608

.Be certain your vehicle maintains a level

position when a loaded or unloaded trailer is

hitched. Do not drive the vehicle if it has an

abnormal nose-up or nose-down condition;

check for improper tongue load, overload,

worn suspension or other possible causes

of either condition.

.Always secure items in the trailer to prevent

load shift while driving.

.Keep the cargo load as low as possible in

the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity

low.

.Load the trailer so approximately 60% of the

trailer load is in the front half and 40% is in

the back half. Also make sure the load is

balanced side to side.

.Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure,

vehicle tire pressure, trailer light operation,

and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you

attach a trailer to the vehicle.

.Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to

all federal, state or local regulations. If not,

install any mirrors required for towing before

driving the vehicle.

.Determine the overall height of the vehicle

and trailer so the required clearance is

known.

Trailer towing tips

GUID-18AE22C3-1763-4039-AB9A-7D6C36240ACD

In order to gain skill and an understanding of the

vehicle’s behavior, you should practice turning,

stopping and backing up in an area which is free

from traffic. Steering stability, and braking

performance will be somewhat different than

under normal driving conditions.

.Always secure items in the trailer to prevent

load shift while driving.

.Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or

lock to prevent the coupler from inadver-

tently becoming unlatched.

.Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.

.Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

.Do not use the Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

system (if so equipped).

Technical and consumer information 9-23

Condition:

Black plate (490,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

9-24 Technical and consumer information

.Do not use the Lane Departure Warning

(LDW) system (if so equipped).

.Always drive your vehicle at a moderate

speed. Some states or provinces have

specific speed limits for vehicles that are

towing trailers. Obey the local speed limits.

.When backing up, hold the bottom of the

steering wheel with one hand. Move your

hand in the direction in which you want the

trailer to go. Make small corrections and

back up slowly. If possible, have someone

guide you when you are backing up.

Always block the wheels on both vehicle and

trailer when parking. Parking on a slope is not

recommended; however, if you must do so:

CAUTION

If you move the shift selector lever to

the P (Park) position before blocking

the wheels and applying the parking

brake, transmission damage could oc-

cur.

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

2. Have someone place blocks on the downhill

side of the vehicle and trailer wheels.

3. After the wheel blocks are in place, slowly

release the brake pedal until the blocks

absorb the vehicle load.

4. Apply the parking brake.

5. Shift the transmission into P (Park).

6. Turn off the engine.

To drive away:

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine.

3. Shift the transmission into gear.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are

clear from the blocks.

6. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

7. Have someone retrieve and store the blocks.

.When going down a hill, shift into a lower

gear and use the engine braking effect.

When going up a long grade, downshift the

transmission to a lower gear and reduce

speed to reduce chances of engine over-

loading and/or overheating.

.If the engine coolant rises to an extremely

high temperature when the air conditioning

system is on, turn off the air conditioner.

Coolant heat can be additionally vented by

opening the windows, switching the fan

control to high and setting the temperature

control to the HOT position.

.Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal

circumstances.

.Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles

(800 km).

.Have your vehicle serviced more often than

at intervals specified in the recommended

maintenance schedule in the NISSAN Ser-

vice and Maintenance Guide.

.When making a turn, your trailer wheels will

be closer to the inside of the turn than your

vehicle wheels. To compensate for this,

make a larger than normal turning radius

during the turn.

.Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely

affect vehicle/trailer handling, possibly caus-

ing vehicle sway. When being passed by

larger vehicles, be prepared for possible

changes in crosswinds that could affect

vehicle handling. If swaying does occur,

firmly grip the steering wheel, steer straight

ahead, and immediately (but gradually)

reduce vehicle speed. This combination will

help stabilize the vehicle. Never increase

speed.

Do the following if the trailer begins to sway:

1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to

allow the vehicle to coast and steer as

straight ahead as the road conditions allow.

Condition:

Black plate (491,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

This combination will help stabilize the

vehicle.

.Do not correct trailer sway by steering or

applying the brakes.

2. When the trailer sway stops, gently apply

the brakes and pull to the side of the road in

a safe area.

3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is

balanced as described earlier in this section.

.Be careful when passing other vehicles.

Passing while towing a trailer requires

considerably more distance than normal

passing. Remember the length of the trailer

must also pass the other vehicle before you

can safely change lanes.

.Down shift the transmission to a lower gear

for engine braking when driving down steep

or long hills. This will help slow the vehicle

without applying the brakes.

.Avoid holding the brake pedal down too

long or too frequently. This could cause the

brakes to overheat, resulting in reduced

braking efficiency.

.Increase your following distance to allow for

greater stopping distances while towing a

trailer. Anticipate stops and brake gradually.

.Do not use cruise control while towing a

trailer.

.Some states or provinces have specific

regulations and speed limits for vehicles

that are towing trailers. Obey the local

speed limits.

.Check your hitch, trailer wiring harness

connections, and trailer wheel lug nuts after

50 miles (80 km) of travel and at every

break.

.When stopped in traffic for long periods of

time in hot weather, put the vehicle in the P

(Park) position.

.When launching a boat, don’t allow the

water level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or

rear bumper.

.Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights

before backing the trailer into the water or

the trailer lights may burn out.

When towing a trailer, the transmission

fluid should be changed more frequently.

For additional information, see the “8.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section

earlier in this manual.

FLAT TOWING

GUID-3E848B66-44FF-4B16-8142-29DBD9690D46

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the

ground is sometimes called flat towing. This

method is sometimes used when towing a

vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as a

motor home.

CAUTION

.Failure to follow these guidelines

can result in severe transmission

damage.

.Whenever flat towing your vehicle,

always tow forward, never back-

ward.

.DO NOT tow any continuously vari-

able transmission vehicle with all

four wheels on the ground (flat

towing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE

internal transmission parts due to

lack of transmission lubrication.

.DO NOT tow an All-Wheel Drive

(AWD) vehicle with any of the

wheels on the ground. Doing so

may cause serious and expensive

damage to the powertrain.

.For emergency towing procedures

refer to “Towing recommended by

Technical and consumer information 9-25

Condition:

Black plate (492,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

9-26 Technical and consumer information

NISSAN” in the “6. In case of

emergency” section of this manual.

Continuously Variable Transmission

(CVT) GUID-2AEBE4E4-E0D5-492D-AA37-E27015E39277

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Do not tow an AWD vehicle with any of the

wheels on the ground.

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To tow a vehicle equipped with a Continuously

Variable Transmission (CVT), an appropriate

vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed

vehicle’s driving wheels. Always follow the dolly

manufacturer’s recommendations when using

their product.

GUID-B742813A-9B62-42D0-B446-A6B0CFD16DF2

DOT (Department Of Transportation) Quality

Grades: All passenger car tires must conform to

federal safety requirements in addition to these

grades.

Quality grades can be found where applicable

on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and

maximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

TREADWEAR

GUID-D8E60542-2737-4D58-9810-4EE9CE4B6744

The treadwear grade is a comparative rating

based on the wear rate of the tire when tested

under controlled conditions on a specified

government test course. For example, a tire

graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1

1/2) times as well on the government course as

a tire graded 100. The relative performance of

tires depends upon actual conditions of their

use, however, and may depart significantly from

the norm due to variations in driving habits,

service practices and differences in road char-

acteristics and climate.

TRACTION AA, A, B AND C

GUID-FF0AABDE-3976-447A-8911-BE64F5A5C056

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are

AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the

tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as

measured under controlled conditions on spe-

cified government test surfaces of asphalt and

concrete. A tire marked C may have poor

traction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire

is based on straight-ahead braking

traction tests, and does not include

acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,

or peak traction characteristics.

TEMPERATURE A, B AND C

GUID-738CE2E4-0C30-4FA9-9E42-152697D53964

The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and

C, representing the tire’s resistance to the

generation of heat and its ability to dissipate

heat when tested under controlled conditions on

a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sus-

tained high temperature can cause the material

of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and

excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire

failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of

performance which all passenger car tires must

meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety

Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent

higher levels of performance on the laboratory

test wheel than the minimum required by law.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

Condition:

Black plate (493,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire is

established for a tire that is properly

inflated and not overloaded. Excessive

speed, under-inflation, or excessive

loading, either separately or in combi-

nation, can cause heat build-up and

possible tire failure.

GUID-3D75299D-8D8D-42C4-BD73-3446D8B8AFD2

Your NISSAN is covered by the following

emission warranties.

For USA:

.Emission Defects Warranty

.Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found with

other vehicle warranties in your Warranty In-

formation Booklet which comes with your

NISSAN. If you did not receive a Warranty

Information Booklet, or it has become lost, you

may obtain a replacement by writing to:

.Nissan North America, Inc.

Consumer Affairs Department

P.O. Box 685003

Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found with

other vehicle warranties in your Warranty In-

formation Booklet which comes with your

NISSAN. If you did not receive a Warranty

Information Booklet, or it has become lost, you

may obtain a replacement by writing to:

.Nissan Canada Inc.

5290 Orbitor Drive

Mississauga, Ontario,

L4W 4Z5

GUID-61C292B9-5FCF-47DD-9C2D-0431833188EE

For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect

which could cause a crash or could cause

injury or death, you should immediately

inform the National Highway Traffic Safety

Administration (NHTSA) in addition to

notifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it

may open an investigation, and if it finds

that a safety defect exists in a group of

vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy

campaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-

come involved in individual problems be-

tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the

Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-

327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to

http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Ad-

ministrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street,

SW., Washington, D.C. 20590. You can

also obtain other information about motor

vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.

gov.

You may notify NISSAN by contacting our

Consumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at

1-800-NISSAN-1 (1-800-647-7261).

Technical and consumer information 9-27

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

WARRANTY REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

Condition:

Black plate (494,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

9-28 Technical and consumer information

For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect

which could cause a crash or could cause

injury or death, you should immediately

inform Transport Canada in addition to

notifying NISSAN.

If Transport Canada receives complaints, it

may open an investigation, and if it finds

that a safety defect exists in a group of

vehicles, it may request that NISSAN

conduct a recall campaign. However,

Transport Canada cannot become involved

in individual problems between you, your

dealer, or NISSAN.

You may contact Transport Canada’s De-

fect Investigations and Recalls Division toll

free at 1-800-333-0510. You may also

report safety defects online at:

https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/

PCDB-BDPP/Index.aspx.

Additional information concerning motor

vehicle safety may be obtained from Trans-

port Canada’s Road Safety Information

Centre at 1-800-333-0371 or online at

www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speak-

ers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere

(French speakers).

To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns

please contact our Consumer Information

Centre toll free at 1-800-387-0122.

GUID-D4D45566-401E-4F0A-995A-35B330AF403B

WARNING

A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive

(AWD) should never be tested using a

two wheel dynamometer (such as the

dynamometers used by some states for

emissions testing), or similar equip-

ment. Make sure you inform test facility

personnel that your vehicle is equipped

with AWD before it is placed on a

dynamometer. Using the wrong test

equipment may result in transmission

damage or unexpected vehicle move-

ment which could result in serious

vehicle damage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some states/areas

or provinces, your vehicle may be required to be

in what is called the “ready condition” for an

Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emis-

sion control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” when

it is driven through certain driving patterns.

Usually, the “ready condition” can be obtained

by ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repaired or

the battery is disconnected, the vehicle may be

reset to a “not ready condition”. Before taking

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/

MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST

Condition:

Black plate (495,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

the I/M test, check the vehicle’s inspection/

maintenance test readiness condition. Place the

ignition switch in the ON position without

starting the engine. If the Malfunction Indicator

Light (MIL) comes on steady for 20 seconds and

then blinks for 10 seconds, the I/M test

condition is “not ready”. If the MIL does not

blink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is

“ready”.

Contact a NISSAN dealer to set “ready condi-

tion” or to prepare the vehicle for testing.

GUID-5806F2C7-ABF6-48A5-B377-3E98320DFB18

This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data

Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is

to record, in certain crash or near crash-like

situations, such as an air bag deployment or

hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in

understanding how a vehicle’s systems per-

formed. The EDR is designed to record data

related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems

for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds

or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to

record such data as:

.How various systems in your vehicle were

operating;

.Whether or not the driver and passenger

safety belts were buckled/fastened;

.How far (if at all) the driver was depressing

the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

.How fast the vehicle was traveling.

.Sounds are not recorded.

These data can help provide a better under-

standing of the circumstances in which crashes

and injuries occur.

NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle

only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs; no data

are recorded by the EDR under normal driving

conditions and no personal data (e.g. name,

gender, age and crash location) are recorded.

However, other parties, such as law enforce-

ment, could combine the EDR data with the type

of personally identifying data routinely acquired

during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special

equipment is required and access to the vehicle

or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle

manufacturer and NISSAN dealer, other parties,

such as law enforcement, that have the special

equipment, can read the information if they have

access to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will

only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle

owner or lessee or as otherwise required or

permitted by law.

Technical and consumer information 9-29

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)

Condition:

Black plate (496,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

9-30 Technical and consumer information

GUID-63089829-29DE-4259-8B9D-7A8EAE7A2ABD

Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this

model year and prior can be purchased. A

genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best

source of service and repair information for your

vehicle. This manual is the same one used by the

factory trained technicians working at NISSAN

dealerships. Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Man-

uals can also be purchased.

For USA:

For current pricing and availability of genuine

NISSAN Service Manuals, contact:

1-800-450-9491

www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genuine

NISSAN Owner’s Manuals, contact:

1-800-247-5321

For Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN

Service Manual or Owner’s Manual for this

model year and prior, contact a NISSAN dealer.

For the phone number and location of a NISSAN

dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information

Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual

NISSAN representative will assist you.

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE

MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION

Condition:

Black plate (497,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

10 Index

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ............................... 5-38

Advanced air bag system ............................................ 1-51

Air bag system

Advanced air bag system ..................................... 1-51

Door-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bag system ................ 1-57

Front passenger air bag and status light .......... 1-53

Front-seat mounted side-impact

supplemental air bag system ............................... 1-57

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bag system ................ 1-57

Air bag warning labels .................................................. 1-60

Air bag warning light ......................................... 1-60, 2-16

Air cleaner housing filter .............................................. 8-17

Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation ....................................... 4-41

Air conditioner service ........................................... 4-45

Air conditioner specification label ....................... 9-11

Air conditioning system refrigerant and

lubricant recommendations .......................... 4-45, 9-6

In-cabin microfilter .................................................. 4-45

Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehicle

security system) .............................................................. 2-31

Alcohol, drugs and driving ............................................. 5-8

All-wheel drive (AWD) .................................................. 5-33

All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light ......................... 2-12

Antenna ............................................................................. 4-88

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ............................... 5-38

Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light ........ 2-12

Appearance care

Exterior appearance care ......................................... 7-2

Interior appearance care .......................................... 7-5

Armrest ............................................................................. 1-15

Ashtray (See cigarette lighter and ashtray) ............ 2-46

Audible reminders .......................................................... 2-20

Audio operation precautions ....................................... 4-46

Audio system ................................................................... 4-46

Steering wheel audio controls ............................. 4-87

Auto closure .................................................................... 3-24

Autochanger, Compact Disc (CD) ............................ 4-63

Autolight system ............................................................. 2-38

Automatic

Door locks .................................................................... 3-7

Drive positioner ........................................................ 3-51

Seat positioner ......................................................... 3-51

AUX (Auxiliary) button ................................................... 4-64

Avoiding collision and rollover ...................................... 5-7

Back door (See lift gate) ............................................. 3-20

Battery ............................................................................... 8-13

Battery saver system .............................................. 2-39

Intelligent Key ........................................................... 8-22

Variable voltage control system ........................... 8-15

Before starting the engine ........................................... 5-14

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) light (green) ................ 2-17

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) light (orange) .............. 2-13

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system .......................... 5-20

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Lane Departure

Warning (LDW) systems .............................................. 5-20

Bluetooth

hands-free phone system

(models with navigation system) ................................ 4-89

Bluetooth

hands-free phone system

(models without navigation system) ....................... 4-100

Bluetooth

streaming audio ........................................ 4-77

Booster seats .................................................................. 1-42

Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ........................ 5-38

Brake fluid ................................................................. 8-12

Brake system ............................................................ 5-37

Parking brake operation ........................................ 5-19

Warning light ............................................................ 2-13

Break-in schedule .......................................................... 5-31

Brightness control

Display ON/OFF button ........................................... 4-9

Instrument panel ...................................................... 2-40

Bulb check/instrument panel ...................................... 2-12

Bulb replacement ........................................................... 8-25

Cabin air filter .................................................................. 4-45

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants .......... 9-2

Car phone or CB radio ................................................ 4-89

Cargo cover ..................................................................... 2-52

Cargo floor box ............................................................... 2-50

Cargo lights ..................................................................... 2-63

Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ...................... 5-4

CD/CF/USB memory care and cleaning ................. 4-85

Center multi-function control panel ............................. 4-3

Child restraints ................................................................ 1-28

Booster seats ........................................................... 1-42

LATCH system ......................................................... 1-30

Precautions on child restraints ............................ 1-28

Child safety ...................................................................... 1-26

Child safety rear door lock ............................................ 3-8

Chimes, Audible reminders ......................................... 2-20

Cigarette lighter and ashtray ....................................... 2-46

Circuit breaker, Fusible link ......................................... 8-21

Clean Rear Camera warning ....................................... 2-22

Cleaning exterior and interior ............................... 7-2, 7-5

Clock ................................................................................. 2-44

Coat hooks ...................................................................... 2-55

Cold weather driving ..................................................... 5-41

Condition:

Black plate (498,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

10-2

Compact Disc (CD) changer (See

audio system) .................................................................. 4-63

Compact Disc (CD) player (See

audio system) .................................................................. 4-68

Compass ............................................................................ 2-8

Console box .................................................................... 2-49

Continuously Variable Transmission

(CVT) fluid ........................................................................ 8-11

Coolant

Capacities and

recommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2

Changing engine coolant ......................................... 8-8

Checking engine coolant level ................................ 8-8

Corrosion protection ....................................................... 7-7

Cover, Cargo cover ....................................................... 2-52

Cruise control .................................................................. 5-30

Cup holders ..................................................................... 2-47

CVT, Driving with CVT (Continuously

Variable Transmission) .................................................. 5-16

Daytime running light system ...................................... 2-40

Defroster switch, Rear window and outside

mirror defroster switch .................................................. 2-36

Dimensions and weights ................................................ 9-8

Display controls (See center multi-function

control panel) .................................................................... 4-3

Door/lift gate open warning ......................................... 2-23

Door/trunk open warning ............................................. 2-23

Dot matrix liquid crystal display .................................. 2-20

Drive belt .......................................................................... 8-15

Drive positioner ............................................................... 3-51

Driver assistance settings ............................................ 4-16

Driver’s seatback release ............................................... 1-8

Driving

All-wheel drive (AWD) ........................................... 5-33

Cold weather driving .............................................. 5-41

Driving with CVT (Continuously

Variable Transmission) ........................................... 5-16

On-pavement and off-road driving ........................ 5-7

Precautions when starting and driving ................. 5-3

Safety precautions ..................................................... 5-9

Dual pop-up roll bar system ........................................ 1-61

DVD player operation .................................................... 4-70

Economy, Fuel ................................................................. 5-33

Elapsed time .................................................................... 2-26

Emergency tire puncture repair kit ................ 6-11, 8-43

Emission control information label ............................. 9-10

Emission control system warranty .............................. 9-27

Engine

Before starting the engine .................................... 5-14

Break-in schedule ................................................... 5-31

Capacities and

recommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2

Changing engine coolant ......................................... 8-8

Changing engine oil and filter ................................. 8-9

Checking engine coolant level ................................ 8-8

Checking engine oil level ......................................... 8-8

Coolant temperature gauge .................................... 2-7

Emergency engine shut off ................................... 5-13

Engine block heater ................................................ 5-42

Engine compartment check locations ................... 8-6

Engine cooling system .............................................. 8-7

Engine oil ...................................................................... 8-8

Engine oil and oil filter recommendation .............. 9-5

Engine oil replacement indicator ......................... 2-24

Engine oil viscosity ..................................................... 9-5

Engine serial number ................................................. 9-9

Engine specifications ................................................ 9-7

Engine start operation indicator .......................... 2-21

If your vehicle overheats ........................................ 6-17

Starting the engine ................................................. 5-15

Entry/exit function, Automatic drive positioner ....... 3-51

Event Data Recorders (EDR) ...................................... 9-29

Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ................................... 5-3

Extended storage fuse warning .................................. 2-23

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .................. 9-10

Filter

Air cleaner housing filter ....................................... 8-17

Changing engine oil and filter ................................. 8-9

Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) .......... 6-2

Flat tire ................................................................................ 6-3

Flat towing ....................................................................... 9-25

Floor mat cleaning ........................................................... 7-5

Fluid

Brake fluid ................................................................. 8-12

Capacities and

recommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2

Continuously Variable Transmission

(CVT) fluid ................................................................. 8-11

Engine coolant ............................................................ 8-7

Engine oil ...................................................................... 8-8

Power steering fluid ................................................ 8-11

Window washer fluid ............................................. 8-13

FM-AM radio with Compact Disc

(CD) changer .................................................................. 4-61

FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc

(CD) player ...................................................................... 4-66

Fog light switch .............................................................. 2-41

Front manual seat adjustment ....................................... 1-3

Front passenger air bag and status light ................. 1-53

Front power seat adjustment ........................................ 1-4

Front seat, Front seat adjustment ................................ 1-3

Front-seat active head restraint .................................. 1-14

Condition:

Black plate (499,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Fuel

Capacities and

recommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2

Fuel economy ........................................................... 5-33

Fuel economy information (display) .................... 4-11

Fuel octane rating ...................................................... 9-3

Fuel recommendation ................................................ 9-3

Fuel-filler cap ............................................................ 3-44

Fuel-filler door .......................................................... 3-44

Gauge ........................................................................... 2-8

LOOSE FUEL CAP warning ................................ 3-46

Fuel efficient driving tips .............................................. 5-32

Fuses ................................................................................. 8-20

Fusible links ..................................................................... 8-21

Garage door opener, HomeLink

Universal Transceiver ..................................................... 2-63

Gas cap ............................................................................ 3-44

Gauge ................................................................................. 2-5

Engine coolant temperature gauge ....................... 2-7

Fuel gauge ................................................................... 2-8

Odometer ..................................................................... 2-6

Speedometer ............................................................... 2-6

Tachometer .................................................................. 2-7

Trip computer ........................................................... 2-25

General maintenance ...................................................... 8-2

Glove box ......................................................................... 2-49

Hands-free phone system, Bluetooth

(models with navigation system) ................................ 4-89

Hands-free phone system, Bluetooth

(models without navigation system) ....................... 4-100

Hazard warning flasher switch ...................................... 6-2

Head restraints ............................................................... 1-11

Headlights

Bulb replacement .................................................... 8-27

Headlight switch ...................................................... 2-37

Xenon headlights ..................................................... 2-37

Heated seats ................................................................... 2-42

Heated steering wheel .................................................. 2-41

Heater

Engine block heater ................................................ 5-42

Heater and air conditioner operation ................. 4-41

HomeLink

Universal Transceiver .............................. 2-63

Hood release ................................................................... 3-20

Hook

Coat hooks ............................................................... 2-55

Luggage hook .......................................................... 2-53

Horn ................................................................................... 2-41

Ignition switch (Push-button) ...................................... 5-11

Immobilizer system ......................................................... 2-31

In-cabin microfilter ......................................................... 4-45

Indicator

Dot matrix display .................................................... 2-20

Lights .......................................................................... 2-17

INFO button ....................................................................... 4-9

Inside mirror ..................................................................... 3-48

Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ............................. 9-28

Instrument brightness control ..................................... 2-40

Instrument panel ............................................................... 2-4

Intelligent Key system ............................................ 3-3, 3-8

Battery replacement ............................................... 8-22

Key operating range ............................................... 3-10

Key operation ........................................................... 3-11

Warning light ............................................................ 2-14

Warning signals ....................................................... 3-14

Intelligent Key warning light ......................................... 2-14

Interior light control switch .......................................... 2-61

Interior light replacement .............................................. 8-29

Interior lights .................................................................... 2-60

iPod

player operation .................................................. 4-82

ISOFIX child restraint .................................................... 1-30

Jump starting ................................................................... 6-15

Keyless entry (See remote keyless

entry system) ................................................................... 3-16

Keys ..................................................................................... 3-3

For Intelligent Key system ............................... 3-3, 3-8

Labels

Air bag warning labels ........................................... 1-60

Air conditioner specification label ....................... 9-11

Emission control information label ...................... 9-10

Engine serial number ................................................. 9-9

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ........... 9-10

Tire and Loading information label .......... 8-34, 9-10

Vehicle identification number (VIN) ....................... 9-8

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) light (green) ....... 2-18

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) light (orange) ....... 2-14

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system ................. 5-20

LATCH system ................................................................ 1-30

License plate, Installing front license plate ............. 9-12

Lift gate ............................................................................. 3-20

Light

Air bag warning light .............................................. 1-60

Bulb replacement .................................................... 8-25

Cargo lights .............................................................. 2-63

10-3

Condition:

Black plate (500,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

10-4

Fog light switch ....................................................... 2-41

Headlight switch ...................................................... 2-37

Headlights bulb replacement ............................... 8-27

Indicator lights .......................................................... 2-17

Interior light control switch ................................... 2-61

Interior lights ............................................................. 2-60

Map lights ................................................................. 2-60

Mood lights ............................................................... 2-62

Personal lights ......................................................... 2-61

Replacement ............................................................. 8-25

Trunk light .................................................................. 2-63

Vanity mirror lights .................................................. 2-62

Warning/indicator lights and

audible reminders .................................................... 2-12

Xenon headlights ..................................................... 2-37

Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement ........ 8-29

Loading information (See vehicle

loading information) ....................................................... 9-13

Lock

Automatic door locks ................................................ 3-7

Door locks .................................................................... 3-5

Lift gate lock ............................................................. 3-20

Power door lock ......................................................... 3-5

Trunk lid ..................................................................... 3-25

Locking with mechanical key ......................................... 3-5

Low fuel warning ............................................................ 2-22

Low tire pressure warning light .................................. 2-14

Low tire pressure warning system

(See tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)) ....... 5-4

Low washer fluid warning ............................................ 2-23

Luggage cover ................................................................ 2-53

Luggage hooks ............................................................... 2-53

Luggage side box .......................................................... 2-51

Maintenance

Battery ........................................................................ 8-13

General maintenance ................................................ 8-2

Inside the vehicle ....................................................... 8-3

Maintenance indicators .......................................... 2-24

Maintenance precautions ......................................... 8-5

Maintenance requirements ....................................... 8-2

Outside the vehicle .................................................... 8-2

Seat belt maintenance ........................................... 1-26

Malfunction indicator light (MIL) ................................. 2-18

Manual command selection ...................................... 4-102

Manual front seat adjustment ........................................ 1-3

Map lights ........................................................................ 2-60

Master warning light ...................................................... 2-16

Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) .................... 3-4

Memory storage, Automatic drive positioner .......... 3-52

Meter, Trip computer ..................................................... 2-25

Meters and gauges .......................................................... 2-5

Instrument brightness control .............................. 2-40

Mirror

Inside mirror .............................................................. 3-48

Outside mirrors ........................................................ 3-50

Vanity mirror .............................................................. 3-51

Monitor, Rearview monitor ........................................... 4-23

Mood lights ...................................................................... 2-62

Moonroof .......................................................................... 2-58

Moving Object Detection (MOD) function .............. 4-37

Multi-function controller .................................................. 4-5

New vehicle break-in ..................................................... 5-31

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ........................ 2-31

NISSAN voice recognition system ......................... 4-113

No key warning ............................................................... 2-22

Odometer ........................................................................... 2-6

Off-road recovery ............................................................. 5-7

Oil

Capacities and

recommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2

Changing engine oil and filter ................................. 8-9

Checking engine oil level ......................................... 8-8

Engine oil ...................................................................... 8-8

Engine oil viscosity ..................................................... 9-5

Oil filter replacement indicator ............................ 2-24

Opening the soft top ..................................................... 3-28

Operation, Operational indicators .............................. 2-21

Outside air temperature display ................................. 2-27

Outside mirrors ............................................................... 3-50

Overdrive OFF switch ................................................... 5-18

Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ........................... 6-17

Owner’s Manual/Service Manual

order information ............................................................ 9-30

Panic alarm ...................................................................... 3-18

Parking

Brake break-in .......................................................... 5-37

Parking brake operation ........................................ 5-19

Parking brake release warning ............................ 2-22

Parking on hills ........................................................ 5-36

Personal lights ................................................................ 2-61

Phone

Bluetooth

hands-free phone system

(models with navigation system) ......................... 4-89

Bluetooth

hands-free phone system

(models without navigation system) ................. 4-100

Car phone or CB radio ......................................... 4-89

Condition:

Black plate (501,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Power

Front seat adjustment ............................................... 1-4

Power door lock ......................................................... 3-5

Power outlet ............................................................. 2-45

Power steering fluid ................................................ 8-11

Power steering system .......................................... 5-37

Power windows ....................................................... 2-55

Precautions

Audio operation ....................................................... 4-46

Braking precautions ................................................ 5-37

Child restraints ......................................................... 1-28

Cruise control ........................................................... 5-30

Driving safety ............................................................... 5-9

Maintenance ................................................................ 8-5

On-pavement and off-road driving ........................ 5-7

Seat belt usage ....................................................... 1-15

Supplemental restraint system ............................. 1-45

When starting and driving ....................................... 5-3

Push starting ................................................................... 6-17

“PUSH” warning ............................................................. 2-22

Push-button ignition switch ............................. 5-11, 5-12

Radio ................................................................................. 4-46

Car phone or CB radio ......................................... 4-89

FM-AM radio with Compact Disc

(CD) changer ........................................................... 4-61

FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc

(CD) player ............................................................... 4-66

Rain-sensing auto wiper system ................................ 2-34

Rapid air pressure loss ................................................... 5-8

Readiness for inspection/maintenance

(I/M) test ........................................................................... 9-28

Rear and rear-wide view monitor with Moving

Object Detection (MOD) ............................................. 4-30

Rear center seat belt .................................................... 1-22

Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock .............. 3-8

Rear seats .......................................................................... 1-9

Rear window and outside mirror

defroster switch .............................................................. 2-36

Rear window wiper and washer switch ................... 2-35

Rearview monitor ............................................................ 4-23

Recorders, Event data .................................................. 9-29

Registering your vehicle in another country .............. 9-8

Remote keyless entry system ...................................... 3-16

Repairing flat tire (CrossCabriolet models) ............ 6-10

Reporting safety defects (US only) ........................... 9-27

Rollover ............................................................................... 5-7

Roof, Roof rack ............................................................... 2-54

Roof, Soft top ................................................................. 3-28

Safety

Child seat belts ....................................................... 1-26

Reporting safety defects (US only) .................... 9-27

Towing safety ............................................................ 9-21

Satellite radio operation ............................................... 4-67

Seat adjustment

Front manual seat adjustment ................................. 1-3

Front power seat adjustment .................................. 1-4

Front seats ................................................................... 1-3

Seat belt(s)

Child safety ............................................................... 1-26

Infants ......................................................................... 1-27

Injured persons ........................................................ 1-18

Larger children ......................................................... 1-27

Precautions on seat belt usage ........................... 1-15

Pregnant women ..................................................... 1-18

Rear center seat belt ............................................. 1-22

Seat belt cleaning ...................................................... 7-6

Seat belt extenders ................................................. 1-25

Seat belt hooks ....................................................... 1-22

Seat belt maintenance ........................................... 1-26

Seat belt warning light ........................................... 2-16

Seat belts .................................................................. 1-15

Seat belts with pretensioners .............................. 1-58

Shoulder belt height adjustment ......................... 1-21

Small children ........................................................... 1-27

Three-point type ...................................................... 1-18

Seat(s)

Driver-side memory ................................................. 3-51

Heated seats ............................................................ 2-42

Seats ............................................................................. 1-2

Security system (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer

System), Engine start .................................................... 2-31

Security system, Vehicle security system ................ 2-30

Selector lever

Shift lock release ..................................................... 5-19

Servicing air conditioner ............................................... 4-45

SETTING button ............................................................. 4-13

Shift lock release, Transmission ................................. 5-19

SHIFT “P” warning ......................................................... 2-22

Shifting, CVT (Continuously

Variable Transmission) .................................................. 5-16

Shoulder belt height adjustment ................................ 1-21

Soft top

Care and cleaning (CrossCabriolet models) ....... 7-3

If the top does not open or close ....................... 3-38

Soft top indicator light ................................ 2-19, 3-33

Soft top operation ................................................... 3-28

SOURCE select switch ................................................ 4-87

Spare tire ................................................................. 8-42, 9-7

Spark plugs ..................................................................... 8-16

Speedometer ..................................................................... 2-6

Starting

Before starting the engine .................................... 5-14

Jump starting ............................................................ 6-15

Precautions when starting and driving ................. 5-3

Push starting ............................................................ 6-17

10-5

Condition:

Black plate (502,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

10-6

Starting the engine ................................................. 5-15

STATUS button ................................................................. 4-9

Status light, Front passenger air bag ....................... 1-53

Steering

Heated steering wheel ........................................... 2-41

Power steering fluid ................................................ 8-11

Power steering system .......................................... 5-37

Steering-wheel-mounted controls

for audio .................................................................... 4-87

Tilt/telescopic steering ........................................... 3-46

Storage ............................................................................. 2-47

Storage box ..................................................................... 2-50

Sun visors ........................................................................ 3-47

Sunglasses holder ......................................................... 2-48

Supplemental air bag warning labels ........................ 1-60

Supplemental air bag warning light ............... 1-60, 2-16

Supplemental restraint system .................................... 1-45

Precautions on supplemental

restraint system ........................................................ 1-45

Switch

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) lock switch ................... 5-33

Autolight switch ....................................................... 2-38

Fog light switch ....................................................... 2-41

Hazard warning flasher switch ................................ 6-2

Headlight switch ...................................................... 2-37

Overdrive OFF switch ............................................ 5-18

Power door lock switch ............................................ 3-7

Rear window and outside mirror

defroster switch ....................................................... 2-36

Turn signal switch ................................................... 2-40

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch ........ 2-44

Warning systems switch ....................................... 2-43

Tachometer ........................................................................ 2-7

Temperature display ....................................................... 2-27

Temperature gauge, Engine coolant

temperature gauge ........................................................... 2-7

Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),

Engine start ...................................................................... 2-31

Three-way catalyst ........................................................... 5-4

Tilt/telescopic steering .................................................. 3-46

Tire

Pressure, Low tire pressure warning light ........ 2-14

Tire replacement indicator .................................... 2-24

Tires

Emergency tire puncture repair kit ..................... 8-43

Flat tire .......................................................................... 6-3

Low tire pressure warning system ......................... 5-4

Tire and Loading information label .......... 8-34, 9-10

Tire chains ................................................................. 8-39

Tire dressing ................................................................ 7-4

Tire pressure ............................................................ 8-32

Tire pressure monitoring

system (TPMS) .................................................. 5-4, 6-3

Tire rotation ............................................................... 8-40

Types of tires ............................................................ 8-38

Uniform tire quality grading .................................. 9-26

Wheel/tire size ............................................................ 9-7

Wheels and tires ..................................................... 8-32

Tonneau cover (see cargo cover) .............................. 2-52

Top, Soft top ................................................................... 3-28

Touch screen system ...................................................... 4-5

Towing

Flat towing ................................................................ 9-25

Tow truck towing ..................................................... 6-19

Towing a trailer ........................................................ 9-16

Towing safety ............................................................ 9-21

TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system .................... 5-4

TPMS, Tire pressure warning system ......................... 6-3

Trailer towing ................................................................... 9-16

Transceiver, HomeLink

Universal Transceiver ....... 2-63

Transmission

Continuously Variable Transmission

(CVT) fluid ................................................................. 8-11

Driving with CVT (Continuously

Variable Transmission) ........................................... 5-16

Transmission selector lever lock release ........... 5-19

Transmitter (See remote keyless entry system) ....... 3-16

Traveling or registering your vehicle in

another country ................................................................. 9-8

Trip computer .................................................................. 2-25

Trip odometer .................................................................. 2-26

Trunk

Trunk lid ..................................................................... 3-25

Trunk lid release switch ......................................... 3-25

Trunk light ......................................................................... 2-63

Turn signal switch .......................................................... 2-40

Underbody cleaning ........................................................ 7-3

Uniform tire quality grading ......................................... 9-26

USB memory operation ................................................ 4-73

Vanity mirror ..................................................................... 3-51

Vanity mirror lights ......................................................... 2-62

Variable voltage control system .................................. 8-15

Vehicle

Dimensions and weights .......................................... 9-8

Identification number (VIN) ...................................... 9-8

Loading information ................................................ 9-13

Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ..................... 6-22

Security system ....................................................... 2-30

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch ........ 2-44

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system ............. 5-39

Condition:

Black plate (503,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC)

warning light ............................................................. 2-16

Vehicle information and settings (display) ........... 4-9

Ventilators ......................................................................... 4-40

Voice command (Bluetooth

Hands-Free

Phone System) ............................................................ 4-105

Voice command (NISSAN voice

recognition system) ...................................... 4-119, 4-128

Walk-in function ................................................................ 1-4

Warning

Dot matrix display .................................................... 2-20

Hazard warning flasher switch ................................ 6-2

Lights .......................................................................... 2-12

Tire pressure monitoring

system (TPMS) .................................................. 5-4, 6-3

Warning/indicator lights and

audible reminders .................................................... 2-11

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels .................... 1-60

Warning light

Air bag warning light ................................... 1-60, 2-16

All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light .................. 2-12

Anti-lock braking system (ABS)

warning light ............................................................. 2-12

AWD warning light ................................................. 5-35

Brake warning light ................................................. 2-13

Intelligent Key warning light .................................. 2-14

Low tire pressure warning light ........................... 2-14

Seat belt warning light ........................................... 2-16

Warranty, Emission control system warranty .......... 9-27

Washer switch

Rear window wiper and washer switch ............ 2-35

Windshield wiper and washer switch ................ 2-32

Washing .............................................................................. 7-2

Waxing ................................................................................ 7-3

Weights (See dimensions and weights) .................... 9-8

Wheel/tire size .................................................................. 9-7

Wheels and tires ............................................................ 8-32

Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels ............................ 7-4

Window washer fluid .................................................... 8-13

Window(s)

Cleaning ....................................................................... 7-3

Power windows ....................................................... 2-55

Windshield wiper and washer switch ....................... 2-32

Wiper

Rain-sensing auto wiper system ......................... 2-34

Rear window wiper and washer switch ............ 2-35

Rear window wiper blade ..................................... 8-19

Windshield wiper and washer switch ................ 2-32

Wiper blades ............................................................ 8-18

Xenon headlights ............................................................ 2-37

10-7

Condition:

Black plate (505,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 7/ 31 Model: Z51-D ]

11 Gas station information

GUID-F1F462A6-46D6-4EA3-9D90-01DE96BC21F2

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:

GUID-50F8836A-D3CC-4E76-B13B-14D99AFD59C6

Hardtop models

GUID-033DF57B-D253-4977-86D8-DA3312DF2E90

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane

rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)

number (Research octane number 91).

CrossCabriolet models

GUID-8D5F7D33-7D9B-44A8-9BE5-A35572BF88C7

NISSAN recommends the use of unleaded

premium gasoline with an octane rating of at

least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Re-

search octane number 96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not available,

you may use unleaded regular gasoline with an

octane rating of at least 87 AKI number

(Research octane number 91), but you may

notice a decrease in performance.

CAUTION

.Using a fuel other than that speci-

fied could adversely affect the emis-

sion control system, and may also

affect warranty coverage.

.Under no circumstances should a

leaded gasoline be used, because

this will damage the three-way cat-

alyst.

.Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in your

vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed

to run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-

15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle not

specifically designed for E-15 or E-

85 fuel can adversely affect the

emission control devices and sys-

tems of the vehicle. Damage caused

by such fuel is not covered by the

NISSAN new vehicle limited war-

ranty.

.U.S. government regulations require

ethanol dispensing pumps to be

identified by a small, square, orange

and black label with the common

abbreviation or the appropriate per-

centage for that region.

For additional information, see “Capacities and

recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Techni-

cal and consumer information” section.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:

GUID-70F5CBD1-5EC3-421C-A3A9-6AFA1138A1D2

.Engine oil with API Certification Mark

.Viscosity SAE 5W-30

See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubri-

cants” in the “9. Technical and consumer

information” section for engine oil and oil filter

recommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:

GUID-FEE86B42-5F34-4F55-B8D5-495978191FBA

The label is typically located on the driver side

center pillar or on the driver’s door. For

additional information, see “Wheels and tires”

in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”

section.

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE-

DURES RECOMMENDATION:

GUID-D1C13E3B-499A-43E4-BD11-65EB1FFC3068

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of

vehicle use, follow the recommendations out-

lined in the “Break-in schedule” in the “5.

Starting and driving” section of this Owner’s

Manual. Follow these recommendations for the

future reliability and economy of your new

vehicle.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

Condition:

Nissan 2013 Murano Owner's Manual Owners Pdf

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation